This commit was manufactured by cvs2svn to create branch 'msnyder-fork-msnyder-fork-checkpoint-branchpoint

checkpoint-branch'. Sprout from gdb-csl-gxxpro-6_3-branch 2005-11-17 00:00:03 UTC nobody 'This commit was manufactured by cvs2svn to create branch 'gdb-csl-gxxpro-' Cherrypick from master 2005-11-21 23:00:05 UTC Alan Modra <amodra@gmail.com> 'daily update': bfd/ChangeLog bfd/elf64-hppa.c bfd/elf64-ppc.c bfd/som.c bfd/version.h gdb/ChangeLog gdb/config/v850/v850.mt gdb/doc/ChangeLog gdb/doc/gdb.texinfo gdb/dwarf2loc.c gdb/hppa-hpux-tdep.c gdb/hppa-tdep.c gdb/inf-ptrace.c gdb/mi/gdb-mi.el gdb/mi/mi-main.c gdb/tracepoint.c gdb/version.in intl/ChangeLog intl/Makefile.in intl/acconfig.h intl/aclocal.m4 intl/bindtextdom.c intl/cat-compat.c intl/config.in intl/configure intl/configure.in intl/dcgettext.c intl/dgettext.c intl/explodename.c intl/finddomain.c intl/gettext.c intl/gettext.h intl/gettextP.h intl/hash-string.h intl/intl-compat.c intl/intlh.inst.in intl/l10nflist.c intl/libgettext.h intl/libintl.glibc intl/linux-msg.sed intl/loadinfo.h intl/loadmsgcat.c intl/localealias.c intl/po2tbl.sed.in intl/textdomain.c intl/xopen-msg.sed sim/ChangeLog sim/arm/ChangeLog sim/arm/armos.c sim/cris/sim-main.h sim/cris/traps.c sim/testsuite/ChangeLog Delete: texinfo/texinfo.tex
author: nobody <> 2005-11-21 23:00:06 +0000
committer: nobody <> 2005-11-21 23:00:06 +0000
commit: b74d4d1a88b5306341a2a324433d94e102decc1c (patch)
tree: 8aff4adc16036c1f08474d577964aae24745eed4
parent: 7153440fc9e8b787288e4b69695436d29ec7090e (diff)
download: gdb-b74d4d1a88b5306341a2a324433d94e102decc1c.zip
gdb-b74d4d1a88b5306341a2a324433d94e102decc1c.tar.gz
gdb-b74d4d1a88b5306341a2a324433d94e102decc1c.tar.bz2
53 files changed, 9586 insertions, 7123 deletions
diff --git a/bfd/ChangeLog b/bfd/ChangeLog
index fdc81a2..57ba88a 100644
--- a/bfd/ChangeLog
+++ b/bfd/ChangeLog
@@ -1,3 +1,20 @@
+2005-11-20  John David Anglin  <dave.anglin@nrc-cnrc.gc.ca>
+
+	* som.c (som_decode_symclass): Decode BSF_WEAK symbols in the same
+	manner as bfd_decode_symclass.
+
+2005-11-18  Alan Modra  <amodra@bigpond.net.au>
+
+	* elf64-ppc.c (ppc64_elf_check_relocs): Don't set has_14bit_branch
+	on branches to same section.
+
+2005-11-17  Randolph Chung  <tausq@debian.org>
+
+	* elf64-hppa.c (elf64_hppa_object_p): Recognize corefiles under
+	hppa64-hp-hpux11.11.
+	(elf64_hppa_section_from_phdr): New function.
+	(elf_backend_section_from_phdr): Define.
+
 2005-11-11  Nick Clifton  <nickc@redhat.com>
 
 	PR 1150
diff --git a/bfd/elf64-hppa.c b/bfd/elf64-hppa.c
index 6ac653f..42a04a1 100644
--- a/bfd/elf64-hppa.c
+++ b/bfd/elf64-hppa.c
@@ -381,13 +381,16 @@ elf64_hppa_object_p (abfd)
     {
       /* GCC on hppa-linux produces binaries with OSABI=Linux,
 	 but the kernel produces corefiles with OSABI=SysV.  */
-      if (i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_OSABI] != ELFOSABI_LINUX &&
-	  i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_OSABI] != ELFOSABI_NONE) /* aka SYSV */
+      if (i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_OSABI] != ELFOSABI_LINUX
+	  && i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_OSABI] != ELFOSABI_NONE) /* aka SYSV */
 	return FALSE;
     }
   else
     {
-      if (i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_OSABI] != ELFOSABI_HPUX)
+      /* HPUX produces binaries with OSABI=HPUX,
+	 but the kernel produces corefiles with OSABI=SysV.  */
+      if (i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_OSABI] != ELFOSABI_HPUX
+	  && i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_OSABI] != ELFOSABI_NONE) /* aka SYSV */
 	return FALSE;
     }
 
@@ -399,7 +402,10 @@ elf64_hppa_object_p (abfd)
     case EFA_PARISC_1_1:
       return bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd, bfd_arch_hppa, 11);
     case EFA_PARISC_2_0:
-      return bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd, bfd_arch_hppa, 20);
+      if (i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_CLASS] == ELFCLASS64)
+        return bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd, bfd_arch_hppa, 25);
+      else
+        return bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd, bfd_arch_hppa, 20);
     case EFA_PARISC_2_0 | EF_PARISC_WIDE:
       return bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd, bfd_arch_hppa, 25);
     }
@@ -2641,6 +2647,36 @@ elf64_hppa_elf_get_symbol_type (elf_sym, type)
     return type;
 }
 
+/* Support HP specific sections for core files.  */
+static bfd_boolean
+elf64_hppa_section_from_phdr (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Phdr *hdr, int index,
+			      const char *typename)
+{
+  if (hdr->p_type == PT_HP_CORE_PROC)
+    {
+      int sig;
+
+      if (bfd_seek (abfd, hdr->p_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0)
+	return FALSE;
+      if (bfd_bread (&sig, 4, abfd) != 4)
+	return FALSE;
+
+      elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = sig;
+
+      /* gdb uses the ".reg" section to read register contents.  */
+      if (!_bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg", hdr->p_filesz,
+	  				    hdr->p_offset))
+	return FALSE;
+    }
+
+  if (hdr->p_type == PT_HP_CORE_LOADABLE
+      || hdr->p_type == PT_HP_CORE_STACK
+      || hdr->p_type == PT_HP_CORE_MMF)
+    hdr->p_type = PT_LOAD;
+
+  return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, typename);
+}
+
 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section elf64_hppa_special_sections[] =
 {
   { ".fini",   5, 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
@@ -2751,6 +2787,7 @@ const struct elf_size_info hppa64_elf_size_info =
 #define elf_backend_rela_normal		1
 #define elf_backend_special_sections	elf64_hppa_special_sections
 #define elf_backend_action_discarded	elf_hppa_action_discarded
+#define elf_backend_section_from_phdr   elf64_hppa_section_from_phdr
 
 #include "elf64-target.h"
 
diff --git a/bfd/elf64-ppc.c b/bfd/elf64-ppc.c
index d15c772..65b9c21 100644
--- a/bfd/elf64-ppc.c
+++ b/bfd/elf64-ppc.c
@@ -4507,7 +4507,24 @@ ppc64_elf_check_relocs (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
 	case R_PPC64_REL14:
 	case R_PPC64_REL14_BRTAKEN:
 	case R_PPC64_REL14_BRNTAKEN:
-	  htab->has_14bit_branch = 1;
+	  {
+	    asection *dest = NULL;
+
+	    /* Heuristic: If jumping outside our section, chances are
+	       we are going to need a stub.  */
+	    if (h != NULL)
+	      {
+		/* If the sym is weak it may be overridden later, so
+		   don't assume we know where a weak sym lives.  */
+		if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined)
+		  dest = h->root.u.def.section;
+	      }
+	    else
+	      dest = bfd_section_from_r_symndx (abfd, &htab->sym_sec,
+						sec, r_symndx);
+	    if (dest != sec)
+	      htab->has_14bit_branch = 1;
+	  }
 	  /* Fall through.  */
 
 	case R_PPC64_REL24:
diff --git a/bfd/som.c b/bfd/som.c
index c1195c9..0c9e1b7 100644
--- a/bfd/som.c
+++ b/bfd/som.c
@@ -5355,11 +5355,30 @@ som_decode_symclass (asymbol *symbol)
   if (bfd_is_com_section (symbol->section))
     return 'C';
   if (bfd_is_und_section (symbol->section))
-    return 'U';
+    {
+      if (symbol->flags & BSF_WEAK)
+	{
+	  /* If weak, determine if it's specifically an object
+	     or non-object weak.  */
+	  if (symbol->flags & BSF_OBJECT)
+	    return 'v';
+	  else
+	    return 'w';
+	}
+      else
+	 return 'U';
+    }
   if (bfd_is_ind_section (symbol->section))
     return 'I';
   if (symbol->flags & BSF_WEAK)
-    return 'W';
+    {
+      /* If weak, determine if it's specifically an object
+	 or non-object weak.  */
+      if (symbol->flags & BSF_OBJECT)
+	return 'V';
+      else
+	return 'W';
+    }
   if (!(symbol->flags & (BSF_GLOBAL | BSF_LOCAL)))
     return '?';
 
diff --git a/bfd/version.h b/bfd/version.h
index 83fdb53..4fbef5c 100644
--- a/bfd/version.h
+++ b/bfd/version.h
@@ -1,3 +1,3 @@
-#define BFD_VERSION_DATE 20051117
+#define BFD_VERSION_DATE 20051122
 #define BFD_VERSION @bfd_version@
 #define BFD_VERSION_STRING @bfd_version_string@
diff --git a/gdb/ChangeLog b/gdb/ChangeLog
index 5bc4e76..1d0b6c7 100644
--- a/gdb/ChangeLog
+++ b/gdb/ChangeLog
@@ -1,3 +1,79 @@
+2005-11-20  Mark Kettenis  <kettenis@gnu.org>
+
+	* inf-ptrace.c (inf_ptrace_xfer_partial): Use PIOD_WRITE_I instead
+	of PIOD_WRITE_D.
+
+2005-11-19  Jim Blandy  <jimb@redhat.com>
+
+	* tracepoint.c (memrange_absolute): New enum constant.
+	(struct memrange, memrange_cmp, add_memrange, collect_symbol,
+	stringify_collection_list, encode_actions): Use it instead of '-1'
+	to indicate an fixed-address memory range.
+	(Suggested by Eli Zaretskii.)
+
+	* tracepoint.c (stringify_collection_list): Indicate absolute
+	memory ranges by using "-1" as the memory range's base register
+	number, not "FFFFFFFF".
+
+2005-11-19  Randolph Chung  <tausq@debian.org>
+
+	* dwarf2loc.c (dwarf2_tracepoint_var_ref): Remove extra add for
+	DW_OP_fbreg.  Handle DW_OP_breg0 through DW_OP_breg31.  Print 
+	DWARF opcode for unsupported case.
+
+2005-11-19  Randolph Chung  <tausq@debian.org>
+
+	* hppa-hpux-tdep.c (hppa_hpux_sigtramp_frame_unwind_cache): Use 
+	HPPA_HPUX_SS_* constants.  Ensure "off" is large enough to hold 
+	64-bit offset.  Set proper signal context offset for 64-bit 
+	programs.  Set pc properly for signal frames.
+
+2005-11-19  Randolph Chung  <tausq@debian.org>
+
+	* hppa-hpux-tdep.c (hppa_hpux_sigtramp_unwind_sniffer): Rely on the
+	unwind record to determine a signal frame, instead of hardcoding
+	a function name.
+
+2005-11-19  Randolph Chung  <tausq@debian.org>
+
+	* hppa-tdep.c (skip_prologue_hard_way): Add one more insn pattern 
+	for "std rp,-0x10(sp)".
+	(hppa_frame_cache): Likewise.
+	(hppa_fallback_frame_cache): Likewise.
+
+2005-11-19  Randolph Chung  <tausq@debian.org>
+
+	* hppa-tdep.c (hppa_frame_cache): Reformat code and enhance 
+	debugging.
+
+2005-11-18  Jim Blandy  <jimb@redhat.com>
+
+	* tracepoint.c (struct memrange, collect_symbol): Doc fix.
+
+2005-11-18  Andrew Stubbs  <andrew.stubbs@st.com>
+
+	* mi/mi-main.c (mi_load_progress): Ensure the use of the correct mi
+	uiout for the duration of the function.
+
+2005-11-18  Nick Roberts  <nickrob@snap.net.nz>
+
+	* mi/gdb-mi.el (gdb-source-file-list): Declare.
+	(gdbmi): Bind new functions.
+	(gdbmi-var-list-children-handler, gdbmi-var-list-children-regexp):
+	Handle string expressions properly.  Move "type" field into regexp.
+	(gdbmi-var-update-regexp, gdbmi-var-update-handler): Handle string
+	expressions properly.  Update speedbar.
+	(gdbmi-breakpoints-buffer, gdb-stack-buffer, gdb-locals-buffer)
+	(gdb-registers-buffer): Use def-gdb-auto-update-trigger instead of
+	def-gdb-auto-updated-buffer as handlers is defined explicitly.
+	(gdb-stack-list-locals-handler): Handle string expressions properly.
+	(gdb-data-list-register-values-handler)
+	(gdb-data-list-register-values-custom): Fontify buffer.
+
+2005-11-17  Daniel Jacobowitz  <dan@codesourcery.com>
+
+	* version.in: Update to 6.4.50.
+
 2005-11-16  Andrew Stubbs  <andrew.stubbs@st.com>
 
 	* NEWS (6.4): Mention $argc.
diff --git a/gdb/config/v850/v850.mt b/gdb/config/v850/v850.mt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..701a240
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gdb/config/v850/v850.mt
@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
+# Target: NEC V850 processor
+TDEPFILES= v850-tdep.o
+SIM_OBS = remote-sim.o
+SIM = ../sim/v850/libsim.a
diff --git a/gdb/doc/ChangeLog b/gdb/doc/ChangeLog
index d8a9cef..1eaf65c 100644
--- a/gdb/doc/ChangeLog
+++ b/gdb/doc/ChangeLog
@@ -1,3 +1,31 @@
+2005-11-19  Jim Blandy  <jimb@redhat.com>
+
+	* gdb.texinfo (Tracepoint Packets): New node.
+	(General Query Packets): Add entries for the tracepoint packets,
+	referring to the "Tracepoint Packets" node.
+	(Tracepoints): Add reference to "Tracepoint Packets".
+	
+2005-11-18  Kevin Buettner  <kevinb@redhat.com>
+
+	* gdb.texinfo (set remotebreak): Add anchor.
+	(X packet): Likewise.
+	(Remote Protocol): Add new section `Interrupts' and new index
+	entry `interrupts (remote protocol)'.
+
+2005-11-18  Jim Blandy  <jimb@redhat.com>
+
+	* gdb.texinfo (Packets): Move information out of 'q' and 'Q'
+	entries into the General Query Packets section.  Add a
+	cross-reference to that section.  Drop description of replies, as
+	these are covered in the descriptions of each packet.
+	(General Query Packets): Add introductory text.  Explain naming
+	conventions, and how the end of a name is recognized.
+
+2005-11-17  Kevin Buettner  <kevinb@redhat.com>
+
+	* gdb.texinfo (Remote configuration): Fix typo in description of
+	"set remotebreak" command.
+
 2005-11-16  Jim Blandy  <jimb@redhat.com>
 
 	* gdb.texinfo (Packets, Stop Reply Packets)
diff --git a/gdb/doc/gdb.texinfo b/gdb/doc/gdb.texinfo
index e26341b..d749732 100644
--- a/gdb/doc/gdb.texinfo
+++ b/gdb/doc/gdb.texinfo
@@ -7126,10 +7126,12 @@ values without interacting with you, it can do so quickly and
 unobtrusively, hopefully not disturbing the program's behavior.
 
 The tracepoint facility is currently available only for remote
-targets.  @xref{Targets}.  In addition, your remote target must know how
-to collect trace data.  This functionality is implemented in the remote
-stub; however, none of the stubs distributed with @value{GDBN} support
-tracepoints as of this writing.
+targets.  @xref{Targets}.  In addition, your remote target must know
+how to collect trace data.  This functionality is implemented in the
+remote stub; however, none of the stubs distributed with @value{GDBN}
+support tracepoints as of this writing.  The format of the remote
+packets used to implement tracepoints are described in @ref{Tracepoint
+Packets}.
 
 This chapter describes the tracepoint commands and features.
 
@@ -12147,9 +12149,10 @@ Show the current speed of the remote connection.
 @item set remotebreak
 @cindex interrupt remote programs
 @cindex BREAK signal instead of Ctrl-C
+@anchor{set remotebreak}
 If set to on, @value{GDBN} sends a @code{BREAK} signal to the remote
 when you press the @key{Ctrl-C} key to interrupt the program running
-on the remote.  If set to off, @value{GDBN} sends the @samp{Strl-C}
+on the remote.  If set to off, @value{GDBN} sends the @samp{Ctrl-C}
 character instead.  The default is off, since most remote systems
 expect to see @samp{Ctrl-C} as the interrupt signal.
 
@@ -22016,6 +22019,8 @@ Show the current setting of the target wait timeout.
 * Stop Reply Packets::
 * General Query Packets::
 * Register Packet Format::
+* Tracepoint Packets::
+* Interrupts::
 * Examples::
 * File-I/O remote protocol extension::
 @end menu
@@ -22397,30 +22402,12 @@ for success
 for an error
 @end table
 
-@item q @var{query}
-@anchor{general query packet}
+@item q @var{name} @var{params}@dots{}
+@itemx Q @var{name} @var{params}@dots{}
 @cindex @samp{q} packet
-General query.  Request info about @var{query}.  In general
-@value{GDBN} queries have a leading upper case letter.  Custom vendor
-queries should use a company prefix (in lower case) ex:
-@samp{qfsf.var}.  @var{query} may optionally be followed by a @samp{,}
-or @samp{;} separated list.  Stubs must ensure that they match the
-full @var{query} name.
-
-Reply:
-@table @samp
-@item @var{XX@dots{}}
-Hex encoded data from query.  The reply must not be empty.
-@item E @var{NN}
-error reply
-@item
-Indicating an unrecognized @var{query}.
-@end table
-
-@item Q @var{var}=@var{val}
 @cindex @samp{Q} packet
-General set.  Set value of @var{var} to @var{val}.
-@xref{general query packet}, for a discussion of naming conventions.
+General query (@samp{q}) and set (@samp{Q}).  These packets are
+described fully in @ref{General Query Packets}.
 
 @item r
 @cindex @samp{r} packet
@@ -22514,6 +22501,7 @@ The @samp{vCont} packet is not supported.
 @end table
 
 @item X @var{addr},@var{length}:@var{XX@dots{}}
+@anchor{X packet}
 @cindex @samp{X} packet
 Write data to memory, where the data is transmitted in binary.
 @var{addr} is address, @var{length} is number of bytes,
@@ -22735,7 +22723,33 @@ protocol extension}, for more details.
 @section General Query Packets
 @cindex remote query requests
 
-The following set and query packets have already been defined.
+Packets starting with @samp{q} are @dfn{general query packets};
+packets starting with @samp{Q} are @dfn{general set packets}.  General
+query and set packets are a semi-unified form for retrieving and
+sending information to and from the stub.
+
+The initial letter of a query or set packet is followed by a name
+indicating what sort of thing the packet applies to.  For example,
+@value{GDBN} may use a @samp{qSymbol} packet to exchange symbol
+definitions with the stub.  These packet names follow some
+conventions:
+
+@itemize @bullet
+@item
+The name must not contain commas, colons or semicolons.
+@item
+Most @value{GDBN} query and set packets have a leading upper case
+letter.
+@item
+The names of custom vendor packets should use a company prefix, in
+lower case, followed by a period.  For example, packets designed at
+the Acme Corporation might begin with @samp{qacme.foo} (for querying
+foos) or @samp{Qacme.bar} (for setting bars).
+@end itemize
+
+A query or set packet may optionally be followed by a @samp{,} or
+@samp{;} separated list.  Stubs must be careful to match the full
+packet name, in case packet names have common prefixes.
 
 Like the descriptions of the other packets, each description here
 has a template showing the packet's overall syntax, followed by an
@@ -22743,6 +22757,8 @@ explanation of the packet's meaning.  We include spaces in some of the
 templates for clarity; these are not part of the packet's syntax.  No
 @value{GDBN} packet uses spaces to separate its components.
 
+Here are the currently defined query and set packets:
+
 @table @samp
 
 @item qC
@@ -23016,6 +23032,10 @@ encoded).  @value{GDBN} will continue to supply the values of symbols
 (if available), until the target ceases to request them.
 @end table
 
+@item QTDP
+@itemx QTFrame
+@xref{Tracepoint Packets}.
+
 @item qThreadExtraInfo,@var{id}
 @cindex thread attributes info, remote request
 @cindex @samp{qThreadExtraInfo} packet
@@ -23035,6 +23055,13 @@ comprising the printable string containing the extra information about
 the thread's attributes.
 @end table
 
+@item QTStart    
+@itemx QTStop     
+@itemx QTinit     
+@itemx QTro       
+@itemx qTStatus   
+@xref{Tracepoint Packets}.
+
 @end table
 
 @node Register Packet Format
@@ -23063,6 +23090,198 @@ as @code{MIPS32}.
 
 @end table
 
+@node Tracepoint Packets
+@section Tracepoint Packets
+@cindex tracepoint packets
+@cindex packets, tracepoint
+
+Here we describe the packets @value{GDBN} uses to implement
+tracepoints (@pxref{Tracepoints}).
+
+@table @samp
+
+@item QTDP:@var{n}:@var{addr}:@var{ena}:@var{step}:@var{pass}@r{[}-@r{]}
+Create a new tracepoint, number @var{n}, at @var{addr}.  If @var{ena}
+is @samp{E}, then the tracepoint is enabled; if it is @samp{D}, then
+the tracepoint is disabled.  @var{step} is the tracepoint's step
+count, and @var{pass} is its pass count.  If the trailing @samp{-} is
+present, further @samp{QTDP} packets will follow to specify this
+tracepoint's actions.
+
+Replies:
+@table @samp
+@item OK
+The packet was understood and carried out.
+@item 
+The packet was not recognized.
+@end table
+
+@item QTDP:-@var{n}:@var{addr}:@r{[}S@r{]}@var{action}@dots{}@r{[}-@r{]}
+Define actions to be taken when a tracepoint is hit.  @var{n} and
+@var{addr} must be the same as in the initial @samp{QTDP} packet for
+this tracepoint.  This packet may only be sent immediately after
+another @samp{QTDP} packet that ended with a @samp{-}.  If the
+trailing @samp{-} is present, further @samp{QTDP} packets will follow,
+specifying more actions for this tracepoint.
+
+In the series of action packets for a given tracepoint, at most one
+can have an @samp{S} before its first @var{action}.  If such a packet
+is sent, it and the following packets define ``while-stepping''
+actions.  Any prior packets define ordinary actions --- that is, those
+taken when the tracepoint is first hit.  If no action packet has an
+@samp{S}, then all the packets in the series specify ordinary
+tracepoint actions.
+
+The @samp{@var{action}@dots{}} portion of the packet is a series of
+actions, concatenated without separators.  Each action has one of the
+following forms:
+
+@table @samp
+
+@item R @var{mask}
+Collect the registers whose bits are set in @var{mask}.  @var{mask} is
+a hexidecimal number whose @var{i}'th bit is set if register number
+@var{i} should be collected.  (The least significant bit is numbered
+zero.)  Note that @var{mask} may be any number of digits long; it may
+not fit in a 32-bit word.
+
+@item M @var{basereg},@var{offset},@var{len}
+Collect @var{len} bytes of memory starting at the address in register
+number @var{basereg}, plus @var{offset}.  If @var{basereg} is
+@samp{-1}, then the range has a fixed address: @var{offset} is the
+address of the lowest byte to collect.  The @var{basereg},
+@var{offset}, and @var{len} parameters are all unsigned hexidecimal
+values (the @samp{-1} value for @var{basereg} is a special case).
+
+@item X @var{len},@var{expr}
+Evaluate @var{expr}, whose length is @var{len}, and collect memory as
+it directs.  @var{expr} is an agent expression, as described in
+@ref{Agent Expressions}.  Each byte of the expression is encoded as a
+two-digit hex number in the packet; @var{len} is the number of bytes
+in the expression (and thus one-half the number of hex digits in the
+packet).
+
+@end table
+
+Any number of actions may be packed together in a single @samp{QTDP}
+packet, as long as the packet does not exceed the maximum packet
+length (400 bytes, for many stubs).
+
+Replies:
+@table @samp
+@item OK
+The packet was understood and carried out.
+@item 
+The packet was not recognized.
+@end table
+
+@item QTFrame:@var{n}
+Select the @var{n}'th tracepoint frame from the buffer, and use the
+register and memory contents recorded there to answer subsequent
+request packets from @value{GDBN}.
+
+A successful reply from the stub indicates that the stub has found the
+requested frame.  The response is a series of parts, concatenated
+without separators, describing the frame we selected.  Each part has
+one of the following forms:
+
+@table @samp
+@item F @var{f}
+The selected frame is number @var{n} in the trace frame buffer;
+@var{f} is a hexidecimal number.  If @var{f} is @samp{-1}, then there
+was no frame matching the criteria in the request packet.
+
+@item T @var{t}
+The selected trace frame records a hit of tracepoint number @var{t};
+@var{t} is a hexidecimal number.
+
+@end table
+
+@item QTFrame:pc:@var{addr}
+Like @samp{QTFrame:@var{n}}, but select the first tracepoint frame after the
+currently selected frame whose PC is @var{addr};
+@var{addr} is a hexidecimal number.
+
+@item QTFrame:tdp:@var{t}
+Like @samp{QTFrame:@var{n}}, but select the first tracepoint frame after the
+currently selected frame that is a hit of tracepoint @var{t}; @var{t}
+is a hexidecimal number.
+
+@item QTFrame:range:@var{start}:@var{end}
+Like @samp{QTFrame:@var{n}}, but select the first tracepoint frame after the
+currently selected frame whose PC is between @var{start} (inclusive)
+and @var{end} (exclusive); @var{start} and @var{end} are hexidecimal
+numbers.
+
+@item QTFrame:outside:@var{start}:@var{end}
+Like @samp{QTFrame:range:@var{start}:@var{end}}, but select the first
+frame @emph{outside} the given range of addresses.
+
+@item QTStart
+Begin the tracepoint experiment.  Begin collecting data from tracepoint
+hits in the trace frame buffer.
+
+@item QTStop
+End the tracepoint experiment.  Stop collecting trace frames.
+
+@item QTinit
+Clear the table of tracepoints, and empty the trace frame buffer.
+
+@item QTro:@var{start1},@var{end1}:@var{start2},@var{end2}:@dots{}
+Establish the given ranges of memory as ``transparent''.  The stub
+will answer requests for these ranges from memory's current contents,
+if they were not collected as part of the tracepoint hit.
+
+@value{GDBN} uses this to mark read-only regions of memory, like those
+containing program code.  Since these areas never change, they should
+still have the same contents they did when the tracepoint was hit, so
+there's no reason for the stub to refuse to provide their contents.
+
+@item qTStatus
+Ask the stub if there is a trace experiment running right now.
+
+Replies:
+@table @samp
+@item T0
+There is no trace experiment running.
+@item T1
+There is a trace experiment running.
+@end table
+
+@end table
+
+
+@node Interrupts
+@section Interrupts
+@cindex interrupts (remote protocol)
+
+When a program on the remote target is running, @value{GDBN} may
+attempt to interrupt it by sending a @samp{Ctrl-C} or a @code{BREAK},
+control of which is specified via @value{GDBN}'s @samp{remotebreak}
+setting (@pxref{set remotebreak}).
+
+The precise meaning of @code{BREAK} is defined by the transport
+mechanism and may, in fact, be undefined.  @value{GDBN} does
+not currently define a @code{BREAK} mechanism for any of the network
+interfaces.
+
+@samp{Ctrl-C}, on the other hand, is defined and implemented for all
+transport mechanisms.  It is represented by sending the single byte
+@code{0x03} without any of the usual packet overhead described in
+the Overview section (@pxref{Overview}).  When a @code{0x03} byte is
+transmitted as part of a packet, it is considered to be packet data
+and does @emph{not} represent an interrupt.  E.g., an @samp{X} packet
+(@pxref{X packet}, used for binary downloads, may include an unescaped
+@code{0x03} as part of its packet.
+
+Stubs are not required to recognize these interrupt mechanisms and the
+precise meaning associated with receipt of the interrupt is
+implementation defined.  If the stub is successful at interrupting the
+running program, it is expected that it will send one of the Stop
+Reply Packets (@pxref{Stop Reply Packets}) to @value{GDBN} as a result
+of successfully stopping the program.  Interrupts received while the
+program is stopped will be discarded.
+
 @node Examples
 @section Examples
 
diff --git a/gdb/dwarf2loc.c b/gdb/dwarf2loc.c
index 8a3e99f..1005fa7 100644
--- a/gdb/dwarf2loc.c
+++ b/gdb/dwarf2loc.c
@@ -477,13 +477,30 @@ dwarf2_tracepoint_var_ref (struct symbol *symbol, struct agent_expr *ax,
       ax_const_l (ax, frame_offset);
       ax_simple (ax, aop_add);
 
-      ax_const_l (ax, frame_offset);
+      value->kind = axs_lvalue_memory;
+    }
+  else if (data[0] >= DW_OP_breg0
+	   && data[0] <= DW_OP_breg31)
+    {
+      unsigned int reg;
+      LONGEST offset;
+      gdb_byte *buf_end;
+
+      reg = data[0] - DW_OP_breg0;
+      buf_end = read_sleb128 (data + 1, data + size, &offset);
+      if (buf_end != data + size)
+	error (_("Unexpected opcode after DW_OP_breg%u for symbol \"%s\"."),
+	       reg, SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (symbol));
+
+      ax_reg (ax, reg);
+      ax_const_l (ax, offset);
       ax_simple (ax, aop_add);
+
       value->kind = axs_lvalue_memory;
     }
   else
-    error (_("Unsupported DWARF opcode in the location of \"%s\"."),
-	   SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (symbol));
+    error (_("Unsupported DWARF opcode 0x%x in the location of \"%s\"."),
+	   data[0], SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (symbol));
 }
 
 /* Return the value of SYMBOL in FRAME using the DWARF-2 expression
diff --git a/gdb/hppa-hpux-tdep.c b/gdb/hppa-hpux-tdep.c
index ed0abf9..fab8d6e 100644
--- a/gdb/hppa-hpux-tdep.c
+++ b/gdb/hppa-hpux-tdep.c
@@ -49,6 +49,26 @@
 #define IS_32BIT_TARGET(_gdbarch) \
 	((gdbarch_tdep (_gdbarch))->bytes_per_address == 4)
 
+/* Bit in the `ss_flag' member of `struct save_state' that indicates
+   that the 64-bit register values are live.  From
+   <machine/save_state.h>.  */
+#define HPPA_HPUX_SS_WIDEREGS		0x40
+
+/* Offsets of various parts of `struct save_state'.  From
+   <machine/save_state.h>.  */
+#define HPPA_HPUX_SS_FLAGS_OFFSET	0
+#define HPPA_HPUX_SS_NARROW_OFFSET	4
+#define HPPA_HPUX_SS_FPBLOCK_OFFSET 	256
+#define HPPA_HPUX_SS_WIDE_OFFSET        640
+
+/* The size of `struct save_state.  */
+#define HPPA_HPUX_SAVE_STATE_SIZE	1152
+
+/* The size of `struct pa89_save_state', which corresponds to PA-RISC
+   1.1, the lowest common denominator that we support.  */
+#define HPPA_HPUX_PA89_SAVE_STATE_SIZE	512
+
+
 /* Forward declarations.  */
 extern void _initialize_hppa_hpux_tdep (void);
 extern initialize_file_ftype _initialize_hppa_hpux_tdep;
@@ -1158,8 +1178,8 @@ hppa_hpux_sigtramp_frame_unwind_cache (struct frame_info *next_frame,
   struct gdbarch_tdep *tdep = gdbarch_tdep (gdbarch);
   struct hppa_hpux_sigtramp_unwind_cache *info;
   unsigned int flag;
-  CORE_ADDR sp, scptr;
-  int i, incr, off, szoff;
+  CORE_ADDR sp, scptr, off;
+  int i, incr, szoff;
 
   if (*this_cache)
     return *this_cache;
@@ -1170,25 +1190,29 @@ hppa_hpux_sigtramp_frame_unwind_cache (struct frame_info *next_frame,
 
   sp = frame_unwind_register_unsigned (next_frame, HPPA_SP_REGNUM);
 
-  scptr = sp - 1352;
+  if (IS_32BIT_TARGET (gdbarch))
+    scptr = sp - 1352;
+  else
+    scptr = sp - 1520;
+
   off = scptr;
 
   /* See /usr/include/machine/save_state.h for the structure of the save_state_t
      structure. */
   
-  flag = read_memory_unsigned_integer(scptr, 4);
-    
-  if (!(flag & 0x40))
+  flag = read_memory_unsigned_integer(scptr + HPPA_HPUX_SS_FLAGS_OFFSET, 4);
+
+  if (!(flag & HPPA_HPUX_SS_WIDEREGS))
     {
       /* Narrow registers. */
-      off = scptr + offsetof (save_state_t, ss_narrow);
+      off = scptr + HPPA_HPUX_SS_NARROW_OFFSET;
       incr = 4;
       szoff = 0;
     }
   else
     {
       /* Wide registers. */
-      off = scptr + offsetof (save_state_t, ss_wide) + 8;
+      off = scptr + HPPA_HPUX_SS_WIDE_OFFSET + 8;
       incr = 8;
       szoff = (tdep->bytes_per_address == 4 ? 4 : 0);
     }
@@ -1203,11 +1227,15 @@ hppa_hpux_sigtramp_frame_unwind_cache (struct frame_info *next_frame,
     {
       if (hppa_hpux_tramp_reg[i] > 0)
         info->saved_regs[hppa_hpux_tramp_reg[i]].addr = off + szoff;
+
       off += incr;
     }
 
   /* TODO: fp regs */
 
+  info->saved_regs[HPPA_PCOQ_HEAD_REGNUM].addr = 
+    info->saved_regs[HPPA_RP_REGNUM].addr;
+
   info->base = frame_unwind_register_unsigned (next_frame, HPPA_SP_REGNUM);
 
   return info;
@@ -1246,12 +1274,12 @@ static const struct frame_unwind hppa_hpux_sigtramp_frame_unwind = {
 static const struct frame_unwind *
 hppa_hpux_sigtramp_unwind_sniffer (struct frame_info *next_frame)
 {
+  struct unwind_table_entry *u;
   CORE_ADDR pc = frame_pc_unwind (next_frame);
-  char *name;
 
-  find_pc_partial_function (pc, &name, NULL, NULL);
+  u = find_unwind_entry (pc);
 
-  if (name && strcmp(name, "_sigreturn") == 0)
+  if (u && u->HP_UX_interrupt_marker)
     return &hppa_hpux_sigtramp_frame_unwind;
 
   return NULL;
@@ -1760,25 +1788,6 @@ hppa_hpux_push_dummy_code (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR sp,
 
 
 
-/* Bit in the `ss_flag' member of `struct save_state' that indicates
-   that the 64-bit register values are live.  From
-   <machine/save_state.h>.  */
-#define HPPA_HPUX_SS_WIDEREGS		0x40
-
-/* Offsets of various parts of `struct save_state'.  From
-   <machine/save_state.h>.  */
-#define HPPA_HPUX_SS_FLAGS_OFFSET	0
-#define HPPA_HPUX_SS_NARROW_OFFSET	4
-#define HPPA_HPUX_SS_FPBLOCK_OFFSET 	256
-#define HPPA_HPUX_SS_WIDE_OFFSET        640
-
-/* The size of `struct save_state.  */
-#define HPPA_HPUX_SAVE_STATE_SIZE	1152
-
-/* The size of `struct pa89_save_state', which corresponds to PA-RISC
-   1.1, the lowest common denominator that we support.  */
-#define HPPA_HPUX_PA89_SAVE_STATE_SIZE	512
-
 static void
 hppa_hpux_supply_ss_narrow (struct regcache *regcache,
 			    int regnum, const char *save_state)
diff --git a/gdb/hppa-tdep.c b/gdb/hppa-tdep.c
index a104371..94de581 100644
--- a/gdb/hppa-tdep.c
+++ b/gdb/hppa-tdep.c
@@ -1491,7 +1491,7 @@ restart:
 
       /* There are limited ways to store the return pointer into the
 	 stack.  */
-      if (inst == 0x6bc23fd9 || inst == 0x0fc212c1)
+      if (inst == 0x6bc23fd9 || inst == 0x0fc212c1 || inst == 0x73c23fe1)
 	save_rp = 0;
 
       /* These are the only ways we save SP into the stack.  At this time
@@ -1846,7 +1846,8 @@ hppa_frame_cache (struct frame_info *next_frame, void **this_cache)
 	    looking_for_rp = 0;
 	    cache->saved_regs[HPPA_RP_REGNUM].addr = -24;
 	  }
-	else if (inst == 0x0fc212c1) /* std rp,-0x10(sr0,sp) */
+	else if (inst == 0x0fc212c1 
+	         || inst == 0x73c23fe1) /* std rp,-0x10(sr0,sp) */
 	  {
 	    looking_for_rp = 0;
 	    cache->saved_regs[HPPA_RP_REGNUM].addr = -16;
@@ -1984,7 +1985,7 @@ hppa_frame_cache (struct frame_info *next_frame, void **this_cache)
  	cache->base = fp;
  
  	if (hppa_debug)
-	  fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog, " (base=0x%s) [frame pointer] }",
+	  fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog, " (base=0x%s) [frame pointer]",
  	    paddr_nz (cache->base));
       }
      else if (u->Save_SP 
@@ -1996,7 +1997,7 @@ hppa_frame_cache (struct frame_info *next_frame, void **this_cache)
             cache->base = read_memory_integer (this_sp, TARGET_PTR_BIT / 8);
 
 	    if (hppa_debug)
-	      fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog, " (base=0x%s) [saved] }",
+	      fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog, " (base=0x%s) [saved]",
 			          paddr_nz (cache->base));
       }
     else
@@ -2005,7 +2006,7 @@ hppa_frame_cache (struct frame_info *next_frame, void **this_cache)
 	   the SP back.  */
         cache->base = this_sp - frame_size;
 	if (hppa_debug)
-	  fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog, " (base=0x%s) [unwind adjust] } ",
+	  fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog, " (base=0x%s) [unwind adjust]",
 			      paddr_nz (cache->base));
 
       }
@@ -2017,21 +2018,34 @@ hppa_frame_cache (struct frame_info *next_frame, void **this_cache)
   if (u->Millicode)
     {
       if (trad_frame_addr_p (cache->saved_regs, 31))
-        cache->saved_regs[HPPA_PCOQ_HEAD_REGNUM] = cache->saved_regs[31];
+        {
+          cache->saved_regs[HPPA_PCOQ_HEAD_REGNUM] = cache->saved_regs[31];
+	  if (hppa_debug)
+	    fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog, " (pc=r31) [stack] } ");
+        }
       else
 	{
 	  ULONGEST r31 = frame_unwind_register_unsigned (next_frame, 31);
 	  trad_frame_set_value (cache->saved_regs, HPPA_PCOQ_HEAD_REGNUM, r31);
+	  if (hppa_debug)
+	    fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog, " (pc=r31) [frame] } ");
         }
     }
   else
     {
       if (trad_frame_addr_p (cache->saved_regs, HPPA_RP_REGNUM))
-        cache->saved_regs[HPPA_PCOQ_HEAD_REGNUM] = cache->saved_regs[HPPA_RP_REGNUM];
+        {
+          cache->saved_regs[HPPA_PCOQ_HEAD_REGNUM] = 
+	    cache->saved_regs[HPPA_RP_REGNUM];
+	  if (hppa_debug)
+	    fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog, " (pc=rp) [stack] } ");
+        }
       else
 	{
 	  ULONGEST rp = frame_unwind_register_unsigned (next_frame, HPPA_RP_REGNUM);
 	  trad_frame_set_value (cache->saved_regs, HPPA_PCOQ_HEAD_REGNUM, rp);
+	  if (hppa_debug)
+	    fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog, " (pc=rp) [frame] } ");
 	}
     }
 
@@ -2174,7 +2188,8 @@ hppa_fallback_frame_cache (struct frame_info *next_frame, void **this_cache)
 	      cache->saved_regs[HPPA_RP_REGNUM].addr = -20;
 	      found_rp = 1;
 	    }
-	  else if (insn == 0x0fc212c1) /* std rp,-0x10(sr0,sp) */
+	  else if (insn == 0x0fc212c1
+	           || insn == 0x73c23fe1) /* std rp,-0x10(sr0,sp) */
 	    {
 	      cache->saved_regs[HPPA_RP_REGNUM].addr = -16;
 	      found_rp = 1;
diff --git a/gdb/inf-ptrace.c b/gdb/inf-ptrace.c
index d12d1ad..f3c399e 100644
--- a/gdb/inf-ptrace.c
+++ b/gdb/inf-ptrace.c
@@ -462,8 +462,12 @@ inf_ptrace_xfer_partial (struct target_ops *ops, enum target_object object,
 	struct ptrace_io_desc piod;
 
 	/* NOTE: We assume that there are no distinct address spaces
-	   for instruction and data.  */
-	piod.piod_op = writebuf ? PIOD_WRITE_D : PIOD_READ_D;
+	   for instruction and data.  However, on OpenBSD 3.9 and
+	   later, PIOD_WRITE_D doesn't allow changing memory that's
+	   mapped read-only.  Since most code segments will be
+	   read-only, using PIOD_WRITE_D will prevent us from
+	   inserting breakpoints, so we use PIOD_WRITE_I instead.  */
+	piod.piod_op = writebuf ? PIOD_WRITE_I : PIOD_READ_D;
 	piod.piod_addr = writebuf ? (void *) writebuf : readbuf;
 	piod.piod_offs = (void *) (long) offset;
 	piod.piod_len = len;
diff --git a/gdb/mi/gdb-mi.el b/gdb/mi/gdb-mi.el
index b0d5a03..a72059e 100644
--- a/gdb/mi/gdb-mi.el
+++ b/gdb/mi/gdb-mi.el
@@ -58,6 +58,7 @@
 (require 'gud)
 (require 'gdb-ui)
 
+(defvar gdb-source-file-list nil)
 (defvar gdb-register-names nil "List of register names.")
 (defvar gdb-changed-registers nil
   "List of changed register numbers (strings).")
@@ -81,7 +82,7 @@ given in relevant buffer.
 
 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
 
-The following interactive lisp functions help control operation :
+The following commands help control operation :
 
 `gdb-many-windows'    - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
@@ -90,29 +91,28 @@ See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
 detailed description of this mode.
 
 
----------------------------------------------------------------------
-                               GDB Toolbar
----------------------------------------------------------------------
-GUD buffer (I/O of GDB)           | Locals buffer
-                                  |
-                                  |
-                                  |
----------------------------------------------------------------------
- Source buffer                    | Input/Output (of inferior) buffer
-                                  | (comint-mode)
-                                  |
-                                  |
-                                  |
-                                  |
-                                  |
-                                  |
----------------------------------------------------------------------
- Stack buffer                     | Breakpoints buffer
- RET      gdb-frames-select       | SPC    gdb-toggle-breakpoint
-                                  | RET    gdb-goto-breakpoint
-                                  |   d    gdb-delete-breakpoint
----------------------------------------------------------------------
-"
++--------------------------------------------------------------+
+|                           GDB Toolbar                        |
++-------------------------------+------------------------------+
+| GUD buffer (I/O of GDB)       | Locals buffer                |
+|                               |                              |
+|                               |                              |
+|                               |                              |
++-------------------------------+------------------------------+
+| Source buffer                                                |
+|                                                              |
+|                                                              |
+|                                                              |
+|                                                              |
+|                                                              |
+|                                                              |
+|                                                              |
++-------------------------------+------------------------------+
+| Stack buffer                  | Breakpoints buffer           |
+| RET      gdb-frames-select    | SPC    gdb-toggle-breakpoint |
+|                               | RET    gdb-goto-breakpoint   |
+|                               | d      gdb-delete-breakpoint |
++-------------------------------+------------------------------+"
   ;;
   (interactive (list (gud-query-cmdline 'gdbmi)))
   ;;
@@ -162,8 +162,14 @@ GUD buffer (I/O of GDB)           | Locals buffer
     'gdb-mouse-set-clear-breakpoint)
   (define-key gud-minor-mode-map [left-fringe mouse-1]
     'gdb-mouse-set-clear-breakpoint)
+  (define-key gud-minor-mode-map [left-fringe mouse-2]
+    'gdb-mouse-until)
+  (define-key gud-minor-mode-map [left-fringe drag-mouse-1]
+    'gdb-mouse-until)
   (define-key gud-minor-mode-map [left-margin mouse-3]
-    'gdb-mouse-toggle-breakpoint)
+    'gdb-mouse-toggle-breakpoint-margin)
+  (define-key gud-minor-mode-map [left-fringe mouse-3]
+    'gdb-mouse-toggle-breakpoint-fringe)
 
   (setq comint-input-sender 'gdbmi-send)
   ;;
@@ -223,8 +229,8 @@ GUD buffer (I/O of GDB)           | Locals buffer
 	     `(lambda () (gdbmi-var-list-children-handler ,varnum)))))
 
 (defconst gdbmi-var-list-children-regexp
-"name=\"\\(.*?\\)\",exp=\"\\(.*?\\)\",numchild=\"\\(.*?\\)\",\
-value=\"\\(.*?\\)\"")
+  "name=\"\\(.+?\\)\",exp=\"\\(.+?\\)\",numchild=\"\\(.+?\\)\",\
+value=\\(\".*?\"\\),type=\"\\(.+?\\)\"}")
 
 (defun gdbmi-var-list-children-handler (varnum)
   (with-current-buffer (gdb-get-create-buffer 'gdb-partial-output-buffer)
@@ -239,11 +245,9 @@ value=\"\\(.*?\\)\"")
 		 (let ((varchild (list (match-string 2)
 				       (match-string 1)
 				       (match-string 3)
-				       nil
-				       (match-string 4)
+				       (match-string 5)
+				       (read (match-string 4))
 				       nil)))
-		   (if (looking-at ",type=\"\\(.*?\\)\"")
-		       (setcar (nthcdr 3 varchild) (match-string 1)))
 		   (dolist (var1 gdb-var-list)
 		     (if (string-equal (cadr var1) (cadr varchild))
 			 (throw 'child-already-watched nil)))
@@ -257,24 +261,26 @@ value=\"\\(.*?\\)\"")
   (gdb-enqueue-input
    (list "-var-update --all-values *\n" 'gdbmi-var-update-handler)))
 
-(defconst gdbmi-var-update-regexp "name=\"\\(.*?\\)\",value=\"\\(.*?\\)\"")
+(defconst gdbmi-var-update-regexp "name=\"\\(.*?\\)\",value=\\(\".*\"\\),")
 
 (defun gdbmi-var-update-handler ()
   (with-current-buffer (gdb-get-create-buffer 'gdb-partial-output-buffer)
     (goto-char (point-min))
     (while (re-search-forward gdbmi-var-update-regexp nil t)
 	(let ((varnum (match-string 1)))
-	  (catch 'var-found1
+	  (catch 'var-found-1
 	    (let ((num 0))
 	      (dolist (var gdb-var-list)
 		(if (string-equal varnum (cadr var))
 		    (progn
 		      (setcar (nthcdr 5 var) t)
-		      (setcar (nthcdr 4 var) (match-string 2))
+		      (setcar (nthcdr 4 var) (read (match-string 2)))
 		      (setcar (nthcdr num gdb-var-list) var)
-		      (throw 'var-found1 nil)))
+		      (throw 'var-found-1 nil)))
 		(setq num (+ num 1))))))
-	(setq gdb-var-changed t))))
+	(setq gdb-var-changed t)))
+  (with-current-buffer gud-comint-buffer
+    (speedbar-timer-fn)))
 
 (defun gdbmi-send (proc string)
   "A comint send filter for gdb."
@@ -454,23 +460,10 @@ value=\"\\(.*?\\)\"")
 
 ;; Breakpoint buffer : This displays the output of `-break-list'.
 ;;
-(def-gdb-auto-updated-buffer gdb-breakpoints-buffer
-  ;; This defines the auto update rule for buffers of type
-  ;; `gdb-breakpoints-buffer'.
-  ;;
-  ;; It defines a function that queues the command below.  That function is
-  ;; called:
-  gdbmi-invalidate-breakpoints
-  ;;
-  ;; To update the buffer, this command is sent to gdb.
+(def-gdb-auto-update-trigger gdbmi-invalidate-breakpoints
+  (gdb-get-buffer 'gdb-breakpoints-buffer)
   "-break-list\n"
-  ;;
-  ;; This also defines a function to be the handler for the output
-  ;; from the command above.  That function will copy the output into
-  ;; the appropriately typed buffer.  That function will be called:
-  gdb-break-list-handler
-  ;; buffer specific functions
-  gdb-break-list-custom)
+  gdb-break-list-handler)
 
 (defconst gdb-break-list-regexp
 "number=\"\\(.*?\\)\",type=\"\\(.*?\\)\",disp=\"\\(.*?\\)\",enabled=\"\\(.\\)\",\
@@ -560,6 +553,8 @@ addr=\"\\(.*?\\)\",func=\"\\(.*?\\)\",file=\"\\(.*?\\)\",line=\"\\(.*?\\)\"")
       (end-of-line)))
   (if (gdb-get-buffer 'gdb-assembler-buffer) (gdb-assembler-custom)))
 
+(defvar gdb-source-file-regexp "fullname=\"\\(.*?\\)\"")
+
 (defun gdbmi-get-location (bptno line flag)
   "Find the directory containing the relevant source file.
 Put in buffer and place breakpoint icon."
@@ -586,11 +581,11 @@ Add directory to search path for source files using the GDB command, dir."))
 
 ;; Frames buffer.  This displays a perpetually correct bactrack trace.
 ;;
-(def-gdb-auto-updated-buffer gdb-stack-buffer
-  gdbmi-invalidate-frames
+(def-gdb-auto-update-trigger gdbmi-invalidate-frames
+  (gdb-get-buffer 'gdb-stack-buffer)
   "-stack-list-frames\n"
-  gdb-stack-list-frames-handler
-  gdb-stack-list-frames-custom)
+  gdb-stack-list-frames-handler)
+
 
 (defconst gdb-stack-list-frames-regexp
 "level=\"\\(.*?\\)\",addr=\"\\(.*?\\)\",func=\"\\(.*?\\)\",\
@@ -644,11 +639,10 @@ file=\".*?\",fullname=\"\\(.*?\\)\",line=\"\\(.*?\\)\"")
 
 ;; Locals buffer.
 ;; uses "-stack-list-locals --simple-values". Needs GDB 6.1 onwards.
-(def-gdb-auto-updated-buffer gdb-locals-buffer
-  gdbmi-invalidate-locals
+(def-gdb-auto-update-trigger gdbmi-invalidate-locals
+  (gdb-get-buffer 'gdb-locals-buffer)
   "-stack-list-locals --simple-values\n"
-  gdb-stack-list-locals-handler
-  gdb-stack-list-locals-custom)
+  gdb-stack-list-locals-handler)
 
 (defconst gdb-stack-list-locals-regexp
   (concat "name=\"\\(.*?\\)\",type=\"\\(.*?\\)\""))
@@ -666,12 +660,13 @@ file=\".*?\",fullname=\"\\(.*?\\)\",line=\"\\(.*?\\)\"")
 	(let ((local (list (match-string 1)
 			   (match-string 2)
 			   nil)))
-	  (if (looking-at ",value=\"\\(.*?\\)\"")
-	      (setcar (nthcdr 2 local) (match-string 1)))
+	  (if (looking-at ",value=\\(\".*\"\\)}")
+	      (setcar (nthcdr 2 local) (read (match-string 1))))
 	(push local locals-list))))
     (let ((buf (gdb-get-buffer 'gdb-locals-buffer)))
       (and buf (with-current-buffer buf
-		 (let ((p (window-point (get-buffer-window buf 0)))
+	      (let* ((window (get-buffer-window buf 0))
+		     (p (window-point window))
 		       (buffer-read-only nil))
 		   (erase-buffer)
 		   (dolist (local locals-list)
@@ -682,19 +677,15 @@ file=\".*?\",fullname=\"\\(.*?\\)\",line=\"\\(.*?\\)\"")
 				      "(structure)"
 				    "(array)"))
 			      "\n")))
-		   (set-window-point (get-buffer-window buf 0) p)))))))
-
-(defun gdb-stack-list-locals-custom ()
-  nil)
+		   (set-window-point window p)))))))
 
 
 ;; Registers buffer.
 ;;
-(def-gdb-auto-updated-buffer gdb-registers-buffer
-  gdbmi-invalidate-registers
+(def-gdb-auto-update-trigger gdbmi-invalidate-registers
+  (gdb-get-buffer 'gdb-registers-buffer)
   "-data-list-register-values x\n"
-  gdb-data-list-register-values-handler
-  gdb-data-list-register-values-custom)
+  gdb-data-list-register-values-handler)
 
 (defconst gdb-data-list-register-values-regexp
   "number=\"\\(.*?\\)\",value=\"\\(.*?\\)\"")
@@ -731,9 +722,21 @@ file=\".*?\",fullname=\"\\(.*?\\)\",line=\"\\(.*?\\)\"")
 		  (buffer-read-only nil))
 	      (erase-buffer)
 	      (insert register-values)
-	      (set-window-point (get-buffer-window buf 0) p))))))))
+	      (set-window-point (get-buffer-window buf 0) p)))))))
+  (gdb-data-list-register-values-custom))
 
-(defun gdb-data-list-register-values-custom ())
+(defun gdb-data-list-register-values-custom ()
+  (with-current-buffer (gdb-get-buffer 'gdb-registers-buffer)
+    (save-excursion
+      (let ((buffer-read-only nil)
+	    bl)
+	(goto-char (point-min))
+	(while (< (point) (point-max))
+	  (setq bl (line-beginning-position))
+	  (when (looking-at "^[^\t]+")
+	    (put-text-property bl (match-end 0)
+			       'face font-lock-variable-name-face))
+	  (forward-line 1))))))
 
 (defun gdb-get-changed-registers ()
   (if (and (gdb-get-buffer 'gdb-registers-buffer)
@@ -745,6 +748,8 @@ file=\".*?\",fullname=\"\\(.*?\\)\",line=\"\\(.*?\\)\"")
 	  'gdb-get-changed-registers-handler))
 	(push 'gdb-get-changed-registers gdb-pending-triggers))))
 
+(defconst gdb-data-list-register-names-regexp "\"\\(.*?\\)\"")
+
 (defun gdb-get-changed-registers-handler ()
   (setq gdb-pending-triggers
 	(delq 'gdb-get-changed-registers gdb-pending-triggers))
@@ -754,9 +759,6 @@ file=\".*?\",fullname=\"\\(.*?\\)\",line=\"\\(.*?\\)\"")
     (while (re-search-forward gdb-data-list-register-names-regexp nil t)
       (push (match-string 1) gdb-changed-registers))))
 
-
-(defconst gdb-data-list-register-names-regexp "\"\\(.*?\\)\"")
-
 (defun gdb-get-register-names ()
   "Create a list of register names."
   (goto-char (point-min))
@@ -767,9 +769,6 @@ file=\".*?\",fullname=\"\\(.*?\\)\",line=\"\\(.*?\\)\"")
 ;; these functions/variables may go into gdb-ui.el in the near future
 ;; (from gdb-nui.el)
 
-(defvar gdb-source-file-list nil)
-(defvar gdb-source-file-regexp "fullname=\"\\(.*?\\)\"")
-
 (defun gdb-get-source-file ()
   "Find the source file where the program starts and display it with related
 buffers, if required."
diff --git a/gdb/mi/mi-main.c b/gdb/mi/mi-main.c
index 17c9c38..e5644b5 100644
--- a/gdb/mi/mi-main.c
+++ b/gdb/mi/mi-main.c
@@ -1365,9 +1365,18 @@ mi_load_progress (const char *section_name,
   static struct timeval last_update;
   static char *previous_sect_name = NULL;
   int new_section;
+  struct ui_out *saved_uiout;
 
-  if (!current_interp_named_p (INTERP_MI)
-      && !current_interp_named_p (INTERP_MI1))
+  /* This function is called through deprecated_show_load_progress
+     which means uiout may not be correct.  Fix it for the duration
+     of this function.  */
+  saved_uiout = uiout;
+
+  if (current_interp_named_p (INTERP_MI))
+    uiout = mi_out_new (2);
+  else if (current_interp_named_p (INTERP_MI1))
+    uiout = mi_out_new (1);
+  else
     return;
 
   update_threshold.tv_sec = 0;
@@ -1424,6 +1433,9 @@ mi_load_progress (const char *section_name,
       fputs_unfiltered ("\n", raw_stdout);
       gdb_flush (raw_stdout);
     }
+
+  xfree (uiout);
+  uiout = saved_uiout;
 }
 
 void
diff --git a/gdb/tracepoint.c b/gdb/tracepoint.c
index e522352..39309eb 100644
--- a/gdb/tracepoint.c
+++ b/gdb/tracepoint.c
@@ -1069,9 +1069,14 @@ make_cleanup_free_actions (struct tracepoint *t)
   return make_cleanup (do_free_actions_cleanup, t);
 }
 
+enum {
+  memrange_absolute = -1
+};
+
 struct memrange
 {
-  int type;		/* 0 for absolute memory range, else basereg number */
+  int type;		/* memrange_absolute for absolute memory range,
+                           else basereg number */
   bfd_signed_vma start;
   bfd_signed_vma end;
 };
@@ -1103,7 +1108,7 @@ memrange_cmp (const void *va, const void *vb)
     return -1;
   if (a->type > b->type)
     return 1;
-  if (a->type == 0)
+  if (a->type == memrange_absolute)
     {
       if ((bfd_vma) a->start < (bfd_vma) b->start)
 	return -1;
@@ -1175,7 +1180,7 @@ add_memrange (struct collection_list *memranges,
       printf_filtered (",%ld)\n", len);
     }
 
-  /* type: -1 == memory, n == basereg */
+  /* type: memrange_absolute == memory, other n == basereg */
   memranges->list[memranges->next_memrange].type = type;
   /* base: addr if memory, offset if reg relative.  */
   memranges->list[memranges->next_memrange].start = base;
@@ -1189,7 +1194,7 @@ add_memrange (struct collection_list *memranges,
 				  memranges->listsize);
     }
 
-  if (type != -1)		/* Better collect the base register!  */
+  if (type != memrange_absolute)		/* Better collect the base register!  */
     add_register (memranges, type);
 }
 
@@ -1226,7 +1231,7 @@ collect_symbol (struct collection_list *collect,
 			   DEPRECATED_SYMBOL_NAME (sym), len, 
 			   tmp /* address */);
 	}
-      add_memrange (collect, -1, offset, len);	/* 0 == memory */
+      add_memrange (collect, memrange_absolute, offset, len);
       break;
     case LOC_REGISTER:
     case LOC_REGPARM:
@@ -1437,10 +1442,18 @@ stringify_collection_list (struct collection_list *list, char *string)
 	  end = temp_buf;
 	}
 
-      sprintf (end, "M%X,%s,%lX", 
-	       list->list[i].type,
-	       tmp2,
-	       (long) (list->list[i].end - list->list[i].start));
+      {
+        bfd_signed_vma length = list->list[i].end - list->list[i].start;
+
+        /* The "%X" conversion specifier expects an unsigned argument,
+           so passing -1 (memrange_absolute) to it directly gives you
+           "FFFFFFFF" (or more, depending on sizeof (unsigned)).
+           Special-case it.  */
+        if (list->list[i].type == memrange_absolute)
+          sprintf (end, "M-1,%s,%lX", tmp2, (long) length);
+        else
+          sprintf (end, "M%X,%s,%lX", list->list[i].type, tmp2, (long) length);
+      }
 
       count += strlen (end);
       end = temp_buf + count;
@@ -1598,7 +1611,7 @@ encode_actions (struct tracepoint *t, char ***tdp_actions,
 		      tempval = evaluate_expression (exp);
 		      addr = VALUE_ADDRESS (tempval) + value_offset (tempval);
 		      len = TYPE_LENGTH (check_typedef (exp->elts[1].type));
-		      add_memrange (collect, -1, addr, len);
+		      add_memrange (collect, memrange_absolute, addr, len);
 		      break;
 
 		    case OP_VAR_VALUE:
diff --git a/gdb/version.in b/gdb/version.in
index d0034bd..1ef9914 100644
--- a/gdb/version.in
+++ b/gdb/version.in
@@ -1 +1 @@
-6.3.50.20051117-cvs
+6.4.50.20051121-cvs
diff --git a/intl/ChangeLog b/intl/ChangeLog
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..172f44c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/intl/ChangeLog
@@ -0,0 +1,1106 @@
+2005-05-13  Nick Clifton  <nickc@redhat.com>
+
+	* Update the address and phone number of the FSF organization in
+	the GPL notices in the following files:
+	Makefile.in, bindtextdom.c, cat-compat.c, dcgettext.c,
+	dgettext.c, explodename.c, finddomain.c, gettext.c, gettext.h,
+	gettextP.h, hash-string.h, intl-compat.c, intlh.inst.in,
+	l10nflist.c, libgettext.h, libintl.glibc, linux-msg.sed,
+	loadinfo.h, loadmsgcat.c, localealias.c, po2tbl.sed.in,
+	textdomain.c, xopen-msg.sed
+	
+2004-11-30  Tero Niemela  <tero_niemela@yahoo.com>
+
+	* Makefile.in: Change LOCALEDIR to $(datadir)/share.
+
+2002-01-21  Thomas Klausner <wiz@danbala.ifoer.tuwien.ac.at>
+
+	* linux-msg.sed: Comment typo fix.
+	* xopen-msg.sed: Likewise.
+
+1998-04-29  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@cygnus.com>
+
+	* intl/localealias.c (read_alias_file): Use unsigned char for
+	local variables.  Remove unused variable tp.
+	* intl/l10nflist.c (_nl_normalize_codeset): Use unsigned char *
+	for type of codeset.  For loosing Solaris systems.
+	* intl/loadinfo.h: Adapt prototype of _nl_normalize_codeset.
+	* intl/bindtextdom.c (BINDTEXTDOMAIN): Don't define local variable
+	len if not needed.
+	Patches by Jim Meyering.
+
+1998-04-28  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@cygnus.com>
+
+	* loadmsgcat.c (_nl_load_domain): Don't assign the element use_mmap if
+	mmap is not supported.
+
+	* hash-string.h: Don't include <values.h>.
+
+1998-04-27  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@cygnus.com>
+
+	* textdomain.c: Use strdup is available.
+
+	* localealias.c: Define HAVE_MEMPCPY so that we can use this
+	function.  Define and use semapahores to protect modfication of
+	global objects when compiling for glibc.  Add code to allow
+	freeing alias table.
+
+	* l10nflist.c: Don't assume stpcpy not being a macro.
+
+	* gettextP.h: Define internal_function macri if not already done.
+	Use glibc byte-swap macros instead of defining SWAP when compiled
+	for glibc.
+	(struct loaded_domain): Add elements to allow unloading.
+
+	* Makefile.in (distclean): Don't remove libintl.h here.
+
+	* bindtextdomain.c: Carry over changes from glibc.  Use strdup if
+	available.
+
+	* dcgettext.c: Don't assume stpcpy not being a macro.  Mark internal
+	functions.  Add memory freeing code for glibc.
+
+	* dgettext.c: Update copyright.
+
+	* explodename.c: Include stdlib.h and string.h only if they exist.
+	Use strings.h eventually.
+
+	* finddomain.c: Mark internal functions.  Use strdup if available.
+	Add memory freeing code for glibc.
+
+1997-10-10 20:00  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@cygnus.com>
+
+	* libgettext.h: Fix dummy textdomain and bindtextdomain macros.
+	They should return reasonable values.
+	Reported by Tom Tromey <tromey@cygnus.com>.
+
+1997-09-16 03:33  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@cygnus.com>
+
+	* libgettext.h: Define PARAMS also to `args' if __cplusplus is defined.
+	* intlh.inst.in: Likewise.
+	Reported by Jean-Marc Lasgouttes <Jean-Marc.Lasgouttes@inria.fr>.
+
+	* libintl.glibc: Update from current glibc version.
+
+1997-09-06 02:10  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@cygnus.com>
+
+	* intlh.inst.in: Reformat copyright.
+
+1997-08-19 15:22  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@cygnus.com>
+
+	* dcgettext.c (DCGETTEXT): Remove wrong comment.
+
+1997-08-16 00:13  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@cygnus.com>
+
+	* Makefile.in (install-data): Don't change directory to install.
+
+1997-08-01 14:30  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@cygnus.com>
+
+	* cat-compat.c: Fix copyright.
+
+	* localealias.c: Don't define strchr unless !HAVE_STRCHR.
+
+	* loadmsgcat.c: Update copyright.  Fix typos.
+
+	* l10nflist.c: Don't define strchr unless !HAVE_STRCHR.
+	(_nl_make_l10nflist): Handle sponsor and revision correctly.
+
+	* gettext.c: Update copyright.
+	* gettext.h: Likewise.
+	* hash-string.h: Likewise.
+
+	* finddomain.c: Remoave dead code.  Define strchr only if
+	!HAVE_STRCHR.
+
+	* explodename.c: Include <sys/types.h>.
+
+	* explodename.c: Reformat copyright text.
+	(_nl_explode_name): Fix typo.
+
+	* dcgettext.c: Define and use __set_errno.
+	(guess_category_value): Don't use setlocale if HAVE_LC_MESSAGES is
+	not defined.
+
+	* bindtextdom.c: Pretty printing.
+
+1997-05-01 02:25  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@cygnus.com>
+
+	* dcgettext.c (guess_category_value): Don't depend on
+	HAVE_LC_MESSAGES.  We don't need the macro here.
+	Patch by Bruno Haible <haible@ilog.fr>.
+
+	* cat-compat.c (textdomain): DoN't refer to HAVE_SETLOCALE_NULL
+	macro.  Instead use HAVE_LOCALE_NULL and define it when using
+	glibc, as in dcgettext.c.
+	Patch by Bruno Haible <haible@ilog.fr>.
+
+	* Makefile.in (CPPFLAGS): New variable.  Reported by Franc,ois
+	Pinard.
+
+Mon Mar 10 06:51:17 1997  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@cygnus.com>
+
+	* Makefile.in: Implement handling of libtool.
+
+	* gettextP.h: Change data structures for use of generic lowlevel
+	i18n file handling.
+
+Wed Dec  4 20:21:18 1996  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@cygnus.com>
+
+	* textdomain.c: Put parentheses around arguments of memcpy macro
+	definition.
+	* localealias.c: Likewise.
+	* l10nflist.c: Likewise.
+	* finddomain.c: Likewise.
+	* bindtextdom.c: Likewise.
+	Reported by Thomas Esken.
+
+Mon Nov 25 22:57:51 1996  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@cygnus.com>
+
+	* textdomain.c: Move definition of `memcpy` macro to right
+	position.
+
+Fri Nov 22 04:01:58 1996  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@cygnus.com>
+
+	* finddomain.c [!HAVE_STRING_H && !_LIBC]: Define memcpy using
+ 	bcopy if not already defined.  Reported by Thomas Esken.
+	* bindtextdom.c: Likewise.
+	* l10nflist.c: Likewise.
+	* localealias.c: Likewise.
+	* textdomain.c: Likewise.
+
+Tue Oct 29 11:10:27 1996  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@cygnus.com>
+
+	* Makefile.in (libdir): Change to use exec_prefix instead of
+ 	prefix.  Reported by Knut-H�vardAksnes <etokna@eto.ericsson.se>.
+
+Sat Aug 31 03:07:09 1996  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@cygnus.com>
+
+	* l10nflist.c (_nl_normalize_codeset): We convert to lower case,
+	so don't prepend uppercase `ISO' for only numeric arg.
+
+Fri Jul 19 00:15:46 1996  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@cygnus.com>
+
+	* l10nflist.c: Move inclusion of argz.h, ctype.h, stdlib.h after
+	definition of _GNU_SOURCE.  Patch by Roland McGrath.
+
+	* Makefile.in (uninstall): Fix another bug with `for' loop and
+	empty arguments.  Patch by Jim Meyering.  Correct name os
+	uninstalled files: no intl- prefix anymore.
+
+	* Makefile.in (install-data): Again work around shells which
+	cannot handle mpty for list.  Reported by Jim Meyering.
+
+Sat Jul 13 18:11:35 1996  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@cygnus.com>
+
+	* Makefile.in (install): Split goal.  Now depend on install-exec
+        and install-data.
+	(install-exec, install-data): New goals.  Created from former
+	install goal.
+	Reported by Karl Berry.
+
+Sat Jun 22 04:58:14 1996  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@cygnus.com>
+
+	* Makefile.in (MKINSTALLDIRS): New variable.  Path to
+        mkinstalldirs script.
+	(install): use MKINSTALLDIRS variable or if the script is not present
+	try to find it in the $top_scrdir).
+
+Wed Jun 19 02:56:56 1996  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@cygnus.com>
+
+	* l10nflist.c: Linux libc *partly* includes the argz_* functions.
+	Grr.  Work around by renaming the static version and use macros
+	for renaming.
+
+Tue Jun 18 20:11:17 1996  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@cygnus.com>
+
+	* l10nflist.c: Correct presence test macros of __argz_* functions.
+
+	* l10nflist.c: Include <argz.h> based on test of it instead when
+	__argz_* functions are available.
+	Reported by Andreas Schwab.
+
+Thu Jun 13 15:17:44 1996  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@cygnus.com>
+
+	* explodename.c, l10nflist.c: Define NULL for dumb systems.
+
+Tue Jun 11 17:05:13 1996  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@cygnus.com>
+
+	* intlh.inst.in, libgettext.h (dcgettext): Rename local variable
+	result to __result to prevent name clash.
+
+	* l10nflist.c, localealias.c, dcgettext.c: Define _GNU_SOURCE to
+        get prototype for stpcpy and strcasecmp.
+
+	* intlh.inst.in, libgettext.h: Move declaration of
+	`_nl_msg_cat_cntr' outside __extension__ block to prevent warning
+	from gcc's -Wnested-extern option.
+
+Fri Jun  7 01:58:00 1996  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@cygnus.com>
+
+	* Makefile.in (install): Remove comment.
+
+Thu Jun  6 17:28:17 1996  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@cygnus.com>
+
+	* Makefile.in (install): Work around for another Buglix stupidity.
+	Always use an `else' close for `if's.  Reported by Nelson Beebe.
+
+	* Makefile.in (intlh.inst): Correct typo in phony rule.
+	Reported by Nelson Beebe.
+
+Thu Jun  6 01:49:52 1996  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@cygnus.com>
+
+	* dcgettext.c (read_alias_file): Rename variable alloca_list to
+	block_list as the macro calls assume.
+	Patch by Eric Backus.
+
+	* localealias.c [!HAVE_ALLOCA]: Define alloca as macro using
+        malloc.
+	(read_alias_file): Rename varriabe alloca_list to block_list as the
+	macro calls assume.
+	Patch by Eric Backus.
+
+	* l10nflist.c: Correct conditional for <argz.h> inclusion.
+	Reported by Roland McGrath.
+
+	* Makefile.in (all): Depend on all-@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@, not
+        all-@USE_NLS@.
+
+	* Makefile.in (install): intlh.inst comes from local dir, not
+        $(srcdir).
+
+	* Makefile.in (intlh.inst): Special handling of this goal.  If
+	used in gettext, this is really a rul to construct this file.  If
+	used in any other package it is defined as a .PHONY rule with
+	empty body.
+
+	* finddomain.c: Extract locale file information handling into
+	l10nfile.c.  Rename local stpcpy__ function to stpcpy.
+
+	* dcgettext.c (stpcpy): Add local definition.
+
+	* l10nflist.c: Solve some portability problems.  Patches partly by
+	Thomas Esken.  Add local definition of stpcpy.
+
+Tue Jun  4 02:47:49 1996  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@cygnus.com>
+
+	* intlh.inst.in: Don't depend including <locale.h> on
+	HAVE_LOCALE_H.  Instead configure must rewrite this fiile
+	depending on the result of the configure run.
+
+	* Makefile.in (install): libintl.inst is now called intlh.inst.
+	Add rules for updating intlh.inst from intlh.inst.in.
+
+	* libintl.inst: Renamed to intlh.inst.in.
+
+	* localealias.c, dcgettext.c [__GNUC__]: Define HAVE_ALLOCA to 1
+        because gcc has __buitlin_alloca.
+	Reported by Roland McGrath.
+
+Mon Jun  3 00:32:16 1996  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@cygnus.com>
+
+	* Makefile.in (installcheck): New goal to fulfill needs of
+        automake's distcheck.
+
+	* Makefile.in (install): Reorder commands so that VERSION is
+        found.
+
+	* Makefile.in (gettextsrcdir): Now use subdirectory intl/ in
+        @datadir@/gettext.
+	(COMSRCS): Add l10nfile.c.
+	(OBJECTS): Add l10nfile.o.
+	(DISTFILES): Rename to DISTFILE.normal.  Remove $(DISTFILES.common).
+	(DISTFILE.gettext): Remove $(DISTFILES.common).
+	(all-gettext): Remove goal.
+	(install): If $(PACKAGE) = gettext install, otherwose do nothing.  No
+	package but gettext itself should install libintl.h + headers.
+	(dist): Extend goal to work for gettext, too.
+	(dist-gettext): Remove goal.
+
+	* dcgettext.c [!HAVE_ALLOCA]: Define macro alloca by using malloc.
+
+Sun Jun  2 17:33:06 1996  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@cygnus.com>
+
+	* loadmsgcat.c (_nl_load_domain): Parameter is now comes from
+        find_l10nfile.
+
+Sat Jun  1 02:23:03 1996  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@cygnus.com>
+
+	* l10nflist.c (__argz_next): Add definition.
+
+	* dcgettext.c [!HAVE_ALLOCA]: Add code for handling missing alloca
+	code.  Use new l10nfile handling.
+
+	* localealias.c [!HAVE_ALLOCA]: Add code for handling missing
+        alloca code.
+
+	* l10nflist.c: Initial revision.
+
+Tue Apr  2 18:51:18 1996  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@myware>
+
+	* Makefile.in (all-gettext): New goal.  Same as all-yes.
+
+Thu Mar 28 23:01:22 1996  Karl Eichwalder  <ke@ke.central.de>
+
+	* Makefile.in (gettextsrcdir): Define using @datadir@.
+
+Tue Mar 26 12:39:14 1996  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@myware>
+
+	* finddomain.c: Include <ctype.h>.  Reported by Roland McGrath.
+
+Sat Mar 23 02:00:35 1996  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@myware>
+
+	* finddomain.c (stpcpy): Rename to stpcpy__ to prevent clashing
+        with external declaration.
+
+Sat Mar  2 00:47:09 1996  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@myware>
+
+	* Makefile.in (all-no): Rename from all_no.
+
+Sat Feb 17 00:25:59 1996  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@myware>
+
+	* gettextP.h [loaded_domain]: Array `successor' must now contain up
+        to 63 elements (because of codeset name normalization).
+
+	* finddomain.c: Implement codeset name normalization.
+
+Thu Feb 15 04:39:09 1996  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@myware>
+
+	* Makefile.in (all): Define to `all-@USE_NLS@'.
+	(all-yes, all_no): New goals.  `all-no' is noop, `all-yes'
+	is former all.
+
+Mon Jan 15 21:46:01 1996  Howard Gayle  <howard@hal.com>
+
+	* localealias.c (alias_compare): Increment string pointers in loop
+        of strcasecmp replacement.
+
+Fri Dec 29 21:16:34 1995  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@myware>
+
+	* Makefile.in (install-src): Who commented this goal out ? :-)
+
+Fri Dec 29 15:08:16 1995  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@myware>
+
+	* dcgettext.c (DCGETTEXT): Save `errno'.  Failing system calls
+	should not effect it because a missing catalog is no error.
+	Reported by Harald K<o:>nig <koenig@tat.physik.uni-tuebingen.de>.
+
+Tue Dec 19 22:09:13 1995  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@myware>
+
+	* Makefile.in (Makefile): Explicitly use $(SHELL) for running
+        shell scripts.
+
+Fri Dec 15 17:34:59 1995  Andreas Schwab  <schwab@issan.informatik.uni-dortmund.de>
+
+	* Makefile.in (install-src): Only install library and header when
+	we use the own implementation.  Don't do it when using the
+	system's gettext or catgets functions.
+
+	* dcgettext.c (find_msg): Must not swap domain->hash_size here.
+
+Sat Dec  9 16:24:37 1995  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@myware>
+
+	* localealias.c, libintl.inst, libgettext.h, hash-string.h,
+	gettextP.h, finddomain.c, dcgettext.c, cat-compat.c:
+	Use PARAMS instead of __P.  Suggested by Roland McGrath.
+
+Tue Dec  5 11:39:14 1995  Larry Schwimmer  <rosebud@cyclone.stanford.edu>
+
+	* libgettext.h: Use `#if !defined (_LIBINTL_H)' instead of `#if
+	!_LIBINTL_H' because Solaris defines _LIBINTL_H as empty.
+
+Mon Dec  4 15:42:07 1995  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@myware>
+
+	* Makefile.in (install-src):
+	Install libintl.inst instead of libintl.h.install.
+
+Sat Dec  2 22:51:38 1995  Marcus Daniels  <marcus@sysc.pdx.edu>
+
+	* cat-compat.c (textdomain):
+	Reverse order in which files are tried you load.  First
+	try local file, when this failed absolute path.
+
+Wed Nov 29 02:03:53 1995  Nelson H. F. Beebe  <beebe@math.utah.edu>
+
+	* cat-compat.c (bindtextdomain): Add missing { }.
+
+Sun Nov 26 18:21:41 1995  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@myware>
+
+	* libintl.inst: Add missing __P definition.  Reported by Nelson Beebe.
+
+	* Makefile.in:
+	Add dummy `all' and `dvi' goals.  Reported by Tom Tromey.
+
+Sat Nov 25 16:12:01 1995  Franc,ois Pinard  <pinard@iro.umontreal.ca>
+
+	* hash-string.h: Capitalize arguments of macros.
+
+Sat Nov 25 12:01:36 1995  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@myware>
+
+	* Makefile.in (DISTFILES): Prevent files names longer than 13
+	characters.  libintl.h.glibc->libintl.glibc,
+	libintl.h.install->libintl.inst.  Reported by Joshua R. Poulson.
+
+Sat Nov 25 11:31:12 1995  Eric Backus  <ericb@lsid.hp.com>
+
+	* dcgettext.c: Fix bug in preprocessor conditionals.
+
+Sat Nov 25 02:35:27 1995  Nelson H. F. Beebe  <beebe@math.utah.edu>
+
+	* libgettext.h: Solaris cc does not understand
+	 #if !SYMBOL1 && !SYMBOL2.  Sad	but true.
+
+Thu Nov 23 16:22:14 1995  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@myware>
+
+	* hash-string.h (hash_string):
+	Fix for machine with >32 bit `unsigned long's.
+
+	* dcgettext.c (DCGETTEXT):
+	Fix horrible bug in loop for alternative translation.
+
+Thu Nov 23 01:45:29 1995  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@myware>
+
+	* po2tbl.sed.in, linux-msg.sed, xopen-msg.sed:
+	Some further simplifications in message number generation.
+
+Mon Nov 20 21:08:43 1995  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@myware>
+
+	* libintl.h.glibc: Use __const instead of const in prototypes.
+
+	* Makefile.in (install-src):
+	Install libintl.h.install instead of libintl.h.  This
+	is a stripped-down version.  Suggested by Peter Miller.
+
+	* libintl.h.install, libintl.h.glibc: Initial revision.
+
+	* localealias.c (_nl_expand_alias, read_alias_file):
+	Protect prototypes in type casts by __P.
+
+Tue Nov 14 16:43:58 1995  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@myware>
+
+	* hash-string.h: Correct prototype for hash_string.
+
+Sun Nov 12 12:42:30 1995  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@myware>
+
+	* hash-string.h (hash_string): Add prototype.
+
+	* gettextP.h: Fix copyright.
+	(SWAP): Add prototype.
+
+Wed Nov  8 22:56:33 1995  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@myware>
+
+	* localealias.c (read_alias_file): Forgot sizeof.
+	Avoid calling *printf function.  This introduces a big overhead.
+	Patch by Roland McGrath.
+
+Tue Nov  7 14:21:08 1995  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@myware>
+
+	* finddomain.c, cat-compat.c: Wrong indentation in #if for stpcpy.
+
+	* finddomain.c (stpcpy):
+	Define substitution function local.  The macro was to flaky.
+
+	* cat-compat.c: Fix typo.
+
+	* xopen-msg.sed, linux-msg.sed:
+	While bringing message number to right place only accept digits.
+
+	* linux-msg.sed, xopen-msg.sed: Now that the counter does not have
+	leading 0s we don't need to remove them.  Reported by Marcus
+	Daniels.
+
+	* Makefile.in (../po/cat-id-tbl.o): Use $(top_srdir) in
+	dependency.  Reported by Marcus Daniels.
+
+	* cat-compat.c: (stpcpy) [!_LIBC && !HAVE_STPCPY]: Define replacement.
+	Generally cleanup using #if instead of #ifndef.
+
+	* Makefile.in: Correct typos in comment.  By Franc,ois Pinard.
+
+Mon Nov  6 00:27:02 1995  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@myware>
+
+	* Makefile.in (install-src): Don't install libintl.h and libintl.a
+	if we use an available gettext implementation.
+
+Sun Nov  5 22:02:08 1995  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@myware>
+
+	* libgettext.h: Fix typo: HAVE_CATGETTS -> HAVE_CATGETS.  Reported
+	by Franc,ois Pinard.
+
+	* libgettext.h: Use #if instead of #ifdef/#ifndef.
+
+	* finddomain.c:
+	Comments describing what has to be done should start with FIXME.
+
+Sun Nov  5 19:38:01 1995  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@myware>
+
+	* Makefile.in (DISTFILES): Split.  Use DISTFILES with normal meaning.
+	DISTFILES.common names the files common to both dist goals.
+	DISTFILES.gettext are the files only distributed in GNU gettext.
+
+Sun Nov  5 17:32:54 1995  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@myware>
+
+	* dcgettext.c (DCGETTEXT): Correct searching in derived locales.
+	This was necessary since a change in _nl_find_msg several weeks
+	ago.  I really don't know this is still not fixed.
+
+Sun Nov  5 12:43:12 1995  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@myware>
+
+	* loadmsgcat.c (_nl_load_domain): Test for FILENAME == NULL.  This
+	might mark a special condition.
+
+	* finddomain.c (make_entry_rec): Don't make illegal entry as decided.
+
+	* Makefile.in (dist): Suppress error message when ln failed.
+	Get files from $(srcdir) explicitly.
+
+	* libgettext.h (gettext_const): Rename to gettext_noop.
+
+Fri Nov  3 07:36:50 1995  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@myware>
+
+	* finddomain.c (make_entry_rec):
+	Protect against wrong locale names by testing mask.
+
+	* libgettext.h (gettext_const): Add macro definition.
+	Capitalize macro arguments.
+
+Thu Nov  2 23:15:51 1995  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@myware>
+
+	* finddomain.c (_nl_find_domain):
+	Test for pointer != NULL before accessing value.
+	Reported by Tom Tromey.
+
+	* gettext.c (NULL):
+	Define as (void*)0 instad of 0.  Reported by Franc,ois Pinard.
+
+Mon Oct 30 21:28:52 1995  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@myware>
+
+	* po2tbl.sed.in: Serious typo bug fixed by Jim Meyering.
+
+Sat Oct 28 23:20:47 1995  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@myware>
+
+	* libgettext.h: Disable dcgettext optimization for Solaris 2.3.
+
+	* localealias.c (alias_compare):
+	Peter Miller reported that tolower in some systems is
+	even dumber than I thought.  Protect call by `isupper'.
+
+Fri Oct 27 22:22:51 1995  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@myware>
+
+	* Makefile.in (libdir, includedir): New variables.
+	(install-src): Install libintl.a and libintl.h in correct dirs.
+
+Fri Oct 27 22:07:29 1995  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@myware>
+
+	* Makefile.in (SOURCES): Fix typo: intrl.compat.c -> intl-compat.c.
+
+	* po2tbl.sed.in: Patch for buggy SEDs by Christian von Roques.
+
+	* localealias.c:
+	Fix typo and superflous test.  Reported by Christian von Roques.
+
+Fri Oct  6 11:52:05 1995  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@myware>
+
+	* finddomain.c (_nl_find_domain):
+	Correct some remainder from the pre-CEN syntax.  Now
+	we don't have a constant number of successors anymore.
+
+Wed Sep 27 21:41:13 1995  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@myware>
+
+	* Makefile.in (DISTFILES): Add libintl.h.glibc.
+
+	* Makefile.in (dist-libc): Add goal for packing sources for glibc.
+	(COMSRCS, COMHDRS): Splitted to separate sources shared with glibc.
+
+	* loadmsgcat.c: Forget to continue #if line.
+
+	* localealias.c:
+	[_LIBC]: Rename strcasecmp to __strcasecmp to keep ANSI C name
+	space clean.
+
+	* dcgettext.c, finddomain.c: Better comment to last change.
+
+	* loadmsgcat.c:
+	[_LIBC]: Rename fstat, open, close, read, mmap, and munmap to
+	__fstat, __open, __close, __read, __mmap, and __munmap resp
+	to keep ANSI C name space clean.
+
+	* finddomain.c:
+	[_LIBC]: Rename stpcpy to __stpcpy to keep ANSI C name space clean.
+
+	* dcgettext.c:
+	[_LIBC]: Rename getced and stpcpy to __getcwd and __stpcpy resp to
+	keep ANSI C name space clean.
+
+	* libgettext.h:
+	Include sys/types.h for those old SysV systems out there.
+	Reported by Francesco Potorti`.
+
+	* loadmsgcat.c (use_mmap): Define if compiled for glibc.
+
+	* bindtextdom.c: Include all those standard headers
+	unconditionally if _LIBC is defined.
+
+	* finddomain.c: Fix 2 times defiend -> defined.
+
+	* textdomain.c: Include libintl.h instead of libgettext.h when
+	compiling for glibc.  Include all those standard headers
+	unconditionally if _LIBC is defined.
+
+	* localealias.c, loadmsgcat.c: Prepare to be compiled in glibc.
+
+	* gettext.c:
+	Include libintl.h instead of libgettext.h when compiling for glibc.
+	Get NULL from stddef.h if we compile for glibc.
+
+	* finddomain.c: Include libintl.h instead of libgettext.h when
+	compiling for glibc.  Include all those standard headers
+	unconditionally if _LIBC is defined.
+
+	* dcgettext.c: Include all those standard headers unconditionally
+	if _LIBC is defined.
+
+	* dgettext.c: If compiled in glibc include libintl.h instead of
+	libgettext.h.
+	(locale.h): Don't rely on HAVE_LOCALE_H when compiling for glibc.
+
+	* dcgettext.c: If compiled in glibc include libintl.h instead of
+	libgettext.h.
+	(getcwd): Don't rely on HAVE_GETCWD when compiling for glibc.
+
+	* bindtextdom.c:
+	If compiled in glibc include libintl.h instead of libgettext.h.
+
+Mon Sep 25 22:23:06 1995  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@myware>
+
+	* localealias.c (_nl_expand_alias): Don't call bsearch if NMAP <= 0.
+	Reported by Marcus Daniels.
+
+	* cat-compat.c (bindtextdomain):
+	String used in putenv must not be recycled.
+	Reported by Marcus Daniels.
+
+	* libgettext.h (__USE_GNU_GETTEXT):
+	Additional symbol to signal that we use GNU gettext
+	library.
+
+	* cat-compat.c (bindtextdomain):
+	Fix bug with the strange stpcpy replacement.
+	Reported by Nelson Beebe.
+
+Sat Sep 23 08:23:51 1995  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@myware>
+
+	* cat-compat.c: Include <string.h> for stpcpy prototype.
+
+	* localealias.c (read_alias_file):
+	While expand strdup code temporary variable `cp' hided
+	higher level variable with same name.  Rename to `tp'.
+
+	* textdomain.c (textdomain):
+	Avoid warning by using temporary variable in strdup code.
+
+	* finddomain.c (_nl_find_domain): Remove unused variable `application'.
+
+Thu Sep 21 15:51:44 1995  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@myware>
+
+	* localealias.c (alias_compare):
+	Use strcasecmp() only if available.  Else use
+	implementation in place.
+
+	* intl-compat.c:
+	Wrapper functions now call *__ functions instead of __*.
+
+	* libgettext.h: Declare prototypes for *__ functions instead for __*.
+
+	* cat-compat.c, loadmsgcat.c:
+	Don't use xmalloc, xstrdup, and stpcpy.  These functions are not part
+	of the standard libc and so prevent libintl.a from being used
+	standalone.
+
+	* bindtextdom.c:
+	Don't use xmalloc, xstrdup, and stpcpy.  These functions are not part
+	of the standard libc and so prevent libintl.a from being used
+	standalone.
+	Rename to bindtextdomain__ if not used in GNU C Library.
+
+	* dgettext.c:
+	Rename function to dgettext__ if not used in GNU C Library.
+
+	* gettext.c:
+	Don't use xmalloc, xstrdup, and stpcpy.  These functions are not part
+	of the standard libc and so prevent libintl.a from being used
+	standalone.
+	Functions now called gettext__ if not used in GNU C Library.
+
+	* dcgettext.c, localealias.c, textdomain.c, finddomain.c:
+	Don't use xmalloc, xstrdup, and stpcpy.  These functions are not part
+	of the standard libc and so prevent libintl.a from being used
+	standalone.
+
+Sun Sep 17 23:14:49 1995  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@myware>
+
+	* finddomain.c: Correct some bugs in handling of CEN standard
+ 	locale definitions.
+
+Thu Sep  7 01:49:28 1995  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@myware>
+
+	* finddomain.c: Implement CEN syntax.
+
+	* gettextP.h (loaded_domain): Extend number of successors to 31.
+
+Sat Aug 19 19:25:29 1995  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@myware>
+
+	* Makefile.in (aliaspath): Remove path to X11 locale dir.
+
+	* Makefile.in: Make install-src depend on install.  This helps
+ 	gettext to install the sources and other packages can use the
+ 	install goal.
+
+Sat Aug 19 15:19:33 1995  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@myware>
+
+	* Makefile.in (uninstall): Remove stuff installed by install-src.
+
+Tue Aug 15 13:13:53 1995  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@myware>
+
+	* VERSION.in: Initial revision.
+
+	* Makefile.in (DISTFILES):
+	Add VERSION file.  This is not necessary for gettext, but
+	for other packages using this library.
+
+Tue Aug 15 06:16:44 1995  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@myware>
+
+	* gettextP.h (_nl_find_domain):
+	New prototype after changing search strategy.
+
+	* finddomain.c (_nl_find_domain):
+	We now try only to find a specified catalog.  Fall back to other
+	catalogs listed in the locale list is now done in __dcgettext.
+
+	* dcgettext.c (__dcgettext):
+	Now we provide message fall back even to different languages.
+	I.e. if a message is not available in one language all the other
+ 	in the locale list a tried.  Formerly fall back was only possible
+ 	within one language.  Implemented by moving one loop from
+ 	_nl_find_domain to here.
+
+Mon Aug 14 23:45:50 1995  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@myware>
+
+	* Makefile.in (gettextsrcdir):
+	Directory where source of GNU gettext library are made
+	available.
+	(INSTALL, INSTALL_DATA): Programs used for installing sources.
+	(gettext-src): New.  Rule to install GNU gettext sources for use in
+	gettextize shell script.
+
+Sun Aug 13 14:40:48 1995  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@myware>
+
+	* loadmsgcat.c (_nl_load_domain):
+	Use mmap for loading only when munmap function is
+	also available.
+
+	* Makefile.in (install): Depend on `all' goal.
+
+Wed Aug  9 11:04:33 1995  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@myware>
+
+	* localealias.c (read_alias_file):
+	Do not overwrite '\n' when terminating alias value string.
+
+	* localealias.c (read_alias_file):
+	Handle long lines.  Ignore the rest not fitting in
+	the buffer after the initial `fgets' call.
+
+Wed Aug  9 00:54:29 1995  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@myware>
+
+	* gettextP.h (_nl_load_domain):
+	Add prototype, replacing prototype for _nl_load_msg_cat.
+
+	* finddomain.c (_nl_find_domain):
+	Remove unneeded variable filename and filename_len.
+	(expand_alias): Remove prototype because functions does not
+ 	exist anymore.
+
+	* localealias.c (read_alias_file):
+	Change type of fname_len parameter to int.
+	(xmalloc): Add prototype.
+
+	* loadmsgcat.c: Better prototypes for xmalloc.
+
+Tue Aug  8 22:30:39 1995  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@myware>
+
+	* finddomain.c (_nl_find_domain):
+	Allow alias name to be constructed from the four components.
+
+	* Makefile.in (aliaspath): New variable.  Set to preliminary value.
+	(SOURCES): Add localealias.c.
+	(OBJECTS): Add localealias.o.
+
+	* gettextP.h: Add prototype for _nl_expand_alias.
+
+	* finddomain.c: Aliasing handled in intl/localealias.c.
+
+	* localealias.c: Aliasing for locale names.
+
+	* bindtextdom.c: Better prototypes for xmalloc and xstrdup.
+
+Mon Aug  7 23:47:42 1995  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@myware>
+
+	* Makefile.in (DISTFILES): gettext.perl is now found in misc/.
+
+	* cat-compat.c (bindtextdomain):
+	Correct implementation.  dirname parameter was not used.
+	Reported by Marcus Daniels.
+
+	* gettextP.h (loaded_domain):
+	New fields `successor' and `decided' for oo, lazy
+	message handling implementation.
+
+	* dcgettext.c:
+	Adopt for oo, lazy message handliing.
+  	Now we can inherit translations from less specific locales.
+	(find_msg): New function.
+
+	* loadmsgcat.c, finddomain.c:
+	Complete rewrite.  Implement oo, lazy message handling :-).
+  	We now have an additional environment variable `LANGUAGE' with
+ 	a higher priority than LC_ALL for the LC_MESSAGE locale.
+  	Here we can set a colon separated list of specifications each
+ 	of the form `language[_territory[.codeset]][@modifier]'.
+
+Sat Aug  5 09:55:42 1995  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@myware>
+
+	* finddomain.c (unistd.h):
+	Include to get _PC_PATH_MAX defined on system having it.
+
+Fri Aug  4 22:42:00 1995  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@myware>
+
+	* finddomain.c (stpcpy): Include prototype.
+
+	* Makefile.in (dist): Remove `copying instead' message.
+
+Wed Aug  2 18:52:03 1995  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@myware>
+
+	* Makefile.in (ID, TAGS): Do not use $^.
+
+Tue Aug  1 20:07:11 1995  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@myware>
+
+	* Makefile.in (TAGS, ID): Use $^ as command argument.
+	(TAGS): Give etags -o option t write to current directory,
+ 	not $(srcdir).
+	(ID): Use $(srcdir) instead os $(top_srcdir)/src.
+	(distclean): Remove ID.
+
+Sun Jul 30 11:51:46 1995  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@myware>
+
+	* Makefile.in (gnulocaledir):
+	New variable, always using share/ for data directory.
+	(DEFS): Add GNULOCALEDIR, used in finddomain.c.
+
+	* finddomain.c (_nl_default_dirname):
+	Set to GNULOCALEDIR, because it always has to point
+	to the directory where GNU gettext Library writes it to.
+
+	* intl-compat.c (textdomain, bindtextdomain):
+	Undefine macros before function definition.
+
+Sat Jul 22 01:10:02 1995  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@myware>
+
+	* libgettext.h (_LIBINTL_H):
+	Protect definition in case where this file is included as
+	libgettext.h on Solaris machines.  Add comment about this.
+
+Wed Jul 19 02:36:42 1995  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@myware>
+
+	* intl-compat.c (textdomain): Correct typo.
+
+Wed Jul 19 01:51:35 1995  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@myware>
+
+	* dcgettext.c (dcgettext): Function now called __dcgettext.
+
+	* dgettext.c (dgettext): Now called __dgettext and calls
+ 	__dcgettext.
+
+	* gettext.c (gettext):
+	Function now called __gettext and calls __dgettext.
+
+	* textdomain.c (textdomain): Function now called __textdomain.
+
+	* bindtextdom.c (bindtextdomain): Function now called
+ 	__bindtextdomain.
+
+	* intl-compat.c: Initial revision.
+
+	* Makefile.in (SOURCES): Add intl-compat.c.
+	(OBJECTS): We always compile the GNU gettext library functions.
+  	OBJECTS contains all objects but cat-compat.o, ../po/cat-if-tbl.o,
+ 	and intl-compat.o.
+  	(GETTOBJS): Contains now only intl-compat.o.
+
+	* libgettext.h:
+	Re-include protection matches dualistic character of libgettext.h.
+	For all functions in GNU gettext library define __ counter part.
+
+	* finddomain.c (strchr): Define as index if not found in C library.
+	(_nl_find_domain): For relative paths paste / in between.
+
+Tue Jul 18 16:37:45 1995  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@myware>
+
+	* loadmsgcat.c, finddomain.c: Add inclusion of sys/types.h.
+
+	* xopen-msg.sed: Fix bug with `msgstr ""' lines.
+	A little bit better comments.
+
+Tue Jul 18 01:18:27 1995  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@myware>
+
+	* Makefile.in:
+	po-mode.el, makelinks, combine-sh are now found in ../misc.
+
+	* po-mode.el, makelinks, combine-sh, elisp-comp:
+	Moved to ../misc/.
+
+	* libgettext.h, gettextP.h, gettext.h: Uniform test for __STDC__.
+
+Sun Jul 16 22:33:02 1995  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@myware>
+
+	* Makefile.in (INSTALL, INSTALL_DATA): New variables.
+	(install-data, uninstall): Install/uninstall .elc file.
+
+	* po-mode.el (Installation comment):
+	Add .pox as possible extension of .po files.
+
+Sun Jul 16 13:23:27 1995  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@myware>
+
+	* elisp-comp: Complete new version by Franc,ois: This does not
+ 	fail when not compiling in the source directory.
+
+Sun Jul 16 00:12:17 1995  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@myware>
+
+	* Makefile.in (../po/cat-id-tbl.o):
+	Use $(MAKE) instead of make for recursive make.
+
+	* Makefile.in (.el.elc): Use $(SHELL) instead of /bin/sh.
+	(install-exec): Add missing dummy goal.
+	(install-data, uninstall): @ in multi-line shell command at
+ 	beginning, not in front of echo.  Reported by Eric Backus.
+
+Sat Jul 15 00:21:28 1995  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@myware>
+
+	* Makefile.in (DISTFILES):
+	Rename libgettext.perl to gettext.perl to fit in 14 chars
+	file systems.
+
+	* gettext.perl:
+ 	Rename to gettext.perl to fit in 14 chars file systems.
+
+Thu Jul 13 23:17:20 1995  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@myware>
+
+	* cat-compat.c: If !STDC_HEADERS try to include malloc.h.
+
+Thu Jul 13 20:55:02 1995  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@myware>
+
+	* po2tbl.sed.in: Pretty printing.
+
+	* linux-msg.sed, xopen-msg.sed:
+	Correct bugs with handling substitute flags in branches.
+
+	* hash-string.h (hash_string):
+	Old K&R compilers don't under stand `unsigned char'.
+
+	* gettext.h (nls_uint32):
+	Some old K&R compilers (eg HP) don't understand `unsigned int'.
+
+	* cat-compat.c (msg_to_cat_id): De-ANSI-fy prototypes.
+
+Thu Jul 13 01:34:33 1995  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@myware>
+
+	* Makefile.in (ELCFILES): New variable.
+	(DISTFILES): Add elisp-comp.
+	Add implicit rule for .el -> .elc compilation.
+	(install-data): install $ELCFILES
+	(clean): renamed po-to-tbl and po-to-msg to po2tbl and po2msg resp.
+
+	* elisp-comp: Initial revision
+
+Wed Jul 12 16:14:52 1995  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@myware>
+
+	* Makefile.in:
+	cat-id-tbl.c is now found in po/.  This enables us to use an identical
+	intl/ directory in all packages.
+
+	* dcgettext.c (dcgettext): hashing does not work for table size <= 2.
+
+	* textdomain.c: fix typo (#if def -> #if defined)
+
+Tue Jul 11 18:44:43 1995  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@myware>
+
+	* Makefile.in (stamp-cat-id): use top_srcdir to address source files
+	(DISTFILES,distclean): move tupdate.perl to src/
+
+	* po-to-tbl.sed.in:
+	add additional jump to clear change flag to recognize multiline strings
+
+Tue Jul 11 01:32:50 1995  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@myware>
+
+	* textdomain.c: Protect inclusion of stdlib.h and string.h.
+
+	* loadmsgcat.c: Protect inclusion of stdlib.h.
+
+	* libgettext.h: Protect inclusion of locale.h.
+	Allow use in C++ programs.
+	Define NULL is not happened already.
+
+	* Makefile.in (DISTFILES): ship po-to-tbl.sed.in instead of
+	po-to-tbl.sed.
+	(distclean): remove po-to-tbl.sed and tupdate.perl.
+
+	* tupdate.perl.in: Substitute Perl path even in exec line.
+	Don't include entries without translation from old .po file.
+
+Tue Jul  4 00:41:51 1995  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@myware>
+
+	* tupdate.perl.in: use "Updated: " in msgid "".
+
+	* cat-compat.c: Fix typo (LOCALDIR -> LOCALEDIR).
+ 	Define getenv if !__STDC__.
+
+	* bindtextdom.c: Protect stdlib.h and string.h inclusion.
+ 	Define free if !__STDC__.
+
+	* finddomain.c: Change DEF_MSG_DOM_DIR to LOCALEDIR.
+ 	Define free if !__STDC__.
+
+	* cat-compat.c: Change DEF_MSG_DOM_DIR to LOCALEDIR.
+
+Mon Jul  3 23:56:30 1995  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@myware>
+
+	* Makefile.in: Use LOCALEDIR instead of DEF_MSG_DOM_DIR.
+	Remove unneeded $(srcdir) from Makefile.in dependency.
+
+	* makelinks: Add copyright and short description.
+
+	* po-mode.el: Last version for 0.7.
+
+	* tupdate.perl.in: Fix die message.
+
+	* dcgettext.c: Protect include of string.h.
+
+	* gettext.c: Protect include of stdlib.h and further tries to get NULL.
+
+	* finddomain.c: Some corrections in includes.
+
+	* Makefile.in (INCLUDES): Prune list correct path to Makefile.in.
+
+	* po-to-tbl.sed: Adopt for new .po file format.
+
+	* linux-msg.sed, xopen-msg.sed: Adopt for new .po file format.
+
+Sun Jul  2 23:55:03 1995  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@myware>
+
+	* tupdate.perl.in: Complete rewrite for new .po file format.
+
+Sun Jul  2 02:06:50 1995  Ulrich Drepper  <drepper@myware>
+
+	* First official release.  This directory contains all the code
+	needed to internationalize own packages.  It provides functions
+	which allow to use the X/Open catgets function with an interface
+	like the Uniforum gettext function.  For system which does not
+	have neither of those a complete implementation is provided.
diff --git a/intl/Makefile.in b/intl/Makefile.in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f3664ae
--- /dev/null
+++ b/intl/Makefile.in
@@ -0,0 +1,214 @@
+# Makefile for directory with message catalog handling in GNU NLS Utilities.
+# Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+# any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+
+PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@
+VERSION = @VERSION@
+
+SHELL = /bin/sh
+
+srcdir = @srcdir@
+top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@
+top_builddir = ..
+VPATH = @srcdir@
+
+prefix = @prefix@
+exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
+transform = @program_transform_name@
+libdir = $(exec_prefix)/lib
+includedir = $(prefix)/include
+datadir = $(prefix)/@DATADIRNAME@
+localedir = $(datadir)/locale
+gnulocaledir = $(datadir)/locale
+gettextsrcdir = @datadir@/gettext/intl
+aliaspath = $(localedir):.
+subdir = intl
+
+INSTALL = @INSTALL@
+INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
+MKINSTALLDIRS = @MKINSTALLDIRS@
+
+l = @l@
+
+AR = ar
+CC = @CC@
+LIBTOOL = @LIBTOOL@
+RANLIB = @RANLIB@
+
+DEFS = -DLOCALEDIR=\"$(localedir)\" -DGNULOCALEDIR=\"$(gnulocaledir)\" \
+-DLOCALE_ALIAS_PATH=\"$(aliaspath)\" @DEFS@
+CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@
+CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@
+LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@
+
+COMPILE = $(CC) -c $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) $(XCFLAGS)
+
+HEADERS = $(COMHDRS) libgettext.h loadinfo.h
+COMHDRS = gettext.h gettextP.h hash-string.h
+SOURCES = $(COMSRCS) intl-compat.c cat-compat.c
+COMSRCS = bindtextdom.c dcgettext.c dgettext.c gettext.c \
+finddomain.c loadmsgcat.c localealias.c textdomain.c l10nflist.c \
+explodename.c
+OBJECTS = @INTLOBJS@ bindtextdom.$lo dcgettext.$lo dgettext.$lo gettext.$lo \
+finddomain.$lo loadmsgcat.$lo localealias.$lo textdomain.$lo l10nflist.$lo \
+explodename.$lo
+CATOBJS = cat-compat.$lo ../po/cat-id-tbl.$lo
+GETTOBJS = intl-compat.$lo
+DISTFILES.common = ChangeLog Makefile.in linux-msg.sed po2tbl.sed.in \
+xopen-msg.sed $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)
+DISTFILES.normal = VERSION
+DISTFILES.gettext = libintl.glibc intlh.inst.in
+
+.SUFFIXES:
+.SUFFIXES: .c .o .lo
+.c.o:
+	$(COMPILE) $<
+.c.lo:
+	$(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $<
+
+INCLUDES = -I. -I$(srcdir)
+
+all: all-@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@
+
+all-yes: libintl.$la intlh.inst
+all-no:
+install-info:
+
+libintl.a: $(OBJECTS)
+	rm -f $@
+	$(AR) cru $@ $(OBJECTS)
+	$(RANLIB) $@
+
+libintl.la: $(OBJECTS)
+	$(LIBTOOL) --mode=link $(CC) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ $(OBJECTS) \
+		   -version-info 1:0 -rpath $(libdir)
+
+../po/cat-id-tbl.$lo: ../po/cat-id-tbl.c $(top_srcdir)/po/$(PACKAGE).pot
+	cd ../po && $(MAKE) cat-id-tbl.$lo
+
+check: all
+
+# This installation goal is only used in GNU gettext.  Packages which
+# only use the library should use install instead.
+
+# We must not install the libintl.h/libintl.a files if we are on a
+# system which has the gettext() function in its C library or in a
+# separate library or use the catgets interface.  A special case is
+# where configure found a previously installed GNU gettext library.
+# If you want to use the one which comes with this version of the
+# package, you have to use `configure --with-included-gettext'.
+install: install-exec install-data
+install-exec: all
+	if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext" \
+	   && test '@INTLOBJS@' = '$(GETTOBJS)'; then \
+	  if test -r $(MKINSTALLDIRS); then \
+	    $(MKINSTALLDIRS) $(libdir) $(includedir); \
+	  else \
+	    $(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs $(libdir) $(includedir); \
+	  fi; \
+	  $(INSTALL_DATA) intlh.inst $(includedir)/libintl.h; \
+	  $(INSTALL_DATA) libintl.a $(libdir)/libintl.a; \
+	else \
+	  : ; \
+	fi
+install-data: all
+	if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext"; then \
+	  if test -r $(MKINSTALLDIRS); then \
+	    $(MKINSTALLDIRS) $(gettextsrcdir); \
+	  else \
+	    $(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs $(gettextsrcdir); \
+	  fi; \
+	  $(INSTALL_DATA) VERSION $(gettextsrcdir)/VERSION; \
+	  dists="$(DISTFILES.common)"; \
+	  for file in $$dists; do \
+	    $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/$$file $(gettextsrcdir)/$$file; \
+	  done; \
+	else \
+	  : ; \
+	fi
+
+# Define this as empty until I found a useful application.
+installcheck:
+
+uninstall:
+	dists="$(DISTFILES.common)"; \
+	for file in $$dists; do \
+	  rm -f $(gettextsrcdir)/$$file; \
+	done
+
+info dvi:
+
+$(OBJECTS): config.h libgettext.h
+bindtextdom.$lo finddomain.$lo loadmsgcat.$lo: gettextP.h gettext.h loadinfo.h
+dcgettext.$lo: gettextP.h gettext.h hash-string.h loadinfo.h
+
+tags: TAGS
+
+TAGS: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)
+	here=`pwd`; cd $(srcdir) && etags -o $$here/TAGS $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)
+
+id: ID
+
+ID: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)
+	here=`pwd`; cd $(srcdir) && mkid -f$$here/ID $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)
+
+
+mostlyclean:
+	rm -f *.a *.o *.lo core core.*
+
+clean: mostlyclean
+
+distclean: clean
+	rm -f Makefile ID TAGS po2msg.sed po2tbl.sed libintl.h config.log
+
+maintainer-clean: distclean
+	@echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use;"
+	@echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."
+
+
+# GNU gettext needs not contain the file `VERSION' but contains some
+# other files which should not be distributed in other packages.
+distdir = ../$(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION)/$(subdir)
+dist distdir: Makefile $(DISTFILES)
+	if test "$(PACKAGE)" = gettext; then \
+	  additional="$(DISTFILES.gettext)"; \
+	else \
+	  additional="$(DISTFILES.normal)"; \
+	fi; \
+	for file in $(DISTFILES.common) $$additional; do \
+	  ln $(srcdir)/$$file $(distdir) 2> /dev/null \
+	    || cp -p $(srcdir)/$$file $(distdir); \
+	done
+
+dist-libc:
+	tar zcvf intl-glibc.tar.gz $(COMSRCS) $(COMHDRS) libintl.h.glibc
+
+Makefile: Makefile.in config.status
+	CONFIG_FILES=$@ CONFIG_HEADERS= $(SHELL) ./config.status
+
+# The dependency for intlh.inst is different in gettext and all other
+# packages.  Because we cannot you GNU make features we have to solve
+# the problem while rewriting Makefile.in.
+@GT_YES@intlh.inst: intlh.inst.in ../config.status
+@GT_YES@	cd .. \
+@GT_YES@	&& CONFIG_FILES=$(subdir)/$@ CONFIG_HEADERS= \
+@GT_YES@	  $(SHELL) ./config.status
+@GT_NO@.PHONY: intlh.inst
+@GT_NO@intlh.inst:
+
+# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make not to export all variables.
+# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.
+.NOEXPORT:
diff --git a/intl/acconfig.h b/intl/acconfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..70f81f8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/intl/acconfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+/* Define to 1 if NLS is requested.  */
+#undef ENABLE_NLS
+
+/* Define as 1 if you have catgets and don't want to use GNU gettext.  */
+#undef HAVE_CATGETS
+
+/* Define as 1 if you have gettext and don't want to use GNU gettext.  */
+#undef HAVE_GETTEXT
+
+/* Define as 1 if you have the stpcpy function.  */
+#undef HAVE_STPCPY
+
+/* Define if your locale.h file contains LC_MESSAGES.  */
+#undef HAVE_LC_MESSAGES
diff --git a/intl/aclocal.m4 b/intl/aclocal.m4
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..225439f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/intl/aclocal.m4
@@ -0,0 +1,387 @@
+dnl aclocal.m4 generated automatically by aclocal 1.3
+
+dnl Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+dnl This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+dnl This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+dnl but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without
+dnl even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A
+dnl PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+# Like AC_CONFIG_HEADER, but automatically create stamp file.
+
+AC_DEFUN(AM_CONFIG_HEADER,
+[AC_PREREQ([2.12])
+AC_CONFIG_HEADER([$1])
+dnl When config.status generates a header, we must update the stamp-h file.
+dnl This file resides in the same directory as the config header
+dnl that is generated.  We must strip everything past the first ":",
+dnl and everything past the last "/".
+AC_OUTPUT_COMMANDS(changequote(<<,>>)dnl
+ifelse(patsubst(<<$1>>, <<[^ ]>>, <<>>), <<>>,
+<<test -z "<<$>>CONFIG_HEADERS" || echo timestamp > patsubst(<<$1>>, <<^\([^:]*/\)?.*>>, <<\1>>)stamp-h<<>>dnl>>,
+<<am_indx=1
+for am_file in <<$1>>; do
+  case " <<$>>CONFIG_HEADERS " in
+  *" <<$>>am_file "*<<)>>
+    echo timestamp > `echo <<$>>am_file | sed -e 's%:.*%%' -e 's%[^/]*$%%'`stamp-h$am_indx
+    ;;
+  esac
+  am_indx=`expr "<<$>>am_indx" + 1`
+done<<>>dnl>>)
+changequote([,]))])
+
+
+# serial 1
+
+AC_DEFUN(AM_PROG_INSTALL,
+[AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_INSTALL])
+test -z "$INSTALL_SCRIPT" && INSTALL_SCRIPT='${INSTALL_PROGRAM}'
+AC_SUBST(INSTALL_SCRIPT)dnl
+])
+
+# This file is derived from `gettext.m4'.  The difference is that the
+# included macros assume Cygnus-style source and build trees.
+
+# Macro to add for using GNU gettext.
+# Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 1995.
+#
+# This file file be copied and used freely without restrictions.  It can
+# be used in projects which are not available under the GNU Public License
+# but which still want to provide support for the GNU gettext functionality.
+# Please note that the actual code is *not* freely available.
+
+# serial 3
+
+AC_DEFUN(CY_WITH_NLS,
+  [AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether NLS is requested])
+    dnl Default is enabled NLS
+    AC_ARG_ENABLE(nls,
+      [  --disable-nls           do not use Native Language Support],
+      USE_NLS=$enableval, USE_NLS=yes)
+    AC_MSG_RESULT($USE_NLS)
+    AC_SUBST(USE_NLS)
+
+    USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=no
+
+    dnl If we use NLS figure out what method
+    if test "$USE_NLS" = "yes"; then
+      AC_DEFINE(ENABLE_NLS)
+      AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether included gettext is requested])
+      AC_ARG_WITH(included-gettext,
+        [  --with-included-gettext use the GNU gettext library included here],
+        nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext=$withval,
+        nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext=no)
+      AC_MSG_RESULT($nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext)
+
+      nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext="$nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext"
+      if test "$nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext" != "yes"; then
+        dnl User does not insist on using GNU NLS library.  Figure out what
+        dnl to use.  If gettext or catgets are available (in this order) we
+        dnl use this.  Else we have to fall back to GNU NLS library.
+	dnl catgets is only used if permitted by option --with-catgets.
+	nls_cv_header_intl=
+	nls_cv_header_libgt=
+	CATOBJEXT=NONE
+
+	AC_CHECK_HEADER(libintl.h,
+	  [AC_CACHE_CHECK([for gettext in libc], gt_cv_func_gettext_libc,
+	    [AC_TRY_LINK([#include <libintl.h>], [return (int) gettext ("")],
+	       gt_cv_func_gettext_libc=yes, gt_cv_func_gettext_libc=no)])
+
+	   if test "$gt_cv_func_gettext_libc" != "yes"; then
+	     AC_CHECK_LIB(intl, bindtextdomain,
+	       [AC_CACHE_CHECK([for gettext in libintl],
+		 gt_cv_func_gettext_libintl,
+		 [AC_TRY_LINK([], [return (int) gettext ("")],
+		 gt_cv_func_gettext_libintl=yes,
+		 gt_cv_func_gettext_libintl=no)])])
+	   fi
+
+	   if test "$gt_cv_func_gettext_libc" = "yes" \
+	      || test "$gt_cv_func_gettext_libintl" = "yes"; then
+	      AC_DEFINE(HAVE_GETTEXT)
+	      AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(MSGFMT, msgfmt,
+		[test -z "`$ac_dir/$ac_word -h 2>&1 | grep 'dv '`"], no)dnl
+	      if test "$MSGFMT" != "no"; then
+		AC_CHECK_FUNCS(dcgettext)
+		AC_PATH_PROG(GMSGFMT, gmsgfmt, $MSGFMT)
+		AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(XGETTEXT, xgettext,
+		  [test -z "`$ac_dir/$ac_word -h 2>&1 | grep '(HELP)'`"], :)
+		AC_TRY_LINK(, [extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr;
+			       return _nl_msg_cat_cntr],
+		  [CATOBJEXT=.gmo
+		   DATADIRNAME=share],
+		  [CATOBJEXT=.mo
+		   DATADIRNAME=lib])
+		INSTOBJEXT=.mo
+	      fi
+	    fi
+	])
+
+	dnl In the standard gettext, we would now check for catgets.
+        dnl However, we never want to use catgets for our releases.
+
+        if test "$CATOBJEXT" = "NONE"; then
+	  dnl Neither gettext nor catgets in included in the C library.
+	  dnl Fall back on GNU gettext library.
+	  nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext=yes
+        fi
+      fi
+
+      if test "$nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext" = "yes"; then
+        dnl Mark actions used to generate GNU NLS library.
+        INTLOBJS="\$(GETTOBJS)"
+        AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(MSGFMT, msgfmt,
+	  [test -z "`$ac_dir/$ac_word -h 2>&1 | grep 'dv '`"], msgfmt)
+        AC_PATH_PROG(GMSGFMT, gmsgfmt, $MSGFMT)
+        AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(XGETTEXT, xgettext,
+	  [test -z "`$ac_dir/$ac_word -h 2>&1 | grep '(HELP)'`"], :)
+        AC_SUBST(MSGFMT)
+	USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=yes
+        CATOBJEXT=.gmo
+        INSTOBJEXT=.mo
+        DATADIRNAME=share
+	INTLDEPS='$(top_builddir)/../intl/libintl.a'
+	INTLLIBS=$INTLDEPS
+	LIBS=`echo $LIBS | sed -e 's/-lintl//'`
+        nls_cv_header_intl=libintl.h
+        nls_cv_header_libgt=libgettext.h
+      fi
+
+      dnl Test whether we really found GNU xgettext.
+      if test "$XGETTEXT" != ":"; then
+	dnl If it is no GNU xgettext we define it as : so that the
+	dnl Makefiles still can work.
+	if $XGETTEXT --omit-header /dev/null 2> /dev/null; then
+	  : ;
+	else
+	  AC_MSG_RESULT(
+	    [found xgettext programs is not GNU xgettext; ignore it])
+	  XGETTEXT=":"
+	fi
+      fi
+
+      # We need to process the po/ directory.
+      POSUB=po
+    else
+      DATADIRNAME=share
+      nls_cv_header_intl=libintl.h
+      nls_cv_header_libgt=libgettext.h
+    fi
+
+    # If this is used in GNU gettext we have to set USE_NLS to `yes'
+    # because some of the sources are only built for this goal.
+    if test "$PACKAGE" = gettext; then
+      USE_NLS=yes
+      USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=yes
+    fi
+
+    dnl These rules are solely for the distribution goal.  While doing this
+    dnl we only have to keep exactly one list of the available catalogs
+    dnl in configure.in.
+    for lang in $ALL_LINGUAS; do
+      GMOFILES="$GMOFILES $lang.gmo"
+      POFILES="$POFILES $lang.po"
+    done
+
+    dnl Make all variables we use known to autoconf.
+    AC_SUBST(USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL)
+    AC_SUBST(CATALOGS)
+    AC_SUBST(CATOBJEXT)
+    AC_SUBST(DATADIRNAME)
+    AC_SUBST(GMOFILES)
+    AC_SUBST(INSTOBJEXT)
+    AC_SUBST(INTLDEPS)
+    AC_SUBST(INTLLIBS)
+    AC_SUBST(INTLOBJS)
+    AC_SUBST(POFILES)
+    AC_SUBST(POSUB)
+  ])
+
+AC_DEFUN(CY_GNU_GETTEXT,
+  [AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_MAKE_SET])dnl
+   AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])dnl
+   AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_RANLIB])dnl
+   AC_REQUIRE([AC_ISC_POSIX])dnl
+   AC_REQUIRE([AC_HEADER_STDC])dnl
+   AC_REQUIRE([AC_C_CONST])dnl
+   AC_REQUIRE([AC_C_INLINE])dnl
+   AC_REQUIRE([AC_TYPE_OFF_T])dnl
+   AC_REQUIRE([AC_TYPE_SIZE_T])dnl
+   AC_REQUIRE([AC_FUNC_ALLOCA])dnl
+   AC_REQUIRE([AC_FUNC_MMAP])dnl
+
+   AC_CHECK_HEADERS([argz.h limits.h locale.h nl_types.h malloc.h string.h \
+unistd.h values.h sys/param.h])
+   AC_CHECK_FUNCS([getcwd munmap putenv setenv setlocale strchr strcasecmp \
+__argz_count __argz_stringify __argz_next])
+
+   if test "${ac_cv_func_stpcpy+set}" != "set"; then
+     AC_CHECK_FUNCS(stpcpy)
+   fi
+   if test "${ac_cv_func_stpcpy}" = "yes"; then
+     AC_DEFINE(HAVE_STPCPY)
+   fi
+
+   AM_LC_MESSAGES
+   CY_WITH_NLS
+
+   if test "x$CATOBJEXT" != "x"; then
+     if test "x$ALL_LINGUAS" = "x"; then
+       LINGUAS=
+     else
+       AC_MSG_CHECKING(for catalogs to be installed)
+       NEW_LINGUAS=
+       for lang in ${LINGUAS=$ALL_LINGUAS}; do
+         case "$ALL_LINGUAS" in
+          *$lang*) NEW_LINGUAS="$NEW_LINGUAS $lang" ;;
+         esac
+       done
+       LINGUAS=$NEW_LINGUAS
+       AC_MSG_RESULT($LINGUAS)
+     fi
+
+     dnl Construct list of names of catalog files to be constructed.
+     if test -n "$LINGUAS"; then
+       for lang in $LINGUAS; do CATALOGS="$CATALOGS $lang$CATOBJEXT"; done
+     fi
+   fi
+
+   dnl The reference to <locale.h> in the installed <libintl.h> file
+   dnl must be resolved because we cannot expect the users of this
+   dnl to define HAVE_LOCALE_H.
+   if test $ac_cv_header_locale_h = yes; then
+     INCLUDE_LOCALE_H="#include <locale.h>"
+   else
+     INCLUDE_LOCALE_H="\
+/* The system does not provide the header <locale.h>.  Take care yourself.  */"
+   fi
+   AC_SUBST(INCLUDE_LOCALE_H)
+
+   dnl Determine which catalog format we have (if any is needed)
+   dnl For now we know about two different formats:
+   dnl   Linux libc-5 and the normal X/Open format
+   if test -f $srcdir/po2tbl.sed.in; then
+      if test "$CATOBJEXT" = ".cat"; then
+	 AC_CHECK_HEADER(linux/version.h, msgformat=linux, msgformat=xopen)
+
+	 dnl Transform the SED scripts while copying because some dumb SEDs
+         dnl cannot handle comments.
+	 sed -e '/^#/d' $srcdir/$msgformat-msg.sed > po2msg.sed
+      fi
+      dnl po2tbl.sed is always needed.
+      sed -e '/^#.*[^\\]$/d' -e '/^#$/d' \
+	 $srcdir/po2tbl.sed.in > po2tbl.sed
+   fi
+
+   dnl In the intl/Makefile.in we have a special dependency which makes
+   dnl only sense for gettext.  We comment this out for non-gettext
+   dnl packages.
+   if test "$PACKAGE" = "gettext"; then
+     GT_NO="#NO#"
+     GT_YES=
+   else
+     GT_NO=
+     GT_YES="#YES#"
+   fi
+   AC_SUBST(GT_NO)
+   AC_SUBST(GT_YES)
+
+   MKINSTALLDIRS="\$(srcdir)/../../mkinstalldirs"
+   AC_SUBST(MKINSTALLDIRS)
+
+   dnl *** For now the libtool support in intl/Makefile is not for real.
+   l=
+   AC_SUBST(l)
+
+   dnl Generate list of files to be processed by xgettext which will
+   dnl be included in po/Makefile.  But only do this if the po directory
+   dnl exists in srcdir.
+   if test -d $srcdir/po; then
+      test -d po || mkdir po
+      if test "x$srcdir" != "x."; then
+	 if test "x`echo $srcdir | sed 's@/.*@@'`" = "x"; then
+	    posrcprefix="$srcdir/"
+	 else
+	    posrcprefix="../$srcdir/"
+	 fi
+      else
+	 posrcprefix="../"
+      fi
+      rm -f po/POTFILES
+      sed -e "/^#/d" -e "/^\$/d" -e "s,.*,	$posrcprefix& \\\\," -e "\$s/\(.*\) \\\\/\1/" \
+	 < $srcdir/po/POTFILES.in > po/POTFILES
+   fi
+  ])
+
+# Search path for a program which passes the given test.
+# Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 1996.
+#
+# This file file be copied and used freely without restrictions.  It can
+# be used in projects which are not available under the GNU Public License
+# but which still want to provide support for the GNU gettext functionality.
+# Please note that the actual code is *not* freely available.
+
+# serial 1
+
+dnl AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(VARIABLE, PROG-TO-CHECK-FOR,
+dnl   TEST-PERFORMED-ON-FOUND_PROGRAM [, VALUE-IF-NOT-FOUND [, PATH]])
+AC_DEFUN(AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST,
+[# Extract the first word of "$2", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy $2; ac_word=[$]2
+AC_MSG_CHECKING([for $ac_word])
+AC_CACHE_VAL(ac_cv_path_$1,
+[case "[$]$1" in
+  /*)
+  ac_cv_path_$1="[$]$1" # Let the user override the test with a path.
+  ;;
+  *)
+  IFS="${IFS= 	}"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:"
+  for ac_dir in ifelse([$5], , $PATH, [$5]); do
+    test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=.
+    if test -f $ac_dir/$ac_word; then
+      if [$3]; then
+	ac_cv_path_$1="$ac_dir/$ac_word"
+	break
+      fi
+    fi
+  done
+  IFS="$ac_save_ifs"
+dnl If no 4th arg is given, leave the cache variable unset,
+dnl so AC_PATH_PROGS will keep looking.
+ifelse([$4], , , [  test -z "[$]ac_cv_path_$1" && ac_cv_path_$1="$4"
+])dnl
+  ;;
+esac])dnl
+$1="$ac_cv_path_$1"
+if test -n "[$]$1"; then
+  AC_MSG_RESULT([$]$1)
+else
+  AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
+fi
+AC_SUBST($1)dnl
+])
+
+# Check whether LC_MESSAGES is available in <locale.h>.
+# Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 1995.
+#
+# This file file be copied and used freely without restrictions.  It can
+# be used in projects which are not available under the GNU Public License
+# but which still want to provide support for the GNU gettext functionality.
+# Please note that the actual code is *not* freely available.
+
+# serial 1
+
+AC_DEFUN(AM_LC_MESSAGES,
+  [if test $ac_cv_header_locale_h = yes; then
+    AC_CACHE_CHECK([for LC_MESSAGES], am_cv_val_LC_MESSAGES,
+      [AC_TRY_LINK([#include <locale.h>], [return LC_MESSAGES],
+       am_cv_val_LC_MESSAGES=yes, am_cv_val_LC_MESSAGES=no)])
+    if test $am_cv_val_LC_MESSAGES = yes; then
+      AC_DEFINE(HAVE_LC_MESSAGES)
+    fi
+  fi])
+
diff --git a/intl/bindtextdom.c b/intl/bindtextdom.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..42b87d2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/intl/bindtextdom.c
@@ -0,0 +1,203 @@
+/* Implementation of the bindtextdomain(3) function
+   Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#if defined STDC_HEADERS || defined _LIBC
+# include <stdlib.h>
+#else
+# ifdef HAVE_MALLOC_H
+#  include <malloc.h>
+# else
+void free ();
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if defined HAVE_STRING_H || defined _LIBC
+# include <string.h>
+#else
+# include <strings.h>
+# ifndef memcpy
+#  define memcpy(Dst, Src, Num) bcopy (Src, Dst, Num)
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <libintl.h>
+#else
+# include "libgettext.h"
+#endif
+#include "gettext.h"
+#include "gettextP.h"
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+/* Contains the default location of the message catalogs.  */
+extern const char _nl_default_dirname[];
+
+/* List with bindings of specific domains.  */
+extern struct binding *_nl_domain_bindings;
+
+
+/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem.  They must not clash
+   with existing names and they should follow ANSI C.  But this source
+   code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
+   prefix.  So we have to make a difference here.  */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define BINDTEXTDOMAIN __bindtextdomain
+# ifndef strdup
+#  define strdup(str) __strdup (str)
+# endif
+#else
+# define BINDTEXTDOMAIN bindtextdomain__
+#endif
+
+/* Specify that the DOMAINNAME message catalog will be found
+   in DIRNAME rather than in the system locale data base.  */
+char *
+BINDTEXTDOMAIN (domainname, dirname)
+     const char *domainname;
+     const char *dirname;
+{
+  struct binding *binding;
+
+  /* Some sanity checks.  */
+  if (domainname == NULL || domainname[0] == '\0')
+    return NULL;
+
+  for (binding = _nl_domain_bindings; binding != NULL; binding = binding->next)
+    {
+      int compare = strcmp (domainname, binding->domainname);
+      if (compare == 0)
+	/* We found it!  */
+	break;
+      if (compare < 0)
+	{
+	  /* It is not in the list.  */
+	  binding = NULL;
+	  break;
+	}
+    }
+
+  if (dirname == NULL)
+    /* The current binding has be to returned.  */
+    return binding == NULL ? (char *) _nl_default_dirname : binding->dirname;
+
+  if (binding != NULL)
+    {
+      /* The domain is already bound.  If the new value and the old
+	 one are equal we simply do nothing.  Otherwise replace the
+	 old binding.  */
+      if (strcmp (dirname, binding->dirname) != 0)
+	{
+	  char *new_dirname;
+
+	  if (strcmp (dirname, _nl_default_dirname) == 0)
+	    new_dirname = (char *) _nl_default_dirname;
+	  else
+	    {
+#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP
+	      new_dirname = strdup (dirname);
+	      if (new_dirname == NULL)
+		return NULL;
+#else
+	      size_t len = strlen (dirname) + 1;
+	      new_dirname = (char *) malloc (len);
+	      if (new_dirname == NULL)
+		return NULL;
+
+	      memcpy (new_dirname, dirname, len);
+#endif
+	    }
+
+	  if (binding->dirname != _nl_default_dirname)
+	    free (binding->dirname);
+
+	  binding->dirname = new_dirname;
+	}
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      /* We have to create a new binding.  */
+#if !defined _LIBC && !defined HAVE_STRDUP
+      size_t len;
+#endif
+      struct binding *new_binding =
+	(struct binding *) malloc (sizeof (*new_binding));
+
+      if (new_binding == NULL)
+	return NULL;
+
+#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP
+      new_binding->domainname = strdup (domainname);
+      if (new_binding->domainname == NULL)
+	return NULL;
+#else
+      len = strlen (domainname) + 1;
+      new_binding->domainname = (char *) malloc (len);
+      if (new_binding->domainname == NULL)
+	return NULL;
+      memcpy (new_binding->domainname, domainname, len);
+#endif
+
+      if (strcmp (dirname, _nl_default_dirname) == 0)
+	new_binding->dirname = (char *) _nl_default_dirname;
+      else
+	{
+#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP
+	  new_binding->dirname = strdup (dirname);
+	  if (new_binding->dirname == NULL)
+	    return NULL;
+#else
+	  len = strlen (dirname) + 1;
+	  new_binding->dirname = (char *) malloc (len);
+	  if (new_binding->dirname == NULL)
+	    return NULL;
+	  memcpy (new_binding->dirname, dirname, len);
+#endif
+	}
+
+      /* Now enqueue it.  */
+      if (_nl_domain_bindings == NULL
+	  || strcmp (domainname, _nl_domain_bindings->domainname) < 0)
+	{
+	  new_binding->next = _nl_domain_bindings;
+	  _nl_domain_bindings = new_binding;
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  binding = _nl_domain_bindings;
+	  while (binding->next != NULL
+		 && strcmp (domainname, binding->next->domainname) > 0)
+	    binding = binding->next;
+
+	  new_binding->next = binding->next;
+	  binding->next = new_binding;
+	}
+
+      binding = new_binding;
+    }
+
+  return binding->dirname;
+}
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library.  */
+weak_alias (__bindtextdomain, bindtextdomain);
+#endif
diff --git a/intl/cat-compat.c b/intl/cat-compat.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..be4afff
--- /dev/null
+++ b/intl/cat-compat.c
@@ -0,0 +1,262 @@
+/* Compatibility code for gettext-using-catgets interface.
+   Copyright (C) 1995, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#ifdef STDC_HEADERS
+# include <stdlib.h>
+# include <string.h>
+#else
+char *getenv ();
+# ifdef HAVE_MALLOC_H
+#  include <malloc.h>
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_NL_TYPES_H
+# include <nl_types.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "libgettext.h"
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+/* XPG3 defines the result of `setlocale (category, NULL)' as:
+   ``Directs `setlocale()' to query `category' and return the current
+     setting of `local'.''
+   However it does not specify the exact format.  And even worse: POSIX
+   defines this not at all.  So we can use this feature only on selected
+   system (e.g. those using GNU C Library).  */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define HAVE_LOCALE_NULL
+#endif
+
+/* The catalog descriptor.  */
+static nl_catd catalog = (nl_catd) -1;
+
+/* Name of the default catalog.  */
+static const char default_catalog_name[] = "messages";
+
+/* Name of currently used catalog.  */
+static const char *catalog_name = default_catalog_name;
+
+/* Get ID for given string.  If not found return -1.  */
+static int msg_to_cat_id PARAMS ((const char *msg));
+
+/* Substitution for systems lacking this function in their C library.  */
+#if !_LIBC && !HAVE_STPCPY
+static char *stpcpy PARAMS ((char *dest, const char *src));
+#endif
+
+
+/* Set currently used domain/catalog.  */
+char *
+textdomain (domainname)
+     const char *domainname;
+{
+  nl_catd new_catalog;
+  char *new_name;
+  size_t new_name_len;
+  char *lang;
+
+#if defined HAVE_SETLOCALE && defined HAVE_LC_MESSAGES \
+    && defined HAVE_LOCALE_NULL
+  lang = setlocale (LC_MESSAGES, NULL);
+#else
+  lang = getenv ("LC_ALL");
+  if (lang == NULL || lang[0] == '\0')
+    {
+      lang = getenv ("LC_MESSAGES");
+      if (lang == NULL || lang[0] == '\0')
+	lang = getenv ("LANG");
+    }
+#endif
+  if (lang == NULL || lang[0] == '\0')
+    lang = "C";
+
+  /* See whether name of currently used domain is asked.  */
+  if (domainname == NULL)
+    return (char *) catalog_name;
+
+  if (domainname[0] == '\0')
+    domainname = default_catalog_name;
+
+  /* Compute length of added path element.  */
+  new_name_len = sizeof (LOCALEDIR) - 1 + 1 + strlen (lang)
+		 + sizeof ("/LC_MESSAGES/") - 1 + sizeof (PACKAGE) - 1
+		 + sizeof (".cat");
+
+  new_name = (char *) malloc (new_name_len);
+  if (new_name == NULL)
+    return NULL;
+
+  strcpy (new_name, PACKAGE);
+  new_catalog = catopen (new_name, 0);
+
+  if (new_catalog == (nl_catd) -1)
+    {
+      /* NLSPATH search didn't work, try absolute path */
+      sprintf (new_name, "%s/%s/LC_MESSAGES/%s.cat", LOCALEDIR, lang,
+	       PACKAGE);
+      new_catalog = catopen (new_name, 0);
+
+      if (new_catalog == (nl_catd) -1)
+	{
+	  free (new_name);
+	  return (char *) catalog_name;
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* Close old catalog.  */
+  if (catalog != (nl_catd) -1)
+    catclose (catalog);
+  if (catalog_name != default_catalog_name)
+    free ((char *) catalog_name);
+
+  catalog = new_catalog;
+  catalog_name = new_name;
+
+  return (char *) catalog_name;
+}
+
+char *
+bindtextdomain (domainname, dirname)
+     const char *domainname;
+     const char *dirname;
+{
+#if HAVE_SETENV || HAVE_PUTENV
+  char *old_val, *new_val, *cp;
+  size_t new_val_len;
+
+  /* This does not make much sense here but to be compatible do it.  */
+  if (domainname == NULL)
+    return NULL;
+
+  /* Compute length of added path element.  If we use setenv we don't need
+     the first byts for NLSPATH=, but why complicate the code for this
+     peanuts.  */
+  new_val_len = sizeof ("NLSPATH=") - 1 + strlen (dirname)
+		+ sizeof ("/%L/LC_MESSAGES/%N.cat");
+
+  old_val = getenv ("NLSPATH");
+  if (old_val == NULL || old_val[0] == '\0')
+    {
+      old_val = NULL;
+      new_val_len += 1 + sizeof (LOCALEDIR) - 1
+	             + sizeof ("/%L/LC_MESSAGES/%N.cat");
+    }
+  else
+    new_val_len += strlen (old_val);
+
+  new_val = (char *) malloc (new_val_len);
+  if (new_val == NULL)
+    return NULL;
+
+# if HAVE_SETENV
+  cp = new_val;
+# else
+  cp = stpcpy (new_val, "NLSPATH=");
+# endif
+
+  cp = stpcpy (cp, dirname);
+  cp = stpcpy (cp, "/%L/LC_MESSAGES/%N.cat:");
+
+  if (old_val == NULL)
+    {
+# if __STDC__
+      stpcpy (cp, LOCALEDIR "/%L/LC_MESSAGES/%N.cat");
+# else
+
+      cp = stpcpy (cp, LOCALEDIR);
+      stpcpy (cp, "/%L/LC_MESSAGES/%N.cat");
+# endif
+    }
+  else
+    stpcpy (cp, old_val);
+
+# if HAVE_SETENV
+  setenv ("NLSPATH", new_val, 1);
+  free (new_val);
+# else
+  putenv (new_val);
+  /* Do *not* free the environment entry we just entered.  It is used
+     from now on.   */
+# endif
+
+#endif
+
+  return (char *) domainname;
+}
+
+#undef gettext
+char *
+gettext (msg)
+     const char *msg;
+{
+  int msgid;
+
+  if (msg == NULL || catalog == (nl_catd) -1)
+    return (char *) msg;
+
+  /* Get the message from the catalog.  We always use set number 1.
+     The message ID is computed by the function `msg_to_cat_id'
+     which works on the table generated by `po-to-tbl'.  */
+  msgid = msg_to_cat_id (msg);
+  if (msgid == -1)
+    return (char *) msg;
+
+  return catgets (catalog, 1, msgid, (char *) msg);
+}
+
+/* Look through the table `_msg_tbl' which has `_msg_tbl_length' entries
+   for the one equal to msg.  If it is found return the ID.  In case when
+   the string is not found return -1.  */
+static int
+msg_to_cat_id (msg)
+     const char *msg;
+{
+  int cnt;
+
+  for (cnt = 0; cnt < _msg_tbl_length; ++cnt)
+    if (strcmp (msg, _msg_tbl[cnt]._msg) == 0)
+      return _msg_tbl[cnt]._msg_number;
+
+  return -1;
+}
+
+
+/* @@ begin of epilog @@ */
+
+/* We don't want libintl.a to depend on any other library.  So we
+   avoid the non-standard function stpcpy.  In GNU C Library this
+   function is available, though.  Also allow the symbol HAVE_STPCPY
+   to be defined.  */
+#if !_LIBC && !HAVE_STPCPY
+static char *
+stpcpy (dest, src)
+     char *dest;
+     const char *src;
+{
+  while ((*dest++ = *src++) != '\0')
+    /* Do nothing. */ ;
+  return dest - 1;
+}
+#endif
diff --git a/intl/config.in b/intl/config.in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8a9049b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/intl/config.in
@@ -0,0 +1,128 @@
+/* config.in.  Generated automatically from configure.in by autoheader.  */
+
+/* Define if using alloca.c.  */
+#undef C_ALLOCA
+
+/* Define to empty if the keyword does not work.  */
+#undef const
+
+/* Define to one of _getb67, GETB67, getb67 for Cray-2 and Cray-YMP systems.
+   This function is required for alloca.c support on those systems.  */
+#undef CRAY_STACKSEG_END
+
+/* Define if you have alloca, as a function or macro.  */
+#undef HAVE_ALLOCA
+
+/* Define if you have <alloca.h> and it should be used (not on Ultrix).  */
+#undef HAVE_ALLOCA_H
+
+/* Define if you have a working `mmap' system call.  */
+#undef HAVE_MMAP
+
+/* Define as __inline if that's what the C compiler calls it.  */
+#undef inline
+
+/* Define to `long' if <sys/types.h> doesn't define.  */
+#undef off_t
+
+/* Define if you need to in order for stat and other things to work.  */
+#undef _POSIX_SOURCE
+
+/* Define to `unsigned' if <sys/types.h> doesn't define.  */
+#undef size_t
+
+/* If using the C implementation of alloca, define if you know the
+   direction of stack growth for your system; otherwise it will be
+   automatically deduced at run-time.
+ STACK_DIRECTION > 0 => grows toward higher addresses
+ STACK_DIRECTION < 0 => grows toward lower addresses
+ STACK_DIRECTION = 0 => direction of growth unknown
+ */
+#undef STACK_DIRECTION
+
+/* Define if you have the ANSI C header files.  */
+#undef STDC_HEADERS
+
+/* Define to 1 if NLS is requested.  */
+#undef ENABLE_NLS
+
+/* Define as 1 if you have catgets and don't want to use GNU gettext.  */
+#undef HAVE_CATGETS
+
+/* Define as 1 if you have gettext and don't want to use GNU gettext.  */
+#undef HAVE_GETTEXT
+
+/* Define as 1 if you have the stpcpy function.  */
+#undef HAVE_STPCPY
+
+/* Define if your locale.h file contains LC_MESSAGES.  */
+#undef HAVE_LC_MESSAGES
+
+/* Define if you have the __argz_count function.  */
+#undef HAVE___ARGZ_COUNT
+
+/* Define if you have the __argz_next function.  */
+#undef HAVE___ARGZ_NEXT
+
+/* Define if you have the __argz_stringify function.  */
+#undef HAVE___ARGZ_STRINGIFY
+
+/* Define if you have the dcgettext function.  */
+#undef HAVE_DCGETTEXT
+
+/* Define if you have the getcwd function.  */
+#undef HAVE_GETCWD
+
+/* Define if you have the getpagesize function.  */
+#undef HAVE_GETPAGESIZE
+
+/* Define if you have the munmap function.  */
+#undef HAVE_MUNMAP
+
+/* Define if you have the putenv function.  */
+#undef HAVE_PUTENV
+
+/* Define if you have the setenv function.  */
+#undef HAVE_SETENV
+
+/* Define if you have the setlocale function.  */
+#undef HAVE_SETLOCALE
+
+/* Define if you have the stpcpy function.  */
+#undef HAVE_STPCPY
+
+/* Define if you have the strcasecmp function.  */
+#undef HAVE_STRCASECMP
+
+/* Define if you have the strchr function.  */
+#undef HAVE_STRCHR
+
+/* Define if you have the <argz.h> header file.  */
+#undef HAVE_ARGZ_H
+
+/* Define if you have the <limits.h> header file.  */
+#undef HAVE_LIMITS_H
+
+/* Define if you have the <locale.h> header file.  */
+#undef HAVE_LOCALE_H
+
+/* Define if you have the <malloc.h> header file.  */
+#undef HAVE_MALLOC_H
+
+/* Define if you have the <nl_types.h> header file.  */
+#undef HAVE_NL_TYPES_H
+
+/* Define if you have the <string.h> header file.  */
+#undef HAVE_STRING_H
+
+/* Define if you have the <sys/param.h> header file.  */
+#undef HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H
+
+/* Define if you have the <unistd.h> header file.  */
+#undef HAVE_UNISTD_H
+
+/* Define if you have the <values.h> header file.  */
+#undef HAVE_VALUES_H
+
+/* Define if you have the i library (-li).  */
+#undef HAVE_LIBI
diff --git a/intl/configure b/intl/configure
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..341eea0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/intl/configure
@@ -0,0 +1,2950 @@
+#! /bin/sh
+
+# Guess values for system-dependent variables and create Makefiles.
+# Generated automatically using autoconf version 2.12.1 
+# Copyright (C) 1992, 93, 94, 95, 96 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This configure script is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+# gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it.
+
+# Defaults:
+ac_help=
+ac_default_prefix=/usr/local
+# Any additions from configure.in:
+ac_help="$ac_help
+  --disable-nls           do not use Native Language Support"
+ac_help="$ac_help
+  --with-included-gettext use the GNU gettext library included here"
+
+# Initialize some variables set by options.
+# The variables have the same names as the options, with
+# dashes changed to underlines.
+build=NONE
+cache_file=./config.cache
+exec_prefix=NONE
+host=NONE
+no_create=
+nonopt=NONE
+no_recursion=
+prefix=NONE
+program_prefix=NONE
+program_suffix=NONE
+program_transform_name=s,x,x,
+silent=
+site=
+srcdir=
+target=NONE
+verbose=
+x_includes=NONE
+x_libraries=NONE
+bindir='${exec_prefix}/bin'
+sbindir='${exec_prefix}/sbin'
+libexecdir='${exec_prefix}/libexec'
+datadir='${prefix}/share'
+sysconfdir='${prefix}/etc'
+sharedstatedir='${prefix}/com'
+localstatedir='${prefix}/var'
+libdir='${exec_prefix}/lib'
+includedir='${prefix}/include'
+oldincludedir='/usr/include'
+infodir='${prefix}/info'
+mandir='${prefix}/man'
+
+# Initialize some other variables.
+subdirs=
+MFLAGS= MAKEFLAGS=
+SHELL=${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh}
+# Maximum number of lines to put in a shell here document.
+ac_max_here_lines=12
+
+ac_prev=
+for ac_option
+do
+
+  # If the previous option needs an argument, assign it.
+  if test -n "$ac_prev"; then
+    eval "$ac_prev=\$ac_option"
+    ac_prev=
+    continue
+  fi
+
+  case "$ac_option" in
+  -*=*) ac_optarg=`echo "$ac_option" | sed 's/[-_a-zA-Z0-9]*=//'` ;;
+  *) ac_optarg= ;;
+  esac
+
+  # Accept the important Cygnus configure options, so we can diagnose typos.
+
+  case "$ac_option" in
+
+  -bindir | --bindir | --bindi | --bind | --bin | --bi)
+    ac_prev=bindir ;;
+  -bindir=* | --bindir=* | --bindi=* | --bind=* | --bin=* | --bi=*)
+    bindir="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -build | --build | --buil | --bui | --bu)
+    ac_prev=build ;;
+  -build=* | --build=* | --buil=* | --bui=* | --bu=*)
+    build="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -cache-file | --cache-file | --cache-fil | --cache-fi \
+  | --cache-f | --cache- | --cache | --cach | --cac | --ca | --c)
+    ac_prev=cache_file ;;
+  -cache-file=* | --cache-file=* | --cache-fil=* | --cache-fi=* \
+  | --cache-f=* | --cache-=* | --cache=* | --cach=* | --cac=* | --ca=* | --c=*)
+    cache_file="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -datadir | --datadir | --datadi | --datad | --data | --dat | --da)
+    ac_prev=datadir ;;
+  -datadir=* | --datadir=* | --datadi=* | --datad=* | --data=* | --dat=* \
+  | --da=*)
+    datadir="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -disable-* | --disable-*)
+    ac_feature=`echo $ac_option|sed -e 's/-*disable-//'`
+    # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
+    if test -n "`echo $ac_feature| sed 's/[-a-zA-Z0-9_]//g'`"; then
+      { echo "configure: error: $ac_feature: invalid feature name" 1>&2; exit 1; }
+    fi
+    ac_feature=`echo $ac_feature| sed 's/-/_/g'`
+    eval "enable_${ac_feature}=no" ;;
+
+  -enable-* | --enable-*)
+    ac_feature=`echo $ac_option|sed -e 's/-*enable-//' -e 's/=.*//'`
+    # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
+    if test -n "`echo $ac_feature| sed 's/[-_a-zA-Z0-9]//g'`"; then
+      { echo "configure: error: $ac_feature: invalid feature name" 1>&2; exit 1; }
+    fi
+    ac_feature=`echo $ac_feature| sed 's/-/_/g'`
+    case "$ac_option" in
+      *=*) ;;
+      *) ac_optarg=yes ;;
+    esac
+    eval "enable_${ac_feature}='$ac_optarg'" ;;
+
+  -exec-prefix | --exec_prefix | --exec-prefix | --exec-prefi \
+  | --exec-pref | --exec-pre | --exec-pr | --exec-p | --exec- \
+  | --exec | --exe | --ex)
+    ac_prev=exec_prefix ;;
+  -exec-prefix=* | --exec_prefix=* | --exec-prefix=* | --exec-prefi=* \
+  | --exec-pref=* | --exec-pre=* | --exec-pr=* | --exec-p=* | --exec-=* \
+  | --exec=* | --exe=* | --ex=*)
+    exec_prefix="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -gas | --gas | --ga | --g)
+    # Obsolete; use --with-gas.
+    with_gas=yes ;;
+
+  -help | --help | --hel | --he)
+    # Omit some internal or obsolete options to make the list less imposing.
+    # This message is too long to be a string in the A/UX 3.1 sh.
+    cat << EOF
+Usage: configure [options] [host]
+Options: [defaults in brackets after descriptions]
+Configuration:
+  --cache-file=FILE       cache test results in FILE
+  --help                  print this message
+  --no-create             do not create output files
+  --quiet, --silent       do not print \`checking...' messages
+  --version               print the version of autoconf that created configure
+Directory and file names:
+  --prefix=PREFIX         install architecture-independent files in PREFIX
+                          [$ac_default_prefix]
+  --exec-prefix=EPREFIX   install architecture-dependent files in EPREFIX
+                          [same as prefix]
+  --bindir=DIR            user executables in DIR [EPREFIX/bin]
+  --sbindir=DIR           system admin executables in DIR [EPREFIX/sbin]
+  --libexecdir=DIR        program executables in DIR [EPREFIX/libexec]
+  --datadir=DIR           read-only architecture-independent data in DIR
+                          [PREFIX/share]
+  --sysconfdir=DIR        read-only single-machine data in DIR [PREFIX/etc]
+  --sharedstatedir=DIR    modifiable architecture-independent data in DIR
+                          [PREFIX/com]
+  --localstatedir=DIR     modifiable single-machine data in DIR [PREFIX/var]
+  --libdir=DIR            object code libraries in DIR [EPREFIX/lib]
+  --includedir=DIR        C header files in DIR [PREFIX/include]
+  --oldincludedir=DIR     C header files for non-gcc in DIR [/usr/include]
+  --infodir=DIR           info documentation in DIR [PREFIX/info]
+  --mandir=DIR            man documentation in DIR [PREFIX/man]
+  --srcdir=DIR            find the sources in DIR [configure dir or ..]
+  --program-prefix=PREFIX prepend PREFIX to installed program names
+  --program-suffix=SUFFIX append SUFFIX to installed program names
+  --program-transform-name=PROGRAM
+                          run sed PROGRAM on installed program names
+EOF
+    cat << EOF
+Host type:
+  --build=BUILD           configure for building on BUILD [BUILD=HOST]
+  --host=HOST             configure for HOST [guessed]
+  --target=TARGET         configure for TARGET [TARGET=HOST]
+Features and packages:
+  --disable-FEATURE       do not include FEATURE (same as --enable-FEATURE=no)
+  --enable-FEATURE[=ARG]  include FEATURE [ARG=yes]
+  --with-PACKAGE[=ARG]    use PACKAGE [ARG=yes]
+  --without-PACKAGE       do not use PACKAGE (same as --with-PACKAGE=no)
+  --x-includes=DIR        X include files are in DIR
+  --x-libraries=DIR       X library files are in DIR
+EOF
+    if test -n "$ac_help"; then
+      echo "--enable and --with options recognized:$ac_help"
+    fi
+    exit 0 ;;
+
+  -host | --host | --hos | --ho)
+    ac_prev=host ;;
+  -host=* | --host=* | --hos=* | --ho=*)
+    host="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -includedir | --includedir | --includedi | --included | --include \
+  | --includ | --inclu | --incl | --inc)
+    ac_prev=includedir ;;
+  -includedir=* | --includedir=* | --includedi=* | --included=* | --include=* \
+  | --includ=* | --inclu=* | --incl=* | --inc=*)
+    includedir="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -infodir | --infodir | --infodi | --infod | --info | --inf)
+    ac_prev=infodir ;;
+  -infodir=* | --infodir=* | --infodi=* | --infod=* | --info=* | --inf=*)
+    infodir="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -libdir | --libdir | --libdi | --libd)
+    ac_prev=libdir ;;
+  -libdir=* | --libdir=* | --libdi=* | --libd=*)
+    libdir="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -libexecdir | --libexecdir | --libexecdi | --libexecd | --libexec \
+  | --libexe | --libex | --libe)
+    ac_prev=libexecdir ;;
+  -libexecdir=* | --libexecdir=* | --libexecdi=* | --libexecd=* | --libexec=* \
+  | --libexe=* | --libex=* | --libe=*)
+    libexecdir="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -localstatedir | --localstatedir | --localstatedi | --localstated \
+  | --localstate | --localstat | --localsta | --localst \
+  | --locals | --local | --loca | --loc | --lo)
+    ac_prev=localstatedir ;;
+  -localstatedir=* | --localstatedir=* | --localstatedi=* | --localstated=* \
+  | --localstate=* | --localstat=* | --localsta=* | --localst=* \
+  | --locals=* | --local=* | --loca=* | --loc=* | --lo=*)
+    localstatedir="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -mandir | --mandir | --mandi | --mand | --man | --ma | --m)
+    ac_prev=mandir ;;
+  -mandir=* | --mandir=* | --mandi=* | --mand=* | --man=* | --ma=* | --m=*)
+    mandir="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -nfp | --nfp | --nf)
+    # Obsolete; use --without-fp.
+    with_fp=no ;;
+
+  -no-create | --no-create | --no-creat | --no-crea | --no-cre \
+  | --no-cr | --no-c)
+    no_create=yes ;;
+
+  -no-recursion | --no-recursion | --no-recursio | --no-recursi \
+  | --no-recurs | --no-recur | --no-recu | --no-rec | --no-re | --no-r)
+    no_recursion=yes ;;
+
+  -oldincludedir | --oldincludedir | --oldincludedi | --oldincluded \
+  | --oldinclude | --oldinclud | --oldinclu | --oldincl | --oldinc \
+  | --oldin | --oldi | --old | --ol | --o)
+    ac_prev=oldincludedir ;;
+  -oldincludedir=* | --oldincludedir=* | --oldincludedi=* | --oldincluded=* \
+  | --oldinclude=* | --oldinclud=* | --oldinclu=* | --oldincl=* | --oldinc=* \
+  | --oldin=* | --oldi=* | --old=* | --ol=* | --o=*)
+    oldincludedir="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -prefix | --prefix | --prefi | --pref | --pre | --pr | --p)
+    ac_prev=prefix ;;
+  -prefix=* | --prefix=* | --prefi=* | --pref=* | --pre=* | --pr=* | --p=*)
+    prefix="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -program-prefix | --program-prefix | --program-prefi | --program-pref \
+  | --program-pre | --program-pr | --program-p)
+    ac_prev=program_prefix ;;
+  -program-prefix=* | --program-prefix=* | --program-prefi=* \
+  | --program-pref=* | --program-pre=* | --program-pr=* | --program-p=*)
+    program_prefix="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -program-suffix | --program-suffix | --program-suffi | --program-suff \
+  | --program-suf | --program-su | --program-s)
+    ac_prev=program_suffix ;;
+  -program-suffix=* | --program-suffix=* | --program-suffi=* \
+  | --program-suff=* | --program-suf=* | --program-su=* | --program-s=*)
+    program_suffix="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -program-transform-name | --program-transform-name \
+  | --program-transform-nam | --program-transform-na \
+  | --program-transform-n | --program-transform- \
+  | --program-transform | --program-transfor \
+  | --program-transfo | --program-transf \
+  | --program-trans | --program-tran \
+  | --progr-tra | --program-tr | --program-t)
+    ac_prev=program_transform_name ;;
+  -program-transform-name=* | --program-transform-name=* \
+  | --program-transform-nam=* | --program-transform-na=* \
+  | --program-transform-n=* | --program-transform-=* \
+  | --program-transform=* | --program-transfor=* \
+  | --program-transfo=* | --program-transf=* \
+  | --program-trans=* | --program-tran=* \
+  | --progr-tra=* | --program-tr=* | --program-t=*)
+    program_transform_name="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -q | -quiet | --quiet | --quie | --qui | --qu | --q \
+  | -silent | --silent | --silen | --sile | --sil)
+    silent=yes ;;
+
+  -sbindir | --sbindir | --sbindi | --sbind | --sbin | --sbi | --sb)
+    ac_prev=sbindir ;;
+  -sbindir=* | --sbindir=* | --sbindi=* | --sbind=* | --sbin=* \
+  | --sbi=* | --sb=*)
+    sbindir="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -sharedstatedir | --sharedstatedir | --sharedstatedi \
+  | --sharedstated | --sharedstate | --sharedstat | --sharedsta \
+  | --sharedst | --shareds | --shared | --share | --shar \
+  | --sha | --sh)
+    ac_prev=sharedstatedir ;;
+  -sharedstatedir=* | --sharedstatedir=* | --sharedstatedi=* \
+  | --sharedstated=* | --sharedstate=* | --sharedstat=* | --sharedsta=* \
+  | --sharedst=* | --shareds=* | --shared=* | --share=* | --shar=* \
+  | --sha=* | --sh=*)
+    sharedstatedir="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -site | --site | --sit)
+    ac_prev=site ;;
+  -site=* | --site=* | --sit=*)
+    site="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -srcdir | --srcdir | --srcdi | --srcd | --src | --sr)
+    ac_prev=srcdir ;;
+  -srcdir=* | --srcdir=* | --srcdi=* | --srcd=* | --src=* | --sr=*)
+    srcdir="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -sysconfdir | --sysconfdir | --sysconfdi | --sysconfd | --sysconf \
+  | --syscon | --sysco | --sysc | --sys | --sy)
+    ac_prev=sysconfdir ;;
+  -sysconfdir=* | --sysconfdir=* | --sysconfdi=* | --sysconfd=* | --sysconf=* \
+  | --syscon=* | --sysco=* | --sysc=* | --sys=* | --sy=*)
+    sysconfdir="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -target | --target | --targe | --targ | --tar | --ta | --t)
+    ac_prev=target ;;
+  -target=* | --target=* | --targe=* | --targ=* | --tar=* | --ta=* | --t=*)
+    target="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -v | -verbose | --verbose | --verbos | --verbo | --verb)
+    verbose=yes ;;
+
+  -version | --version | --versio | --versi | --vers)
+    echo "configure generated by autoconf version 2.12.1"
+    exit 0 ;;
+
+  -with-* | --with-*)
+    ac_package=`echo $ac_option|sed -e 's/-*with-//' -e 's/=.*//'`
+    # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
+    if test -n "`echo $ac_package| sed 's/[-_a-zA-Z0-9]//g'`"; then
+      { echo "configure: error: $ac_package: invalid package name" 1>&2; exit 1; }
+    fi
+    ac_package=`echo $ac_package| sed 's/-/_/g'`
+    case "$ac_option" in
+      *=*) ;;
+      *) ac_optarg=yes ;;
+    esac
+    eval "with_${ac_package}='$ac_optarg'" ;;
+
+  -without-* | --without-*)
+    ac_package=`echo $ac_option|sed -e 's/-*without-//'`
+    # Reject names that are not valid shell variable names.
+    if test -n "`echo $ac_package| sed 's/[-a-zA-Z0-9_]//g'`"; then
+      { echo "configure: error: $ac_package: invalid package name" 1>&2; exit 1; }
+    fi
+    ac_package=`echo $ac_package| sed 's/-/_/g'`
+    eval "with_${ac_package}=no" ;;
+
+  --x)
+    # Obsolete; use --with-x.
+    with_x=yes ;;
+
+  -x-includes | --x-includes | --x-include | --x-includ | --x-inclu \
+  | --x-incl | --x-inc | --x-in | --x-i)
+    ac_prev=x_includes ;;
+  -x-includes=* | --x-includes=* | --x-include=* | --x-includ=* | --x-inclu=* \
+  | --x-incl=* | --x-inc=* | --x-in=* | --x-i=*)
+    x_includes="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -x-libraries | --x-libraries | --x-librarie | --x-librari \
+  | --x-librar | --x-libra | --x-libr | --x-lib | --x-li | --x-l)
+    ac_prev=x_libraries ;;
+  -x-libraries=* | --x-libraries=* | --x-librarie=* | --x-librari=* \
+  | --x-librar=* | --x-libra=* | --x-libr=* | --x-lib=* | --x-li=* | --x-l=*)
+    x_libraries="$ac_optarg" ;;
+
+  -*) { echo "configure: error: $ac_option: invalid option; use --help to show usage" 1>&2; exit 1; }
+    ;;
+
+  *)
+    if test -n "`echo $ac_option| sed 's/[-a-z0-9.]//g'`"; then
+      echo "configure: warning: $ac_option: invalid host type" 1>&2
+    fi
+    if test "x$nonopt" != xNONE; then
+      { echo "configure: error: can only configure for one host and one target at a time" 1>&2; exit 1; }
+    fi
+    nonopt="$ac_option"
+    ;;
+
+  esac
+done
+
+if test -n "$ac_prev"; then
+  { echo "configure: error: missing argument to --`echo $ac_prev | sed 's/_/-/g'`" 1>&2; exit 1; }
+fi
+
+trap 'rm -fr conftest* confdefs* core core.* *.core $ac_clean_files; exit 1' 1 2 15
+
+# File descriptor usage:
+# 0 standard input
+# 1 file creation
+# 2 errors and warnings
+# 3 some systems may open it to /dev/tty
+# 4 used on the Kubota Titan
+# 6 checking for... messages and results
+# 5 compiler messages saved in config.log
+if test "$silent" = yes; then
+  exec 6>/dev/null
+else
+  exec 6>&1
+fi
+exec 5>./config.log
+
+echo "\
+This file contains any messages produced by compilers while
+running configure, to aid debugging if configure makes a mistake.
+" 1>&5
+
+# Strip out --no-create and --no-recursion so they do not pile up.
+# Also quote any args containing shell metacharacters.
+ac_configure_args=
+for ac_arg
+do
+  case "$ac_arg" in
+  -no-create | --no-create | --no-creat | --no-crea | --no-cre \
+  | --no-cr | --no-c) ;;
+  -no-recursion | --no-recursion | --no-recursio | --no-recursi \
+  | --no-recurs | --no-recur | --no-recu | --no-rec | --no-re | --no-r) ;;
+  *" "*|*"	"*|*[\[\]\~\#\$\^\&\*\(\)\{\}\\\|\;\<\>\?]*)
+  ac_configure_args="$ac_configure_args '$ac_arg'" ;;
+  *) ac_configure_args="$ac_configure_args $ac_arg" ;;
+  esac
+done
+
+# NLS nuisances.
+# Only set these to C if already set.  These must not be set unconditionally
+# because not all systems understand e.g. LANG=C (notably SCO).
+# Fixing LC_MESSAGES prevents Solaris sh from translating var values in `set'!
+# Non-C LC_CTYPE values break the ctype check.
+if test "${LANG+set}"   = set; then LANG=C;   export LANG;   fi
+if test "${LC_ALL+set}" = set; then LC_ALL=C; export LC_ALL; fi
+if test "${LC_MESSAGES+set}" = set; then LC_MESSAGES=C; export LC_MESSAGES; fi
+if test "${LC_CTYPE+set}"    = set; then LC_CTYPE=C;    export LC_CTYPE;    fi
+
+# confdefs.h avoids OS command line length limits that DEFS can exceed.
+rm -rf conftest* confdefs.h
+# AIX cpp loses on an empty file, so make sure it contains at least a newline.
+echo > confdefs.h
+
+# A filename unique to this package, relative to the directory that
+# configure is in, which we can look for to find out if srcdir is correct.
+ac_unique_file=dgettext.c
+
+# Find the source files, if location was not specified.
+if test -z "$srcdir"; then
+  ac_srcdir_defaulted=yes
+  # Try the directory containing this script, then its parent.
+  ac_prog=$0
+  ac_confdir=`echo $ac_prog|sed 's%/[^/][^/]*$%%'`
+  test "x$ac_confdir" = "x$ac_prog" && ac_confdir=.
+  srcdir=$ac_confdir
+  if test ! -r $srcdir/$ac_unique_file; then
+    srcdir=..
+  fi
+else
+  ac_srcdir_defaulted=no
+fi
+if test ! -r $srcdir/$ac_unique_file; then
+  if test "$ac_srcdir_defaulted" = yes; then
+    { echo "configure: error: can not find sources in $ac_confdir or .." 1>&2; exit 1; }
+  else
+    { echo "configure: error: can not find sources in $srcdir" 1>&2; exit 1; }
+  fi
+fi
+srcdir=`echo "${srcdir}" | sed 's%\([^/]\)/*$%\1%'`
+
+# Prefer explicitly selected file to automatically selected ones.
+if test -z "$CONFIG_SITE"; then
+  if test "x$prefix" != xNONE; then
+    CONFIG_SITE="$prefix/share/config.site $prefix/etc/config.site"
+  else
+    CONFIG_SITE="$ac_default_prefix/share/config.site $ac_default_prefix/etc/config.site"
+  fi
+fi
+for ac_site_file in $CONFIG_SITE; do
+  if test -r "$ac_site_file"; then
+    echo "loading site script $ac_site_file"
+    . "$ac_site_file"
+  fi
+done
+
+if test -r "$cache_file"; then
+  echo "loading cache $cache_file"
+  . $cache_file
+else
+  echo "creating cache $cache_file"
+  > $cache_file
+fi
+
+ac_ext=c
+# CFLAGS is not in ac_cpp because -g, -O, etc. are not valid cpp options.
+ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
+ac_compile='${CC-cc} -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext 1>&5'
+ac_link='${CC-cc} -o conftest $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS 1>&5'
+cross_compiling=$ac_cv_prog_cc_cross
+
+if (echo "testing\c"; echo 1,2,3) | grep c >/dev/null; then
+  # Stardent Vistra SVR4 grep lacks -e, says ghazi@caip.rutgers.edu.
+  if (echo -n testing; echo 1,2,3) | sed s/-n/xn/ | grep xn >/dev/null; then
+    ac_n= ac_c='
+' ac_t='	'
+  else
+    ac_n=-n ac_c= ac_t=
+  fi
+else
+  ac_n= ac_c='\c' ac_t=
+fi
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ac_aux_dir=
+for ac_dir in $srcdir $srcdir/.. $srcdir/../..; do
+  if test -f $ac_dir/install-sh; then
+    ac_aux_dir=$ac_dir
+    ac_install_sh="$ac_aux_dir/install-sh -c"
+    break
+  elif test -f $ac_dir/install.sh; then
+    ac_aux_dir=$ac_dir
+    ac_install_sh="$ac_aux_dir/install.sh -c"
+    break
+  fi
+done
+if test -z "$ac_aux_dir"; then
+  { echo "configure: error: can not find install-sh or install.sh in $srcdir $srcdir/.. $srcdir/../.." 1>&2; exit 1; }
+fi
+ac_config_guess=$ac_aux_dir/config.guess
+ac_config_sub=$ac_aux_dir/config.sub
+ac_configure=$ac_aux_dir/configure # This should be Cygnus configure.
+
+# Find a good install program.  We prefer a C program (faster),
+# so one script is as good as another.  But avoid the broken or
+# incompatible versions:
+# SysV /etc/install, /usr/sbin/install
+# SunOS /usr/etc/install
+# IRIX /sbin/install
+# AIX /bin/install
+# AIX 4 /usr/bin/installbsd, which doesn't work without a -g flag
+# AFS /usr/afsws/bin/install, which mishandles nonexistent args
+# SVR4 /usr/ucb/install, which tries to use the nonexistent group "staff"
+# ./install, which can be erroneously created by make from ./install.sh.
+echo $ac_n "checking for a BSD compatible install""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:562: checking for a BSD compatible install" >&5
+if test -z "$INSTALL"; then
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_path_install'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+    IFS="${IFS= 	}"; ac_save_IFS="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:"
+  for ac_dir in $PATH; do
+    # Account for people who put trailing slashes in PATH elements.
+    case "$ac_dir/" in
+    /|./|.//|/etc/*|/usr/sbin/*|/usr/etc/*|/sbin/*|/usr/afsws/bin/*|/usr/ucb/*) ;;
+    *)
+      # OSF1 and SCO ODT 3.0 have their own names for install.
+      # Don't use installbsd from OSF since it installs stuff as root
+      # by default.
+      for ac_prog in ginstall scoinst install; do
+        if test -f $ac_dir/$ac_prog; then
+	  if test $ac_prog = install &&
+            grep dspmsg $ac_dir/$ac_prog >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+	    # AIX install.  It has an incompatible calling convention.
+	    :
+	  else
+	    ac_cv_path_install="$ac_dir/$ac_prog -c"
+	    break 2
+	  fi
+	fi
+      done
+      ;;
+    esac
+  done
+  IFS="$ac_save_IFS"
+
+fi
+  if test "${ac_cv_path_install+set}" = set; then
+    INSTALL="$ac_cv_path_install"
+  else
+    # As a last resort, use the slow shell script.  We don't cache a
+    # path for INSTALL within a source directory, because that will
+    # break other packages using the cache if that directory is
+    # removed, or if the path is relative.
+    INSTALL="$ac_install_sh"
+  fi
+fi
+echo "$ac_t""$INSTALL" 1>&6
+
+# Use test -z because SunOS4 sh mishandles braces in ${var-val}.
+# It thinks the first close brace ends the variable substitution.
+test -z "$INSTALL_PROGRAM" && INSTALL_PROGRAM='${INSTALL}'
+
+test -z "$INSTALL_DATA" && INSTALL_DATA='${INSTALL} -m 644'
+
+
+test -z "$INSTALL_SCRIPT" && INSTALL_SCRIPT='${INSTALL_PROGRAM}'
+
+echo $ac_n "checking how to run the C preprocessor""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:616: checking how to run the C preprocessor" >&5
+# On Suns, sometimes $CPP names a directory.
+if test -n "$CPP" && test -d "$CPP"; then
+  CPP=
+fi
+if test -z "$CPP"; then
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_CPP'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+    # This must be in double quotes, not single quotes, because CPP may get
+  # substituted into the Makefile and "${CC-cc}" will confuse make.
+  CPP="${CC-cc} -E"
+  # On the NeXT, cc -E runs the code through the compiler's parser,
+  # not just through cpp.
+  cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 631 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+#include <assert.h>
+Syntax Error
+EOF
+ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext >/dev/null 2>conftest.out"
+{ (eval echo configure:637: \"$ac_try\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_try) 2>&5; }
+ac_err=`grep -v '^ *+' conftest.out`
+if test -z "$ac_err"; then
+  :
+else
+  echo "$ac_err" >&5
+  echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
+  cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  CPP="${CC-cc} -E -traditional-cpp"
+  cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 648 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+#include <assert.h>
+Syntax Error
+EOF
+ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext >/dev/null 2>conftest.out"
+{ (eval echo configure:654: \"$ac_try\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_try) 2>&5; }
+ac_err=`grep -v '^ *+' conftest.out`
+if test -z "$ac_err"; then
+  :
+else
+  echo "$ac_err" >&5
+  echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
+  cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  CPP=/lib/cpp
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+  ac_cv_prog_CPP="$CPP"
+fi
+  CPP="$ac_cv_prog_CPP"
+else
+  ac_cv_prog_CPP="$CPP"
+fi
+echo "$ac_t""$CPP" 1>&6
+
+echo $ac_n "checking whether ${MAKE-make} sets \${MAKE}""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:677: checking whether ${MAKE-make} sets \${MAKE}" >&5
+set dummy ${MAKE-make}; ac_make=`echo "$2" | sed 'y%./+-%__p_%'`
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_make_${ac_make}_set'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+  cat > conftestmake <<\EOF
+all:
+	@echo 'ac_maketemp="${MAKE}"'
+EOF
+# GNU make sometimes prints "make[1]: Entering...", which would confuse us.
+eval `${MAKE-make} -f conftestmake 2>/dev/null | grep temp=`
+if test -n "$ac_maketemp"; then
+  eval ac_cv_prog_make_${ac_make}_set=yes
+else
+  eval ac_cv_prog_make_${ac_make}_set=no
+fi
+rm -f conftestmake
+fi
+if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_prog_make_'${ac_make}_set`\" = yes"; then
+  echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6
+  SET_MAKE=
+else
+  echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6
+  SET_MAKE="MAKE=${MAKE-make}"
+fi
+
+# Extract the first word of "gcc", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy gcc; ac_word=$2
+echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_word""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:706: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_CC'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+  if test -n "$CC"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+  IFS="${IFS= 	}"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:"
+  for ac_dir in $PATH; do
+    test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=.
+    if test -f $ac_dir/$ac_word; then
+      ac_cv_prog_CC="gcc"
+      break
+    fi
+  done
+  IFS="$ac_save_ifs"
+fi
+fi
+CC="$ac_cv_prog_CC"
+if test -n "$CC"; then
+  echo "$ac_t""$CC" 1>&6
+else
+  echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6
+fi
+
+if test -z "$CC"; then
+  # Extract the first word of "cc", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy cc; ac_word=$2
+echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_word""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:735: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_CC'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+  if test -n "$CC"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_CC="$CC" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+  IFS="${IFS= 	}"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:"
+  ac_prog_rejected=no
+  for ac_dir in $PATH; do
+    test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=.
+    if test -f $ac_dir/$ac_word; then
+      if test "$ac_dir/$ac_word" = "/usr/ucb/cc"; then
+        ac_prog_rejected=yes
+	continue
+      fi
+      ac_cv_prog_CC="cc"
+      break
+    fi
+  done
+  IFS="$ac_save_ifs"
+if test $ac_prog_rejected = yes; then
+  # We found a bogon in the path, so make sure we never use it.
+  set dummy $ac_cv_prog_CC
+  shift
+  if test $# -gt 0; then
+    # We chose a different compiler from the bogus one.
+    # However, it has the same basename, so the bogon will be chosen
+    # first if we set CC to just the basename; use the full file name.
+    shift
+    set dummy "$ac_dir/$ac_word" "$@"
+    shift
+    ac_cv_prog_CC="$@"
+  fi
+fi
+fi
+fi
+CC="$ac_cv_prog_CC"
+if test -n "$CC"; then
+  echo "$ac_t""$CC" 1>&6
+else
+  echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6
+fi
+
+  test -z "$CC" && { echo "configure: error: no acceptable cc found in \$PATH" 1>&2; exit 1; }
+fi
+
+echo $ac_n "checking whether the C compiler ($CC $CFLAGS $LDFLAGS) works""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:783: checking whether the C compiler ($CC $CFLAGS $LDFLAGS) works" >&5
+
+ac_ext=c
+# CFLAGS is not in ac_cpp because -g, -O, etc. are not valid cpp options.
+ac_cpp='$CPP $CPPFLAGS'
+ac_compile='${CC-cc} -c $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext 1>&5'
+ac_link='${CC-cc} -o conftest $CFLAGS $CPPFLAGS $LDFLAGS conftest.$ac_ext $LIBS 1>&5'
+cross_compiling=$ac_cv_prog_cc_cross
+
+cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 793 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+main(){return(0);}
+EOF
+if { (eval echo configure:797: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest; then
+  ac_cv_prog_cc_works=yes
+  # If we can't run a trivial program, we are probably using a cross compiler.
+  if (./conftest; exit) 2>/dev/null; then
+    ac_cv_prog_cc_cross=no
+  else
+    ac_cv_prog_cc_cross=yes
+  fi
+else
+  echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
+  cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+  ac_cv_prog_cc_works=no
+fi
+rm -fr conftest*
+
+echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_prog_cc_works" 1>&6
+if test $ac_cv_prog_cc_works = no; then
+  { echo "configure: error: installation or configuration problem: C compiler cannot create executables." 1>&2; exit 1; }
+fi
+echo $ac_n "checking whether the C compiler ($CC $CFLAGS $LDFLAGS) is a cross-compiler""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:817: checking whether the C compiler ($CC $CFLAGS $LDFLAGS) is a cross-compiler" >&5
+echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_prog_cc_cross" 1>&6
+cross_compiling=$ac_cv_prog_cc_cross
+
+echo $ac_n "checking whether we are using GNU C""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:822: checking whether we are using GNU C" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_gcc'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+  cat > conftest.c <<EOF
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+  yes;
+#endif
+EOF
+if { ac_try='${CC-cc} -E conftest.c'; { (eval echo configure:831: \"$ac_try\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_try) 2>&5; }; } | egrep yes >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+  ac_cv_prog_gcc=yes
+else
+  ac_cv_prog_gcc=no
+fi
+fi
+
+echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_prog_gcc" 1>&6
+
+if test $ac_cv_prog_gcc = yes; then
+  GCC=yes
+  ac_test_CFLAGS="${CFLAGS+set}"
+  ac_save_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS"
+  CFLAGS=
+  echo $ac_n "checking whether ${CC-cc} accepts -g""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:846: checking whether ${CC-cc} accepts -g" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_cc_g'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+  echo 'void f(){}' > conftest.c
+if test -z "`${CC-cc} -g -c conftest.c 2>&1`"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_cc_g=yes
+else
+  ac_cv_prog_cc_g=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+
+fi
+
+echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_prog_cc_g" 1>&6
+  if test "$ac_test_CFLAGS" = set; then
+    CFLAGS="$ac_save_CFLAGS"
+  elif test $ac_cv_prog_cc_g = yes; then
+    CFLAGS="-g -O2"
+  else
+    CFLAGS="-O2"
+  fi
+else
+  GCC=
+  test "${CFLAGS+set}" = set || CFLAGS="-g"
+fi
+
+# Extract the first word of "ranlib", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy ranlib; ac_word=$2
+echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_word""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:876: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_prog_RANLIB'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+  if test -n "$RANLIB"; then
+  ac_cv_prog_RANLIB="$RANLIB" # Let the user override the test.
+else
+  IFS="${IFS= 	}"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:"
+  for ac_dir in $PATH; do
+    test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=.
+    if test -f $ac_dir/$ac_word; then
+      ac_cv_prog_RANLIB="ranlib"
+      break
+    fi
+  done
+  IFS="$ac_save_ifs"
+  test -z "$ac_cv_prog_RANLIB" && ac_cv_prog_RANLIB=":"
+fi
+fi
+RANLIB="$ac_cv_prog_RANLIB"
+if test -n "$RANLIB"; then
+  echo "$ac_t""$RANLIB" 1>&6
+else
+  echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6
+fi
+
+echo $ac_n "checking for POSIXized ISC""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:903: checking for POSIXized ISC" >&5
+if test -d /etc/conf/kconfig.d &&
+  grep _POSIX_VERSION /usr/include/sys/unistd.h >/dev/null 2>&1
+then
+  echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6
+  ISC=yes # If later tests want to check for ISC.
+  cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF
+#define _POSIX_SOURCE 1
+EOF
+
+  if test "$GCC" = yes; then
+    CC="$CC -posix"
+  else
+    CC="$CC -Xp"
+  fi
+else
+  echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6
+  ISC=
+fi
+
+echo $ac_n "checking for ANSI C header files""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:924: checking for ANSI C header files" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_header_stdc'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+  cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 929 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <stdarg.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <float.h>
+EOF
+ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext >/dev/null 2>conftest.out"
+{ (eval echo configure:937: \"$ac_try\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_try) 2>&5; }
+ac_err=`grep -v '^ *+' conftest.out`
+if test -z "$ac_err"; then
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  ac_cv_header_stdc=yes
+else
+  echo "$ac_err" >&5
+  echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
+  cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  ac_cv_header_stdc=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+
+if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then
+  # SunOS 4.x string.h does not declare mem*, contrary to ANSI.
+cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 954 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+#include <string.h>
+EOF
+if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 |
+  egrep "memchr" >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+  :
+else
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  ac_cv_header_stdc=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+
+fi
+
+if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then
+  # ISC 2.0.2 stdlib.h does not declare free, contrary to ANSI.
+cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 972 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+#include <stdlib.h>
+EOF
+if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 |
+  egrep "free" >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+  :
+else
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  ac_cv_header_stdc=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+
+fi
+
+if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then
+  # /bin/cc in Irix-4.0.5 gets non-ANSI ctype macros unless using -ansi.
+if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then
+  :
+else
+  cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 993 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+#include <ctype.h>
+#define ISLOWER(c) ('a' <= (c) && (c) <= 'z')
+#define TOUPPER(c) (ISLOWER(c) ? 'A' + ((c) - 'a') : (c))
+#define XOR(e, f) (((e) && !(f)) || (!(e) && (f)))
+int main () { int i; for (i = 0; i < 256; i++)
+if (XOR (islower (i), ISLOWER (i)) || toupper (i) != TOUPPER (i)) exit(2);
+exit (0); }
+
+EOF
+if { (eval echo configure:1004: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest && (./conftest; exit) 2>/dev/null
+then
+  :
+else
+  echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
+  cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+  rm -fr conftest*
+  ac_cv_header_stdc=no
+fi
+rm -fr conftest*
+fi
+
+fi
+fi
+
+echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_header_stdc" 1>&6
+if test $ac_cv_header_stdc = yes; then
+  cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF
+#define STDC_HEADERS 1
+EOF
+
+fi
+
+echo $ac_n "checking for working const""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:1028: checking for working const" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_c_const'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+  cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 1033 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+
+int main() {
+
+/* Ultrix mips cc rejects this.  */
+typedef int charset[2]; const charset x;
+/* SunOS 4.1.1 cc rejects this.  */
+char const *const *ccp;
+char **p;
+/* NEC SVR4.0.2 mips cc rejects this.  */
+struct point {int x, y;};
+static struct point const zero = {0,0};
+/* AIX XL C 1.02.0.0 rejects this.
+   It does not let you subtract one const X* pointer from another in an arm
+   of an if-expression whose if-part is not a constant expression */
+const char *g = "string";
+ccp = &g + (g ? g-g : 0);
+/* HPUX 7.0 cc rejects these. */
+++ccp;
+p = (char**) ccp;
+ccp = (char const *const *) p;
+{ /* SCO 3.2v4 cc rejects this.  */
+  char *t;
+  char const *s = 0 ? (char *) 0 : (char const *) 0;
+
+  *t++ = 0;
+}
+{ /* Someone thinks the Sun supposedly-ANSI compiler will reject this.  */
+  int x[] = {25, 17};
+  const int *foo = &x[0];
+  ++foo;
+}
+{ /* Sun SC1.0 ANSI compiler rejects this -- but not the above. */
+  typedef const int *iptr;
+  iptr p = 0;
+  ++p;
+}
+{ /* AIX XL C 1.02.0.0 rejects this saying
+     "k.c", line 2.27: 1506-025 (S) Operand must be a modifiable lvalue. */
+  struct s { int j; const int *ap[3]; };
+  struct s *b; b->j = 5;
+}
+{ /* ULTRIX-32 V3.1 (Rev 9) vcc rejects this */
+  const int foo = 10;
+}
+
+; return 0; }
+EOF
+if { (eval echo configure:1082: \"$ac_compile\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5; }; then
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  ac_cv_c_const=yes
+else
+  echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
+  cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  ac_cv_c_const=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+fi
+
+echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_c_const" 1>&6
+if test $ac_cv_c_const = no; then
+  cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF
+#define const 
+EOF
+
+fi
+
+echo $ac_n "checking for inline""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:1103: checking for inline" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_c_inline'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+  ac_cv_c_inline=no
+for ac_kw in inline __inline__ __inline; do
+  cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 1110 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+
+int main() {
+} $ac_kw foo() {
+; return 0; }
+EOF
+if { (eval echo configure:1117: \"$ac_compile\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_compile) 2>&5; }; then
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  ac_cv_c_inline=$ac_kw; break
+else
+  echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
+  cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+done
+
+fi
+
+echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_c_inline" 1>&6
+case "$ac_cv_c_inline" in
+  inline | yes) ;;
+  no) cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF
+#define inline 
+EOF
+ ;;
+  *)  cat >> confdefs.h <<EOF
+#define inline $ac_cv_c_inline
+EOF
+ ;;
+esac
+
+echo $ac_n "checking for off_t""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:1143: checking for off_t" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_type_off_t'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+  cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 1148 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#if STDC_HEADERS
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <stddef.h>
+#endif
+EOF
+if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 |
+  egrep "off_t[^a-zA-Z_0-9]" >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  ac_cv_type_off_t=yes
+else
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  ac_cv_type_off_t=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+
+fi
+echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_type_off_t" 1>&6
+if test $ac_cv_type_off_t = no; then
+  cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF
+#define off_t long
+EOF
+
+fi
+
+echo $ac_n "checking for size_t""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:1176: checking for size_t" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_type_size_t'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+  cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 1181 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#if STDC_HEADERS
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <stddef.h>
+#endif
+EOF
+if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 |
+  egrep "size_t[^a-zA-Z_0-9]" >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  ac_cv_type_size_t=yes
+else
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  ac_cv_type_size_t=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+
+fi
+echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_type_size_t" 1>&6
+if test $ac_cv_type_size_t = no; then
+  cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF
+#define size_t unsigned
+EOF
+
+fi
+
+# The Ultrix 4.2 mips builtin alloca declared by alloca.h only works
+# for constant arguments.  Useless!
+echo $ac_n "checking for working alloca.h""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:1211: checking for working alloca.h" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_header_alloca_h'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+  cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 1216 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+#include <alloca.h>
+int main() {
+char *p = alloca(2 * sizeof(int));
+; return 0; }
+EOF
+if { (eval echo configure:1223: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest; then
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  ac_cv_header_alloca_h=yes
+else
+  echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
+  cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  ac_cv_header_alloca_h=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+fi
+
+echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_header_alloca_h" 1>&6
+if test $ac_cv_header_alloca_h = yes; then
+  cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF
+#define HAVE_ALLOCA_H 1
+EOF
+
+fi
+
+echo $ac_n "checking for alloca""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:1244: checking for alloca" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_func_alloca_works'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+  cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 1249 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+# define alloca __builtin_alloca
+#else
+# if HAVE_ALLOCA_H
+#  include <alloca.h>
+# else
+#  ifdef _AIX
+ #pragma alloca
+#  else
+#   ifndef alloca /* predefined by HP cc +Olibcalls */
+char *alloca ();
+#   endif
+#  endif
+# endif
+#endif
+
+int main() {
+char *p = (char *) alloca(1);
+; return 0; }
+EOF
+if { (eval echo configure:1272: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest; then
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  ac_cv_func_alloca_works=yes
+else
+  echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
+  cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  ac_cv_func_alloca_works=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+fi
+
+echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_func_alloca_works" 1>&6
+if test $ac_cv_func_alloca_works = yes; then
+  cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF
+#define HAVE_ALLOCA 1
+EOF
+
+fi
+
+if test $ac_cv_func_alloca_works = no; then
+  # The SVR3 libPW and SVR4 libucb both contain incompatible functions
+  # that cause trouble.  Some versions do not even contain alloca or
+  # contain a buggy version.  If you still want to use their alloca,
+  # use ar to extract alloca.o from them instead of compiling alloca.c.
+  ALLOCA=alloca.o
+  cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF
+#define C_ALLOCA 1
+EOF
+
+
+echo $ac_n "checking whether alloca needs Cray hooks""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:1304: checking whether alloca needs Cray hooks" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_os_cray'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+  cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 1309 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+#if defined(CRAY) && ! defined(CRAY2)
+webecray
+#else
+wenotbecray
+#endif
+
+EOF
+if (eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 |
+  egrep "webecray" >/dev/null 2>&1; then
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  ac_cv_os_cray=yes
+else
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  ac_cv_os_cray=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+
+fi
+
+echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_os_cray" 1>&6
+if test $ac_cv_os_cray = yes; then
+for ac_func in _getb67 GETB67 getb67; do
+  echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_func""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:1334: checking for $ac_func" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_func_$ac_func'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+  cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 1339 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+/* System header to define __stub macros and hopefully few prototypes,
+    which can conflict with char $ac_func(); below.  */
+#include <assert.h>
+/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error.  */
+/* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2
+    builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply.  */
+char $ac_func();
+
+int main() {
+
+/* The GNU C library defines this for functions which it implements
+    to always fail with ENOSYS.  Some functions are actually named
+    something starting with __ and the normal name is an alias.  */
+#if defined (__stub_$ac_func) || defined (__stub___$ac_func)
+choke me
+#else
+$ac_func();
+#endif
+
+; return 0; }
+EOF
+if { (eval echo configure:1362: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest; then
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  eval "ac_cv_func_$ac_func=yes"
+else
+  echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
+  cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  eval "ac_cv_func_$ac_func=no"
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+fi
+
+if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_func_'$ac_func`\" = yes"; then
+  echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6
+  cat >> confdefs.h <<EOF
+#define CRAY_STACKSEG_END $ac_func
+EOF
+
+  break
+else
+  echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6
+fi
+
+done
+fi
+
+echo $ac_n "checking stack direction for C alloca""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:1389: checking stack direction for C alloca" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_c_stack_direction'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+  if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then
+  ac_cv_c_stack_direction=0
+else
+  cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 1397 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+find_stack_direction ()
+{
+  static char *addr = 0;
+  auto char dummy;
+  if (addr == 0)
+    {
+      addr = &dummy;
+      return find_stack_direction ();
+    }
+  else
+    return (&dummy > addr) ? 1 : -1;
+}
+main ()
+{
+  exit (find_stack_direction() < 0);
+}
+EOF
+if { (eval echo configure:1416: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest && (./conftest; exit) 2>/dev/null
+then
+  ac_cv_c_stack_direction=1
+else
+  echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
+  cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+  rm -fr conftest*
+  ac_cv_c_stack_direction=-1
+fi
+rm -fr conftest*
+fi
+
+fi
+
+echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_c_stack_direction" 1>&6
+cat >> confdefs.h <<EOF
+#define STACK_DIRECTION $ac_cv_c_stack_direction
+EOF
+
+fi
+
+for ac_hdr in unistd.h
+do
+ac_safe=`echo "$ac_hdr" | sed 'y%./+-%__p_%'`
+echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_hdr""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:1441: checking for $ac_hdr" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_header_$ac_safe'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+  cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 1446 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+#include <$ac_hdr>
+EOF
+ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext >/dev/null 2>conftest.out"
+{ (eval echo configure:1451: \"$ac_try\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_try) 2>&5; }
+ac_err=`grep -v '^ *+' conftest.out`
+if test -z "$ac_err"; then
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  eval "ac_cv_header_$ac_safe=yes"
+else
+  echo "$ac_err" >&5
+  echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
+  cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  eval "ac_cv_header_$ac_safe=no"
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+fi
+if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_header_'$ac_safe`\" = yes"; then
+  echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6
+    ac_tr_hdr=HAVE_`echo $ac_hdr | sed 'y%abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz./-%ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ___%'`
+  cat >> confdefs.h <<EOF
+#define $ac_tr_hdr 1
+EOF
+ 
+else
+  echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6
+fi
+done
+
+for ac_func in getpagesize
+do
+echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_func""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:1480: checking for $ac_func" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_func_$ac_func'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+  cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 1485 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+/* System header to define __stub macros and hopefully few prototypes,
+    which can conflict with char $ac_func(); below.  */
+#include <assert.h>
+/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error.  */
+/* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2
+    builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply.  */
+char $ac_func();
+
+int main() {
+
+/* The GNU C library defines this for functions which it implements
+    to always fail with ENOSYS.  Some functions are actually named
+    something starting with __ and the normal name is an alias.  */
+#if defined (__stub_$ac_func) || defined (__stub___$ac_func)
+choke me
+#else
+$ac_func();
+#endif
+
+; return 0; }
+EOF
+if { (eval echo configure:1508: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest; then
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  eval "ac_cv_func_$ac_func=yes"
+else
+  echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
+  cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  eval "ac_cv_func_$ac_func=no"
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+fi
+
+if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_func_'$ac_func`\" = yes"; then
+  echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6
+    ac_tr_func=HAVE_`echo $ac_func | tr 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ'`
+  cat >> confdefs.h <<EOF
+#define $ac_tr_func 1
+EOF
+ 
+else
+  echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6
+fi
+done
+
+echo $ac_n "checking for working mmap""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:1533: checking for working mmap" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_func_mmap_fixed_mapped'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+  if test "$cross_compiling" = yes; then
+  ac_cv_func_mmap_fixed_mapped=no
+else
+  cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 1541 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+
+/* Thanks to Mike Haertel and Jim Avera for this test.
+   Here is a matrix of mmap possibilities:
+	mmap private not fixed
+	mmap private fixed at somewhere currently unmapped
+	mmap private fixed at somewhere already mapped
+	mmap shared not fixed
+	mmap shared fixed at somewhere currently unmapped
+	mmap shared fixed at somewhere already mapped
+   For private mappings, we should verify that changes cannot be read()
+   back from the file, nor mmap's back from the file at a different
+   address.  (There have been systems where private was not correctly
+   implemented like the infamous i386 svr4.0, and systems where the
+   VM page cache was not coherent with the filesystem buffer cache
+   like early versions of FreeBSD and possibly contemporary NetBSD.)
+   For shared mappings, we should conversely verify that changes get
+   propogated back to all the places they're supposed to be.
+
+   Grep wants private fixed already mapped.
+   The main things grep needs to know about mmap are:
+   * does it exist and is it safe to write into the mmap'd area
+   * how to use it (BSD variants)  */
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <sys/mman.h>
+
+/* This mess was copied from the GNU getpagesize.h.  */
+#ifndef HAVE_GETPAGESIZE
+# ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
+#  include <unistd.h>
+# endif
+
+/* Assume that all systems that can run configure have sys/param.h.  */
+# ifndef HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H
+#  define HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H 1
+# endif
+
+# ifdef _SC_PAGESIZE
+#  define getpagesize() sysconf(_SC_PAGESIZE)
+# else /* no _SC_PAGESIZE */
+#  ifdef HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H
+#   include <sys/param.h>
+#   ifdef EXEC_PAGESIZE
+#    define getpagesize() EXEC_PAGESIZE
+#   else /* no EXEC_PAGESIZE */
+#    ifdef NBPG
+#     define getpagesize() NBPG * CLSIZE
+#     ifndef CLSIZE
+#      define CLSIZE 1
+#     endif /* no CLSIZE */
+#    else /* no NBPG */
+#     ifdef NBPC
+#      define getpagesize() NBPC
+#     else /* no NBPC */
+#      ifdef PAGESIZE
+#       define getpagesize() PAGESIZE
+#      endif /* PAGESIZE */
+#     endif /* no NBPC */
+#    endif /* no NBPG */
+#   endif /* no EXEC_PAGESIZE */
+#  else /* no HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H */
+#   define getpagesize() 8192	/* punt totally */
+#  endif /* no HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H */
+# endif /* no _SC_PAGESIZE */
+
+#endif /* no HAVE_GETPAGESIZE */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" { void *malloc(unsigned); }
+#else
+char *malloc();
+#endif
+
+int
+main()
+{
+	char *data, *data2, *data3;
+	int i, pagesize;
+	int fd;
+
+	pagesize = getpagesize();
+
+	/*
+	 * First, make a file with some known garbage in it.
+	 */
+	data = malloc(pagesize);
+	if (!data)
+		exit(1);
+	for (i = 0; i < pagesize; ++i)
+		*(data + i) = rand();
+	umask(0);
+	fd = creat("conftestmmap", 0600);
+	if (fd < 0)
+		exit(1);
+	if (write(fd, data, pagesize) != pagesize)
+		exit(1);
+	close(fd);
+
+	/*
+	 * Next, try to mmap the file at a fixed address which
+	 * already has something else allocated at it.  If we can,
+	 * also make sure that we see the same garbage.
+	 */
+	fd = open("conftestmmap", O_RDWR);
+	if (fd < 0)
+		exit(1);
+	data2 = malloc(2 * pagesize);
+	if (!data2)
+		exit(1);
+	data2 += (pagesize - ((int) data2 & (pagesize - 1))) & (pagesize - 1);
+	if (data2 != mmap(data2, pagesize, PROT_READ | PROT_WRITE,
+	    MAP_PRIVATE | MAP_FIXED, fd, 0L))
+		exit(1);
+	for (i = 0; i < pagesize; ++i)
+		if (*(data + i) != *(data2 + i))
+			exit(1);
+
+	/*
+	 * Finally, make sure that changes to the mapped area
+	 * do not percolate back to the file as seen by read().
+	 * (This is a bug on some variants of i386 svr4.0.)
+	 */
+	for (i = 0; i < pagesize; ++i)
+		*(data2 + i) = *(data2 + i) + 1;
+	data3 = malloc(pagesize);
+	if (!data3)
+		exit(1);
+	if (read(fd, data3, pagesize) != pagesize)
+		exit(1);
+	for (i = 0; i < pagesize; ++i)
+		if (*(data + i) != *(data3 + i))
+			exit(1);
+	close(fd);
+	unlink("conftestmmap");
+	exit(0);
+}
+
+EOF
+if { (eval echo configure:1681: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest && (./conftest; exit) 2>/dev/null
+then
+  ac_cv_func_mmap_fixed_mapped=yes
+else
+  echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
+  cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+  rm -fr conftest*
+  ac_cv_func_mmap_fixed_mapped=no
+fi
+rm -fr conftest*
+fi
+
+fi
+
+echo "$ac_t""$ac_cv_func_mmap_fixed_mapped" 1>&6
+if test $ac_cv_func_mmap_fixed_mapped = yes; then
+  cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF
+#define HAVE_MMAP 1
+EOF
+
+fi
+
+                              
+   for ac_hdr in argz.h limits.h locale.h nl_types.h malloc.h string.h \
+unistd.h values.h sys/param.h
+do
+ac_safe=`echo "$ac_hdr" | sed 'y%./+-%__p_%'`
+echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_hdr""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:1709: checking for $ac_hdr" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_header_$ac_safe'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+  cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 1714 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+#include <$ac_hdr>
+EOF
+ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext >/dev/null 2>conftest.out"
+{ (eval echo configure:1719: \"$ac_try\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_try) 2>&5; }
+ac_err=`grep -v '^ *+' conftest.out`
+if test -z "$ac_err"; then
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  eval "ac_cv_header_$ac_safe=yes"
+else
+  echo "$ac_err" >&5
+  echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
+  cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  eval "ac_cv_header_$ac_safe=no"
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+fi
+if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_header_'$ac_safe`\" = yes"; then
+  echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6
+    ac_tr_hdr=HAVE_`echo $ac_hdr | sed 'y%abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz./-%ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ___%'`
+  cat >> confdefs.h <<EOF
+#define $ac_tr_hdr 1
+EOF
+ 
+else
+  echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6
+fi
+done
+
+   for ac_func in getcwd munmap putenv setenv setlocale strchr strcasecmp \
+__argz_count __argz_stringify __argz_next
+do
+echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_func""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:1749: checking for $ac_func" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_func_$ac_func'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+  cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 1754 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+/* System header to define __stub macros and hopefully few prototypes,
+    which can conflict with char $ac_func(); below.  */
+#include <assert.h>
+/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error.  */
+/* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2
+    builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply.  */
+char $ac_func();
+
+int main() {
+
+/* The GNU C library defines this for functions which it implements
+    to always fail with ENOSYS.  Some functions are actually named
+    something starting with __ and the normal name is an alias.  */
+#if defined (__stub_$ac_func) || defined (__stub___$ac_func)
+choke me
+#else
+$ac_func();
+#endif
+
+; return 0; }
+EOF
+if { (eval echo configure:1777: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest; then
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  eval "ac_cv_func_$ac_func=yes"
+else
+  echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
+  cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  eval "ac_cv_func_$ac_func=no"
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+fi
+
+if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_func_'$ac_func`\" = yes"; then
+  echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6
+    ac_tr_func=HAVE_`echo $ac_func | tr 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ'`
+  cat >> confdefs.h <<EOF
+#define $ac_tr_func 1
+EOF
+ 
+else
+  echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6
+fi
+done
+
+
+   if test "${ac_cv_func_stpcpy+set}" != "set"; then
+     for ac_func in stpcpy
+do
+echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_func""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:1806: checking for $ac_func" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_func_$ac_func'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+  cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 1811 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+/* System header to define __stub macros and hopefully few prototypes,
+    which can conflict with char $ac_func(); below.  */
+#include <assert.h>
+/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error.  */
+/* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2
+    builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply.  */
+char $ac_func();
+
+int main() {
+
+/* The GNU C library defines this for functions which it implements
+    to always fail with ENOSYS.  Some functions are actually named
+    something starting with __ and the normal name is an alias.  */
+#if defined (__stub_$ac_func) || defined (__stub___$ac_func)
+choke me
+#else
+$ac_func();
+#endif
+
+; return 0; }
+EOF
+if { (eval echo configure:1834: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest; then
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  eval "ac_cv_func_$ac_func=yes"
+else
+  echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
+  cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  eval "ac_cv_func_$ac_func=no"
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+fi
+
+if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_func_'$ac_func`\" = yes"; then
+  echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6
+    ac_tr_func=HAVE_`echo $ac_func | tr 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ'`
+  cat >> confdefs.h <<EOF
+#define $ac_tr_func 1
+EOF
+ 
+else
+  echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6
+fi
+done
+
+   fi
+   if test "${ac_cv_func_stpcpy}" = "yes"; then
+     cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF
+#define HAVE_STPCPY 1
+EOF
+
+   fi
+
+   if test $ac_cv_header_locale_h = yes; then
+    echo $ac_n "checking for LC_MESSAGES""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:1868: checking for LC_MESSAGES" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'am_cv_val_LC_MESSAGES'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+  cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 1873 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+#include <locale.h>
+int main() {
+return LC_MESSAGES
+; return 0; }
+EOF
+if { (eval echo configure:1880: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest; then
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  am_cv_val_LC_MESSAGES=yes
+else
+  echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
+  cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  am_cv_val_LC_MESSAGES=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+fi
+
+echo "$ac_t""$am_cv_val_LC_MESSAGES" 1>&6
+    if test $am_cv_val_LC_MESSAGES = yes; then
+      cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF
+#define HAVE_LC_MESSAGES 1
+EOF
+
+    fi
+  fi
+   echo $ac_n "checking whether NLS is requested""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:1901: checking whether NLS is requested" >&5
+        # Check whether --enable-nls or --disable-nls was given.
+if test "${enable_nls+set}" = set; then
+  enableval="$enable_nls"
+  USE_NLS=$enableval
+else
+  USE_NLS=yes
+fi
+
+    echo "$ac_t""$USE_NLS" 1>&6
+    
+
+    USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=no
+
+        if test "$USE_NLS" = "yes"; then
+      cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF
+#define ENABLE_NLS 1
+EOF
+
+      echo $ac_n "checking whether included gettext is requested""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:1921: checking whether included gettext is requested" >&5
+      # Check whether --with-included-gettext or --without-included-gettext was given.
+if test "${with_included_gettext+set}" = set; then
+  withval="$with_included_gettext"
+  nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext=$withval
+else
+  nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext=no
+fi
+
+      echo "$ac_t""$nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext" 1>&6
+
+      nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext="$nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext"
+      if test "$nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext" != "yes"; then
+                        		nls_cv_header_intl=
+	nls_cv_header_libgt=
+	CATOBJEXT=NONE
+
+	ac_safe=`echo "libintl.h" | sed 'y%./+-%__p_%'`
+echo $ac_n "checking for libintl.h""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:1940: checking for libintl.h" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_header_$ac_safe'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+  cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 1945 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+#include <libintl.h>
+EOF
+ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext >/dev/null 2>conftest.out"
+{ (eval echo configure:1950: \"$ac_try\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_try) 2>&5; }
+ac_err=`grep -v '^ *+' conftest.out`
+if test -z "$ac_err"; then
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  eval "ac_cv_header_$ac_safe=yes"
+else
+  echo "$ac_err" >&5
+  echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
+  cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  eval "ac_cv_header_$ac_safe=no"
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+fi
+if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_header_'$ac_safe`\" = yes"; then
+  echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6
+  echo $ac_n "checking for gettext in libc""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:1967: checking for gettext in libc" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'gt_cv_func_gettext_libc'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+  cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 1972 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+#include <libintl.h>
+int main() {
+return (int) gettext ("")
+; return 0; }
+EOF
+if { (eval echo configure:1979: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest; then
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  gt_cv_func_gettext_libc=yes
+else
+  echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
+  cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  gt_cv_func_gettext_libc=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+fi
+
+echo "$ac_t""$gt_cv_func_gettext_libc" 1>&6
+
+	   if test "$gt_cv_func_gettext_libc" != "yes"; then
+	     echo $ac_n "checking for bindtextdomain in -lintl""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:1995: checking for bindtextdomain in -lintl" >&5
+ac_lib_var=`echo intl'_'bindtextdomain | sed 'y%./+-%__p_%'`
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+  ac_save_LIBS="$LIBS"
+LIBS="-lintl  $LIBS"
+cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 2003 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error.  */
+/* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2
+    builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply.  */
+char bindtextdomain();
+
+int main() {
+bindtextdomain()
+; return 0; }
+EOF
+if { (eval echo configure:2014: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest; then
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  eval "ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var=yes"
+else
+  echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
+  cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  eval "ac_cv_lib_$ac_lib_var=no"
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+LIBS="$ac_save_LIBS"
+
+fi
+if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_lib_'$ac_lib_var`\" = yes"; then
+  echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6
+  echo $ac_n "checking for gettext in libintl""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:2030: checking for gettext in libintl" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'gt_cv_func_gettext_libintl'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+  cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 2035 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+
+int main() {
+return (int) gettext ("")
+; return 0; }
+EOF
+if { (eval echo configure:2042: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest; then
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  gt_cv_func_gettext_libintl=yes
+else
+  echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
+  cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  gt_cv_func_gettext_libintl=no
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+fi
+
+echo "$ac_t""$gt_cv_func_gettext_libintl" 1>&6
+else
+  echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6
+fi
+
+	   fi
+
+	   if test "$gt_cv_func_gettext_libc" = "yes" \
+	      || test "$gt_cv_func_gettext_libintl" = "yes"; then
+	      cat >> confdefs.h <<\EOF
+#define HAVE_GETTEXT 1
+EOF
+
+	      # Extract the first word of "msgfmt", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy msgfmt; ac_word=$2
+echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_word""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:2070: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_path_MSGFMT'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+  case "$MSGFMT" in
+  /*)
+  ac_cv_path_MSGFMT="$MSGFMT" # Let the user override the test with a path.
+  ;;
+  *)
+  IFS="${IFS= 	}"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:"
+  for ac_dir in $PATH; do
+    test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=.
+    if test -f $ac_dir/$ac_word; then
+      if test -z "`$ac_dir/$ac_word -h 2>&1 | grep 'dv '`"; then
+	ac_cv_path_MSGFMT="$ac_dir/$ac_word"
+	break
+      fi
+    fi
+  done
+  IFS="$ac_save_ifs"
+  test -z "$ac_cv_path_MSGFMT" && ac_cv_path_MSGFMT="no"
+  ;;
+esac
+fi
+MSGFMT="$ac_cv_path_MSGFMT"
+if test -n "$MSGFMT"; then
+  echo "$ac_t""$MSGFMT" 1>&6
+else
+  echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6
+fi
+	      if test "$MSGFMT" != "no"; then
+		for ac_func in dcgettext
+do
+echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_func""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:2104: checking for $ac_func" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_func_$ac_func'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+  cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 2109 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+/* System header to define __stub macros and hopefully few prototypes,
+    which can conflict with char $ac_func(); below.  */
+#include <assert.h>
+/* Override any gcc2 internal prototype to avoid an error.  */
+/* We use char because int might match the return type of a gcc2
+    builtin and then its argument prototype would still apply.  */
+char $ac_func();
+
+int main() {
+
+/* The GNU C library defines this for functions which it implements
+    to always fail with ENOSYS.  Some functions are actually named
+    something starting with __ and the normal name is an alias.  */
+#if defined (__stub_$ac_func) || defined (__stub___$ac_func)
+choke me
+#else
+$ac_func();
+#endif
+
+; return 0; }
+EOF
+if { (eval echo configure:2132: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest; then
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  eval "ac_cv_func_$ac_func=yes"
+else
+  echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
+  cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  eval "ac_cv_func_$ac_func=no"
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+fi
+
+if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_func_'$ac_func`\" = yes"; then
+  echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6
+    ac_tr_func=HAVE_`echo $ac_func | tr 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ'`
+  cat >> confdefs.h <<EOF
+#define $ac_tr_func 1
+EOF
+ 
+else
+  echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6
+fi
+done
+
+		# Extract the first word of "gmsgfmt", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy gmsgfmt; ac_word=$2
+echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_word""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:2159: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_path_GMSGFMT'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+  case "$GMSGFMT" in
+  /*)
+  ac_cv_path_GMSGFMT="$GMSGFMT" # Let the user override the test with a path.
+  ;;
+  ?:/*)			 
+  ac_cv_path_GMSGFMT="$GMSGFMT" # Let the user override the test with a dos path.
+  ;;
+  *)
+  IFS="${IFS= 	}"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:"
+  for ac_dir in $PATH; do
+    test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=.
+    if test -f $ac_dir/$ac_word; then
+      ac_cv_path_GMSGFMT="$ac_dir/$ac_word"
+      break
+    fi
+  done
+  IFS="$ac_save_ifs"
+  test -z "$ac_cv_path_GMSGFMT" && ac_cv_path_GMSGFMT="$MSGFMT"
+  ;;
+esac
+fi
+GMSGFMT="$ac_cv_path_GMSGFMT"
+if test -n "$GMSGFMT"; then
+  echo "$ac_t""$GMSGFMT" 1>&6
+else
+  echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6
+fi
+
+		# Extract the first word of "xgettext", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy xgettext; ac_word=$2
+echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_word""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:2194: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_path_XGETTEXT'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+  case "$XGETTEXT" in
+  /*)
+  ac_cv_path_XGETTEXT="$XGETTEXT" # Let the user override the test with a path.
+  ;;
+  *)
+  IFS="${IFS= 	}"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:"
+  for ac_dir in $PATH; do
+    test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=.
+    if test -f $ac_dir/$ac_word; then
+      if test -z "`$ac_dir/$ac_word -h 2>&1 | grep '(HELP)'`"; then
+	ac_cv_path_XGETTEXT="$ac_dir/$ac_word"
+	break
+      fi
+    fi
+  done
+  IFS="$ac_save_ifs"
+  test -z "$ac_cv_path_XGETTEXT" && ac_cv_path_XGETTEXT=":"
+  ;;
+esac
+fi
+XGETTEXT="$ac_cv_path_XGETTEXT"
+if test -n "$XGETTEXT"; then
+  echo "$ac_t""$XGETTEXT" 1>&6
+else
+  echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6
+fi
+
+		cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 2226 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+
+int main() {
+extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr;
+			       return _nl_msg_cat_cntr
+; return 0; }
+EOF
+if { (eval echo configure:2234: \"$ac_link\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_link) 2>&5; } && test -s conftest; then
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  CATOBJEXT=.gmo
+		   DATADIRNAME=share
+else
+  echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
+  cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  CATOBJEXT=.mo
+		   DATADIRNAME=lib
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+		INSTOBJEXT=.mo
+	      fi
+	    fi
+	
+else
+  echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6
+fi
+
+
+	        
+        if test "$CATOBJEXT" = "NONE"; then
+	  	  	  nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext=yes
+        fi
+      fi
+
+      if test "$nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext" = "yes"; then
+                INTLOBJS="\$(GETTOBJS)"
+        # Extract the first word of "msgfmt", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy msgfmt; ac_word=$2
+echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_word""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:2266: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_path_MSGFMT'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+  case "$MSGFMT" in
+  /*)
+  ac_cv_path_MSGFMT="$MSGFMT" # Let the user override the test with a path.
+  ;;
+  *)
+  IFS="${IFS= 	}"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:"
+  for ac_dir in $PATH; do
+    test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=.
+    if test -f $ac_dir/$ac_word; then
+      if test -z "`$ac_dir/$ac_word -h 2>&1 | grep 'dv '`"; then
+	ac_cv_path_MSGFMT="$ac_dir/$ac_word"
+	break
+      fi
+    fi
+  done
+  IFS="$ac_save_ifs"
+  test -z "$ac_cv_path_MSGFMT" && ac_cv_path_MSGFMT="msgfmt"
+  ;;
+esac
+fi
+MSGFMT="$ac_cv_path_MSGFMT"
+if test -n "$MSGFMT"; then
+  echo "$ac_t""$MSGFMT" 1>&6
+else
+  echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6
+fi
+
+        # Extract the first word of "gmsgfmt", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy gmsgfmt; ac_word=$2
+echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_word""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:2300: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_path_GMSGFMT'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+  case "$GMSGFMT" in
+  /*)
+  ac_cv_path_GMSGFMT="$GMSGFMT" # Let the user override the test with a path.
+  ;;
+  ?:/*)			 
+  ac_cv_path_GMSGFMT="$GMSGFMT" # Let the user override the test with a dos path.
+  ;;
+  *)
+  IFS="${IFS= 	}"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:"
+  for ac_dir in $PATH; do
+    test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=.
+    if test -f $ac_dir/$ac_word; then
+      ac_cv_path_GMSGFMT="$ac_dir/$ac_word"
+      break
+    fi
+  done
+  IFS="$ac_save_ifs"
+  test -z "$ac_cv_path_GMSGFMT" && ac_cv_path_GMSGFMT="$MSGFMT"
+  ;;
+esac
+fi
+GMSGFMT="$ac_cv_path_GMSGFMT"
+if test -n "$GMSGFMT"; then
+  echo "$ac_t""$GMSGFMT" 1>&6
+else
+  echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6
+fi
+
+        # Extract the first word of "xgettext", so it can be a program name with args.
+set dummy xgettext; ac_word=$2
+echo $ac_n "checking for $ac_word""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:2335: checking for $ac_word" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_path_XGETTEXT'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+  case "$XGETTEXT" in
+  /*)
+  ac_cv_path_XGETTEXT="$XGETTEXT" # Let the user override the test with a path.
+  ;;
+  *)
+  IFS="${IFS= 	}"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:"
+  for ac_dir in $PATH; do
+    test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=.
+    if test -f $ac_dir/$ac_word; then
+      if test -z "`$ac_dir/$ac_word -h 2>&1 | grep '(HELP)'`"; then
+	ac_cv_path_XGETTEXT="$ac_dir/$ac_word"
+	break
+      fi
+    fi
+  done
+  IFS="$ac_save_ifs"
+  test -z "$ac_cv_path_XGETTEXT" && ac_cv_path_XGETTEXT=":"
+  ;;
+esac
+fi
+XGETTEXT="$ac_cv_path_XGETTEXT"
+if test -n "$XGETTEXT"; then
+  echo "$ac_t""$XGETTEXT" 1>&6
+else
+  echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6
+fi
+
+        
+	USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=yes
+        CATOBJEXT=.gmo
+        INSTOBJEXT=.mo
+        DATADIRNAME=share
+	INTLDEPS='$(top_builddir)/../intl/libintl.a'
+	INTLLIBS=$INTLDEPS
+	LIBS=`echo $LIBS | sed -e 's/-lintl//'`
+        nls_cv_header_intl=libintl.h
+        nls_cv_header_libgt=libgettext.h
+      fi
+
+            if test "$XGETTEXT" != ":"; then
+			if $XGETTEXT --omit-header /dev/null 2> /dev/null; then
+	  : ;
+	else
+	  echo "$ac_t""found xgettext programs is not GNU xgettext; ignore it" 1>&6
+	  XGETTEXT=":"
+	fi
+      fi
+
+      # We need to process the po/ directory.
+      POSUB=po
+    else
+      DATADIRNAME=share
+      nls_cv_header_intl=libintl.h
+      nls_cv_header_libgt=libgettext.h
+    fi
+
+    # If this is used in GNU gettext we have to set USE_NLS to `yes'
+    # because some of the sources are only built for this goal.
+    if test "$PACKAGE" = gettext; then
+      USE_NLS=yes
+      USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=yes
+    fi
+
+                for lang in $ALL_LINGUAS; do
+      GMOFILES="$GMOFILES $lang.gmo"
+      POFILES="$POFILES $lang.po"
+    done
+
+        
+    
+    
+    
+    
+    
+    
+    
+    
+    
+    
+  
+
+   if test "x$CATOBJEXT" != "x"; then
+     if test "x$ALL_LINGUAS" = "x"; then
+       LINGUAS=
+     else
+       echo $ac_n "checking for catalogs to be installed""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:2425: checking for catalogs to be installed" >&5
+       NEW_LINGUAS=
+       for lang in ${LINGUAS=$ALL_LINGUAS}; do
+         case "$ALL_LINGUAS" in
+          *$lang*) NEW_LINGUAS="$NEW_LINGUAS $lang" ;;
+         esac
+       done
+       LINGUAS=$NEW_LINGUAS
+       echo "$ac_t""$LINGUAS" 1>&6
+     fi
+
+          if test -n "$LINGUAS"; then
+       for lang in $LINGUAS; do CATALOGS="$CATALOGS $lang$CATOBJEXT"; done
+     fi
+   fi
+
+            if test $ac_cv_header_locale_h = yes; then
+     INCLUDE_LOCALE_H="#include <locale.h>"
+   else
+     INCLUDE_LOCALE_H="\
+/* The system does not provide the header <locale.h>.  Take care yourself.  */"
+   fi
+   
+
+            if test -f $srcdir/po2tbl.sed.in; then
+      if test "$CATOBJEXT" = ".cat"; then
+	 ac_safe=`echo "linux/version.h" | sed 'y%./+-%__p_%'`
+echo $ac_n "checking for linux/version.h""... $ac_c" 1>&6
+echo "configure:2453: checking for linux/version.h" >&5
+if eval "test \"`echo '$''{'ac_cv_header_$ac_safe'+set}'`\" = set"; then
+  echo $ac_n "(cached) $ac_c" 1>&6
+else
+  cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<EOF
+#line 2458 "configure"
+#include "confdefs.h"
+#include <linux/version.h>
+EOF
+ac_try="$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext >/dev/null 2>conftest.out"
+{ (eval echo configure:2463: \"$ac_try\") 1>&5; (eval $ac_try) 2>&5; }
+ac_err=`grep -v '^ *+' conftest.out`
+if test -z "$ac_err"; then
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  eval "ac_cv_header_$ac_safe=yes"
+else
+  echo "$ac_err" >&5
+  echo "configure: failed program was:" >&5
+  cat conftest.$ac_ext >&5
+  rm -rf conftest*
+  eval "ac_cv_header_$ac_safe=no"
+fi
+rm -f conftest*
+fi
+if eval "test \"`echo '$ac_cv_header_'$ac_safe`\" = yes"; then
+  echo "$ac_t""yes" 1>&6
+  msgformat=linux
+else
+  echo "$ac_t""no" 1>&6
+msgformat=xopen
+fi
+
+
+	          	 sed -e '/^#/d' $srcdir/$msgformat-msg.sed > po2msg.sed
+      fi
+            sed -e '/^#.*[^\\]$/d' -e '/^#$/d' \
+	 $srcdir/po2tbl.sed.in > po2tbl.sed
+   fi
+
+            if test "$PACKAGE" = "gettext"; then
+     GT_NO="#NO#"
+     GT_YES=
+   else
+     GT_NO=
+     GT_YES="#YES#"
+   fi
+   
+   
+
+   MKINSTALLDIRS="\$(srcdir)/../../mkinstalldirs"
+   
+
+      l=
+   
+
+            if test -d $srcdir/po; then
+      test -d po || mkdir po
+      if test "x$srcdir" != "x."; then
+	 if test "x`echo $srcdir | sed 's@/.*@@'`" = "x"; then
+	    posrcprefix="$srcdir/"
+	 else
+	    posrcprefix="../$srcdir/"
+	 fi
+      else
+	 posrcprefix="../"
+      fi
+      rm -f po/POTFILES
+      sed -e "/^#/d" -e "/^\$/d" -e "s,.*,	$posrcprefix& \\\\," -e "\$s/\(.*\) \\\\/\1/" \
+	 < $srcdir/po/POTFILES.in > po/POTFILES
+   fi
+  
+
+
+trap '' 1 2 15
+cat > confcache <<\EOF
+# This file is a shell script that caches the results of configure
+# tests run on this system so they can be shared between configure
+# scripts and configure runs.  It is not useful on other systems.
+# If it contains results you don't want to keep, you may remove or edit it.
+#
+# By default, configure uses ./config.cache as the cache file,
+# creating it if it does not exist already.  You can give configure
+# the --cache-file=FILE option to use a different cache file; that is
+# what configure does when it calls configure scripts in
+# subdirectories, so they share the cache.
+# Giving --cache-file=/dev/null disables caching, for debugging configure.
+# config.status only pays attention to the cache file if you give it the
+# --recheck option to rerun configure.
+#
+EOF
+# The following way of writing the cache mishandles newlines in values,
+# but we know of no workaround that is simple, portable, and efficient.
+# So, don't put newlines in cache variables' values.
+# Ultrix sh set writes to stderr and can't be redirected directly,
+# and sets the high bit in the cache file unless we assign to the vars.
+(set) 2>&1 |
+  case `(ac_space=' '; set) 2>&1 | grep ac_space` in
+  *ac_space=\ *)
+    # `set' does not quote correctly, so add quotes (double-quote substitution
+    # turns \\\\ into \\, and sed turns \\ into \).
+    sed -n \
+      -e "s/'/'\\\\''/g" \
+      -e "s/^\\([a-zA-Z0-9_]*_cv_[a-zA-Z0-9_]*\\)=\\(.*\\)/\\1=\${\\1='\\2'}/p"
+    ;;
+  *)
+    # `set' quotes correctly as required by POSIX, so do not add quotes.
+    sed -n -e 's/^\([a-zA-Z0-9_]*_cv_[a-zA-Z0-9_]*\)=\(.*\)/\1=${\1=\2}/p'
+    ;;
+  esac >> confcache
+if cmp -s $cache_file confcache; then
+  :
+else
+  if test -w $cache_file; then
+    echo "updating cache $cache_file"
+    cat confcache > $cache_file
+  else
+    echo "not updating unwritable cache $cache_file"
+  fi
+fi
+rm -f confcache
+
+trap 'rm -fr conftest* confdefs* core core.* *.core $ac_clean_files; exit 1' 1 2 15
+
+test "x$prefix" = xNONE && prefix=$ac_default_prefix
+# Let make expand exec_prefix.
+test "x$exec_prefix" = xNONE && exec_prefix='${prefix}'
+
+# Any assignment to VPATH causes Sun make to only execute
+# the first set of double-colon rules, so remove it if not needed.
+# If there is a colon in the path, we need to keep it.
+if test "x$srcdir" = x.; then
+  ac_vpsub='/^[ 	]*VPATH[ 	]*=[^:]*$/d'
+fi
+
+trap 'rm -f $CONFIG_STATUS conftest*; exit 1' 1 2 15
+
+DEFS=-DHAVE_CONFIG_H
+
+# Without the "./", some shells look in PATH for config.status.
+: ${CONFIG_STATUS=./config.status}
+
+echo creating $CONFIG_STATUS
+rm -f $CONFIG_STATUS
+cat > $CONFIG_STATUS <<EOF
+#! /bin/sh
+# Generated automatically by configure.
+# Run this file to recreate the current configuration.
+# This directory was configured as follows,
+# on host `(hostname || uname -n) 2>/dev/null | sed 1q`:
+#
+# $0 $ac_configure_args
+#
+# Compiler output produced by configure, useful for debugging
+# configure, is in ./config.log if it exists.
+
+ac_cs_usage="Usage: $CONFIG_STATUS [--recheck] [--version] [--help]"
+for ac_option
+do
+  case "\$ac_option" in
+  -recheck | --recheck | --rechec | --reche | --rech | --rec | --re | --r)
+    echo "running \${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} $0 $ac_configure_args --no-create --no-recursion"
+    exec \${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} $0 $ac_configure_args --no-create --no-recursion ;;
+  -version | --version | --versio | --versi | --vers | --ver | --ve | --v)
+    echo "$CONFIG_STATUS generated by autoconf version 2.12.1"
+    exit 0 ;;
+  -help | --help | --hel | --he | --h)
+    echo "\$ac_cs_usage"; exit 0 ;;
+  *) echo "\$ac_cs_usage"; exit 1 ;;
+  esac
+done
+
+ac_given_srcdir=$srcdir
+ac_given_INSTALL="$INSTALL"
+
+trap 'rm -fr `echo "Makefile config.h:config.in" | sed "s/:[^ ]*//g"` conftest*; exit 1' 1 2 15
+EOF
+cat >> $CONFIG_STATUS <<EOF
+
+# Protect against being on the right side of a sed subst in config.status.
+sed 's/%@/@@/; s/@%/@@/; s/%g\$/@g/; /@g\$/s/[\\\\&%]/\\\\&/g;
+ s/@@/%@/; s/@@/@%/; s/@g\$/%g/' > conftest.subs <<\\CEOF
+$ac_vpsub
+$extrasub
+s%@SHELL@%$SHELL%g
+s%@CFLAGS@%$CFLAGS%g
+s%@CPPFLAGS@%$CPPFLAGS%g
+s%@CXXFLAGS@%$CXXFLAGS%g
+s%@DEFS@%$DEFS%g
+s%@LDFLAGS@%$LDFLAGS%g
+s%@LIBS@%$LIBS%g
+s%@exec_prefix@%$exec_prefix%g
+s%@prefix@%$prefix%g
+s%@program_transform_name@%$program_transform_name%g
+s%@bindir@%$bindir%g
+s%@sbindir@%$sbindir%g
+s%@libexecdir@%$libexecdir%g
+s%@datadir@%$datadir%g
+s%@sysconfdir@%$sysconfdir%g
+s%@sharedstatedir@%$sharedstatedir%g
+s%@localstatedir@%$localstatedir%g
+s%@libdir@%$libdir%g
+s%@includedir@%$includedir%g
+s%@oldincludedir@%$oldincludedir%g
+s%@infodir@%$infodir%g
+s%@mandir@%$mandir%g
+s%@INSTALL_PROGRAM@%$INSTALL_PROGRAM%g
+s%@INSTALL_DATA@%$INSTALL_DATA%g
+s%@INSTALL_SCRIPT@%$INSTALL_SCRIPT%g
+s%@SET_MAKE@%$SET_MAKE%g
+s%@CC@%$CC%g
+s%@RANLIB@%$RANLIB%g
+s%@CPP@%$CPP%g
+s%@ALLOCA@%$ALLOCA%g
+s%@USE_NLS@%$USE_NLS%g
+s%@MSGFMT@%$MSGFMT%g
+s%@GMSGFMT@%$GMSGFMT%g
+s%@XGETTEXT@%$XGETTEXT%g
+s%@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@%$USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL%g
+s%@CATALOGS@%$CATALOGS%g
+s%@CATOBJEXT@%$CATOBJEXT%g
+s%@DATADIRNAME@%$DATADIRNAME%g
+s%@GMOFILES@%$GMOFILES%g
+s%@INSTOBJEXT@%$INSTOBJEXT%g
+s%@INTLDEPS@%$INTLDEPS%g
+s%@INTLLIBS@%$INTLLIBS%g
+s%@INTLOBJS@%$INTLOBJS%g
+s%@POFILES@%$POFILES%g
+s%@POSUB@%$POSUB%g
+s%@INCLUDE_LOCALE_H@%$INCLUDE_LOCALE_H%g
+s%@GT_NO@%$GT_NO%g
+s%@GT_YES@%$GT_YES%g
+s%@MKINSTALLDIRS@%$MKINSTALLDIRS%g
+s%@l@%$l%g
+
+CEOF
+EOF
+
+cat >> $CONFIG_STATUS <<\EOF
+
+# Split the substitutions into bite-sized pieces for seds with
+# small command number limits, like on Digital OSF/1 and HP-UX.
+ac_max_sed_cmds=90 # Maximum number of lines to put in a sed script.
+ac_file=1 # Number of current file.
+ac_beg=1 # First line for current file.
+ac_end=$ac_max_sed_cmds # Line after last line for current file.
+ac_more_lines=:
+ac_sed_cmds=""
+while $ac_more_lines; do
+  if test $ac_beg -gt 1; then
+    sed "1,${ac_beg}d; ${ac_end}q" conftest.subs > conftest.s$ac_file
+  else
+    sed "${ac_end}q" conftest.subs > conftest.s$ac_file
+  fi
+  if test ! -s conftest.s$ac_file; then
+    ac_more_lines=false
+    rm -f conftest.s$ac_file
+  else
+    if test -z "$ac_sed_cmds"; then
+      ac_sed_cmds="sed -f conftest.s$ac_file"
+    else
+      ac_sed_cmds="$ac_sed_cmds | sed -f conftest.s$ac_file"
+    fi
+    ac_file=`expr $ac_file + 1`
+    ac_beg=$ac_end
+    ac_end=`expr $ac_end + $ac_max_sed_cmds`
+  fi
+done
+if test -z "$ac_sed_cmds"; then
+  ac_sed_cmds=cat
+fi
+EOF
+
+cat >> $CONFIG_STATUS <<EOF
+
+CONFIG_FILES=\${CONFIG_FILES-"Makefile"}
+EOF
+cat >> $CONFIG_STATUS <<\EOF
+for ac_file in .. $CONFIG_FILES; do if test "x$ac_file" != x..; then
+  # Support "outfile[:infile[:infile...]]", defaulting infile="outfile.in".
+  case "$ac_file" in
+  *:*) ac_file_in=`echo "$ac_file"|sed 's%[^:]*:%%'`
+       ac_file=`echo "$ac_file"|sed 's%:.*%%'` ;;
+  *) ac_file_in="${ac_file}.in" ;;
+  esac
+
+  # Adjust a relative srcdir, top_srcdir, and INSTALL for subdirectories.
+
+  # Remove last slash and all that follows it.  Not all systems have dirname.
+  ac_dir=`echo $ac_file|sed 's%/[^/][^/]*$%%'`
+  if test "$ac_dir" != "$ac_file" && test "$ac_dir" != .; then
+    # The file is in a subdirectory.
+    test ! -d "$ac_dir" && mkdir "$ac_dir"
+    ac_dir_suffix="/`echo $ac_dir|sed 's%^\./%%'`"
+    # A "../" for each directory in $ac_dir_suffix.
+    ac_dots=`echo $ac_dir_suffix|sed 's%/[^/]*%../%g'`
+  else
+    ac_dir_suffix= ac_dots=
+  fi
+
+  case "$ac_given_srcdir" in
+  .)  srcdir=.
+      if test -z "$ac_dots"; then top_srcdir=.
+      else top_srcdir=`echo $ac_dots|sed 's%/$%%'`; fi ;;
+  /*) srcdir="$ac_given_srcdir$ac_dir_suffix"; top_srcdir="$ac_given_srcdir" ;;
+  *) # Relative path.
+    srcdir="$ac_dots$ac_given_srcdir$ac_dir_suffix"
+    top_srcdir="$ac_dots$ac_given_srcdir" ;;
+  esac
+
+  case "$ac_given_INSTALL" in
+  [/$]*) INSTALL="$ac_given_INSTALL" ;;
+  *) INSTALL="$ac_dots$ac_given_INSTALL" ;;
+  esac
+
+  echo creating "$ac_file"
+  rm -f "$ac_file"
+  configure_input="Generated automatically from `echo $ac_file_in|sed 's%.*/%%'` by configure."
+  case "$ac_file" in
+  *Makefile*) ac_comsub="1i\\
+# $configure_input" ;;
+  *) ac_comsub= ;;
+  esac
+
+  ac_file_inputs=`echo $ac_file_in|sed -e "s%^%$ac_given_srcdir/%" -e "s%:% $ac_given_srcdir/%g"`
+  sed -e "$ac_comsub
+s%@configure_input@%$configure_input%g
+s%@srcdir@%$srcdir%g
+s%@top_srcdir@%$top_srcdir%g
+s%@INSTALL@%$INSTALL%g
+" $ac_file_inputs | (eval "$ac_sed_cmds") > $ac_file
+fi; done
+rm -f conftest.s*
+
+# These sed commands are passed to sed as "A NAME B NAME C VALUE D", where
+# NAME is the cpp macro being defined and VALUE is the value it is being given.
+#
+# ac_d sets the value in "#define NAME VALUE" lines.
+ac_dA='s%^\([ 	]*\)#\([ 	]*define[ 	][ 	]*\)'
+ac_dB='\([ 	][ 	]*\)[^ 	]*%\1#\2'
+ac_dC='\3'
+ac_dD='%g'
+# ac_u turns "#undef NAME" with trailing blanks into "#define NAME VALUE".
+ac_uA='s%^\([ 	]*\)#\([ 	]*\)undef\([ 	][ 	]*\)'
+ac_uB='\([ 	]\)%\1#\2define\3'
+ac_uC=' '
+ac_uD='\4%g'
+# ac_e turns "#undef NAME" without trailing blanks into "#define NAME VALUE".
+ac_eA='s%^\([ 	]*\)#\([ 	]*\)undef\([ 	][ 	]*\)'
+ac_eB='$%\1#\2define\3'
+ac_eC=' '
+ac_eD='%g'
+
+if test "${CONFIG_HEADERS+set}" != set; then
+EOF
+cat >> $CONFIG_STATUS <<EOF
+  CONFIG_HEADERS="config.h:config.in"
+EOF
+cat >> $CONFIG_STATUS <<\EOF
+fi
+for ac_file in .. $CONFIG_HEADERS; do if test "x$ac_file" != x..; then
+  # Support "outfile[:infile[:infile...]]", defaulting infile="outfile.in".
+  case "$ac_file" in
+  *:*) ac_file_in=`echo "$ac_file"|sed 's%[^:]*:%%'`
+       ac_file=`echo "$ac_file"|sed 's%:.*%%'` ;;
+  *) ac_file_in="${ac_file}.in" ;;
+  esac
+
+  echo creating $ac_file
+
+  rm -f conftest.frag conftest.in conftest.out
+  ac_file_inputs=`echo $ac_file_in|sed -e "s%^%$ac_given_srcdir/%" -e "s%:% $ac_given_srcdir/%g"`
+  cat $ac_file_inputs > conftest.in
+
+EOF
+
+# Transform confdefs.h into a sed script conftest.vals that substitutes
+# the proper values into config.h.in to produce config.h.  And first:
+# Protect against being on the right side of a sed subst in config.status.
+# Protect against being in an unquoted here document in config.status.
+rm -f conftest.vals
+cat > conftest.hdr <<\EOF
+s/[\\&%]/\\&/g
+s%[\\$`]%\\&%g
+s%#define \([A-Za-z_][A-Za-z0-9_]*\) *\(.*\)%${ac_dA}\1${ac_dB}\1${ac_dC}\2${ac_dD}%gp
+s%ac_d%ac_u%gp
+s%ac_u%ac_e%gp
+EOF
+sed -n -f conftest.hdr confdefs.h > conftest.vals
+rm -f conftest.hdr
+
+# This sed command replaces #undef with comments.  This is necessary, for
+# example, in the case of _POSIX_SOURCE, which is predefined and required
+# on some systems where configure will not decide to define it.
+cat >> conftest.vals <<\EOF
+s%^[ 	]*#[ 	]*undef[ 	][ 	]*[a-zA-Z_][a-zA-Z_0-9]*%/* & */%
+EOF
+
+# Break up conftest.vals because some shells have a limit on
+# the size of here documents, and old seds have small limits too.
+
+rm -f conftest.tail
+while :
+do
+  ac_lines=`grep -c . conftest.vals`
+  # grep -c gives empty output for an empty file on some AIX systems.
+  if test -z "$ac_lines" || test "$ac_lines" -eq 0; then break; fi
+  # Write a limited-size here document to conftest.frag.
+  echo '  cat > conftest.frag <<CEOF' >> $CONFIG_STATUS
+  sed ${ac_max_here_lines}q conftest.vals >> $CONFIG_STATUS
+  echo 'CEOF
+  sed -f conftest.frag conftest.in > conftest.out
+  rm -f conftest.in
+  mv conftest.out conftest.in
+' >> $CONFIG_STATUS
+  sed 1,${ac_max_here_lines}d conftest.vals > conftest.tail
+  rm -f conftest.vals
+  mv conftest.tail conftest.vals
+done
+rm -f conftest.vals
+
+cat >> $CONFIG_STATUS <<\EOF
+  rm -f conftest.frag conftest.h
+  echo "/* $ac_file.  Generated automatically by configure.  */" > conftest.h
+  cat conftest.in >> conftest.h
+  rm -f conftest.in
+  if cmp -s $ac_file conftest.h 2>/dev/null; then
+    echo "$ac_file is unchanged"
+    rm -f conftest.h
+  else
+    # Remove last slash and all that follows it.  Not all systems have dirname.
+      ac_dir=`echo $ac_file|sed 's%/[^/][^/]*$%%'`
+      if test "$ac_dir" != "$ac_file" && test "$ac_dir" != .; then
+      # The file is in a subdirectory.
+      test ! -d "$ac_dir" && mkdir "$ac_dir"
+    fi
+    rm -f $ac_file
+    mv conftest.h $ac_file
+  fi
+fi; done
+
+EOF
+
+cat >> $CONFIG_STATUS <<EOF
+ac_sources="$nls_cv_header_libgt"
+ac_dests="$nls_cv_header_intl"
+EOF
+
+cat >> $CONFIG_STATUS <<\EOF
+srcdir=$ac_given_srcdir
+while test -n "$ac_sources"; do
+  set $ac_dests; ac_dest=$1; shift; ac_dests=$*
+  set $ac_sources; ac_source=$1; shift; ac_sources=$*
+
+  echo "linking $srcdir/$ac_source to $ac_dest"
+
+  if test ! -r $srcdir/$ac_source; then
+    { echo "configure: error: $srcdir/$ac_source: File not found" 1>&2; exit 1; }
+  fi
+  rm -f $ac_dest
+
+  # Make relative symlinks.
+  # Remove last slash and all that follows it.  Not all systems have dirname.
+  ac_dest_dir=`echo $ac_dest|sed 's%/[^/][^/]*$%%'`
+  if test "$ac_dest_dir" != "$ac_dest" && test "$ac_dest_dir" != .; then
+    # The dest file is in a subdirectory.
+    test ! -d "$ac_dest_dir" && mkdir "$ac_dest_dir"
+    ac_dest_dir_suffix="/`echo $ac_dest_dir|sed 's%^\./%%'`"
+    # A "../" for each directory in $ac_dest_dir_suffix.
+    ac_dots=`echo $ac_dest_dir_suffix|sed 's%/[^/]*%../%g'`
+  else
+    ac_dest_dir_suffix= ac_dots=
+  fi
+
+  case "$srcdir" in
+  [/$]*) ac_rel_source="$srcdir/$ac_source" ;;
+  *) ac_rel_source="$ac_dots$srcdir/$ac_source" ;;
+  esac
+
+  # Make a symlink if possible; otherwise try a hard link.
+  if ln -s $ac_rel_source $ac_dest 2>/dev/null ||
+    ln $srcdir/$ac_source $ac_dest; then :
+  else
+    { echo "configure: error: can not link $ac_dest to $srcdir/$ac_source" 1>&2; exit 1; }
+  fi
+done
+EOF
+cat >> $CONFIG_STATUS <<EOF
+
+
+EOF
+cat >> $CONFIG_STATUS <<\EOF
+test -z "$CONFIG_HEADERS" || echo timestamp > stamp-h
+
+exit 0
+EOF
+chmod +x $CONFIG_STATUS
+rm -fr confdefs* $ac_clean_files
+test "$no_create" = yes || ${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} $CONFIG_STATUS || exit 1
+
diff --git a/intl/configure.in b/intl/configure.in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4ba9c24
--- /dev/null
+++ b/intl/configure.in
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+dnl Process this file with autoconf to produce a configure script.
+
+AC_INIT(dgettext.c)
+AM_CONFIG_HEADER(config.h:config.in)
+
+AM_PROG_INSTALL
+CY_GNU_GETTEXT
+AC_LINK_FILES($nls_cv_header_libgt, $nls_cv_header_intl)
+
+AC_OUTPUT(Makefile)
diff --git a/intl/dcgettext.c b/intl/dcgettext.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..27586e9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/intl/dcgettext.c
@@ -0,0 +1,624 @@
+/* Implementation of the dcgettext(3) function.
+   Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+# define alloca __builtin_alloca
+# define HAVE_ALLOCA 1
+#else
+# if defined HAVE_ALLOCA_H || defined _LIBC
+#  include <alloca.h>
+# else
+#  ifdef _AIX
+ #pragma alloca
+#  else
+#   ifndef alloca
+char *alloca ();
+#   endif
+#  endif
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#ifndef errno
+extern int errno;
+#endif
+#ifndef __set_errno
+# define __set_errno(val) errno = (val)
+#endif
+
+#if defined STDC_HEADERS || defined _LIBC
+# include <stdlib.h>
+#else
+char *getenv ();
+# ifdef HAVE_MALLOC_H
+#  include <malloc.h>
+# else
+void free ();
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if defined HAVE_STRING_H || defined _LIBC
+# ifndef _GNU_SOURCE
+#  define _GNU_SOURCE	1
+# endif
+# include <string.h>
+#else
+# include <strings.h>
+#endif
+#if !HAVE_STRCHR && !defined _LIBC
+# ifndef strchr
+#  define strchr index
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if defined HAVE_UNISTD_H || defined _LIBC
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "gettext.h"
+#include "gettextP.h"
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <libintl.h>
+#else
+# include "libgettext.h"
+#endif
+#include "hash-string.h"
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* Rename the non ANSI C functions.  This is required by the standard
+   because some ANSI C functions will require linking with this object
+   file and the name space must not be polluted.  */
+# define getcwd __getcwd
+# ifndef stpcpy
+#  define stpcpy __stpcpy
+# endif
+#else
+# if !defined HAVE_GETCWD
+char *getwd ();
+#  define getcwd(buf, max) getwd (buf)
+# else
+char *getcwd ();
+# endif
+# ifndef HAVE_STPCPY
+static char *stpcpy PARAMS ((char *dest, const char *src));
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* Amount to increase buffer size by in each try.  */
+#define PATH_INCR 32
+
+/* The following is from pathmax.h.  */
+/* Non-POSIX BSD systems might have gcc's limits.h, which doesn't define
+   PATH_MAX but might cause redefinition warnings when sys/param.h is
+   later included (as on MORE/BSD 4.3).  */
+#if defined(_POSIX_VERSION) || (defined(HAVE_LIMITS_H) && !defined(__GNUC__))
+# include <limits.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _POSIX_PATH_MAX
+# define _POSIX_PATH_MAX 255
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(PATH_MAX) && defined(_PC_PATH_MAX)
+# define PATH_MAX (pathconf ("/", _PC_PATH_MAX) < 1 ? 1024 : pathconf ("/", _PC_PATH_MAX))
+#endif
+
+/* Don't include sys/param.h if it already has been.  */
+#if defined(HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H) && !defined(PATH_MAX) && !defined(MAXPATHLEN)
+# include <sys/param.h>
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(PATH_MAX) && defined(MAXPATHLEN)
+# define PATH_MAX MAXPATHLEN
+#endif
+
+#ifndef PATH_MAX
+# define PATH_MAX _POSIX_PATH_MAX
+#endif
+
+/* XPG3 defines the result of `setlocale (category, NULL)' as:
+   ``Directs `setlocale()' to query `category' and return the current
+     setting of `local'.''
+   However it does not specify the exact format.  And even worse: POSIX
+   defines this not at all.  So we can use this feature only on selected
+   system (e.g. those using GNU C Library).  */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define HAVE_LOCALE_NULL
+#endif
+
+/* Name of the default domain used for gettext(3) prior any call to
+   textdomain(3).  The default value for this is "messages".  */
+const char _nl_default_default_domain[] = "messages";
+
+/* Value used as the default domain for gettext(3).  */
+const char *_nl_current_default_domain = _nl_default_default_domain;
+
+/* Contains the default location of the message catalogs.  */
+const char _nl_default_dirname[] = GNULOCALEDIR;
+
+/* List with bindings of specific domains created by bindtextdomain()
+   calls.  */
+struct binding *_nl_domain_bindings;
+
+/* Prototypes for local functions.  */
+static char *find_msg PARAMS ((struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file,
+			       const char *msgid)) internal_function;
+static const char *category_to_name PARAMS ((int category)) internal_function;
+static const char *guess_category_value PARAMS ((int category,
+						 const char *categoryname))
+     internal_function;
+
+
+/* For those loosing systems which don't have `alloca' we have to add
+   some additional code emulating it.  */
+#ifdef HAVE_ALLOCA
+/* Nothing has to be done.  */
+# define ADD_BLOCK(list, address) /* nothing */
+# define FREE_BLOCKS(list) /* nothing */
+#else
+struct block_list
+{
+  void *address;
+  struct block_list *next;
+};
+# define ADD_BLOCK(list, addr)						      \
+  do {									      \
+    struct block_list *newp = (struct block_list *) malloc (sizeof (*newp));  \
+    /* If we cannot get a free block we cannot add the new element to	      \
+       the list.  */							      \
+    if (newp != NULL) {							      \
+      newp->address = (addr);						      \
+      newp->next = (list);						      \
+      (list) = newp;							      \
+    }									      \
+  } while (0)
+# define FREE_BLOCKS(list)						      \
+  do {									      \
+    while (list != NULL) {						      \
+      struct block_list *old = list;					      \
+      list = list->next;						      \
+      free (old);							      \
+    }									      \
+  } while (0)
+# undef alloca
+# define alloca(size) (malloc (size))
+#endif	/* have alloca */
+
+
+/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem.  They must not clash
+   with existing names and they should follow ANSI C.  But this source
+   code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
+   prefix.  So we have to make a difference here.  */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define DCGETTEXT __dcgettext
+#else
+# define DCGETTEXT dcgettext__
+#endif
+
+/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current CATEGORY
+   locale.  */
+char *
+DCGETTEXT (domainname, msgid, category)
+     const char *domainname;
+     const char *msgid;
+     int category;
+{
+#ifndef HAVE_ALLOCA
+  struct block_list *block_list = NULL;
+#endif
+  struct loaded_l10nfile *domain;
+  struct binding *binding;
+  const char *categoryname;
+  const char *categoryvalue;
+  char *dirname, *xdomainname;
+  char *single_locale;
+  char *retval;
+  int saved_errno = errno;
+
+  /* If no real MSGID is given return NULL.  */
+  if (msgid == NULL)
+    return NULL;
+
+  /* If DOMAINNAME is NULL, we are interested in the default domain.  If
+     CATEGORY is not LC_MESSAGES this might not make much sense but the
+     defintion left this undefined.  */
+  if (domainname == NULL)
+    domainname = _nl_current_default_domain;
+
+  /* First find matching binding.  */
+  for (binding = _nl_domain_bindings; binding != NULL; binding = binding->next)
+    {
+      int compare = strcmp (domainname, binding->domainname);
+      if (compare == 0)
+	/* We found it!  */
+	break;
+      if (compare < 0)
+	{
+	  /* It is not in the list.  */
+	  binding = NULL;
+	  break;
+	}
+    }
+
+  if (binding == NULL)
+    dirname = (char *) _nl_default_dirname;
+  else if (binding->dirname[0] == '/')
+    dirname = binding->dirname;
+  else
+    {
+      /* We have a relative path.  Make it absolute now.  */
+      size_t dirname_len = strlen (binding->dirname) + 1;
+      size_t path_max;
+      char *ret;
+
+      path_max = (unsigned) PATH_MAX;
+      path_max += 2;		/* The getcwd docs say to do this.  */
+
+      dirname = (char *) alloca (path_max + dirname_len);
+      ADD_BLOCK (block_list, dirname);
+
+      __set_errno (0);
+      while ((ret = getcwd (dirname, path_max)) == NULL && errno == ERANGE)
+	{
+	  path_max += PATH_INCR;
+	  dirname = (char *) alloca (path_max + dirname_len);
+	  ADD_BLOCK (block_list, dirname);
+	  __set_errno (0);
+	}
+
+      if (ret == NULL)
+	{
+	  /* We cannot get the current working directory.  Don't signal an
+	     error but simply return the default string.  */
+	  FREE_BLOCKS (block_list);
+	  __set_errno (saved_errno);
+	  return (char *) msgid;
+	}
+
+      stpcpy (stpcpy (strchr (dirname, '\0'), "/"), binding->dirname);
+    }
+
+  /* Now determine the symbolic name of CATEGORY and its value.  */
+  categoryname = category_to_name (category);
+  categoryvalue = guess_category_value (category, categoryname);
+
+  xdomainname = (char *) alloca (strlen (categoryname)
+				 + strlen (domainname) + 5);
+  ADD_BLOCK (block_list, xdomainname);
+
+  stpcpy (stpcpy (stpcpy (stpcpy (xdomainname, categoryname), "/"),
+		  domainname),
+	  ".mo");
+
+  /* Creating working area.  */
+  single_locale = (char *) alloca (strlen (categoryvalue) + 1);
+  ADD_BLOCK (block_list, single_locale);
+
+
+  /* Search for the given string.  This is a loop because we perhaps
+     got an ordered list of languages to consider for th translation.  */
+  while (1)
+    {
+      /* Make CATEGORYVALUE point to the next element of the list.  */
+      while (categoryvalue[0] != '\0' && categoryvalue[0] == ':')
+	++categoryvalue;
+      if (categoryvalue[0] == '\0')
+	{
+	  /* The whole contents of CATEGORYVALUE has been searched but
+	     no valid entry has been found.  We solve this situation
+	     by implicitly appending a "C" entry, i.e. no translation
+	     will take place.  */
+	  single_locale[0] = 'C';
+	  single_locale[1] = '\0';
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  char *cp = single_locale;
+	  while (categoryvalue[0] != '\0' && categoryvalue[0] != ':')
+	    *cp++ = *categoryvalue++;
+	  *cp = '\0';
+	}
+
+      /* If the current locale value is C (or POSIX) we don't load a
+	 domain.  Return the MSGID.  */
+      if (strcmp (single_locale, "C") == 0
+	  || strcmp (single_locale, "POSIX") == 0)
+	{
+	  FREE_BLOCKS (block_list);
+	  __set_errno (saved_errno);
+	  return (char *) msgid;
+	}
+
+
+      /* Find structure describing the message catalog matching the
+	 DOMAINNAME and CATEGORY.  */
+      domain = _nl_find_domain (dirname, single_locale, xdomainname);
+
+      if (domain != NULL)
+	{
+	  retval = find_msg (domain, msgid);
+
+	  if (retval == NULL)
+	    {
+	      int cnt;
+
+	      for (cnt = 0; domain->successor[cnt] != NULL; ++cnt)
+		{
+		  retval = find_msg (domain->successor[cnt], msgid);
+
+		  if (retval != NULL)
+		    break;
+		}
+	    }
+
+	  if (retval != NULL)
+	    {
+	      FREE_BLOCKS (block_list);
+	      __set_errno (saved_errno);
+	      return retval;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+  /* NOTREACHED */
+}
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library.  */
+weak_alias (__dcgettext, dcgettext);
+#endif
+
+
+static char *
+internal_function
+find_msg (domain_file, msgid)
+     struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file;
+     const char *msgid;
+{
+  size_t top, act, bottom;
+  struct loaded_domain *domain;
+
+  if (domain_file->decided == 0)
+    _nl_load_domain (domain_file);
+
+  if (domain_file->data == NULL)
+    return NULL;
+
+  domain = (struct loaded_domain *) domain_file->data;
+
+  /* Locate the MSGID and its translation.  */
+  if (domain->hash_size > 2 && domain->hash_tab != NULL)
+    {
+      /* Use the hashing table.  */
+      nls_uint32 len = strlen (msgid);
+      nls_uint32 hash_val = hash_string (msgid);
+      nls_uint32 idx = hash_val % domain->hash_size;
+      nls_uint32 incr = 1 + (hash_val % (domain->hash_size - 2));
+      nls_uint32 nstr = W (domain->must_swap, domain->hash_tab[idx]);
+
+      if (nstr == 0)
+	/* Hash table entry is empty.  */
+	return NULL;
+
+      if (W (domain->must_swap, domain->orig_tab[nstr - 1].length) == len
+	  && strcmp (msgid,
+		     domain->data + W (domain->must_swap,
+				       domain->orig_tab[nstr - 1].offset)) == 0)
+	return (char *) domain->data + W (domain->must_swap,
+					  domain->trans_tab[nstr - 1].offset);
+
+      while (1)
+	{
+	  if (idx >= domain->hash_size - incr)
+	    idx -= domain->hash_size - incr;
+	  else
+	    idx += incr;
+
+	  nstr = W (domain->must_swap, domain->hash_tab[idx]);
+	  if (nstr == 0)
+	    /* Hash table entry is empty.  */
+	    return NULL;
+
+	  if (W (domain->must_swap, domain->orig_tab[nstr - 1].length) == len
+	      && strcmp (msgid,
+			 domain->data + W (domain->must_swap,
+					   domain->orig_tab[nstr - 1].offset))
+	         == 0)
+	    return (char *) domain->data
+	      + W (domain->must_swap, domain->trans_tab[nstr - 1].offset);
+	}
+      /* NOTREACHED */
+    }
+
+  /* Now we try the default method:  binary search in the sorted
+     array of messages.  */
+  bottom = 0;
+  top = domain->nstrings;
+  while (bottom < top)
+    {
+      int cmp_val;
+
+      act = (bottom + top) / 2;
+      cmp_val = strcmp (msgid, domain->data
+			       + W (domain->must_swap,
+				    domain->orig_tab[act].offset));
+      if (cmp_val < 0)
+	top = act;
+      else if (cmp_val > 0)
+	bottom = act + 1;
+      else
+	break;
+    }
+
+  /* If an translation is found return this.  */
+  return bottom >= top ? NULL : (char *) domain->data
+                                + W (domain->must_swap,
+				     domain->trans_tab[act].offset);
+}
+
+
+/* Return string representation of locale CATEGORY.  */
+static const char *
+internal_function
+category_to_name (category)
+     int category;
+{
+  const char *retval;
+
+  switch (category)
+  {
+#ifdef LC_COLLATE
+  case LC_COLLATE:
+    retval = "LC_COLLATE";
+    break;
+#endif
+#ifdef LC_CTYPE
+  case LC_CTYPE:
+    retval = "LC_CTYPE";
+    break;
+#endif
+#ifdef LC_MONETARY
+  case LC_MONETARY:
+    retval = "LC_MONETARY";
+    break;
+#endif
+#ifdef LC_NUMERIC
+  case LC_NUMERIC:
+    retval = "LC_NUMERIC";
+    break;
+#endif
+#ifdef LC_TIME
+  case LC_TIME:
+    retval = "LC_TIME";
+    break;
+#endif
+#ifdef LC_MESSAGES
+  case LC_MESSAGES:
+    retval = "LC_MESSAGES";
+    break;
+#endif
+#ifdef LC_RESPONSE
+  case LC_RESPONSE:
+    retval = "LC_RESPONSE";
+    break;
+#endif
+#ifdef LC_ALL
+  case LC_ALL:
+    /* This might not make sense but is perhaps better than any other
+       value.  */
+    retval = "LC_ALL";
+    break;
+#endif
+  default:
+    /* If you have a better idea for a default value let me know.  */
+    retval = "LC_XXX";
+  }
+
+  return retval;
+}
+
+/* Guess value of current locale from value of the environment variables.  */
+static const char *
+internal_function
+guess_category_value (category, categoryname)
+     int category;
+     const char *categoryname;
+{
+  const char *retval;
+
+  /* The highest priority value is the `LANGUAGE' environment
+     variable.  This is a GNU extension.  */
+  retval = getenv ("LANGUAGE");
+  if (retval != NULL && retval[0] != '\0')
+    return retval;
+
+  /* `LANGUAGE' is not set.  So we have to proceed with the POSIX
+     methods of looking to `LC_ALL', `LC_xxx', and `LANG'.  On some
+     systems this can be done by the `setlocale' function itself.  */
+#if defined HAVE_SETLOCALE && defined HAVE_LC_MESSAGES && defined HAVE_LOCALE_NULL
+  return setlocale (category, NULL);
+#else
+  /* Setting of LC_ALL overwrites all other.  */
+  retval = getenv ("LC_ALL");
+  if (retval != NULL && retval[0] != '\0')
+    return retval;
+
+  /* Next comes the name of the desired category.  */
+  retval = getenv (categoryname);
+  if (retval != NULL && retval[0] != '\0')
+    return retval;
+
+  /* Last possibility is the LANG environment variable.  */
+  retval = getenv ("LANG");
+  if (retval != NULL && retval[0] != '\0')
+    return retval;
+
+  /* We use C as the default domain.  POSIX says this is implementation
+     defined.  */
+  return "C";
+#endif
+}
+
+/* @@ begin of epilog @@ */
+
+/* We don't want libintl.a to depend on any other library.  So we
+   avoid the non-standard function stpcpy.  In GNU C Library this
+   function is available, though.  Also allow the symbol HAVE_STPCPY
+   to be defined.  */
+#if !_LIBC && !HAVE_STPCPY
+static char *
+stpcpy (dest, src)
+     char *dest;
+     const char *src;
+{
+  while ((*dest++ = *src++) != '\0')
+    /* Do nothing. */ ;
+  return dest - 1;
+}
+#endif
+
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* If we want to free all resources we have to do some work at
+   program's end.  */
+static void __attribute__ ((unused))
+free_mem (void)
+{
+  struct binding *runp;
+
+  for (runp = _nl_domain_bindings; runp != NULL; runp = runp->next)
+    {
+      free (runp->domainname);
+      if (runp->dirname != _nl_default_dirname)
+	/* Yes, this is a pointer comparison.  */
+	free (runp->dirname);
+    }
+
+  if (_nl_current_default_domain != _nl_default_default_domain)
+    /* Yes, again a pointer comparison.  */
+    free ((char *) _nl_current_default_domain);
+}
+
+text_set_element (__libc_subfreeres, free_mem);
+#endif
diff --git a/intl/dgettext.c b/intl/dgettext.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e4a0cfd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/intl/dgettext.c
@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
+/* Implementation of the dgettext(3) function
+   Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#if defined HAVE_LOCALE_H || defined _LIBC
+# include <locale.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <libintl.h>
+#else
+# include "libgettext.h"
+#endif
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem.  They must not clash
+   with existing names and they should follow ANSI C.  But this source
+   code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
+   prefix.  So we have to make a difference here.  */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define DGETTEXT __dgettext
+# define DCGETTEXT __dcgettext
+#else
+# define DGETTEXT dgettext__
+# define DCGETTEXT dcgettext__
+#endif
+
+/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog of the current
+   LC_MESSAGES locale.  */
+char *
+DGETTEXT (domainname, msgid)
+     const char *domainname;
+     const char *msgid;
+{
+  return DCGETTEXT (domainname, msgid, LC_MESSAGES);
+}
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library.  */
+weak_alias (__dgettext, dgettext);
+#endif
diff --git a/intl/explodename.c b/intl/explodename.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5a911ce
--- /dev/null
+++ b/intl/explodename.c
@@ -0,0 +1,188 @@
+/* Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Contributed by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1995.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#if defined STDC_HEADERS || defined _LIBC
+# include <stdlib.h>
+#endif
+
+#if defined HAVE_STRING_H || defined _LIBC
+# include <string.h>
+#else
+# include <strings.h>
+#endif
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#include "loadinfo.h"
+
+/* On some strange systems still no definition of NULL is found.  Sigh!  */
+#ifndef NULL
+# if defined __STDC__ && __STDC__
+#  define NULL ((void *) 0)
+# else
+#  define NULL 0
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+int
+_nl_explode_name (name, language, modifier, territory, codeset,
+		  normalized_codeset, special, sponsor, revision)
+     char *name;
+     const char **language;
+     const char **modifier;
+     const char **territory;
+     const char **codeset;
+     const char **normalized_codeset;
+     const char **special;
+     const char **sponsor;
+     const char **revision;
+{
+  enum { undecided, xpg, cen } syntax;
+  char *cp;
+  int mask;
+
+  *modifier = NULL;
+  *territory = NULL;
+  *codeset = NULL;
+  *normalized_codeset = NULL;
+  *special = NULL;
+  *sponsor = NULL;
+  *revision = NULL;
+
+  /* Now we determine the single parts of the locale name.  First
+     look for the language.  Termination symbols are `_' and `@' if
+     we use XPG4 style, and `_', `+', and `,' if we use CEN syntax.  */
+  mask = 0;
+  syntax = undecided;
+  *language = cp = name;
+  while (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '_' && cp[0] != '@'
+	 && cp[0] != '+' && cp[0] != ',')
+    ++cp;
+
+  if (*language == cp)
+    /* This does not make sense: language has to be specified.  Use
+       this entry as it is without exploding.  Perhaps it is an alias.  */
+    cp = strchr (*language, '\0');
+  else if (cp[0] == '_')
+    {
+      /* Next is the territory.  */
+      cp[0] = '\0';
+      *territory = ++cp;
+
+      while (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '.' && cp[0] != '@'
+	     && cp[0] != '+' && cp[0] != ',' && cp[0] != '_')
+	++cp;
+
+      mask |= TERRITORY;
+
+      if (cp[0] == '.')
+	{
+	  /* Next is the codeset.  */
+	  syntax = xpg;
+	  cp[0] = '\0';
+	  *codeset = ++cp;
+
+	  while (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '@')
+	    ++cp;
+
+	  mask |= XPG_CODESET;
+
+	  if (*codeset != cp && (*codeset)[0] != '\0')
+	    {
+	      *normalized_codeset = _nl_normalize_codeset (*codeset,
+							   cp - *codeset);
+	      if (strcmp (*codeset, *normalized_codeset) == 0)
+		free ((char *) *normalized_codeset);
+	      else
+		mask |= XPG_NORM_CODESET;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+  if (cp[0] == '@' || (syntax != xpg && cp[0] == '+'))
+    {
+      /* Next is the modifier.  */
+      syntax = cp[0] == '@' ? xpg : cen;
+      cp[0] = '\0';
+      *modifier = ++cp;
+
+      while (syntax == cen && cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '+'
+	     && cp[0] != ',' && cp[0] != '_')
+	++cp;
+
+      mask |= XPG_MODIFIER | CEN_AUDIENCE;
+    }
+
+  if (syntax != xpg && (cp[0] == '+' || cp[0] == ',' || cp[0] == '_'))
+    {
+      syntax = cen;
+
+      if (cp[0] == '+')
+	{
+ 	  /* Next is special application (CEN syntax).  */
+	  cp[0] = '\0';
+	  *special = ++cp;
+
+	  while (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != ',' && cp[0] != '_')
+	    ++cp;
+
+	  mask |= CEN_SPECIAL;
+	}
+
+      if (cp[0] == ',')
+	{
+ 	  /* Next is sponsor (CEN syntax).  */
+	  cp[0] = '\0';
+	  *sponsor = ++cp;
+
+	  while (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '_')
+	    ++cp;
+
+	  mask |= CEN_SPONSOR;
+	}
+
+      if (cp[0] == '_')
+	{
+ 	  /* Next is revision (CEN syntax).  */
+	  cp[0] = '\0';
+	  *revision = ++cp;
+
+	  mask |= CEN_REVISION;
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* For CEN syntax values it might be important to have the
+     separator character in the file name, not for XPG syntax.  */
+  if (syntax == xpg)
+    {
+      if (*territory != NULL && (*territory)[0] == '\0')
+	mask &= ~TERRITORY;
+
+      if (*codeset != NULL && (*codeset)[0] == '\0')
+	mask &= ~XPG_CODESET;
+
+      if (*modifier != NULL && (*modifier)[0] == '\0')
+	mask &= ~XPG_MODIFIER;
+    }
+
+  return mask;
+}
diff --git a/intl/finddomain.c b/intl/finddomain.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5409565
--- /dev/null
+++ b/intl/finddomain.c
@@ -0,0 +1,216 @@
+/* Handle list of needed message catalogs
+   Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1995.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#if defined STDC_HEADERS || defined _LIBC
+# include <stdlib.h>
+#else
+# ifdef HAVE_MALLOC_H
+#  include <malloc.h>
+# else
+void free ();
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if defined HAVE_STRING_H || defined _LIBC
+# include <string.h>
+#else
+# include <strings.h>
+# ifndef memcpy
+#  define memcpy(Dst, Src, Num) bcopy (Src, Dst, Num)
+# endif
+#endif
+#if !HAVE_STRCHR && !defined _LIBC
+# ifndef strchr
+#  define strchr index
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if defined HAVE_UNISTD_H || defined _LIBC
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "gettext.h"
+#include "gettextP.h"
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <libintl.h>
+#else
+# include "libgettext.h"
+#endif
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+/* List of already loaded domains.  */
+static struct loaded_l10nfile *_nl_loaded_domains;
+
+
+/* Return a data structure describing the message catalog described by
+   the DOMAINNAME and CATEGORY parameters with respect to the currently
+   established bindings.  */
+struct loaded_l10nfile *
+internal_function
+_nl_find_domain (dirname, locale, domainname)
+     const char *dirname;
+     char *locale;
+     const char *domainname;
+{
+  struct loaded_l10nfile *retval;
+  const char *language;
+  const char *modifier;
+  const char *territory;
+  const char *codeset;
+  const char *normalized_codeset;
+  const char *special;
+  const char *sponsor;
+  const char *revision;
+  const char *alias_value;
+  int mask;
+
+  /* LOCALE can consist of up to four recognized parts for the XPG syntax:
+
+		language[_territory[.codeset]][@modifier]
+
+     and six parts for the CEN syntax:
+
+	language[_territory][+audience][+special][,[sponsor][_revision]]
+
+     Beside the first part all of them are allowed to be missing.  If
+     the full specified locale is not found, the less specific one are
+     looked for.  The various parts will be stripped off according to
+     the following order:
+		(1) revision
+		(2) sponsor
+		(3) special
+		(4) codeset
+		(5) normalized codeset
+		(6) territory
+		(7) audience/modifier
+   */
+
+  /* If we have already tested for this locale entry there has to
+     be one data set in the list of loaded domains.  */
+  retval = _nl_make_l10nflist (&_nl_loaded_domains, dirname,
+			       strlen (dirname) + 1, 0, locale, NULL, NULL,
+			       NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, domainname, 0);
+  if (retval != NULL)
+    {
+      /* We know something about this locale.  */
+      int cnt;
+
+      if (retval->decided == 0)
+	_nl_load_domain (retval);
+
+      if (retval->data != NULL)
+	return retval;
+
+      for (cnt = 0; retval->successor[cnt] != NULL; ++cnt)
+	{
+	  if (retval->successor[cnt]->decided == 0)
+	    _nl_load_domain (retval->successor[cnt]);
+
+	  if (retval->successor[cnt]->data != NULL)
+	    break;
+	}
+      return cnt >= 0 ? retval : NULL;
+      /* NOTREACHED */
+    }
+
+  /* See whether the locale value is an alias.  If yes its value
+     *overwrites* the alias name.  No test for the original value is
+     done.  */
+  alias_value = _nl_expand_alias (locale);
+  if (alias_value != NULL)
+    {
+#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP
+      locale = strdup (alias_value);
+      if (locale == NULL)
+	return NULL;
+#else
+      size_t len = strlen (alias_value) + 1;
+      locale = (char *) malloc (len);
+      if (locale == NULL)
+	return NULL;
+
+      memcpy (locale, alias_value, len);
+#endif
+    }
+
+  /* Now we determine the single parts of the locale name.  First
+     look for the language.  Termination symbols are `_' and `@' if
+     we use XPG4 style, and `_', `+', and `,' if we use CEN syntax.  */
+  mask = _nl_explode_name (locale, &language, &modifier, &territory,
+			   &codeset, &normalized_codeset, &special,
+			   &sponsor, &revision);
+
+  /* Create all possible locale entries which might be interested in
+     generalization.  */
+  retval = _nl_make_l10nflist (&_nl_loaded_domains, dirname,
+			       strlen (dirname) + 1, mask, language, territory,
+			       codeset, normalized_codeset, modifier, special,
+			       sponsor, revision, domainname, 1);
+  if (retval == NULL)
+    /* This means we are out of core.  */
+    return NULL;
+
+  if (retval->decided == 0)
+    _nl_load_domain (retval);
+  if (retval->data == NULL)
+    {
+      int cnt;
+      for (cnt = 0; retval->successor[cnt] != NULL; ++cnt)
+	{
+	  if (retval->successor[cnt]->decided == 0)
+	    _nl_load_domain (retval->successor[cnt]);
+	  if (retval->successor[cnt]->data != NULL)
+	    break;
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* The room for an alias was dynamically allocated.  Free it now.  */
+  if (alias_value != NULL)
+    free (locale);
+
+  return retval;
+}
+
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+static void __attribute__ ((unused))
+free_mem (void)
+{
+  struct loaded_l10nfile *runp = _nl_loaded_domains;
+
+  while (runp != NULL)
+    {
+      struct loaded_l10nfile *here = runp;
+      if (runp->data != NULL)
+	_nl_unload_domain ((struct loaded_domain *) runp->data);
+      runp = runp->next;
+      free (here);
+    }
+}
+
+text_set_element (__libc_subfreeres, free_mem);
+#endif
diff --git a/intl/gettext.c b/intl/gettext.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6bc5b94
--- /dev/null
+++ b/intl/gettext.c
@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
+/* Implementation of gettext(3) function.
+   Copyright (C) 1995, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define __need_NULL
+# include <stddef.h>
+#else
+# ifdef STDC_HEADERS
+#  include <stdlib.h>		/* Just for NULL.  */
+# else
+#  ifdef HAVE_STRING_H
+#   include <string.h>
+#  else
+#   define NULL ((void *) 0)
+#  endif
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <libintl.h>
+#else
+# include "libgettext.h"
+#endif
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem.  They must not clash
+   with existing names and they should follow ANSI C.  But this source
+   code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
+   prefix.  So we have to make a difference here.  */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define GETTEXT __gettext
+# define DGETTEXT __dgettext
+#else
+# define GETTEXT gettext__
+# define DGETTEXT dgettext__
+#endif
+
+/* Look up MSGID in the current default message catalog for the current
+   LC_MESSAGES locale.  If not found, returns MSGID itself (the default
+   text).  */
+char *
+GETTEXT (msgid)
+     const char *msgid;
+{
+  return DGETTEXT (NULL, msgid);
+}
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library.  */
+weak_alias (__gettext, gettext);
+#endif
diff --git a/intl/gettext.h b/intl/gettext.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3887e87
--- /dev/null
+++ b/intl/gettext.h
@@ -0,0 +1,105 @@
+/* Internal header for GNU gettext internationalization functions.
+   Copyright (C) 1995, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not,
+   write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor,
+   Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.  */
+
+#ifndef _GETTEXT_H
+#define _GETTEXT_H 1
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#if HAVE_LIMITS_H || _LIBC
+# include <limits.h>
+#endif
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+/* The magic number of the GNU message catalog format.  */
+#define _MAGIC 0x950412de
+#define _MAGIC_SWAPPED 0xde120495
+
+/* Revision number of the currently used .mo (binary) file format.  */
+#define MO_REVISION_NUMBER 0
+
+/* The following contortions are an attempt to use the C preprocessor
+   to determine an unsigned integral type that is 32 bits wide.  An
+   alternative approach is to use autoconf's AC_CHECK_SIZEOF macro, but
+   doing that would require that the configure script compile and *run*
+   the resulting executable.  Locally running cross-compiled executables
+   is usually not possible.  */
+
+#if __STDC__
+# define UINT_MAX_32_BITS 4294967295U
+#else
+# define UINT_MAX_32_BITS 0xFFFFFFFF
+#endif
+
+/* If UINT_MAX isn't defined, assume it's a 32-bit type.
+   This should be valid for all systems GNU cares about because
+   that doesn't include 16-bit systems, and only modern systems
+   (that certainly have <limits.h>) have 64+-bit integral types.  */
+
+#ifndef UINT_MAX
+# define UINT_MAX UINT_MAX_32_BITS
+#endif
+
+#if UINT_MAX == UINT_MAX_32_BITS
+typedef unsigned nls_uint32;
+#else
+# if USHRT_MAX == UINT_MAX_32_BITS
+typedef unsigned short nls_uint32;
+# else
+#  if ULONG_MAX == UINT_MAX_32_BITS
+typedef unsigned long nls_uint32;
+#  else
+  /* The following line is intended to throw an error.  Using #error is
+     not portable enough.  */
+  "Cannot determine unsigned 32-bit data type."
+#  endif
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+/* Header for binary .mo file format.  */
+struct mo_file_header
+{
+  /* The magic number.  */
+  nls_uint32 magic;
+  /* The revision number of the file format.  */
+  nls_uint32 revision;
+  /* The number of strings pairs.  */
+  nls_uint32 nstrings;
+  /* Offset of table with start offsets of original strings.  */
+  nls_uint32 orig_tab_offset;
+  /* Offset of table with start offsets of translation strings.  */
+  nls_uint32 trans_tab_offset;
+  /* Size of hashing table.  */
+  nls_uint32 hash_tab_size;
+  /* Offset of first hashing entry.  */
+  nls_uint32 hash_tab_offset;
+};
+
+struct string_desc
+{
+  /* Length of addressed string.  */
+  nls_uint32 length;
+  /* Offset of string in file.  */
+  nls_uint32 offset;
+};
+
+/* @@ begin of epilog @@ */
+
+#endif	/* gettext.h  */
diff --git a/intl/gettextP.h b/intl/gettextP.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..61e2f87
--- /dev/null
+++ b/intl/gettextP.h
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+/* Header describing internals of gettext library
+   Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1995.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.  */
+
+#ifndef _GETTEXTP_H
+#define _GETTEXTP_H
+
+#include "loadinfo.h"
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+#ifndef PARAMS
+# if __STDC__
+#  define PARAMS(args) args
+# else
+#  define PARAMS(args) ()
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef internal_function
+# define internal_function
+#endif
+
+#ifndef W
+# define W(flag, data) ((flag) ? SWAP (data) : (data))
+#endif
+
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <byteswap.h>
+# define SWAP(i) bswap_32 (i)
+#else
+static nls_uint32 SWAP PARAMS ((nls_uint32 i));
+
+static inline nls_uint32
+SWAP (i)
+     nls_uint32 i;
+{
+  return (i << 24) | ((i & 0xff00) << 8) | ((i >> 8) & 0xff00) | (i >> 24);
+}
+#endif
+
+
+struct loaded_domain
+{
+  const char *data;
+  int use_mmap;
+  size_t mmap_size;
+  int must_swap;
+  nls_uint32 nstrings;
+  struct string_desc *orig_tab;
+  struct string_desc *trans_tab;
+  nls_uint32 hash_size;
+  nls_uint32 *hash_tab;
+};
+
+struct binding
+{
+  struct binding *next;
+  char *domainname;
+  char *dirname;
+};
+
+struct loaded_l10nfile *_nl_find_domain PARAMS ((const char *__dirname,
+						 char *__locale,
+						 const char *__domainname))
+     internal_function;
+void _nl_load_domain PARAMS ((struct loaded_l10nfile *__domain))
+     internal_function;
+void _nl_unload_domain PARAMS ((struct loaded_domain *__domain))
+     internal_function;
+
+/* @@ begin of epilog @@ */
+
+#endif /* gettextP.h  */
diff --git a/intl/hash-string.h b/intl/hash-string.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6628107
--- /dev/null
+++ b/intl/hash-string.h
@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
+/* Implements a string hashing function.
+   Copyright (C) 1995, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not,
+   write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor,
+   Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.  */
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+#ifndef PARAMS
+# if __STDC__
+#  define PARAMS(Args) Args
+# else
+#  define PARAMS(Args) ()
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* We assume to have `unsigned long int' value with at least 32 bits.  */
+#define HASHWORDBITS 32
+
+
+/* Defines the so called `hashpjw' function by P.J. Weinberger
+   [see Aho/Sethi/Ullman, COMPILERS: Principles, Techniques and Tools,
+   1986, 1987 Bell Telephone Laboratories, Inc.]  */
+static unsigned long hash_string PARAMS ((const char *__str_param));
+
+static inline unsigned long
+hash_string (str_param)
+     const char *str_param;
+{
+  unsigned long int hval, g;
+  const char *str = str_param;
+
+  /* Compute the hash value for the given string.  */
+  hval = 0;
+  while (*str != '\0')
+    {
+      hval <<= 4;
+      hval += (unsigned long) *str++;
+      g = hval & ((unsigned long) 0xf << (HASHWORDBITS - 4));
+      if (g != 0)
+	{
+	  hval ^= g >> (HASHWORDBITS - 8);
+	  hval ^= g;
+	}
+    }
+  return hval;
+}
diff --git a/intl/intl-compat.c b/intl/intl-compat.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..415a0f3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/intl/intl-compat.c
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+/* intl-compat.c - Stub functions to call gettext functions from GNU gettext
+   Library.
+   Copyright (C) 1995 Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "libgettext.h"
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+
+#undef gettext
+#undef dgettext
+#undef dcgettext
+#undef textdomain
+#undef bindtextdomain
+
+
+char *
+bindtextdomain (domainname, dirname)
+     const char *domainname;
+     const char *dirname;
+{
+  return bindtextdomain__ (domainname, dirname);
+}
+
+
+char *
+dcgettext (domainname, msgid, category)
+     const char *domainname;
+     const char *msgid;
+     int category;
+{
+  return dcgettext__ (domainname, msgid, category);
+}
+
+
+char *
+dgettext (domainname, msgid)
+     const char *domainname;
+     const char *msgid;
+{
+  return dgettext__ (domainname, msgid);
+}
+
+
+char *
+gettext (msgid)
+     const char *msgid;
+{
+  return gettext__ (msgid);
+}
+
+
+char *
+textdomain (domainname)
+     const char *domainname;
+{
+  return textdomain__ (domainname);
+}
diff --git a/intl/intlh.inst.in b/intl/intlh.inst.in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..95e15a8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/intl/intlh.inst.in
@@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
+/* Message catalogs for internationalization.
+   Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
+   USA.  */
+
+#ifndef _LIBINTL_H
+#define _LIBINTL_H	1
+
+@INCLUDE_LOCALE_H@
+
+/* We define an additional symbol to signal that we use the GNU
+   implementation of gettext.  */
+#define __USE_GNU_GETTEXT 1
+
+#ifndef PARAMS
+# if __STDC__ || defined __cplusplus
+#  define PARAMS(args) args
+# else
+#  define PARAMS(args) ()
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Look up MSGID in the current default message catalog for the current
+   LC_MESSAGES locale.  If not found, returns MSGID itself (the default
+   text).  */
+extern char *gettext PARAMS ((const char *__msgid));
+
+/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current
+   LC_MESSAGES locale.  */
+extern char *dgettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid));
+
+/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current CATEGORY
+   locale.  */
+extern char *dcgettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid,
+				int __category));
+
+
+/* Set the current default message catalog to DOMAINNAME.
+   If DOMAINNAME is null, return the current default.
+   If DOMAINNAME is "", reset to the default of "messages".  */
+extern char *textdomain PARAMS ((const char *__domainname));
+
+/* Specify that the DOMAINNAME message catalog will be found
+   in DIRNAME rather than in the system locale data base.  */
+extern char *bindtextdomain PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
+				     const char *__dirname));
+
+
+/* Optimized version of the functions above.  */
+#if defined __OPTIMIZED
+/* These must be a macro.  Inlined functions are useless because the
+   `__builtin_constant_p' predicate in dcgettext would always return
+   false.  */
+
+# define gettext(msgid) dgettext ((char *) 0, msgid)
+
+# define dgettext(domainname, msgid)					      \
+  dcgettext (domainname, msgid, LC_MESSAGES)
+
+# if __GNUC__ > 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 7)
+/* This global variable is defined in loadmsgcat.c.  We need a sign,
+   whether a new catalog was loaded, which can be associated with all
+   translations.  */
+extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr;
+
+#  define dcgettext(domainname, msgid, category)			      \
+  (__extension__							      \
+   ({									      \
+     char *__result;							      \
+     if (__builtin_constant_p (msgid))					      \
+       {								      \
+	 static char *__translation__;					      \
+	 static int __catalog_counter__;				      \
+	 if (! __translation__ || __catalog_counter__ != _nl_msg_cat_cntr)    \
+	   {								      \
+	     __translation__ =						      \
+	       (dcgettext) ((domainname), (msgid), (category));		      \
+	     __catalog_counter__ = _nl_msg_cat_cntr;			      \
+	   }								      \
+	 __result = __translation__;					      \
+       }								      \
+     else								      \
+       __result = (dcgettext) ((domainname), (msgid), (category));	      \
+     __result;								      \
+    }))
+# endif
+#endif /* Optimizing. */
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* libintl.h */
diff --git a/intl/l10nflist.c b/intl/l10nflist.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3ef93b8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/intl/l10nflist.c
@@ -0,0 +1,411 @@
+/* Handle list of needed message catalogs
+   Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Contributed by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1995.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+
+#if defined HAVE_STRING_H || defined _LIBC
+# ifndef _GNU_SOURCE
+#  define _GNU_SOURCE	1
+# endif
+# include <string.h>
+#else
+# include <strings.h>
+# ifndef memcpy
+#  define memcpy(Dst, Src, Num) bcopy (Src, Dst, Num)
+# endif
+#endif
+#if !HAVE_STRCHR && !defined _LIBC
+# ifndef strchr
+#  define strchr index
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_ARGZ_H
+# include <argz.h>
+#endif
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#if defined STDC_HEADERS || defined _LIBC
+# include <stdlib.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "loadinfo.h"
+
+/* On some strange systems still no definition of NULL is found.  Sigh!  */
+#ifndef NULL
+# if defined __STDC__ && __STDC__
+#  define NULL ((void *) 0)
+# else
+#  define NULL 0
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* Rename the non ANSI C functions.  This is required by the standard
+   because some ANSI C functions will require linking with this object
+   file and the name space must not be polluted.  */
+# ifndef stpcpy
+#  define stpcpy(dest, src) __stpcpy(dest, src)
+# endif
+#else
+# ifndef HAVE_STPCPY
+static char *stpcpy PARAMS ((char *dest, const char *src));
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* Define function which are usually not available.  */
+
+#if !defined _LIBC && !defined HAVE___ARGZ_COUNT
+/* Returns the number of strings in ARGZ.  */
+static size_t argz_count__ PARAMS ((const char *argz, size_t len));
+
+static size_t
+argz_count__ (argz, len)
+     const char *argz;
+     size_t len;
+{
+  size_t count = 0;
+  while (len > 0)
+    {
+      size_t part_len = strlen (argz);
+      argz += part_len + 1;
+      len -= part_len + 1;
+      count++;
+    }
+  return count;
+}
+# undef __argz_count
+# define __argz_count(argz, len) argz_count__ (argz, len)
+#endif	/* !_LIBC && !HAVE___ARGZ_COUNT */
+
+#if !defined _LIBC && !defined HAVE___ARGZ_STRINGIFY
+/* Make '\0' separated arg vector ARGZ printable by converting all the '\0's
+   except the last into the character SEP.  */
+static void argz_stringify__ PARAMS ((char *argz, size_t len, int sep));
+
+static void
+argz_stringify__ (argz, len, sep)
+     char *argz;
+     size_t len;
+     int sep;
+{
+  while (len > 0)
+    {
+      size_t part_len = strlen (argz);
+      argz += part_len;
+      len -= part_len + 1;
+      if (len > 0)
+	*argz++ = sep;
+    }
+}
+# undef __argz_stringify
+# define __argz_stringify(argz, len, sep) argz_stringify__ (argz, len, sep)
+#endif	/* !_LIBC && !HAVE___ARGZ_STRINGIFY */
+
+#if !defined _LIBC && !defined HAVE___ARGZ_NEXT
+static char *argz_next__ PARAMS ((char *argz, size_t argz_len,
+				  const char *entry));
+
+static char *
+argz_next__ (argz, argz_len, entry)
+     char *argz;
+     size_t argz_len;
+     const char *entry;
+{
+  if (entry)
+    {
+      if (entry < argz + argz_len)
+        entry = strchr (entry, '\0') + 1;
+
+      return entry >= argz + argz_len ? NULL : (char *) entry;
+    }
+  else
+    if (argz_len > 0)
+      return argz;
+    else
+      return 0;
+}
+# undef __argz_next
+# define __argz_next(argz, len, entry) argz_next__ (argz, len, entry)
+#endif	/* !_LIBC && !HAVE___ARGZ_NEXT */
+
+
+/* Return number of bits set in X.  */
+static int pop PARAMS ((int x));
+
+static inline int
+pop (x)
+     int x;
+{
+  /* We assume that no more than 16 bits are used.  */
+  x = ((x & ~0x5555) >> 1) + (x & 0x5555);
+  x = ((x & ~0x3333) >> 2) + (x & 0x3333);
+  x = ((x >> 4) + x) & 0x0f0f;
+  x = ((x >> 8) + x) & 0xff;
+
+  return x;
+}
+
+
+struct loaded_l10nfile *
+_nl_make_l10nflist (l10nfile_list, dirlist, dirlist_len, mask, language,
+		    territory, codeset, normalized_codeset, modifier, special,
+		    sponsor, revision, filename, do_allocate)
+     struct loaded_l10nfile **l10nfile_list;
+     const char *dirlist;
+     size_t dirlist_len;
+     int mask;
+     const char *language;
+     const char *territory;
+     const char *codeset;
+     const char *normalized_codeset;
+     const char *modifier;
+     const char *special;
+     const char *sponsor;
+     const char *revision;
+     const char *filename;
+     int do_allocate;
+{
+  char *abs_filename;
+  struct loaded_l10nfile *last = NULL;
+  struct loaded_l10nfile *retval;
+  char *cp;
+  size_t entries;
+  int cnt;
+
+  /* Allocate room for the full file name.  */
+  abs_filename = (char *) malloc (dirlist_len
+				  + strlen (language)
+				  + ((mask & TERRITORY) != 0
+				     ? strlen (territory) + 1 : 0)
+				  + ((mask & XPG_CODESET) != 0
+				     ? strlen (codeset) + 1 : 0)
+				  + ((mask & XPG_NORM_CODESET) != 0
+				     ? strlen (normalized_codeset) + 1 : 0)
+				  + (((mask & XPG_MODIFIER) != 0
+				      || (mask & CEN_AUDIENCE) != 0)
+				     ? strlen (modifier) + 1 : 0)
+				  + ((mask & CEN_SPECIAL) != 0
+				     ? strlen (special) + 1 : 0)
+				  + (((mask & CEN_SPONSOR) != 0
+				      || (mask & CEN_REVISION) != 0)
+				     ? (1 + ((mask & CEN_SPONSOR) != 0
+					     ? strlen (sponsor) + 1 : 0)
+					+ ((mask & CEN_REVISION) != 0
+					   ? strlen (revision) + 1 : 0)) : 0)
+				  + 1 + strlen (filename) + 1);
+
+  if (abs_filename == NULL)
+    return NULL;
+
+  retval = NULL;
+  last = NULL;
+
+  /* Construct file name.  */
+  memcpy (abs_filename, dirlist, dirlist_len);
+  __argz_stringify (abs_filename, dirlist_len, ':');
+  cp = abs_filename + (dirlist_len - 1);
+  *cp++ = '/';
+  cp = stpcpy (cp, language);
+
+  if ((mask & TERRITORY) != 0)
+    {
+      *cp++ = '_';
+      cp = stpcpy (cp, territory);
+    }
+  if ((mask & XPG_CODESET) != 0)
+    {
+      *cp++ = '.';
+      cp = stpcpy (cp, codeset);
+    }
+  if ((mask & XPG_NORM_CODESET) != 0)
+    {
+      *cp++ = '.';
+      cp = stpcpy (cp, normalized_codeset);
+    }
+  if ((mask & (XPG_MODIFIER | CEN_AUDIENCE)) != 0)
+    {
+      /* This component can be part of both syntaces but has different
+	 leading characters.  For CEN we use `+', else `@'.  */
+      *cp++ = (mask & CEN_AUDIENCE) != 0 ? '+' : '@';
+      cp = stpcpy (cp, modifier);
+    }
+  if ((mask & CEN_SPECIAL) != 0)
+    {
+      *cp++ = '+';
+      cp = stpcpy (cp, special);
+    }
+  if ((mask & (CEN_SPONSOR | CEN_REVISION)) != 0)
+    {
+      *cp++ = ',';
+      if ((mask & CEN_SPONSOR) != 0)
+	cp = stpcpy (cp, sponsor);
+      if ((mask & CEN_REVISION) != 0)
+	{
+	  *cp++ = '_';
+	  cp = stpcpy (cp, revision);
+	}
+    }
+
+  *cp++ = '/';
+  stpcpy (cp, filename);
+
+  /* Look in list of already loaded domains whether it is already
+     available.  */
+  last = NULL;
+  for (retval = *l10nfile_list; retval != NULL; retval = retval->next)
+    if (retval->filename != NULL)
+      {
+	int compare = strcmp (retval->filename, abs_filename);
+	if (compare == 0)
+	  /* We found it!  */
+	  break;
+	if (compare < 0)
+	  {
+	    /* It's not in the list.  */
+	    retval = NULL;
+	    break;
+	  }
+
+	last = retval;
+      }
+
+  if (retval != NULL || do_allocate == 0)
+    {
+      free (abs_filename);
+      return retval;
+    }
+
+  retval = (struct loaded_l10nfile *)
+    malloc (sizeof (*retval) + (__argz_count (dirlist, dirlist_len)
+				* (1 << pop (mask))
+				* sizeof (struct loaded_l10nfile *)));
+  if (retval == NULL)
+    return NULL;
+
+  retval->filename = abs_filename;
+  retval->decided = (__argz_count (dirlist, dirlist_len) != 1
+		     || ((mask & XPG_CODESET) != 0
+			 && (mask & XPG_NORM_CODESET) != 0));
+  retval->data = NULL;
+
+  if (last == NULL)
+    {
+      retval->next = *l10nfile_list;
+      *l10nfile_list = retval;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      retval->next = last->next;
+      last->next = retval;
+    }
+
+  entries = 0;
+  /* If the DIRLIST is a real list the RETVAL entry corresponds not to
+     a real file.  So we have to use the DIRLIST separation mechanism
+     of the inner loop.  */
+  cnt = __argz_count (dirlist, dirlist_len) == 1 ? mask - 1 : mask;
+  for (; cnt >= 0; --cnt)
+    if ((cnt & ~mask) == 0
+	&& ((cnt & CEN_SPECIFIC) == 0 || (cnt & XPG_SPECIFIC) == 0)
+	&& ((cnt & XPG_CODESET) == 0 || (cnt & XPG_NORM_CODESET) == 0))
+      {
+	/* Iterate over all elements of the DIRLIST.  */
+	char *dir = NULL;
+
+	while ((dir = __argz_next ((char *) dirlist, dirlist_len, dir))
+	       != NULL)
+	  retval->successor[entries++]
+	    = _nl_make_l10nflist (l10nfile_list, dir, strlen (dir) + 1, cnt,
+				  language, territory, codeset,
+				  normalized_codeset, modifier, special,
+				  sponsor, revision, filename, 1);
+      }
+  retval->successor[entries] = NULL;
+
+  return retval;
+}
+
+/* Normalize codeset name.  There is no standard for the codeset
+   names.  Normalization allows the user to use any of the common
+   names.  */
+const char *
+_nl_normalize_codeset (codeset, name_len)
+     const unsigned char *codeset;
+     size_t name_len;
+{
+  int len = 0;
+  int only_digit = 1;
+  char *retval;
+  char *wp;
+  size_t cnt;
+
+  for (cnt = 0; cnt < name_len; ++cnt)
+    if (isalnum (codeset[cnt]))
+      {
+	++len;
+
+	if (isalpha (codeset[cnt]))
+	  only_digit = 0;
+      }
+
+  retval = (char *) malloc ((only_digit ? 3 : 0) + len + 1);
+
+  if (retval != NULL)
+    {
+      if (only_digit)
+	wp = stpcpy (retval, "iso");
+      else
+	wp = retval;
+
+      for (cnt = 0; cnt < name_len; ++cnt)
+	if (isalpha (codeset[cnt]))
+	  *wp++ = tolower (codeset[cnt]);
+	else if (isdigit (codeset[cnt]))
+	  *wp++ = codeset[cnt];
+
+      *wp = '\0';
+    }
+
+  return (const char *) retval;
+}
+
+
+/* @@ begin of epilog @@ */
+
+/* We don't want libintl.a to depend on any other library.  So we
+   avoid the non-standard function stpcpy.  In GNU C Library this
+   function is available, though.  Also allow the symbol HAVE_STPCPY
+   to be defined.  */
+#if !_LIBC && !HAVE_STPCPY
+static char *
+stpcpy (dest, src)
+     char *dest;
+     const char *src;
+{
+  while ((*dest++ = *src++) != '\0')
+    /* Do nothing. */ ;
+  return dest - 1;
+}
+#endif
diff --git a/intl/libgettext.h b/intl/libgettext.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f8c224e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/intl/libgettext.h
@@ -0,0 +1,182 @@
+/* Message catalogs for internationalization.
+   Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.  */
+
+/* Because on some systems (e.g. Solaris) we sometimes have to include
+   the systems libintl.h as well as this file we have more complex
+   include protection above.  But the systems header might perhaps also
+   define _LIBINTL_H and therefore we have to protect the definition here.  */
+
+#if !defined _LIBINTL_H || !defined _LIBGETTEXT_H
+#ifndef _LIBINTL_H
+# define _LIBINTL_H	1
+#endif
+#define _LIBGETTEXT_H	1
+
+/* We define an additional symbol to signal that we use the GNU
+   implementation of gettext.  */
+#define __USE_GNU_GETTEXT 1
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#if HAVE_LOCALE_H
+# include <locale.h>
+#endif
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+#ifndef PARAMS
+# if __STDC__ || defined __cplusplus
+#  define PARAMS(args) args
+# else
+#  define PARAMS(args) ()
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef NULL
+# if !defined __cplusplus || defined __GNUC__
+#  define NULL ((void *) 0)
+# else
+#  define NULL (0)
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if !HAVE_LC_MESSAGES
+/* This value determines the behaviour of the gettext() and dgettext()
+   function.  But some system does not have this defined.  Define it
+   to a default value.  */
+# define LC_MESSAGES (-1)
+#endif
+
+
+/* Declarations for gettext-using-catgets interface.  Derived from
+   Jim Meyering's libintl.h.  */
+struct _msg_ent
+{
+  const char *_msg;
+  int _msg_number;
+};
+
+
+#if HAVE_CATGETS
+/* These two variables are defined in the automatically by po-to-tbl.sed
+   generated file `cat-id-tbl.c'.  */
+extern const struct _msg_ent _msg_tbl[];
+extern int _msg_tbl_length;
+#endif
+
+
+/* For automatical extraction of messages sometimes no real
+   translation is needed.  Instead the string itself is the result.  */
+#define gettext_noop(Str) (Str)
+
+/* Look up MSGID in the current default message catalog for the current
+   LC_MESSAGES locale.  If not found, returns MSGID itself (the default
+   text).  */
+extern char *gettext PARAMS ((const char *__msgid));
+extern char *gettext__ PARAMS ((const char *__msgid));
+
+/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current
+   LC_MESSAGES locale.  */
+extern char *dgettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid));
+extern char *dgettext__ PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
+				 const char *__msgid));
+
+/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current CATEGORY
+   locale.  */
+extern char *dcgettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid,
+				int __category));
+extern char *dcgettext__ PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
+				  const char *__msgid, int __category));
+
+
+/* Set the current default message catalog to DOMAINNAME.
+   If DOMAINNAME is null, return the current default.
+   If DOMAINNAME is "", reset to the default of "messages".  */
+extern char *textdomain PARAMS ((const char *__domainname));
+extern char *textdomain__ PARAMS ((const char *__domainname));
+
+/* Specify that the DOMAINNAME message catalog will be found
+   in DIRNAME rather than in the system locale data base.  */
+extern char *bindtextdomain PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
+				  const char *__dirname));
+extern char *bindtextdomain__ PARAMS ((const char *__domainname,
+				    const char *__dirname));
+
+#if ENABLE_NLS
+
+/* Solaris 2.3 has the gettext function but dcgettext is missing.
+   So we omit this optimization for Solaris 2.3.  BTW, Solaris 2.4
+   has dcgettext.  */
+# if !HAVE_CATGETS && (!HAVE_GETTEXT || HAVE_DCGETTEXT)
+
+#  define gettext(Msgid)						      \
+     dgettext (NULL, Msgid)
+
+#  define dgettext(Domainname, Msgid)					      \
+     dcgettext (Domainname, Msgid, LC_MESSAGES)
+
+#  if defined __GNUC__ && __GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 7
+/* This global variable is defined in loadmsgcat.c.  We need a sign,
+   whether a new catalog was loaded, which can be associated with all
+   translations.  */
+extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr;
+
+#   define dcgettext(Domainname, Msgid, Category)			      \
+  (__extension__							      \
+   ({									      \
+     char *__result;							      \
+     if (__builtin_constant_p (Msgid))					      \
+       {								      \
+	 static char *__translation__;					      \
+	 static int __catalog_counter__;				      \
+	 if (! __translation__ || __catalog_counter__ != _nl_msg_cat_cntr)    \
+	   {								      \
+	     __translation__ =						      \
+	       dcgettext__ (Domainname, Msgid, Category);		      \
+	     __catalog_counter__ = _nl_msg_cat_cntr;			      \
+	   }								      \
+	 __result = __translation__;					      \
+       }								      \
+     else								      \
+       __result = dcgettext__ (Domainname, Msgid, Category);		      \
+     __result;								      \
+    }))
+#  endif
+# endif
+
+#else
+
+# define gettext(Msgid) (Msgid)
+# define dgettext(Domainname, Msgid) (Msgid)
+# define dcgettext(Domainname, Msgid, Category) (Msgid)
+# define textdomain(Domainname) ((char *) Domainname)
+# define bindtextdomain(Domainname, Dirname) ((char *) Dirname)
+
+#endif
+
+/* @@ begin of epilog @@ */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif
diff --git a/intl/libintl.glibc b/intl/libintl.glibc
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c55b447
--- /dev/null
+++ b/intl/libintl.glibc
@@ -0,0 +1,120 @@
+/* Message catalogs for internationalization.
+   Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Contributed by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1995.
+   This file is derived from the file libgettext.h in the GNU gettext package.
+
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.  Its master source is NOT part of
+   the C library, however.
+
+   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not,
+   write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor,
+   Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.  */
+
+#ifndef _LIBINTL_H
+#define _LIBINTL_H	1
+
+#include <features.h>
+
+/* We define an additional symbol to signal that we use the GNU
+   implementation of gettext.  */
+#define __USE_GNU_GETTEXT 1
+
+__BEGIN_DECLS
+
+/* Look up MSGID in the current default message catalog for the current
+   LC_MESSAGES locale.  If not found, returns MSGID itself (the default
+   text).  */
+extern char *gettext __P ((__const char *__msgid));
+extern char *__gettext __P ((__const char *__msgid));
+
+/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current
+   LC_MESSAGES locale.  */
+extern char *dgettext __P ((__const char *__domainname,
+			    __const char *__msgid));
+extern char *__dgettext __P ((__const char *__domainname,
+			      __const char *__msgid));
+
+/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current CATEGORY
+   locale.  */
+extern char *dcgettext __P ((__const char *__domainname,
+			     __const char *__msgid, int __category));
+extern char *__dcgettext __P ((__const char *__domainname,
+			       __const char *__msgid, int __category));
+
+
+/* Set the current default message catalog to DOMAINNAME.
+   If DOMAINNAME is null, return the current default.
+   If DOMAINNAME is "", reset to the default of "messages".  */
+extern char *textdomain __P ((__const char *__domainname));
+extern char *__textdomain __P ((__const char *__domainname));
+
+/* Specify that the DOMAINNAME message catalog will be found
+   in DIRNAME rather than in the system locale data base.  */
+extern char *bindtextdomain __P ((__const char *__domainname,
+				  __const char *__dirname));
+extern char *__bindtextdomain __P ((__const char *__domainname,
+				    __const char *__dirname));
+
+
+/* Optimized version of the function above.  */
+#if defined __OPTIMIZE__
+
+/* We need NULL for `gettext'.  */
+# define __need_NULL
+# include <stddef.h>
+
+/* We need LC_MESSAGES for `dgettext'.  */
+# include <locale.h>
+
+/* These must be macros.  Inlined functions are useless because the
+   `__builtin_constant_p' predicate in dcgettext would always return
+   false.  */
+
+# define gettext(msgid) dgettext (NULL, msgid)
+
+# define dgettext(domainname, msgid)					      \
+  dcgettext (domainname, msgid, LC_MESSAGES)
+
+# if __GNUC__ > 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 7)
+/* Variable defined in loadmsgcat.c which gets incremented every time a
+   new catalog is loaded.  */
+extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr;
+
+#  define dcgettext(domainname, msgid, category)			      \
+  (__extension__							      \
+   ({									      \
+     char *__result;							      \
+     if (__builtin_constant_p (msgid))					      \
+       {								      \
+	 static char *__translation__;					      \
+	 static int __catalog_counter__;				      \
+	 if (! __translation__ || __catalog_counter__ != _nl_msg_cat_cntr)    \
+	   {								      \
+	     __translation__ =						      \
+	       __dcgettext ((domainname), (msgid), (category));		      \
+	     __catalog_counter__ = _nl_msg_cat_cntr;			      \
+	   }								      \
+	 __result = __translation__;					      \
+       }								      \
+     else								      \
+       __result = __dcgettext ((domainname), (msgid), (category));	      \
+     __result;								      \
+    }))
+# endif
+#endif /* Optimizing. */
+
+
+__END_DECLS
+
+#endif /* libintl.h */
diff --git a/intl/linux-msg.sed b/intl/linux-msg.sed
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f9b8188
--- /dev/null
+++ b/intl/linux-msg.sed
@@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
+# po2msg.sed - Convert Uniforum style .po file to Linux style .msg file
+# Copyright 1995, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1995.
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+# any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+#
+#
+# The first directive in the .msg should be the definition of the
+# message set number.  We use always set number 1.
+#
+1 {
+  i\
+$set 1 # Automatically created by po2msg.sed
+  h
+  s/.*/0/
+  x
+}
+#
+# Mitch's old catalog format does not allow comments.
+#
+# We copy the original message as a comment into the .msg file.
+#
+/^msgid/ {
+  s/msgid[ 	]*"//
+#
+# This does not work now with the new format.
+# /"$/! {
+#   s/\\$//
+#   s/$/ ... (more lines following)"/
+# }
+  x
+# The following nice solution is by
+# Bruno <Haible@ma2s2.mathematik.uni-karlsruhe.de>
+  td
+# Increment a decimal number in pattern space.
+# First hide trailing `9' digits.
+  :d
+  s/9\(_*\)$/_\1/
+  td
+# Assure at least one digit is available.
+  s/^\(_*\)$/0\1/
+# Increment the last digit.
+  s/8\(_*\)$/9\1/
+  s/7\(_*\)$/8\1/
+  s/6\(_*\)$/7\1/
+  s/5\(_*\)$/6\1/
+  s/4\(_*\)$/5\1/
+  s/3\(_*\)$/4\1/
+  s/2\(_*\)$/3\1/
+  s/1\(_*\)$/2\1/
+  s/0\(_*\)$/1\1/
+# Convert the hidden `9' digits to `0's.
+  s/_/0/g
+  x
+  G
+  s/\(.*\)"\n\([0-9]*\)/$ #\2 Original Message:(\1)/p
+}
+#
+# The .msg file contains, other than the .po file, only the translations
+# but each given a unique ID.  Starting from 1 and incrementing by 1 for
+# each message we assign them to the messages.
+# It is important that the .po file used to generate the cat-id-tbl.c file
+# (with po-to-tbl) is the same as the one used here.  (At least the order
+# of declarations must not be changed.)
+#
+/^msgstr/ {
+  s/msgstr[ 	]*"\(.*\)"/# \1/
+# Clear substitution flag.
+  tb
+# Append the next line.
+  :b
+  N
+# Look whether second part is continuation line.
+  s/\(.*\n\)"\(.*\)"/\1\2/
+# Yes, then branch.
+  ta
+  P
+  D
+# Note that D includes a jump to the start!!
+# We found a continuation line.  But before printing insert '\'.
+  :a
+  s/\(.*\)\(\n.*\)/\1\\\2/
+  P
+# We cannot use D here.
+  s/.*\n\(.*\)/\1/
+  tb
+}
+d
diff --git a/intl/loadinfo.h b/intl/loadinfo.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b797c0c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/intl/loadinfo.h
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+/* Copyright (C) 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+   Contributed by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 1996.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.  */
+
+#ifndef PARAMS
+# if __STDC__
+#  define PARAMS(args) args
+# else
+#  define PARAMS(args) ()
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* Encoding of locale name parts.  */
+#define CEN_REVISION		1
+#define CEN_SPONSOR		2
+#define CEN_SPECIAL		4
+#define XPG_NORM_CODESET	8
+#define XPG_CODESET		16
+#define TERRITORY		32
+#define CEN_AUDIENCE		64
+#define XPG_MODIFIER		128
+
+#define CEN_SPECIFIC	(CEN_REVISION|CEN_SPONSOR|CEN_SPECIAL|CEN_AUDIENCE)
+#define XPG_SPECIFIC	(XPG_CODESET|XPG_NORM_CODESET|XPG_MODIFIER)
+
+
+struct loaded_l10nfile
+{
+  const char *filename;
+  int decided;
+
+  const void *data;
+
+  struct loaded_l10nfile *next;
+  struct loaded_l10nfile *successor[1];
+};
+
+
+extern const char *_nl_normalize_codeset PARAMS ((const unsigned char *codeset,
+						  size_t name_len));
+
+extern struct loaded_l10nfile *
+_nl_make_l10nflist PARAMS ((struct loaded_l10nfile **l10nfile_list,
+			    const char *dirlist, size_t dirlist_len, int mask,
+			    const char *language, const char *territory,
+			    const char *codeset,
+			    const char *normalized_codeset,
+			    const char *modifier, const char *special,
+			    const char *sponsor, const char *revision,
+			    const char *filename, int do_allocate));
+
+
+extern const char *_nl_expand_alias PARAMS ((const char *name));
+
+extern int _nl_explode_name PARAMS ((char *name, const char **language,
+				     const char **modifier,
+				     const char **territory,
+				     const char **codeset,
+				     const char **normalized_codeset,
+				     const char **special,
+				     const char **sponsor,
+				     const char **revision));
diff --git a/intl/loadmsgcat.c b/intl/loadmsgcat.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ab11bc9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/intl/loadmsgcat.c
@@ -0,0 +1,222 @@
+/* Load needed message catalogs.
+   Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+
+#if defined STDC_HEADERS || defined _LIBC
+# include <stdlib.h>
+#endif
+
+#if defined HAVE_UNISTD_H || defined _LIBC
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+#if (defined HAVE_MMAP && defined HAVE_MUNMAP) || defined _LIBC
+# include <sys/mman.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "gettext.h"
+#include "gettextP.h"
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* Rename the non ISO C functions.  This is required by the standard
+   because some ISO C functions will require linking with this object
+   file and the name space must not be polluted.  */
+# define open   __open
+# define close  __close
+# define read   __read
+# define mmap   __mmap
+# define munmap __munmap
+#endif
+
+/* We need a sign, whether a new catalog was loaded, which can be associated
+   with all translations.  This is important if the translations are
+   cached by one of GCC's features.  */
+int _nl_msg_cat_cntr = 0;
+
+
+/* Load the message catalogs specified by FILENAME.  If it is no valid
+   message catalog do nothing.  */
+void
+internal_function
+_nl_load_domain (domain_file)
+     struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file;
+{
+  int fd;
+  size_t size;
+  struct stat st;
+  struct mo_file_header *data = (struct mo_file_header *) -1;
+#if (defined HAVE_MMAP && defined HAVE_MUNMAP && !defined DISALLOW_MMAP) \
+    || defined _LIBC
+  int use_mmap = 0;
+#endif
+  struct loaded_domain *domain;
+
+  domain_file->decided = 1;
+  domain_file->data = NULL;
+
+  /* If the record does not represent a valid locale the FILENAME
+     might be NULL.  This can happen when according to the given
+     specification the locale file name is different for XPG and CEN
+     syntax.  */
+  if (domain_file->filename == NULL)
+    return;
+
+  /* Try to open the addressed file.  */
+  fd = open (domain_file->filename, O_RDONLY);
+  if (fd == -1)
+    return;
+
+  /* We must know about the size of the file.  */
+  if (fstat (fd, &st) != 0
+      || (size = (size_t) st.st_size) != st.st_size
+      || size < sizeof (struct mo_file_header))
+    {
+      /* Something went wrong.  */
+      close (fd);
+      return;
+    }
+
+#if (defined HAVE_MMAP && defined HAVE_MUNMAP && !defined DISALLOW_MMAP) \
+    || defined _LIBC
+  /* Now we are ready to load the file.  If mmap() is available we try
+     this first.  If not available or it failed we try to load it.  */
+  data = (struct mo_file_header *) mmap (NULL, size, PROT_READ,
+					 MAP_PRIVATE, fd, 0);
+
+  if (data != (struct mo_file_header *) -1)
+    {
+      /* mmap() call was successful.  */
+      close (fd);
+      use_mmap = 1;
+    }
+#endif
+
+  /* If the data is not yet available (i.e. mmap'ed) we try to load
+     it manually.  */
+  if (data == (struct mo_file_header *) -1)
+    {
+      size_t to_read;
+      char *read_ptr;
+
+      data = (struct mo_file_header *) malloc (size);
+      if (data == NULL)
+	return;
+
+      to_read = size;
+      read_ptr = (char *) data;
+      do
+	{
+	  long int nb = (long int) read (fd, read_ptr, to_read);
+	  if (nb == -1)
+	    {
+	      close (fd);
+	      return;
+	    }
+
+	  read_ptr += nb;
+	  to_read -= nb;
+	}
+      while (to_read > 0);
+
+      close (fd);
+    }
+
+  /* Using the magic number we can test whether it really is a message
+     catalog file.  */
+  if (data->magic != _MAGIC && data->magic != _MAGIC_SWAPPED)
+    {
+      /* The magic number is wrong: not a message catalog file.  */
+#if (defined HAVE_MMAP && defined HAVE_MUNMAP && !defined DISALLOW_MMAP) \
+    || defined _LIBC
+      if (use_mmap)
+	munmap ((caddr_t) data, size);
+      else
+#endif
+	free (data);
+      return;
+    }
+
+  domain_file->data
+    = (struct loaded_domain *) malloc (sizeof (struct loaded_domain));
+  if (domain_file->data == NULL)
+    return;
+
+  domain = (struct loaded_domain *) domain_file->data;
+  domain->data = (char *) data;
+#if (defined HAVE_MMAP && defined HAVE_MUNMAP && !defined DISALLOW_MMAP) \
+    || defined _LIBC
+  domain->use_mmap = use_mmap;
+#endif
+  domain->mmap_size = size;
+  domain->must_swap = data->magic != _MAGIC;
+
+  /* Fill in the information about the available tables.  */
+  switch (W (domain->must_swap, data->revision))
+    {
+    case 0:
+      domain->nstrings = W (domain->must_swap, data->nstrings);
+      domain->orig_tab = (struct string_desc *)
+	((char *) data + W (domain->must_swap, data->orig_tab_offset));
+      domain->trans_tab = (struct string_desc *)
+	((char *) data + W (domain->must_swap, data->trans_tab_offset));
+      domain->hash_size = W (domain->must_swap, data->hash_tab_size);
+      domain->hash_tab = (nls_uint32 *)
+	((char *) data + W (domain->must_swap, data->hash_tab_offset));
+      break;
+    default:
+      /* This is an illegal revision.  */
+#if (defined HAVE_MMAP && defined HAVE_MUNMAP && !defined DISALLOW_MMAP) \
+    || defined _LIBC
+      if (use_mmap)
+	munmap ((caddr_t) data, size);
+      else
+#endif
+	free (data);
+      free (domain);
+      domain_file->data = NULL;
+      return;
+    }
+
+  /* Show that one domain is changed.  This might make some cached
+     translations invalid.  */
+  ++_nl_msg_cat_cntr;
+}
+
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+void
+internal_function
+_nl_unload_domain (domain)
+     struct loaded_domain *domain;
+{
+  if (domain->use_mmap)
+    munmap ((caddr_t) domain->data, domain->mmap_size);
+  else
+    free ((void *) domain->data);
+
+  free (domain);
+}
+#endif
diff --git a/intl/localealias.c b/intl/localealias.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..833df03
--- /dev/null
+++ b/intl/localealias.c
@@ -0,0 +1,424 @@
+/* Handle aliases for locale names.
+   Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1995.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+# define alloca __builtin_alloca
+# define HAVE_ALLOCA 1
+#else
+# if defined HAVE_ALLOCA_H || defined _LIBC
+#  include <alloca.h>
+# else
+#  ifdef _AIX
+ #pragma alloca
+#  else
+#   ifndef alloca
+char *alloca ();
+#   endif
+#  endif
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if defined STDC_HEADERS || defined _LIBC
+# include <stdlib.h>
+#else
+char *getenv ();
+# ifdef HAVE_MALLOC_H
+#  include <malloc.h>
+# else
+void free ();
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if defined HAVE_STRING_H || defined _LIBC
+# ifndef _GNU_SOURCE
+#  define _GNU_SOURCE	1
+# endif
+# include <string.h>
+#else
+# include <strings.h>
+# ifndef memcpy
+#  define memcpy(Dst, Src, Num) bcopy (Src, Dst, Num)
+# endif
+#endif
+#if !HAVE_STRCHR && !defined _LIBC
+# ifndef strchr
+#  define strchr index
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#include "gettext.h"
+#include "gettextP.h"
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* Rename the non ANSI C functions.  This is required by the standard
+   because some ANSI C functions will require linking with this object
+   file and the name space must not be polluted.  */
+# define strcasecmp __strcasecmp
+
+# define mempcpy __mempcpy
+# define HAVE_MEMPCPY	1
+
+/* We need locking here since we can be called from different places.  */
+# include <bits/libc-lock.h>
+
+__libc_lock_define_initialized (static, lock);
+#endif
+
+
+/* For those loosing systems which don't have `alloca' we have to add
+   some additional code emulating it.  */
+#ifdef HAVE_ALLOCA
+/* Nothing has to be done.  */
+# define ADD_BLOCK(list, address) /* nothing */
+# define FREE_BLOCKS(list) /* nothing */
+#else
+struct block_list
+{
+  void *address;
+  struct block_list *next;
+};
+# define ADD_BLOCK(list, addr)						      \
+  do {									      \
+    struct block_list *newp = (struct block_list *) malloc (sizeof (*newp));  \
+    /* If we cannot get a free block we cannot add the new element to	      \
+       the list.  */							      \
+    if (newp != NULL) {							      \
+      newp->address = (addr);						      \
+      newp->next = (list);						      \
+      (list) = newp;							      \
+    }									      \
+  } while (0)
+# define FREE_BLOCKS(list)						      \
+  do {									      \
+    while (list != NULL) {						      \
+      struct block_list *old = list;					      \
+      list = list->next;						      \
+      free (old);							      \
+    }									      \
+  } while (0)
+# undef alloca
+# define alloca(size) (malloc (size))
+#endif	/* have alloca */
+
+
+struct alias_map
+{
+  const char *alias;
+  const char *value;
+};
+
+
+static char *string_space = NULL;
+static size_t string_space_act = 0;
+static size_t string_space_max = 0;
+static struct alias_map *map;
+static size_t nmap = 0;
+static size_t maxmap = 0;
+
+
+/* Prototypes for local functions.  */
+static size_t read_alias_file PARAMS ((const char *fname, int fname_len))
+     internal_function;
+static void extend_alias_table PARAMS ((void));
+static int alias_compare PARAMS ((const struct alias_map *map1,
+				  const struct alias_map *map2));
+
+
+const char *
+_nl_expand_alias (name)
+    const char *name;
+{
+  static const char *locale_alias_path = LOCALE_ALIAS_PATH;
+  struct alias_map *retval;
+  const char *result = NULL;
+  size_t added;
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+  __libc_lock_lock (lock);
+#endif
+
+  do
+    {
+      struct alias_map item;
+
+      item.alias = name;
+
+      if (nmap > 0)
+	retval = (struct alias_map *) bsearch (&item, map, nmap,
+					       sizeof (struct alias_map),
+					       (int (*) PARAMS ((const void *,
+								 const void *))
+						) alias_compare);
+      else
+	retval = NULL;
+
+      /* We really found an alias.  Return the value.  */
+      if (retval != NULL)
+	{
+	  result = retval->value;
+	  break;
+	}
+
+      /* Perhaps we can find another alias file.  */
+      added = 0;
+      while (added == 0 && locale_alias_path[0] != '\0')
+	{
+	  const char *start;
+
+	  while (locale_alias_path[0] == ':')
+	    ++locale_alias_path;
+	  start = locale_alias_path;
+
+	  while (locale_alias_path[0] != '\0' && locale_alias_path[0] != ':')
+	    ++locale_alias_path;
+
+	  if (start < locale_alias_path)
+	    added = read_alias_file (start, locale_alias_path - start);
+	}
+    }
+  while (added != 0);
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+  __libc_lock_unlock (lock);
+#endif
+
+  return result;
+}
+
+
+static size_t
+internal_function
+read_alias_file (fname, fname_len)
+     const char *fname;
+     int fname_len;
+{
+#ifndef HAVE_ALLOCA
+  struct block_list *block_list = NULL;
+#endif
+  FILE *fp;
+  char *full_fname;
+  size_t added;
+  static const char aliasfile[] = "/locale.alias";
+
+  full_fname = (char *) alloca (fname_len + sizeof aliasfile);
+  ADD_BLOCK (block_list, full_fname);
+#ifdef HAVE_MEMPCPY
+  mempcpy (mempcpy (full_fname, fname, fname_len),
+	   aliasfile, sizeof aliasfile);
+#else
+  memcpy (full_fname, fname, fname_len);
+  memcpy (&full_fname[fname_len], aliasfile, sizeof aliasfile);
+#endif
+
+  fp = fopen (full_fname, "r");
+  if (fp == NULL)
+    {
+      FREE_BLOCKS (block_list);
+      return 0;
+    }
+
+  added = 0;
+  while (!feof (fp))
+    {
+      /* It is a reasonable approach to use a fix buffer here because
+	 a) we are only interested in the first two fields
+	 b) these fields must be usable as file names and so must not
+	    be that long
+       */
+      unsigned char buf[BUFSIZ];
+      unsigned char *alias;
+      unsigned char *value;
+      unsigned char *cp;
+
+      if (fgets (buf, sizeof buf, fp) == NULL)
+	/* EOF reached.  */
+	break;
+
+      /* Possibly not the whole line fits into the buffer.  Ignore
+	 the rest of the line.  */
+      if (strchr (buf, '\n') == NULL)
+	{
+	  char altbuf[BUFSIZ];
+	  do
+	    if (fgets (altbuf, sizeof altbuf, fp) == NULL)
+	      /* Make sure the inner loop will be left.  The outer loop
+		 will exit at the `feof' test.  */
+	      break;
+	  while (strchr (altbuf, '\n') == NULL);
+	}
+
+      cp = buf;
+      /* Ignore leading white space.  */
+      while (isspace (cp[0]))
+	++cp;
+
+      /* A leading '#' signals a comment line.  */
+      if (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '#')
+	{
+	  alias = cp++;
+	  while (cp[0] != '\0' && !isspace (cp[0]))
+	    ++cp;
+	  /* Terminate alias name.  */
+	  if (cp[0] != '\0')
+	    *cp++ = '\0';
+
+	  /* Now look for the beginning of the value.  */
+	  while (isspace (cp[0]))
+	    ++cp;
+
+	  if (cp[0] != '\0')
+	    {
+	      size_t alias_len;
+	      size_t value_len;
+
+	      value = cp++;
+	      while (cp[0] != '\0' && !isspace (cp[0]))
+		++cp;
+	      /* Terminate value.  */
+	      if (cp[0] == '\n')
+		{
+		  /* This has to be done to make the following test
+		     for the end of line possible.  We are looking for
+		     the terminating '\n' which do not overwrite here.  */
+		  *cp++ = '\0';
+		  *cp = '\n';
+		}
+	      else if (cp[0] != '\0')
+		*cp++ = '\0';
+
+	      if (nmap >= maxmap)
+		extend_alias_table ();
+
+	      alias_len = strlen (alias) + 1;
+	      value_len = strlen (value) + 1;
+
+	      if (string_space_act + alias_len + value_len > string_space_max)
+		{
+		  /* Increase size of memory pool.  */
+		  size_t new_size = (string_space_max
+				     + (alias_len + value_len > 1024
+					? alias_len + value_len : 1024));
+		  char *new_pool = (char *) realloc (string_space, new_size);
+		  if (new_pool == NULL)
+		    {
+		      FREE_BLOCKS (block_list);
+		      return added;
+		    }
+		  string_space = new_pool;
+		  string_space_max = new_size;
+		}
+
+	      map[nmap].alias = memcpy (&string_space[string_space_act],
+					alias, alias_len);
+	      string_space_act += alias_len;
+
+	      map[nmap].value = memcpy (&string_space[string_space_act],
+					value, value_len);
+	      string_space_act += value_len;
+
+	      ++nmap;
+	      ++added;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* Should we test for ferror()?  I think we have to silently ignore
+     errors.  --drepper  */
+  fclose (fp);
+
+  if (added > 0)
+    qsort (map, nmap, sizeof (struct alias_map),
+	   (int (*) PARAMS ((const void *, const void *))) alias_compare);
+
+  FREE_BLOCKS (block_list);
+  return added;
+}
+
+
+static void
+extend_alias_table ()
+{
+  size_t new_size;
+  struct alias_map *new_map;
+
+  new_size = maxmap == 0 ? 100 : 2 * maxmap;
+  new_map = (struct alias_map *) realloc (map, (new_size
+						* sizeof (struct alias_map)));
+  if (new_map == NULL)
+    /* Simply don't extend: we don't have any more core.  */
+    return;
+
+  map = new_map;
+  maxmap = new_size;
+}
+
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+static void __attribute__ ((unused))
+free_mem (void)
+{
+  if (string_space != NULL)
+    free (string_space);
+  if (map != NULL)
+    free (map);
+}
+text_set_element (__libc_subfreeres, free_mem);
+#endif
+
+
+static int
+alias_compare (map1, map2)
+     const struct alias_map *map1;
+     const struct alias_map *map2;
+{
+#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRCASECMP
+  return strcasecmp (map1->alias, map2->alias);
+#else
+  const unsigned char *p1 = (const unsigned char *) map1->alias;
+  const unsigned char *p2 = (const unsigned char *) map2->alias;
+  unsigned char c1, c2;
+
+  if (p1 == p2)
+    return 0;
+
+  do
+    {
+      /* I know this seems to be odd but the tolower() function in
+	 some systems libc cannot handle nonalpha characters.  */
+      c1 = isupper (*p1) ? tolower (*p1) : *p1;
+      c2 = isupper (*p2) ? tolower (*p2) : *p2;
+      if (c1 == '\0')
+	break;
+      ++p1;
+      ++p2;
+    }
+  while (c1 == c2);
+
+  return c1 - c2;
+#endif
+}
diff --git a/intl/po2tbl.sed.in b/intl/po2tbl.sed.in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ebb32f2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/intl/po2tbl.sed.in
@@ -0,0 +1,102 @@
+# po2tbl.sed - Convert Uniforum style .po file to lookup table for catgets
+# Copyright (C) 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1995.
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+# any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+#
+1 {
+  i\
+/* Automatically generated by po2tbl.sed from @PACKAGE NAME@.pot.  */\
+\
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H\
+# include <config.h>\
+#endif\
+\
+#include "libgettext.h"\
+\
+const struct _msg_ent _msg_tbl[] = {
+  h
+  s/.*/0/
+  x
+}
+#
+# Write msgid entries in C array form.
+#
+/^msgid/ {
+  s/msgid[ 	]*\(".*"\)/  {\1/
+  tb
+# Append the next line
+  :b
+  N
+# Look whether second part is continuation line.
+  s/\(.*\)"\(\n\)"\(.*"\)/\1\2\3/
+# Yes, then branch.
+  ta
+# Because we assume that the input file correctly formed the line
+# just read cannot be again be a msgid line.  So it's safe to ignore
+# it.
+  s/\(.*\)\n.*/\1/
+  bc
+# We found a continuation line.  But before printing insert '\'.
+  :a
+  s/\(.*\)\(\n.*\)/\1\\\2/
+  P
+# We cannot use D here.
+  s/.*\n\(.*\)/\1/
+# Some buggy seds do not clear the `successful substitution since last ``t'''
+# flag on `N', so we do a `t' here to clear it.
+  tb
+# Not reached
+  :c
+  x
+# The following nice solution is by
+# Bruno <Haible@ma2s2.mathematik.uni-karlsruhe.de>
+  td
+# Increment a decimal number in pattern space.
+# First hide trailing `9' digits.
+  :d
+  s/9\(_*\)$/_\1/
+  td
+# Assure at least one digit is available.
+  s/^\(_*\)$/0\1/
+# Increment the last digit.
+  s/8\(_*\)$/9\1/
+  s/7\(_*\)$/8\1/
+  s/6\(_*\)$/7\1/
+  s/5\(_*\)$/6\1/
+  s/4\(_*\)$/5\1/
+  s/3\(_*\)$/4\1/
+  s/2\(_*\)$/3\1/
+  s/1\(_*\)$/2\1/
+  s/0\(_*\)$/1\1/
+# Convert the hidden `9' digits to `0's.
+  s/_/0/g
+  x
+  G
+  s/\(.*\)\n\([0-9]*\)/\1, \2},/
+  s/\(.*\)"$/\1/
+  p
+}
+#
+# Last line.
+#
+$ {
+  i\
+};\
+
+  g
+  s/0*\(.*\)/int _msg_tbl_length = \1;/p
+}
+d
diff --git a/intl/textdomain.c b/intl/textdomain.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9cec75c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/intl/textdomain.c
@@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
+/* Implementation of the textdomain(3) function.
+   Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1995.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#if defined STDC_HEADERS || defined _LIBC
+# include <stdlib.h>
+#endif
+
+#if defined STDC_HEADERS || defined HAVE_STRING_H || defined _LIBC
+# include <string.h>
+#else
+# include <strings.h>
+# ifndef memcpy
+#  define memcpy(Dst, Src, Num) bcopy (Src, Dst, Num)
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <libintl.h>
+#else
+# include "libgettext.h"
+#endif
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+/* Name of the default text domain.  */
+extern const char _nl_default_default_domain[];
+
+/* Default text domain in which entries for gettext(3) are to be found.  */
+extern const char *_nl_current_default_domain;
+
+
+/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem.  They must not clash
+   with existing names and they should follow ANSI C.  But this source
+   code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
+   prefix.  So we have to make a difference here.  */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define TEXTDOMAIN __textdomain
+# ifndef strdup
+#  define strdup(str) __strdup (str)
+# endif
+#else
+# define TEXTDOMAIN textdomain__
+#endif
+
+/* Set the current default message catalog to DOMAINNAME.
+   If DOMAINNAME is null, return the current default.
+   If DOMAINNAME is "", reset to the default of "messages".  */
+char *
+TEXTDOMAIN (domainname)
+     const char *domainname;
+{
+  char *old;
+
+  /* A NULL pointer requests the current setting.  */
+  if (domainname == NULL)
+    return (char *) _nl_current_default_domain;
+
+  old = (char *) _nl_current_default_domain;
+
+  /* If domain name is the null string set to default domain "messages".  */
+  if (domainname[0] == '\0'
+      || strcmp (domainname, _nl_default_default_domain) == 0)
+    _nl_current_default_domain = _nl_default_default_domain;
+  else
+    {
+      /* If the following malloc fails `_nl_current_default_domain'
+	 will be NULL.  This value will be returned and so signals we
+	 are out of core.  */
+#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP
+      _nl_current_default_domain = strdup (domainname);
+#else
+      size_t len = strlen (domainname) + 1;
+      char *cp = (char *) malloc (len);
+      if (cp != NULL)
+	memcpy (cp, domainname, len);
+      _nl_current_default_domain = cp;
+#endif
+    }
+
+  if (old != _nl_default_default_domain)
+    free (old);
+
+  return (char *) _nl_current_default_domain;
+}
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library.  */
+weak_alias (__textdomain, textdomain);
+#endif
diff --git a/intl/xopen-msg.sed b/intl/xopen-msg.sed
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1d257d3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/intl/xopen-msg.sed
@@ -0,0 +1,104 @@
+# po2msg.sed - Convert Uniforum style .po file to X/Open style .msg file
+# Copyright 1995, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1995.
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+# any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+#
+#
+# The first directive in the .msg should be the definition of the
+# message set number.  We use always set number 1.
+#
+1 {
+  i\
+$set 1 # Automatically created by po2msg.sed
+  h
+  s/.*/0/
+  x
+}
+#
+# We copy all comments into the .msg file.  Perhaps they can help.
+#
+/^#/ s/^#[ 	]*/$ /p
+#
+# We copy the original message as a comment into the .msg file.
+#
+/^msgid/ {
+# Does not work now
+#  /"$/! {
+#    s/\\$//
+#    s/$/ ... (more lines following)"/
+#  }
+  s/^msgid[ 	]*"\(.*\)"$/$ Original Message: \1/
+  p
+}
+#
+# The .msg file contains, other than the .po file, only the translations
+# but each given a unique ID.  Starting from 1 and incrementing by 1 for
+# each message we assign them to the messages.
+# It is important that the .po file used to generate the cat-id-tbl.c file
+# (with po-to-tbl) is the same as the one used here.  (At least the order
+# of declarations must not be changed.)
+#
+/^msgstr/ {
+  s/msgstr[ 	]*"\(.*\)"/\1/
+  x
+# The following nice solution is by
+# Bruno <Haible@ma2s2.mathematik.uni-karlsruhe.de>
+  td
+# Increment a decimal number in pattern space.
+# First hide trailing `9' digits.
+  :d
+  s/9\(_*\)$/_\1/
+  td
+# Assure at least one digit is available.
+  s/^\(_*\)$/0\1/
+# Increment the last digit.
+  s/8\(_*\)$/9\1/
+  s/7\(_*\)$/8\1/
+  s/6\(_*\)$/7\1/
+  s/5\(_*\)$/6\1/
+  s/4\(_*\)$/5\1/
+  s/3\(_*\)$/4\1/
+  s/2\(_*\)$/3\1/
+  s/1\(_*\)$/2\1/
+  s/0\(_*\)$/1\1/
+# Convert the hidden `9' digits to `0's.
+  s/_/0/g
+  x
+# Bring the line in the format `<number> <message>'
+  G
+  s/^[^\n]*$/& /
+  s/\(.*\)\n\([0-9]*\)/\2 \1/
+# Clear flag from last substitution.
+  tb
+# Append the next line.
+  :b
+  N
+# Look whether second part is a continuation line.
+  s/\(.*\n\)"\(.*\)"/\1\2/
+# Yes, then branch.
+  ta
+  P
+  D
+# Note that `D' includes a jump to the start!!
+# We found a continuation line.  But before printing insert '\'.
+  :a
+  s/\(.*\)\(\n.*\)/\1\\\2/
+  P
+# We cannot use the sed command `D' here
+  s/.*\n\(.*\)/\1/
+  tb
+}
+d
diff --git a/sim/ChangeLog b/sim/ChangeLog
index 3fa2416..4ebe61e 100644
--- a/sim/ChangeLog
+++ b/sim/ChangeLog
@@ -1,3 +1,26 @@
+2005-11-20  Hans-Peter Nilsson  <hp@axis.com>
+
+	cris/traps.c (TARGET_O_RDONLY, TARGET_O_WRONLY): Define.
+	(open_map): Use TARGET_O_ACCMODE, TARGET_O_RDONLY and
+	TARGET_O_WRONLY.
+	(cris_break_13_handler) <case TARGET_SYS_fcntl>: Add support for
+	F_GETFL on fd 0, 1 and 2.
+
+2005-11-17  Hans-Peter Nilsson  <hp@axis.com>
+
+	* cris/sim-main.h (struct _sim_cpu): New members last_syscall,
+	last_open_fd, last_open_flags.
+	* cris/traps.c: Don't include targ-vals.h.
+	(TARGET_O_ACCMODE): Define.
+	(cris_break_13_handler): Set new _sim_cpu members.
+	<case TARGET_SYS_fcntl>: Support special case of F_GETFL.
+	Rearrange code as switch.  Emit "unimplemented" abort for
+	unimplemented fcntl calls.
+
+	* cris/traps.c (TARGET_SYS_stat): Define.
+	(syscall_stat32_map): Add entry for TARGET_SYS_stat.
+	(cris_break_13_handler) <case TARGET_SYS_stat>: New case.
+
 2005-11-16  Hans-Peter Nilsson  <hp@axis.com>
 
 	* cris/cris-tmpl.c (MY (f_model_insn_before)): Make sure only the
diff --git a/sim/arm/ChangeLog b/sim/arm/ChangeLog
index 370cde7..0e32a65 100644
--- a/sim/arm/ChangeLog
+++ b/sim/arm/ChangeLog
@@ -1,3 +1,18 @@
+2005-11-16  Shaun Jackman  <sjackman@gmail.com>
+
+	* sim/arm/armos.c: Include limits.h
+	(unlink): Remove this macro. It is unused in this file and
+	conflicts with sim_callback->unlink.
+	(PATH_MAX): Define as 1024 if not already defined.
+	(ReadFileName): New function.
+	(SWIopen): Fix a potential buffer overflow.
+	(SWIremove): New function.
+	(SWIrename): Ditto.
+	(ARMul_OSHandleSWI): Handle the RDP calls SWI_IsTTY,
+	SWI_Remove, and SWI_Rename, as well as the RDI calls
+	AngelSWI_Reason_IsTTY, AngelSWI_Reason_Remove, and
+	AngelSWI_Reason_Rename.
+
 2005-09-19  Paul Brook  <paul@codesourcery.com>
 
 	* armdefs.h: Define ARMsword and ARMsdword. Use stdint.h when
diff --git a/sim/arm/armos.c b/sim/arm/armos.c
index 63ca297..5f5ead7 100644
--- a/sim/arm/armos.c
+++ b/sim/arm/armos.c
@@ -27,6 +27,7 @@
 
 #include <time.h>
 #include <errno.h>
+#include <limits.h>
 #include <string.h>
 #include "targ-vals.h"
 
@@ -34,10 +35,6 @@
 #define TARGET_O_BINARY 0
 #endif
 
-#ifdef __STDC__
-#define unlink(s) remove(s)
-#endif
-
 #ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
 #include <unistd.h>		/* For SEEK_SET etc.  */
 #endif
@@ -89,6 +86,9 @@ extern ARMword  ARMul_Debug        (ARMul_State *, ARMword, ARMword);
 #define FOPEN_MAX 64
 #endif
 #define UNIQUETEMPS 256
+#ifndef PATH_MAX
+#define PATH_MAX 1024
+#endif
 
 /* OS private Information.  */
 
@@ -299,22 +299,35 @@ WriteCommandLineTo (ARMul_State * state, ARMword addr)
   while (temp != 0);
 }
 
+static int
+ReadFileName (ARMul_State * state, char *buf, ARMword src, size_t n)
+{
+  struct OSblock *OSptr = (struct OSblock *) state->OSptr;
+  char *p = buf;
+
+  while (n--)
+    if ((*p++ = ARMul_SafeReadByte (state, src++)) == '\0')
+      return 0;
+  OSptr->ErrorNo = cb_host_to_target_errno (sim_callback, ENAMETOOLONG);
+  state->Reg[0] = -1;
+  return -1;
+}
+
 static void
 SWIopen (ARMul_State * state, ARMword name, ARMword SWIflags)
 {
   struct OSblock *OSptr = (struct OSblock *) state->OSptr;
-  char dummy[2000];
+  char buf[PATH_MAX];
   int flags;
-  int i;
 
-  for (i = 0; (dummy[i] = ARMul_SafeReadByte (state, name + i)); i++)
-    ;
+  if (ReadFileName (state, buf, name, sizeof buf) == -1)
+    return;
 
   /* Now we need to decode the Demon open mode.  */
   flags = translate_open_mode[SWIflags];
 
   /* Filename ":tt" is special: it denotes stdin/out.  */
-  if (strcmp (dummy, ":tt") == 0)
+  if (strcmp (buf, ":tt") == 0)
     {
       if (flags == TARGET_O_RDONLY) /* opening tty "r" */
 	state->Reg[0] = 0;	/* stdin */
@@ -323,7 +336,7 @@ SWIopen (ARMul_State * state, ARMword name, ARMword SWIflags)
     }
   else
     {
-      state->Reg[0] = sim_callback->open (sim_callback, dummy, flags);
+      state->Reg[0] = sim_callback->open (sim_callback, buf, flags);
       OSptr->ErrorNo = sim_callback->get_errno (sim_callback);
     }
 }
@@ -403,6 +416,33 @@ SWIflen (ARMul_State * state, ARMword fh)
   OSptr->ErrorNo = sim_callback->get_errno (sim_callback);
 }
 
+static void
+SWIremove (ARMul_State * state, ARMword path)
+{
+  char buf[PATH_MAX];
+
+  if (ReadFileName (state, buf, path, sizeof buf) != -1)
+    {
+      struct OSblock *OSptr = (struct OSblock *) state->OSptr;
+      state->Reg[0] = sim_callback->unlink (sim_callback, buf);
+      OSptr->ErrorNo = sim_callback->get_errno (sim_callback);
+    }
+}
+
+static void
+SWIrename (ARMul_State * state, ARMword old, ARMword new)
+{
+  char oldbuf[PATH_MAX], newbuf[PATH_MAX];
+
+  if (ReadFileName (state, oldbuf, old, sizeof oldbuf) != -1
+      && ReadFileName (state, newbuf, new, sizeof newbuf) != -1)
+    {
+      struct OSblock *OSptr = (struct OSblock *) state->OSptr;
+      state->Reg[0] = sim_callback->rename (sim_callback, oldbuf, newbuf);
+      OSptr->ErrorNo = sim_callback->get_errno (sim_callback);
+    }
+}
+
 /* The emulator calls this routine when a SWI instruction is encuntered.
    The parameter passed is the SWI number (lower 24 bits of the instruction).  */
 
@@ -544,6 +584,30 @@ ARMul_OSHandleSWI (ARMul_State * state, ARMword number)
       state->Emulate = FALSE;
       break;
 
+    case SWI_Remove:
+      if (swi_mask & SWI_MASK_DEMON)
+	SWIremove (state, state->Reg[0]);
+      else
+	unhandled = TRUE;
+      break;
+
+    case SWI_Rename:
+      if (swi_mask & SWI_MASK_DEMON)
+	SWIrename (state, state->Reg[0], state->Reg[1]);
+      else
+	unhandled = TRUE;
+      break;
+
+    case SWI_IsTTY:
+      if (swi_mask & SWI_MASK_DEMON)
+	{
+	  state->Reg[0] = sim_callback->isatty (sim_callback, state->Reg[0]);
+	  OSptr->ErrorNo = sim_callback->get_errno (sim_callback);
+	}
+      else
+	unhandled = TRUE;
+      break;
+
       /* Handle Angel SWIs as well as Demon ones.  */
     case AngelSWI_ARM:
     case AngelSWI_Thumb:
@@ -566,10 +630,7 @@ ARMul_OSHandleSWI (ARMul_State * state, ARMword number)
 	  
 	      /* Unimplemented reason codes.  */
 	    case AngelSWI_Reason_ReadC:
-	    case AngelSWI_Reason_IsTTY:
 	    case AngelSWI_Reason_TmpNam:
-	    case AngelSWI_Reason_Remove:
-	    case AngelSWI_Reason_Rename:
 	    case AngelSWI_Reason_System:
 	    case AngelSWI_Reason_EnterSVC:
 	    default:
@@ -684,6 +745,21 @@ ARMul_OSHandleSWI (ARMul_State * state, ARMword number)
 			ARMul_ReadWord (state, addr + 4),
 			ARMul_ReadWord (state, addr + 8));
 	      break;
+
+	    case AngelSWI_Reason_IsTTY:
+	      state->Reg[0] = sim_callback->close (sim_callback,
+						   ARMul_ReadWord (state, addr));
+	      OSptr->ErrorNo = sim_callback->get_errno (sim_callback);
+	      break;
+
+	    case AngelSWI_Reason_Remove:
+	      SWIremove (state,
+			 ARMul_ReadWord (state, addr));
+
+	    case AngelSWI_Reason_Rename:
+	      SWIrename (state,
+			 ARMul_ReadWord (state, addr),
+			 ARMul_ReadWord (state, addr + 4));
 	    }
 	}
       else
diff --git a/sim/cris/sim-main.h b/sim/cris/sim-main.h
index b671533..b35b927 100644
--- a/sim/cris/sim-main.h
+++ b/sim/cris/sim-main.h
@@ -166,6 +166,17 @@ struct _sim_cpu {
      for sigmasks and sigpendings. */
   USI sighandler[64];
 
+  /* This is a hack to implement just the parts of fcntl F_GETFL that
+     are used in open+fdopen calls for the standard scenario: for such
+     a call we check that the last syscall was open, we check that the
+     passed fd is the same returned then, and so we return the same
+     flags passed to open.  This way, we avoid complicating the
+     generic sim callback machinery by introducing fcntl
+     mechanisms.  */
+  USI last_syscall;
+  USI last_open_fd;
+  USI last_open_flags;
+
   /* Function for initializing CPU thread context, which varies in size
      with each CPU model.  They should be in some constant parts or
      initialized in *_init_cpu, but we can't modify that for now.  */
diff --git a/sim/cris/traps.c b/sim/cris/traps.c
index 5b3718d..48fe6c5 100644
--- a/sim/cris/traps.c
+++ b/sim/cris/traps.c
@@ -20,8 +20,9 @@ with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
 
 #include "sim-main.h"
 #include "sim-options.h"
-#include "targ-vals.h"
 #include "bfd.h"
+/* FIXME: get rid of targ-vals.h usage everywhere else.  */
+
 #ifdef HAVE_ERRNO_H
 #include <errno.h>
 #endif
@@ -63,6 +64,7 @@ with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
 #define TARGET_SYS_truncate 92
 #define TARGET_SYS_ftruncate 93
 #define TARGET_SYS_socketcall 102
+#define TARGET_SYS_stat 106
 #define TARGET_SYS_fstat 108
 #define TARGET_SYS_wait4 114
 #define TARGET_SYS_sigreturn 119
@@ -260,6 +262,7 @@ static const char stat32_map[] =
 static const CB_TARGET_DEFS_MAP syscall_stat32_map[] =
 {
   { CB_SYS_fstat, TARGET_SYS_fstat },
+  { CB_SYS_stat, TARGET_SYS_stat },
   { 0, -1 }
 };
 
@@ -661,15 +664,22 @@ static const CB_TARGET_DEFS_MAP errno_map[] =
    installation and removing synonyms and unnecessary items.  Don't
    forget the end-marker.  */
 
+/* These we treat specially, as they're used in the fcntl F_GETFL
+   syscall.  For consistency, open_map is also manually edited to use
+   these macros.  */
+#define TARGET_O_ACCMODE 0x3
+#define TARGET_O_RDONLY 0x0
+#define TARGET_O_WRONLY 0x1
+
 static const CB_TARGET_DEFS_MAP open_map[] = {
 #ifdef O_ACCMODE
-  { O_ACCMODE, 0x3 },
+  { O_ACCMODE, TARGET_O_ACCMODE },
 #endif
 #ifdef O_RDONLY
-  { O_RDONLY, 0x0 },
+  { O_RDONLY, TARGET_O_RDONLY },
 #endif
 #ifdef O_WRONLY
-  { O_WRONLY, 0x1 },
+  { O_WRONLY, TARGET_O_WRONLY },
 #endif
 #ifdef O_RDWR
   { O_RDWR, 0x2 },
@@ -1397,8 +1407,9 @@ cris_break_13_handler (SIM_CPU *current_cpu, USI callnum, USI arg1,
 
 	case TARGET_SYS_fcntl64:
 	case TARGET_SYS_fcntl:
-	  if (arg2 == 1)
+	  switch (arg2)
 	    {
+	    case 1:
 	      /* F_GETFD.
 		 Glibc checks stdin, stdout and stderr fd:s for
 		 close-on-exec security sanity.  We just need to provide a
@@ -1406,12 +1417,50 @@ cris_break_13_handler (SIM_CPU *current_cpu, USI callnum, USI arg1,
 		 close-on-exec flag true, we could just do a real fcntl
 		 here.  */
 	      retval = 0;
-	    }
-	  else if (arg2 == 2)
-	    {
+	      break;
+
+	    case 2:
 	      /* F_SETFD.  Just ignore attempts to set the close-on-exec
 		 flag.  */
 	      retval = 0;
+	      break;
+
+	    case 3:
+	      /* F_GETFL.  Check for the special case for open+fdopen.  */
+	      if (current_cpu->last_syscall == TARGET_SYS_open
+		  && arg1 == current_cpu->last_open_fd)
+		{
+		  retval = current_cpu->last_open_flags & TARGET_O_ACCMODE;
+		  break;
+		}
+	      else if (arg1 == 0)
+		{
+		  /* Because we can't freopen fd:s 0, 1, 2 to mean
+		     something else than stdin, stdout and stderr
+		     (sim/common/syscall.c:cb_syscall special cases fd
+		     0, 1 and 2), we know what flags that we can
+		     sanely return for these fd:s.  */
+		  retval = TARGET_O_RDONLY;
+		  break;
+		}
+	      else if (arg1 == 1 || arg1 == 2)
+		{
+		  retval = TARGET_O_WRONLY;
+		  break;
+		}
+	      /* FALLTHROUGH */
+	    default:
+	      /* Abort for all other cases.  */
+	      sim_io_eprintf (sd, "Unimplemented %s syscall "
+			      "(fd: 0x%lx: cmd: 0x%lx arg: 0x%lx)\n",
+			      callnum == TARGET_SYS_fcntl
+			      ? "fcntl" : "fcntl64",
+			      (unsigned long) (USI) arg1,
+			      (unsigned long) (USI) arg2,
+			      (unsigned long) (USI) arg3);
+	      sim_engine_halt (sd, current_cpu, NULL, pc, sim_stopped,
+			       SIM_SIGILL);
+	      break;
 	    }
 	  break;
 
@@ -2324,6 +2373,7 @@ cris_break_13_handler (SIM_CPU *current_cpu, USI callnum, USI arg1,
 	  /* Add case labels here for other syscalls using the 32-bit
 	     "struct stat", provided they have a corresponding simulator
 	     function of course.  */
+	case TARGET_SYS_stat:
 	case TARGET_SYS_fstat:
 	  {
 	    /* As long as the infrastructure doesn't cache anything
@@ -2816,6 +2866,14 @@ cris_break_13_handler (SIM_CPU *current_cpu, USI callnum, USI arg1,
 	}
     }
 
+  /* Minimal support for fcntl F_GETFL as used in open+fdopen.  */
+  if (callnum == TARGET_SYS_open)
+    {
+      current_cpu->last_open_fd = retval;
+      current_cpu->last_open_flags = arg2;
+    }
+  current_cpu->last_syscall = callnum;
+
   /* A system call is a rescheduling point.  For the time being, we don't
      reschedule anywhere else.  */
   if (current_cpu->m1threads != 0
diff --git a/sim/testsuite/ChangeLog b/sim/testsuite/ChangeLog
index c86d915..2b794d5 100644
--- a/sim/testsuite/ChangeLog
+++ b/sim/testsuite/ChangeLog
@@ -1,3 +1,8 @@
+2005-11-21  Hans-Peter Nilsson  <hp@axis.com>
+
+	* sim/cris: New directory with C and assembly tests for the CRIS
+	simulator.
+
 2005-01-11  Andrew Cagney  <cagney@localhost.localdomain>
 
 	* configure: Regenerated to track ../common/aclocal.m4 changes.
diff --git a/texinfo/texinfo.tex b/texinfo/texinfo.tex
deleted file mode 100644
index 6f322ea..0000000
--- a/texinfo/texinfo.tex
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,6931 +0,0 @@
-% texinfo.tex -- TeX macros to handle Texinfo files.
-%
-% Load plain if necessary, i.e., if running under initex.
-\expandafter\ifx\csname fmtname\endcsname\relax\input plain\fi
-%
-\def\texinfoversion{2004-02-19.09}
-%
-% Copyright (C) 1985, 1986, 1988, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995,
-% 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004 Free Software
-% Foundation, Inc.
-%
-% This texinfo.tex file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-% modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
-% published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at
-% your option) any later version.
-%
-% This texinfo.tex file is distributed in the hope that it will be
-% useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty
-% of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-% General Public License for more details.
-%
-% You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-% along with this texinfo.tex file; see the file COPYING.  If not, write
-% to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
-% Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
-%
-% As a special exception, when this file is read by TeX when processing
-% a Texinfo source document, you may use the result without
-% restriction.  (This has been our intent since Texinfo was invented.)
-% 
-% Please try the latest version of texinfo.tex before submitting bug
-% reports; you can get the latest version from:
-%   http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ (the Texinfo home page), or
-%   ftp://tug.org/tex/texinfo.tex
-%     (and all CTAN mirrors, see http://www.ctan.org).
-% The texinfo.tex in any given distribution could well be out
-% of date, so if that's what you're using, please check.
-%
-% Send bug reports to bug-texinfo@gnu.org.  Please include including a
-% complete document in each bug report with which we can reproduce the
-% problem.  Patches are, of course, greatly appreciated.
-%
-% To process a Texinfo manual with TeX, it's most reliable to use the
-% texi2dvi shell script that comes with the distribution.  For a simple
-% manual foo.texi, however, you can get away with this:
-%   tex foo.texi
-%   texindex foo.??
-%   tex foo.texi
-%   tex foo.texi
-%   dvips foo.dvi -o  # or whatever; this makes foo.ps.
-% The extra TeX runs get the cross-reference information correct.
-% Sometimes one run after texindex suffices, and sometimes you need more
-% than two; texi2dvi does it as many times as necessary.
-%
-% It is possible to adapt texinfo.tex for other languages, to some
-% extent.  You can get the existing language-specific files from the
-% full Texinfo distribution.
-% 
-% The GNU Texinfo home page is http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo.
-
-
-\message{Loading texinfo [version \texinfoversion]:}
-
-% If in a .fmt file, print the version number
-% and turn on active characters that we couldn't do earlier because
-% they might have appeared in the input file name.
-\everyjob{\message{[Texinfo version \texinfoversion]}%
-  \catcode`+=\active \catcode`\_=\active}
-
-\message{Basics,}
-\chardef\other=12
-
-% We never want plain's \outer definition of \+ in Texinfo.
-% For @tex, we can use \tabalign.
-\let\+ = \relax
-
-% Save some plain tex macros whose names we will redefine.
-\let\ptexb=\b
-\let\ptexbullet=\bullet
-\let\ptexc=\c
-\let\ptexcomma=\,
-\let\ptexdot=\.
-\let\ptexdots=\dots
-\let\ptexend=\end
-\let\ptexequiv=\equiv
-\let\ptexexclam=\!
-\let\ptexfootnote=\footnote
-\let\ptexgtr=>
-\let\ptexhat=^
-\let\ptexi=\i
-\let\ptexindent=\indent
-\let\ptexnoindent=\noindent
-\let\ptexinsert=\insert
-\let\ptexlbrace=\{
-\let\ptexless=<
-\let\ptexplus=+
-\let\ptexrbrace=\}
-\let\ptexslash=\/
-\let\ptexstar=\*
-\let\ptext=\t
-
-% If this character appears in an error message or help string, it
-% starts a new line in the output.
-\newlinechar = `^^J
-
-% Use TeX 3.0's \inputlineno to get the line number, for better error
-% messages, but if we're using an old version of TeX, don't do anything.
-%
-\ifx\inputlineno\thisisundefined
-  \let\linenumber = \empty % Pre-3.0.
-\else
-  \def\linenumber{l.\the\inputlineno:\space}
-\fi
-
-% Set up fixed words for English if not already set.
-\ifx\putwordAppendix\undefined  \gdef\putwordAppendix{Appendix}\fi
-\ifx\putwordChapter\undefined   \gdef\putwordChapter{Chapter}\fi
-\ifx\putwordfile\undefined      \gdef\putwordfile{file}\fi
-\ifx\putwordin\undefined        \gdef\putwordin{in}\fi
-\ifx\putwordIndexIsEmpty\undefined     \gdef\putwordIndexIsEmpty{(Index is empty)}\fi
-\ifx\putwordIndexNonexistent\undefined \gdef\putwordIndexNonexistent{(Index is nonexistent)}\fi
-\ifx\putwordInfo\undefined      \gdef\putwordInfo{Info}\fi
-\ifx\putwordInstanceVariableof\undefined \gdef\putwordInstanceVariableof{Instance Variable of}\fi
-\ifx\putwordMethodon\undefined  \gdef\putwordMethodon{Method on}\fi
-\ifx\putwordNoTitle\undefined   \gdef\putwordNoTitle{No Title}\fi
-\ifx\putwordof\undefined        \gdef\putwordof{of}\fi
-\ifx\putwordon\undefined        \gdef\putwordon{on}\fi
-\ifx\putwordpage\undefined      \gdef\putwordpage{page}\fi
-\ifx\putwordsection\undefined   \gdef\putwordsection{section}\fi
-\ifx\putwordSection\undefined   \gdef\putwordSection{Section}\fi
-\ifx\putwordsee\undefined       \gdef\putwordsee{see}\fi
-\ifx\putwordSee\undefined       \gdef\putwordSee{See}\fi
-\ifx\putwordShortTOC\undefined  \gdef\putwordShortTOC{Short Contents}\fi
-\ifx\putwordTOC\undefined       \gdef\putwordTOC{Table of Contents}\fi
-%
-\ifx\putwordMJan\undefined \gdef\putwordMJan{January}\fi
-\ifx\putwordMFeb\undefined \gdef\putwordMFeb{February}\fi
-\ifx\putwordMMar\undefined \gdef\putwordMMar{March}\fi
-\ifx\putwordMApr\undefined \gdef\putwordMApr{April}\fi
-\ifx\putwordMMay\undefined \gdef\putwordMMay{May}\fi
-\ifx\putwordMJun\undefined \gdef\putwordMJun{June}\fi
-\ifx\putwordMJul\undefined \gdef\putwordMJul{July}\fi
-\ifx\putwordMAug\undefined \gdef\putwordMAug{August}\fi
-\ifx\putwordMSep\undefined \gdef\putwordMSep{September}\fi
-\ifx\putwordMOct\undefined \gdef\putwordMOct{October}\fi
-\ifx\putwordMNov\undefined \gdef\putwordMNov{November}\fi
-\ifx\putwordMDec\undefined \gdef\putwordMDec{December}\fi
-%
-\ifx\putwordDefmac\undefined    \gdef\putwordDefmac{Macro}\fi
-\ifx\putwordDefspec\undefined   \gdef\putwordDefspec{Special Form}\fi
-\ifx\putwordDefvar\undefined    \gdef\putwordDefvar{Variable}\fi
-\ifx\putwordDefopt\undefined    \gdef\putwordDefopt{User Option}\fi
-\ifx\putwordDeffunc\undefined   \gdef\putwordDeffunc{Function}\fi
-
-% In some macros, we cannot use the `\? notation---the left quote is
-% in some cases the escape char.
-\chardef\colonChar = `\:
-\chardef\commaChar = `\,
-\chardef\dotChar   = `\.
-\chardef\exclamChar= `\!
-\chardef\questChar = `\?
-\chardef\semiChar  = `\;
-\chardef\underChar = `\_
-
-\chardef\spaceChar = `\ %
-\chardef\spacecat = 10
-\def\spaceisspace{\catcode\spaceChar=\spacecat}
-
-% Ignore a token.
-%
-\def\gobble#1{}
-
-% The following is used inside several \edef's.
-\def\makecsname#1{\expandafter\noexpand\csname#1\endcsname}
-
-% Hyphenation fixes.
-\hyphenation{
-  Flor-i-da Ghost-script Ghost-view Mac-OS ap-pen-dix bit-map bit-maps
-  data-base data-bases eshell fall-ing half-way long-est man-u-script
-  man-u-scripts mini-buf-fer mini-buf-fers over-view par-a-digm
-  par-a-digms rec-tan-gu-lar ro-bot-ics se-vere-ly set-up spa-ces
-  stand-alone strong-est time-stamp time-stamps which-ever white-space
-  wide-spread wrap-around
-}
-
-% Margin to add to right of even pages, to left of odd pages.
-\newdimen\bindingoffset
-\newdimen\normaloffset
-\newdimen\pagewidth \newdimen\pageheight
-
-% For a final copy, take out the rectangles
-% that mark overfull boxes (in case you have decided
-% that the text looks ok even though it passes the margin).
-%
-\def\finalout{\overfullrule=0pt}
-
-% @| inserts a changebar to the left of the current line.  It should
-% surround any changed text.  This approach does *not* work if the
-% change spans more than two lines of output.  To handle that, we would
-% have adopt a much more difficult approach (putting marks into the main
-% vertical list for the beginning and end of each change).
-%
-\def\|{%
-  % \vadjust can only be used in horizontal mode.
-  \leavevmode
-  %
-  % Append this vertical mode material after the current line in the output.
-  \vadjust{%
-    % We want to insert a rule with the height and depth of the current
-    % leading; that is exactly what \strutbox is supposed to record.
-    \vskip-\baselineskip
-    %
-    % \vadjust-items are inserted at the left edge of the type.  So
-    % the \llap here moves out into the left-hand margin.
-    \llap{%
-      %
-      % For a thicker or thinner bar, change the `1pt'.
-      \vrule height\baselineskip width1pt
-      %
-      % This is the space between the bar and the text.
-      \hskip 12pt
-    }%
-  }%
-}
-
-% Sometimes it is convenient to have everything in the transcript file
-% and nothing on the terminal.  We don't just call \tracingall here,
-% since that produces some useless output on the terminal.  We also make
-% some effort to order the tracing commands to reduce output in the log
-% file; cf. trace.sty in LaTeX.
-%
-\def\gloggingall{\begingroup \globaldefs = 1 \loggingall \endgroup}%
-\def\loggingall{%
-  \tracingstats2
-  \tracingpages1
-  \tracinglostchars2  % 2 gives us more in etex
-  \tracingparagraphs1
-  \tracingoutput1
-  \tracingmacros2
-  \tracingrestores1
-  \showboxbreadth\maxdimen \showboxdepth\maxdimen
-  \ifx\eTeXversion\undefined\else % etex gives us more logging
-    \tracingscantokens1
-    \tracingifs1
-    \tracinggroups1
-    \tracingnesting2
-    \tracingassigns1
-  \fi
-  \tracingcommands3  % 3 gives us more in etex
-  \errorcontextlines16
-}%
-
-% add check for \lastpenalty to plain's definitions.  If the last thing
-% we did was a \nobreak, we don't want to insert more space.
-%
-\def\smallbreak{\ifnum\lastpenalty<10000\par\ifdim\lastskip<\smallskipamount
-  \removelastskip\penalty-50\smallskip\fi\fi}
-\def\medbreak{\ifnum\lastpenalty<10000\par\ifdim\lastskip<\medskipamount
-  \removelastskip\penalty-100\medskip\fi\fi}
-\def\bigbreak{\ifnum\lastpenalty<10000\par\ifdim\lastskip<\bigskipamount
-  \removelastskip\penalty-200\bigskip\fi\fi}
-
-% For @cropmarks command.
-% Do @cropmarks to get crop marks.
-%
-\newif\ifcropmarks
-\let\cropmarks = \cropmarkstrue
-%
-% Dimensions to add cropmarks at corners.
-% Added by P. A. MacKay, 12 Nov. 1986
-%
-\newdimen\outerhsize \newdimen\outervsize % set by the paper size routines
-\newdimen\cornerlong  \cornerlong=1pc
-\newdimen\cornerthick \cornerthick=.3pt
-\newdimen\topandbottommargin \topandbottommargin=.75in
-
-% Main output routine.
-\chardef\PAGE = 255
-\output = {\onepageout{\pagecontents\PAGE}}
-
-\newbox\headlinebox
-\newbox\footlinebox
-
-% \onepageout takes a vbox as an argument.  Note that \pagecontents
-% does insertions, but you have to call it yourself.
-\def\onepageout#1{%
-  \ifcropmarks \hoffset=0pt \else \hoffset=\normaloffset \fi
-  %
-  \ifodd\pageno  \advance\hoffset by \bindingoffset
-  \else \advance\hoffset by -\bindingoffset\fi
-  %
-  % Do this outside of the \shipout so @code etc. will be expanded in
-  % the headline as they should be, not taken literally (outputting ''code).
-  \setbox\headlinebox = \vbox{\let\hsize=\pagewidth \makeheadline}%
-  \setbox\footlinebox = \vbox{\let\hsize=\pagewidth \makefootline}%
-  %
-  {%
-    % Have to do this stuff outside the \shipout because we want it to
-    % take effect in \write's, yet the group defined by the \vbox ends
-    % before the \shipout runs.
-    %
-    \escapechar = `\\     % use backslash in output files.
-    \indexdummies         % don't expand commands in the output.
-    \normalturnoffactive  % \ in index entries must not stay \, e.g., if
-                   % the page break happens to be in the middle of an example.
-    \shipout\vbox{%
-      % Do this early so pdf references go to the beginning of the page.
-      \ifpdfmakepagedest \pdfdest name{\the\pageno} xyz\fi
-      %
-      \ifcropmarks \vbox to \outervsize\bgroup
-        \hsize = \outerhsize
-        \vskip-\topandbottommargin
-        \vtop to0pt{%
-          \line{\ewtop\hfil\ewtop}%
-          \nointerlineskip
-          \line{%
-            \vbox{\moveleft\cornerthick\nstop}%
-            \hfill
-            \vbox{\moveright\cornerthick\nstop}%
-          }%
-          \vss}%
-        \vskip\topandbottommargin
-        \line\bgroup
-          \hfil % center the page within the outer (page) hsize.
-          \ifodd\pageno\hskip\bindingoffset\fi
-          \vbox\bgroup
-      \fi
-      %
-      \unvbox\headlinebox
-      \pagebody{#1}%
-      \ifdim\ht\footlinebox > 0pt
-        % Only leave this space if the footline is nonempty.
-        % (We lessened \vsize for it in \oddfootingxxx.)
-        % The \baselineskip=24pt in plain's \makefootline has no effect.
-        \vskip 2\baselineskip
-        \unvbox\footlinebox
-      \fi
-      %
-      \ifcropmarks
-          \egroup % end of \vbox\bgroup
-        \hfil\egroup % end of (centering) \line\bgroup
-        \vskip\topandbottommargin plus1fill minus1fill
-        \boxmaxdepth = \cornerthick
-        \vbox to0pt{\vss
-          \line{%
-            \vbox{\moveleft\cornerthick\nsbot}%
-            \hfill
-            \vbox{\moveright\cornerthick\nsbot}%
-          }%
-          \nointerlineskip
-          \line{\ewbot\hfil\ewbot}%
-        }%
-      \egroup % \vbox from first cropmarks clause
-      \fi
-    }% end of \shipout\vbox
-  }% end of group with \normalturnoffactive
-  \advancepageno
-  \ifnum\outputpenalty>-20000 \else\dosupereject\fi
-}
-
-\newinsert\margin \dimen\margin=\maxdimen
-
-\def\pagebody#1{\vbox to\pageheight{\boxmaxdepth=\maxdepth #1}}
-{\catcode`\@ =11
-\gdef\pagecontents#1{\ifvoid\topins\else\unvbox\topins\fi
-% marginal hacks, juha@viisa.uucp (Juha Takala)
-\ifvoid\margin\else % marginal info is present
-  \rlap{\kern\hsize\vbox to\z@{\kern1pt\box\margin \vss}}\fi
-\dimen@=\dp#1 \unvbox#1
-\ifvoid\footins\else\vskip\skip\footins\footnoterule \unvbox\footins\fi
-\ifr@ggedbottom \kern-\dimen@ \vfil \fi}
-}
-
-% Here are the rules for the cropmarks.  Note that they are
-% offset so that the space between them is truly \outerhsize or \outervsize
-% (P. A. MacKay, 12 November, 1986)
-%
-\def\ewtop{\vrule height\cornerthick depth0pt width\cornerlong}
-\def\nstop{\vbox
-  {\hrule height\cornerthick depth\cornerlong width\cornerthick}}
-\def\ewbot{\vrule height0pt depth\cornerthick width\cornerlong}
-\def\nsbot{\vbox
-  {\hrule height\cornerlong depth\cornerthick width\cornerthick}}
-
-% Parse an argument, then pass it to #1.  The argument is the rest of
-% the input line (except we remove a trailing comment).  #1 should be a
-% macro which expects an ordinary undelimited TeX argument.
-%
-\def\parsearg{\parseargusing{}}
-\def\parseargusing#1#2{%
-  \def\next{#2}%
-  \begingroup
-    \obeylines
-    \spaceisspace
-    #1%
-    \parseargline\empty% Insert the \empty token, see \finishparsearg below.
-}
-
-{\obeylines %
-  \gdef\parseargline#1^^M{%
-    \endgroup % End of the group started in \parsearg.
-    \argremovecomment #1\comment\ArgTerm%
-  }%
-}
-
-% First remove any @comment, then any @c comment.
-\def\argremovecomment#1\comment#2\ArgTerm{\argremovec #1\c\ArgTerm}
-\def\argremovec#1\c#2\ArgTerm{\argcheckspaces#1\^^M\ArgTerm}
-
-% Each occurence of `\^^M' or `<space>\^^M' is replaced by a single space.
-%
-% \argremovec might leave us with trailing space, e.g.,
-%    @end itemize  @c foo
-% This space token undergoes the same procedure and is eventually removed
-% by \finishparsearg.
-%
-\def\argcheckspaces#1\^^M{\argcheckspacesX#1\^^M \^^M}
-\def\argcheckspacesX#1 \^^M{\argcheckspacesY#1\^^M}
-\def\argcheckspacesY#1\^^M#2\^^M#3\ArgTerm{%
-  \def\temp{#3}%
-  \ifx\temp\empty
-    % We cannot use \next here, as it holds the macro to run;
-    % thus we reuse \temp.
-    \let\temp\finishparsearg
-  \else
-    \let\temp\argcheckspaces
-  \fi
-  % Put the space token in:
-  \temp#1 #3\ArgTerm
-}
-
-% If a _delimited_ argument is enclosed in braces, they get stripped; so
-% to get _exactly_ the rest of the line, we had to prevent such situation.
-% We prepended an \empty token at the very beginning and we expand it now,
-% just before passing the control to \next.
-% (Similarily, we have to think about #3 of \argcheckspacesY above: it is
-% either the null string, or it ends with \^^M---thus there is no danger
-% that a pair of braces would be stripped.
-%
-% But first, we have to remove the trailing space token.
-%
-\def\finishparsearg#1 \ArgTerm{\expandafter\next\expandafter{#1}}
-
-% \parseargdef\foo{...}
-%	is roughly equivalent to
-% \def\foo{\parsearg\Xfoo}
-% \def\Xfoo#1{...}
-%
-% Actually, I use \csname\string\foo\endcsname, ie. \\foo, as it is my
-% favourite TeX trick.  --kasal, 16nov03
-
-\def\parseargdef#1{%
-  \expandafter \doparseargdef \csname\string#1\endcsname #1%
-}
-\def\doparseargdef#1#2{%
-  \def#2{\parsearg#1}%
-  \def#1##1%
-}
-
-% Several utility definitions with active space:
-{
-  \obeyspaces
-  \gdef\obeyedspace{ }
-
-  % Make each space character in the input produce a normal interword
-  % space in the output.  Don't allow a line break at this space, as this
-  % is used only in environments like @example, where each line of input
-  % should produce a line of output anyway.
-  %
-  \gdef\sepspaces{\obeyspaces\let =\tie}
-
-  % If an index command is used in an @example environment, any spaces
-  % therein should become regular spaces in the raw index file, not the
-  % expansion of \tie (\leavevmode \penalty \@M \ ).
-  \gdef\unsepspaces{\let =\space}
-}
-
-
-\def\flushcr{\ifx\par\lisppar \def\next##1{}\else \let\next=\relax \fi \next}
-
-% Define the framework for environments in texinfo.tex.  It's used like this:
-% 
-%   \envdef\foo{...}
-%   \def\Efoo{...}
-%   
-% It's the responsibility of \envdef to insert \begingroup before the
-% actual body; @end closes the group after calling \Efoo.  \envdef also
-% defines \thisenv, so the current environment is known; @end checks
-% whether the environment name matches.  The \checkenv macro can also be
-% used to check whether the current environment is the one expected.
-% 
-% Non-false conditionals (@iftex, @ifset) don't fit into this, so they
-% are not treated as enviroments; they don't open a group.  (The
-% implementation of @end takes care not to call \endgroup in this
-% special case.)
-
-
-% At runtime, environments start with this:
-\def\startenvironment#1{\begingroup\def\thisenv{#1}}
-% initialize
-\let\thisenv\empty
-
-% ... but they get defined via ``\envdef\foo{...}'':
-\long\def\envdef#1#2{\def#1{\startenvironment#1#2}}
-\def\envparseargdef#1#2{\parseargdef#1{\startenvironment#1#2}}
-
-% Check whether we're in the right environment:
-\def\checkenv#1{%
-  \def\temp{#1}%
-  \ifx\thisenv\temp
-  \else
-    \badenverr
-  \fi
-}
-
-% Evironment mismatch, #1 expected:
-\def\badenverr{%
-  \errhelp = \EMsimple
-  \errmessage{This command can appear only \inenvironment\temp,
-    not \inenvironment\thisenv}%
-}
-\def\inenvironment#1{%
-  \ifx#1\empty
-    out of any environment%
-  \else
-    in environment \expandafter\string#1%
-  \fi
-}
-
-% @end foo executes the definition of \Efoo.
-% But first, it executes a specialized version of \checkenv
-%
-\parseargdef\end{%
-  \if 1\csname iscond.#1\endcsname
-  \else
-    % The general wording of \badenverr may not be ideal, but... --kasal, 06nov03
-    \expandafter\checkenv\csname#1\endcsname
-    \csname E#1\endcsname
-    \endgroup
-  \fi
-}
-
-\newhelp\EMsimple{Press RETURN to continue.}
-
-
-%% Simple single-character @ commands
-
-% @@ prints an @
-% Kludge this until the fonts are right (grr).
-\def\@{{\tt\char64}}
-
-% This is turned off because it was never documented
-% and you can use @w{...} around a quote to suppress ligatures.
-%% Define @` and @' to be the same as ` and '
-%% but suppressing ligatures.
-%\def\`{{`}}
-%\def\'{{'}}
-
-% Used to generate quoted braces.
-\def\mylbrace {{\tt\char123}}
-\def\myrbrace {{\tt\char125}}
-\let\{=\mylbrace
-\let\}=\myrbrace
-\begingroup
-  % Definitions to produce \{ and \} commands for indices,
-  % and @{ and @} for the aux file.
-  \catcode`\{ = \other \catcode`\} = \other
-  \catcode`\[ = 1 \catcode`\] = 2
-  \catcode`\! = 0 \catcode`\\ = \other
-  !gdef!lbracecmd[\{]%
-  !gdef!rbracecmd[\}]%
-  !gdef!lbraceatcmd[@{]%
-  !gdef!rbraceatcmd[@}]%
-!endgroup
-
-% @comma{} to avoid , parsing problems.
-\let\comma = ,
-
-% Accents: @, @dotaccent @ringaccent @ubaraccent @udotaccent
-% Others are defined by plain TeX: @` @' @" @^ @~ @= @u @v @H.
-\let\, = \c
-\let\dotaccent = \.
-\def\ringaccent#1{{\accent23 #1}}
-\let\tieaccent = \t
-\let\ubaraccent = \b
-\let\udotaccent = \d
-
-% Other special characters: @questiondown @exclamdown @ordf @ordm
-% Plain TeX defines: @AA @AE @O @OE @L (plus lowercase versions) @ss.
-\def\questiondown{?`}
-\def\exclamdown{!`}
-\def\ordf{\leavevmode\raise1ex\hbox{\selectfonts\lllsize \underbar{a}}}
-\def\ordm{\leavevmode\raise1ex\hbox{\selectfonts\lllsize \underbar{o}}}
-
-% Dotless i and dotless j, used for accents.
-\def\imacro{i}
-\def\jmacro{j}
-\def\dotless#1{%
-  \def\temp{#1}%
-  \ifx\temp\imacro \ptexi
-  \else\ifx\temp\jmacro \j
-  \else \errmessage{@dotless can be used only with i or j}%
-  \fi\fi
-}
-
-% The \TeX{} logo, as in plain, but resetting the spacing so that a
-% period following counts as ending a sentence.  (Idea found in latex.)
-% 
-\edef\TeX{\TeX \spacefactor=3000 }
-
-% @LaTeX{} logo.  Not quite the same results as the definition in
-% latex.ltx, since we use a different font for the raised A; it's most
-% convenient for us to use an explicitly smaller font, rather than using
-% the \scriptstyle font (since we don't reset \scriptstyle and
-% \scriptscriptstyle).
-% 
-\def\LaTeX{%
-  L\kern-.36em
-  {\setbox0=\hbox{T}%
-   \vbox to \ht0{\hbox{\selectfonts\lllsize A}\vss}}%
-  \kern-.15em
-  \TeX
-}
-
-% Be sure we're in horizontal mode when doing a tie, since we make space
-% equivalent to this in @example-like environments. Otherwise, a space
-% at the beginning of a line will start with \penalty -- and
-% since \penalty is valid in vertical mode, we'd end up putting the
-% penalty on the vertical list instead of in the new paragraph.
-{\catcode`@ = 11
- % Avoid using \@M directly, because that causes trouble
- % if the definition is written into an index file.
- \global\let\tiepenalty = \@M
- \gdef\tie{\leavevmode\penalty\tiepenalty\ }
-}
-
-% @: forces normal size whitespace following.
-\def\:{\spacefactor=1000 }
-
-% @* forces a line break.
-\def\*{\hfil\break\hbox{}\ignorespaces}
-
-% @/ allows a line break.
-\let\/=\allowbreak
-
-% @. is an end-of-sentence period.
-\def\.{.\spacefactor=3000 }
-
-% @! is an end-of-sentence bang.
-\def\!{!\spacefactor=3000 }
-
-% @? is an end-of-sentence query.
-\def\?{?\spacefactor=3000 }
-
-% @w prevents a word break.  Without the \leavevmode, @w at the
-% beginning of a paragraph, when TeX is still in vertical mode, would
-% produce a whole line of output instead of starting the paragraph.
-\def\w#1{\leavevmode\hbox{#1}}
-
-% @group ... @end group forces ... to be all on one page, by enclosing
-% it in a TeX vbox.  We use \vtop instead of \vbox to construct the box
-% to keep its height that of a normal line.  According to the rules for
-% \topskip (p.114 of the TeXbook), the glue inserted is
-% max (\topskip - \ht (first item), 0).  If that height is large,
-% therefore, no glue is inserted, and the space between the headline and
-% the text is small, which looks bad.
-%
-% Another complication is that the group might be very large.  This can
-% cause the glue on the previous page to be unduly stretched, because it
-% does not have much material.  In this case, it's better to add an
-% explicit \vfill so that the extra space is at the bottom.  The
-% threshold for doing this is if the group is more than \vfilllimit
-% percent of a page (\vfilllimit can be changed inside of @tex).
-%
-\newbox\groupbox
-\def\vfilllimit{0.7}
-%
-\envdef\group{%
-  \ifnum\catcode`\^^M=\active \else
-    \errhelp = \groupinvalidhelp
-    \errmessage{@group invalid in context where filling is enabled}%
-  \fi
-  \startsavinginserts
-  %
-  \setbox\groupbox = \vtop\bgroup
-    % Do @comment since we are called inside an environment such as
-    % @example, where each end-of-line in the input causes an
-    % end-of-line in the output.  We don't want the end-of-line after
-    % the `@group' to put extra space in the output.  Since @group
-    % should appear on a line by itself (according to the Texinfo
-    % manual), we don't worry about eating any user text.
-    \comment
-}
-%
-% The \vtop produces a box with normal height and large depth; thus, TeX puts
-% \baselineskip glue before it, and (when the next line of text is done)
-% \lineskip glue after it.  Thus, space below is not quite equal to space
-% above.  But it's pretty close.
-\def\Egroup{%
-    % To get correct interline space between the last line of the group
-    % and the first line afterwards, we have to propagate \prevdepth.
-    \endgraf % Not \par, as it may have been set to \lisppar.
-    \global\dimen1 = \prevdepth
-  \egroup           % End the \vtop.
-  % \dimen0 is the vertical size of the group's box.
-  \dimen0 = \ht\groupbox  \advance\dimen0 by \dp\groupbox
-  % \dimen2 is how much space is left on the page (more or less).
-  \dimen2 = \pageheight   \advance\dimen2 by -\pagetotal
-  % if the group doesn't fit on the current page, and it's a big big
-  % group, force a page break.
-  \ifdim \dimen0 > \dimen2
-    \ifdim \pagetotal < \vfilllimit\pageheight
-      \page
-    \fi
-  \fi
-  \box\groupbox
-  \prevdepth = \dimen1
-  \checkinserts
-}
-%
-% TeX puts in an \escapechar (i.e., `@') at the beginning of the help
-% message, so this ends up printing `@group can only ...'.
-%
-\newhelp\groupinvalidhelp{%
-group can only be used in environments such as @example,^^J%
-where each line of input produces a line of output.}
-
-% @need space-in-mils
-% forces a page break if there is not space-in-mils remaining.
-
-\newdimen\mil  \mil=0.001in
-
-% Old definition--didn't work.
-%\parseargdef\need{\par %
-%% This method tries to make TeX break the page naturally
-%% if the depth of the box does not fit.
-%{\baselineskip=0pt%
-%\vtop to #1\mil{\vfil}\kern -#1\mil\nobreak
-%\prevdepth=-1000pt
-%}}
-
-\parseargdef\need{%
-  % Ensure vertical mode, so we don't make a big box in the middle of a
-  % paragraph.
-  \par
-  %
-  % If the @need value is less than one line space, it's useless.
-  \dimen0 = #1\mil
-  \dimen2 = \ht\strutbox
-  \advance\dimen2 by \dp\strutbox
-  \ifdim\dimen0 > \dimen2
-    %
-    % Do a \strut just to make the height of this box be normal, so the
-    % normal leading is inserted relative to the preceding line.
-    % And a page break here is fine.
-    \vtop to #1\mil{\strut\vfil}%
-    %
-    % TeX does not even consider page breaks if a penalty added to the
-    % main vertical list is 10000 or more.  But in order to see if the
-    % empty box we just added fits on the page, we must make it consider
-    % page breaks.  On the other hand, we don't want to actually break the
-    % page after the empty box.  So we use a penalty of 9999.
-    %
-    % There is an extremely small chance that TeX will actually break the
-    % page at this \penalty, if there are no other feasible breakpoints in
-    % sight.  (If the user is using lots of big @group commands, which
-    % almost-but-not-quite fill up a page, TeX will have a hard time doing
-    % good page breaking, for example.)  However, I could not construct an
-    % example where a page broke at this \penalty; if it happens in a real
-    % document, then we can reconsider our strategy.
-    \penalty9999
-    %
-    % Back up by the size of the box, whether we did a page break or not.
-    \kern -#1\mil
-    %
-    % Do not allow a page break right after this kern.
-    \nobreak
-  \fi
-}
-
-% @br   forces paragraph break (and is undocumented).
-
-\let\br = \par
-
-% @page forces the start of a new page.
-%
-\def\page{\par\vfill\supereject}
-
-% @exdent text....
-% outputs text on separate line in roman font, starting at standard page margin
-
-% This records the amount of indent in the innermost environment.
-% That's how much \exdent should take out.
-\newskip\exdentamount
-
-% This defn is used inside fill environments such as @defun.
-\parseargdef\exdent{\hfil\break\hbox{\kern -\exdentamount{\rm#1}}\hfil\break}
-
-% This defn is used inside nofill environments such as @example.
-\parseargdef\nofillexdent{{\advance \leftskip by -\exdentamount
-  \leftline{\hskip\leftskip{\rm#1}}}}
-
-% @inmargin{WHICH}{TEXT} puts TEXT in the WHICH margin next to the current
-% paragraph.  For more general purposes, use the \margin insertion
-% class.  WHICH is `l' or `r'.
-%
-\newskip\inmarginspacing \inmarginspacing=1cm
-\def\strutdepth{\dp\strutbox}
-%
-\def\doinmargin#1#2{\strut\vadjust{%
-  \nobreak
-  \kern-\strutdepth
-  \vtop to \strutdepth{%
-    \baselineskip=\strutdepth
-    \vss
-    % if you have multiple lines of stuff to put here, you'll need to
-    % make the vbox yourself of the appropriate size.
-    \ifx#1l%
-      \llap{\ignorespaces #2\hskip\inmarginspacing}%
-    \else
-      \rlap{\hskip\hsize \hskip\inmarginspacing \ignorespaces #2}%
-    \fi
-    \null
-  }%
-}}
-\def\inleftmargin{\doinmargin l}
-\def\inrightmargin{\doinmargin r}
-%
-% @inmargin{TEXT [, RIGHT-TEXT]}
-% (if RIGHT-TEXT is given, use TEXT for left page, RIGHT-TEXT for right;
-% else use TEXT for both).
-%
-\def\inmargin#1{\parseinmargin #1,,\finish}
-\def\parseinmargin#1,#2,#3\finish{% not perfect, but better than nothing.
-  \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}%
-  \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt
-    \def\lefttext{#1}%  have both texts
-    \def\righttext{#2}%
-  \else
-    \def\lefttext{#1}%  have only one text
-    \def\righttext{#1}%
-  \fi
-  %
-  \ifodd\pageno
-    \def\temp{\inrightmargin\righttext}% odd page -> outside is right margin
-  \else
-    \def\temp{\inleftmargin\lefttext}%
-  \fi
-  \temp
-}
-
-% @include file    insert text of that file as input.
-%
-\def\include{\parseargusing\filenamecatcodes\includezzz}
-\def\includezzz#1{%
-  \pushthisfilestack
-  \def\thisfile{#1}%
-  {%
-    \makevalueexpandable
-    \def\temp{\input #1 }%
-    \expandafter
-  }\temp
-  \popthisfilestack
-}
-\def\filenamecatcodes{%
-  \catcode`\\=\other
-  \catcode`~=\other
-  \catcode`^=\other
-  \catcode`_=\other
-  \catcode`|=\other
-  \catcode`<=\other
-  \catcode`>=\other
-  \catcode`+=\other
-  \catcode`-=\other
-}
-
-\def\pushthisfilestack{%
-  \expandafter\pushthisfilestackX\popthisfilestack\StackTerm
-}
-\def\pushthisfilestackX{%
-  \expandafter\pushthisfilestackY\thisfile\StackTerm
-}
-\def\pushthisfilestackY #1\StackTerm #2\StackTerm {%
-  \gdef\popthisfilestack{\gdef\thisfile{#1}\gdef\popthisfilestack{#2}}%
-}
-
-\def\popthisfilestack{\errthisfilestackempty}
-\def\errthisfilestackempty{\errmessage{Internal error:
-  the stack of filenames is empty.}}
-
-\def\thisfile{}
-
-% @center line
-% outputs that line, centered.
-%
-\parseargdef\center{%
-  \ifhmode
-    \let\next\centerH
-  \else
-    \let\next\centerV
-  \fi
-  \next{\hfil \ignorespaces#1\unskip \hfil}%
-}
-\def\centerH#1{%
-  {%
-    \hfil\break
-    \advance\hsize by -\leftskip
-    \advance\hsize by -\rightskip
-    \line{#1}%
-    \break
-  }%
-}
-\def\centerV#1{\line{\kern\leftskip #1\kern\rightskip}}
-
-% @sp n   outputs n lines of vertical space
-
-\parseargdef\sp{\vskip #1\baselineskip}
-
-% @comment ...line which is ignored...
-% @c is the same as @comment
-% @ignore ... @end ignore  is another way to write a comment
-
-\def\comment{\begingroup \catcode`\^^M=\other%
-\catcode`\@=\other \catcode`\{=\other \catcode`\}=\other%
-\commentxxx}
-{\catcode`\^^M=\other \gdef\commentxxx#1^^M{\endgroup}}
-
-\let\c=\comment
-
-% @paragraphindent NCHARS
-% We'll use ems for NCHARS, close enough.
-% NCHARS can also be the word `asis' or `none'.
-% We cannot feasibly implement @paragraphindent asis, though.
-%
-\def\asisword{asis} % no translation, these are keywords
-\def\noneword{none}
-%
-\parseargdef\paragraphindent{%
-  \def\temp{#1}%
-  \ifx\temp\asisword
-  \else
-    \ifx\temp\noneword
-      \defaultparindent = 0pt
-    \else
-      \defaultparindent = #1em
-    \fi
-  \fi
-  \parindent = \defaultparindent
-}
-
-% @exampleindent NCHARS
-% We'll use ems for NCHARS like @paragraphindent.
-% It seems @exampleindent asis isn't necessary, but
-% I preserve it to make it similar to @paragraphindent.
-\parseargdef\exampleindent{%
-  \def\temp{#1}%
-  \ifx\temp\asisword
-  \else
-    \ifx\temp\noneword
-      \lispnarrowing = 0pt
-    \else
-      \lispnarrowing = #1em
-    \fi
-  \fi
-}
-
-% @firstparagraphindent WORD
-% If WORD is `none', then suppress indentation of the first paragraph
-% after a section heading.  If WORD is `insert', then do indent at such
-% paragraphs.
-%
-% The paragraph indentation is suppressed or not by calling
-% \suppressfirstparagraphindent, which the sectioning commands do.
-% We switch the definition of this back and forth according to WORD.
-% By default, we suppress indentation.
-%
-\def\suppressfirstparagraphindent{\dosuppressfirstparagraphindent}
-\def\insertword{insert}
-%
-\parseargdef\firstparagraphindent{%
-  \def\temp{#1}%
-  \ifx\temp\noneword
-    \let\suppressfirstparagraphindent = \dosuppressfirstparagraphindent
-  \else\ifx\temp\insertword
-    \let\suppressfirstparagraphindent = \relax
-  \else
-    \errhelp = \EMsimple
-    \errmessage{Unknown @firstparagraphindent option `\temp'}%
-  \fi\fi
-}
-
-% Here is how we actually suppress indentation.  Redefine \everypar to
-% \kern backwards by \parindent, and then reset itself to empty.
-%
-% We also make \indent itself not actually do anything until the next
-% paragraph.
-%
-\gdef\dosuppressfirstparagraphindent{%
-  \gdef\indent{%
-    \restorefirstparagraphindent
-    \indent
-  }%
-  \gdef\noindent{%
-    \restorefirstparagraphindent
-    \noindent
-  }%
-  \global\everypar = {%
-    \kern -\parindent
-    \restorefirstparagraphindent
-  }%
-}
-
-\gdef\restorefirstparagraphindent{%
-  \global \let \indent = \ptexindent
-  \global \let \noindent = \ptexnoindent
-  \global \everypar = {}%
-}
-
-
-% @asis just yields its argument.  Used with @table, for example.
-%
-\def\asis#1{#1}
-
-% @math outputs its argument in math mode.
-%
-% One complication: _ usually means subscripts, but it could also mean
-% an actual _ character, as in @math{@var{some_variable} + 1}.  So make
-% _ active, and distinguish by seeing if the current family is \slfam,
-% which is what @var uses.
-{
-  \catcode\underChar = \active
-  \gdef\mathunderscore{%
-    \catcode\underChar=\active
-    \def_{\ifnum\fam=\slfam \_\else\sb\fi}%
-  }
-}
-% Another complication: we want \\ (and @\) to output a \ character.
-% FYI, plain.tex uses \\ as a temporary control sequence (why?), but
-% this is not advertised and we don't care.  Texinfo does not
-% otherwise define @\.
-%
-% The \mathchar is class=0=ordinary, family=7=ttfam, position=5C=\.
-\def\mathbackslash{\ifnum\fam=\ttfam \mathchar"075C \else\backslash \fi}
-%
-\def\math{%
-  \tex
-  \mathunderscore
-  \let\\ = \mathbackslash
-  \mathactive
-  $\finishmath
-}
-\def\finishmath#1{#1$\endgroup}  % Close the group opened by \tex.
-
-% Some active characters (such as <) are spaced differently in math.
-% We have to reset their definitions in case the @math was an argument
-% to a command which sets the catcodes (such as @item or @section).
-%
-{
-  \catcode`^ = \active
-  \catcode`< = \active
-  \catcode`> = \active
-  \catcode`+ = \active
-  \gdef\mathactive{%
-    \let^ = \ptexhat
-    \let< = \ptexless
-    \let> = \ptexgtr
-    \let+ = \ptexplus
-  }
-}
-
-% @bullet and @minus need the same treatment as @math, just above.
-\def\bullet{$\ptexbullet$}
-\def\minus{$-$}
-
-% @dots{} outputs an ellipsis using the current font.
-% We do .5em per period so that it has the same spacing in a typewriter
-% font as three actual period characters.
-%
-\def\dots{%
-  \leavevmode
-  \hbox to 1.5em{%
-    \hskip 0pt plus 0.25fil
-    .\hfil.\hfil.%
-    \hskip 0pt plus 0.5fil
-  }%
-}
-
-% @enddots{} is an end-of-sentence ellipsis.
-%
-\def\enddots{%
-  \dots
-  \spacefactor=3000
-}
-
-% @comma{} is so commas can be inserted into text without messing up
-% Texinfo's parsing.
-% 
-\let\comma = ,
-
-% @refill is a no-op.
-\let\refill=\relax
-
-% If working on a large document in chapters, it is convenient to
-% be able to disable indexing, cross-referencing, and contents, for test runs.
-% This is done with @novalidate (before @setfilename).
-%
-\newif\iflinks \linkstrue % by default we want the aux files.
-\let\novalidate = \linksfalse
-
-% @setfilename is done at the beginning of every texinfo file.
-% So open here the files we need to have open while reading the input.
-% This makes it possible to make a .fmt file for texinfo.
-\def\setfilename{%
-   \fixbackslash  % Turn off hack to swallow `\input texinfo'.
-   \iflinks
-     \tryauxfile
-     % Open the new aux file.  TeX will close it automatically at exit.
-     \immediate\openout\auxfile=\jobname.aux
-   \fi % \openindices needs to do some work in any case.
-   \openindices
-   \let\setfilename=\comment % Ignore extra @setfilename cmds.
-   %
-   % If texinfo.cnf is present on the system, read it.
-   % Useful for site-wide @afourpaper, etc.
-   \openin 1 texinfo.cnf
-   \ifeof 1 \else \input texinfo.cnf \fi
-   \closein 1
-   %
-   \comment % Ignore the actual filename.
-}
-
-% Called from \setfilename.
-%
-\def\openindices{%
-  \newindex{cp}%
-  \newcodeindex{fn}%
-  \newcodeindex{vr}%
-  \newcodeindex{tp}%
-  \newcodeindex{ky}%
-  \newcodeindex{pg}%
-}
-
-% @bye.
-\outer\def\bye{\pagealignmacro\tracingstats=1\ptexend}
-
-
-\message{pdf,}
-% adobe `portable' document format
-\newcount\tempnum
-\newcount\lnkcount
-\newtoks\filename
-\newcount\filenamelength
-\newcount\pgn
-\newtoks\toksA
-\newtoks\toksB
-\newtoks\toksC
-\newtoks\toksD
-\newbox\boxA
-\newcount\countA
-\newif\ifpdf
-\newif\ifpdfmakepagedest
-
-\ifx\pdfoutput\undefined
-  \pdffalse
-  \let\pdfmkdest = \gobble
-  \let\pdfurl = \gobble
-  \let\endlink = \relax
-  \let\linkcolor = \relax
-  \let\pdfmakeoutlines = \relax
-\else
-  \pdftrue
-  \pdfoutput = 1
-  \input pdfcolor
-  \pdfcatalog{/PageMode /UseOutlines}%
-  \def\dopdfimage#1#2#3{%
-    \def\imagewidth{#2}%
-    \def\imageheight{#3}%
-    % without \immediate, pdftex seg faults when the same image is
-    % included twice.  (Version 3.14159-pre-1.0-unofficial-20010704.)
-    \ifnum\pdftexversion < 14
-      \immediate\pdfimage
-    \else
-      \immediate\pdfximage
-    \fi
-      \ifx\empty\imagewidth\else width \imagewidth \fi
-      \ifx\empty\imageheight\else height \imageheight \fi
-      \ifnum\pdftexversion<13
-         #1.pdf%
-       \else
-         {#1.pdf}%
-       \fi
-    \ifnum\pdftexversion < 14 \else
-      \pdfrefximage \pdflastximage
-    \fi}
-  \def\pdfmkdest#1{{%
-    % We have to set dummies so commands such as @code in a section title
-    % aren't expanded.
-    \atdummies
-    \normalturnoffactive
-    \pdfdest name{#1} xyz%
-  }}
-  \def\pdfmkpgn#1{#1}
-  \let\linkcolor = \Blue  % was Cyan, but that seems light?
-  \def\endlink{\Black\pdfendlink}
-  % Adding outlines to PDF; macros for calculating structure of outlines
-  % come from Petr Olsak
-  \def\expnumber#1{\expandafter\ifx\csname#1\endcsname\relax 0%
-    \else \csname#1\endcsname \fi}
-  \def\advancenumber#1{\tempnum=\expnumber{#1}\relax
-    \advance\tempnum by 1
-    \expandafter\xdef\csname#1\endcsname{\the\tempnum}}
-  %
-  % #1 is the section text.  #2 is the pdf expression for the number
-  % of subentries (or empty, for subsubsections).  #3 is the node
-  % text, which might be empty if this toc entry had no
-  % corresponding node.  #4 is the page number.
-  % 
-  \def\dopdfoutline#1#2#3#4{%
-    % Generate a link to the node text if that exists; else, use the
-    % page number.  We could generate a destination for the section
-    % text in the case where a section has no node, but it doesn't
-    % seem worthwhile, since most documents are normally structured.
-    \def\pdfoutlinedest{#3}%
-    \ifx\pdfoutlinedest\empty \def\pdfoutlinedest{#4}\fi
-    %
-    \pdfoutline goto name{\pdfmkpgn{\pdfoutlinedest}}#2{#1}%
-  }
-  %
-  \def\pdfmakeoutlines{%
-    \begingroup
-      % Thanh's hack / proper braces in bookmarks
-      \edef\mylbrace{\iftrue \string{\else}\fi}\let\{=\mylbrace
-      \edef\myrbrace{\iffalse{\else\string}\fi}\let\}=\myrbrace
-      %
-      % Read toc silently, to get counts of subentries for \pdfoutline.
-      \def\numchapentry##1##2##3##4{%
-	\def\thischapnum{##2}%
-	\let\thissecnum\empty
-	\let\thissubsecnum\empty
-      }%
-      \def\numsecentry##1##2##3##4{%
-	\advancenumber{chap\thischapnum}%
-	\def\thissecnum{##2}%
-	\let\thissubsecnum\empty
-      }%
-      \def\numsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{%
-	\advancenumber{sec\thissecnum}%
-	\def\thissubsecnum{##2}%
-      }%
-      \def\numsubsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{%
-	\advancenumber{subsec\thissubsecnum}%
-      }%
-      \let\thischapnum\empty
-      \let\thissecnum\empty
-      \let\thissubsecnum\empty
-      %
-      % use \def rather than \let here because we redefine \chapentry et
-      % al. a second time, below.
-      \def\appentry{\numchapentry}%
-      \def\appsecentry{\numsecentry}%
-      \def\appsubsecentry{\numsubsecentry}%
-      \def\appsubsubsecentry{\numsubsubsecentry}%
-      \def\unnchapentry{\numchapentry}%
-      \def\unnsecentry{\numsecentry}%
-      \def\unnsubsecentry{\numsubsecentry}%
-      \def\unnsubsubsecentry{\numsubsubsecentry}%
-      \input \jobname.toc
-      %
-      % Read toc second time, this time actually producing the outlines.
-      % The `-' means take the \expnumber as the absolute number of
-      % subentries, which we calculated on our first read of the .toc above.
-      % 
-      % We use the node names as the destinations.
-      \def\numchapentry##1##2##3##4{%
-        \dopdfoutline{##1}{count-\expnumber{chap##2}}{##3}{##4}}%
-      \def\numsecentry##1##2##3##4{%
-        \dopdfoutline{##1}{count-\expnumber{sec##2}}{##3}{##4}}%
-      \def\numsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{%
-        \dopdfoutline{##1}{count-\expnumber{subsec##2}}{##3}{##4}}%
-      \def\numsubsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{% count is always zero
-        \dopdfoutline{##1}{}{##3}{##4}}%
-      %
-      % PDF outlines are displayed using system fonts, instead of
-      % document fonts.  Therefore we cannot use special characters,
-      % since the encoding is unknown.  For example, the eogonek from
-      % Latin 2 (0xea) gets translated to a | character.  Info from
-      % Staszek Wawrykiewicz, 19 Jan 2004 04:09:24 +0100.
-      % 
-      % xx to do this right, we have to translate 8-bit characters to
-      % their "best" equivalent, based on the @documentencoding.  Right
-      % now, I guess we'll just let the pdf reader have its way.
-      \indexnofonts
-      \turnoffactive
-      \input \jobname.toc
-    \endgroup
-  }
-  %
-  \def\makelinks #1,{%
-    \def\params{#1}\def\E{END}%
-    \ifx\params\E
-      \let\nextmakelinks=\relax
-    \else
-      \let\nextmakelinks=\makelinks
-      \ifnum\lnkcount>0,\fi
-      \picknum{#1}%
-      \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}
-        goto name{\pdfmkpgn{\the\pgn}}%
-      \linkcolor #1%
-      \advance\lnkcount by 1%
-      \endlink
-    \fi
-    \nextmakelinks
-  }
-  \def\picknum#1{\expandafter\pn#1}
-  \def\pn#1{%
-    \def\p{#1}%
-    \ifx\p\lbrace
-      \let\nextpn=\ppn
-    \else
-      \let\nextpn=\ppnn
-      \def\first{#1}
-    \fi
-    \nextpn
-  }
-  \def\ppn#1{\pgn=#1\gobble}
-  \def\ppnn{\pgn=\first}
-  \def\pdfmklnk#1{\lnkcount=0\makelinks #1,END,}
-  \def\skipspaces#1{\def\PP{#1}\def\D{|}%
-    \ifx\PP\D\let\nextsp\relax
-    \else\let\nextsp\skipspaces
-      \ifx\p\space\else\addtokens{\filename}{\PP}%
-        \advance\filenamelength by 1
-      \fi
-    \fi
-    \nextsp}
-  \def\getfilename#1{\filenamelength=0\expandafter\skipspaces#1|\relax}
-  \ifnum\pdftexversion < 14
-    \let \startlink \pdfannotlink
-  \else
-    \let \startlink \pdfstartlink
-  \fi
-  \def\pdfurl#1{%
-    \begingroup
-      \normalturnoffactive\def\@{@}%
-      \makevalueexpandable
-      \leavevmode\Red
-      \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}%
-        user{/Subtype /Link /A << /S /URI /URI (#1) >>}%
-    \endgroup}
-  \def\pdfgettoks#1.{\setbox\boxA=\hbox{\toksA={#1.}\toksB={}\maketoks}}
-  \def\addtokens#1#2{\edef\addtoks{\noexpand#1={\the#1#2}}\addtoks}
-  \def\adn#1{\addtokens{\toksC}{#1}\global\countA=1\let\next=\maketoks}
-  \def\poptoks#1#2|ENDTOKS|{\let\first=#1\toksD={#1}\toksA={#2}}
-  \def\maketoks{%
-    \expandafter\poptoks\the\toksA|ENDTOKS|\relax
-    \ifx\first0\adn0
-    \else\ifx\first1\adn1 \else\ifx\first2\adn2 \else\ifx\first3\adn3
-    \else\ifx\first4\adn4 \else\ifx\first5\adn5 \else\ifx\first6\adn6
-    \else\ifx\first7\adn7 \else\ifx\first8\adn8 \else\ifx\first9\adn9
-    \else
-      \ifnum0=\countA\else\makelink\fi
-      \ifx\first.\let\next=\done\else
-        \let\next=\maketoks
-        \addtokens{\toksB}{\the\toksD}
-        \ifx\first,\addtokens{\toksB}{\space}\fi
-      \fi
-    \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi
-    \next}
-  \def\makelink{\addtokens{\toksB}%
-    {\noexpand\pdflink{\the\toksC}}\toksC={}\global\countA=0}
-  \def\pdflink#1{%
-    \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]} goto name{\pdfmkpgn{#1}}
-    \linkcolor #1\endlink}
-  \def\done{\edef\st{\global\noexpand\toksA={\the\toksB}}\st}
-\fi % \ifx\pdfoutput
-
-
-\message{fonts,}
-
-% Change the current font style to #1, remembering it in \curfontstyle.
-% For now, we do not accumulate font styles: @b{@i{foo}} prints foo in
-% italics, not bold italics.
-% 
-\def\setfontstyle#1{%
-  \def\curfontstyle{#1}% not as a control sequence, because we are \edef'd.
-  \csname ten#1\endcsname  % change the current font
-}
-
-% Select #1 fonts with the current style.
-% 
-\def\selectfonts#1{\csname #1fonts\endcsname \csname\curfontstyle\endcsname}
-
-\def\rm{\fam=0 \setfontstyle{rm}}
-\def\it{\fam=\itfam \setfontstyle{it}}
-\def\sl{\fam=\slfam \setfontstyle{sl}}
-\def\bf{\fam=\bffam \setfontstyle{bf}}
-\def\tt{\fam=\ttfam \setfontstyle{tt}}
-
-% Texinfo sort of supports the sans serif font style, which plain TeX does not.
-% So we set up a \sf.
-\newfam\sffam
-\def\sf{\fam=\sffam \setfontstyle{sf}}
-\let\li = \sf % Sometimes we call it \li, not \sf.
-
-% We don't need math for this font style.
-\def\ttsl{\setfontstyle{ttsl}}
-
-% Default leading.
-\newdimen\textleading  \textleading = 13.2pt
-
-% Set the baselineskip to #1, and the lineskip and strut size
-% correspondingly.  There is no deep meaning behind these magic numbers
-% used as factors; they just match (closely enough) what Knuth defined.
-%
-\def\lineskipfactor{.08333}
-\def\strutheightpercent{.70833}
-\def\strutdepthpercent {.29167}
-%
-\def\setleading#1{%
-  \normalbaselineskip = #1\relax
-  \normallineskip = \lineskipfactor\normalbaselineskip
-  \normalbaselines
-  \setbox\strutbox =\hbox{%
-    \vrule width0pt height\strutheightpercent\baselineskip
-                    depth \strutdepthpercent \baselineskip
-  }%
-}
-
-% Set the font macro #1 to the font named #2, adding on the
-% specified font prefix (normally `cm').
-% #3 is the font's design size, #4 is a scale factor
-\def\setfont#1#2#3#4{\font#1=\fontprefix#2#3 scaled #4}
-
-% Use cm as the default font prefix.
-% To specify the font prefix, you must define \fontprefix
-% before you read in texinfo.tex.
-\ifx\fontprefix\undefined
-\def\fontprefix{cm}
-\fi
-% Support font families that don't use the same naming scheme as CM.
-\def\rmshape{r}
-\def\rmbshape{bx}               %where the normal face is bold
-\def\bfshape{b}
-\def\bxshape{bx}
-\def\ttshape{tt}
-\def\ttbshape{tt}
-\def\ttslshape{sltt}
-\def\itshape{ti}
-\def\itbshape{bxti}
-\def\slshape{sl}
-\def\slbshape{bxsl}
-\def\sfshape{ss}
-\def\sfbshape{ss}
-\def\scshape{csc}
-\def\scbshape{csc}
-
-% Text fonts (11.2pt, magstep1).
-\newcount\mainmagstep
-\ifx\bigger\relax
-  % not really supported.
-  \mainmagstep=\magstep1
-  \setfont\textrm\rmshape{12}{1000}
-  \setfont\texttt\ttshape{12}{1000}
-\else
-  \mainmagstep=\magstephalf
-  \setfont\textrm\rmshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
-  \setfont\texttt\ttshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
-\fi
-\setfont\textbf\bfshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
-\setfont\textit\itshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
-\setfont\textsl\slshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
-\setfont\textsf\sfshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
-\setfont\textsc\scshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
-\setfont\textttsl\ttslshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
-\font\texti=cmmi10 scaled \mainmagstep
-\font\textsy=cmsy10 scaled \mainmagstep
-
-% A few fonts for @defun names and args.
-\setfont\defbf\bfshape{10}{\magstep1}
-\setfont\deftt\ttshape{10}{\magstep1}
-\setfont\defttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep1}
-\def\df{\let\tentt=\deftt \let\tenbf = \defbf \let\tenttsl=\defttsl \bf}
-
-% Fonts for indices, footnotes, small examples (9pt).
-\setfont\smallrm\rmshape{9}{1000}
-\setfont\smalltt\ttshape{9}{1000}
-\setfont\smallbf\bfshape{10}{900}
-\setfont\smallit\itshape{9}{1000}
-\setfont\smallsl\slshape{9}{1000}
-\setfont\smallsf\sfshape{9}{1000}
-\setfont\smallsc\scshape{10}{900}
-\setfont\smallttsl\ttslshape{10}{900}
-\font\smalli=cmmi9
-\font\smallsy=cmsy9
-
-% Fonts for small examples (8pt).
-\setfont\smallerrm\rmshape{8}{1000}
-\setfont\smallertt\ttshape{8}{1000}
-\setfont\smallerbf\bfshape{10}{800}
-\setfont\smallerit\itshape{8}{1000}
-\setfont\smallersl\slshape{8}{1000}
-\setfont\smallersf\sfshape{8}{1000}
-\setfont\smallersc\scshape{10}{800}
-\setfont\smallerttsl\ttslshape{10}{800}
-\font\smalleri=cmmi8
-\font\smallersy=cmsy8
-
-% Fonts for title page (20.4pt):
-\setfont\titlerm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep3}
-\setfont\titleit\itbshape{10}{\magstep4}
-\setfont\titlesl\slbshape{10}{\magstep4}
-\setfont\titlett\ttbshape{12}{\magstep3}
-\setfont\titlettsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep4}
-\setfont\titlesf\sfbshape{17}{\magstep1}
-\let\titlebf=\titlerm
-\setfont\titlesc\scbshape{10}{\magstep4}
-\font\titlei=cmmi12 scaled \magstep3
-\font\titlesy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep4
-\def\authorrm{\secrm}
-\def\authortt{\sectt}
-
-% Chapter (and unnumbered) fonts (17.28pt).
-\setfont\chaprm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep2}
-\setfont\chapit\itbshape{10}{\magstep3}
-\setfont\chapsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep3}
-\setfont\chaptt\ttbshape{12}{\magstep2}
-\setfont\chapttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep3}
-\setfont\chapsf\sfbshape{17}{1000}
-\let\chapbf=\chaprm
-\setfont\chapsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep3}
-\font\chapi=cmmi12 scaled \magstep2
-\font\chapsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep3
-
-% Section fonts (14.4pt).
-\setfont\secrm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep1}
-\setfont\secit\itbshape{10}{\magstep2}
-\setfont\secsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep2}
-\setfont\sectt\ttbshape{12}{\magstep1}
-\setfont\secttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep2}
-\setfont\secsf\sfbshape{12}{\magstep1}
-\let\secbf\secrm
-\setfont\secsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep2}
-\font\seci=cmmi12 scaled \magstep1
-\font\secsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep2
-
-% Subsection fonts (13.15pt).
-\setfont\ssecrm\rmbshape{12}{\magstephalf}
-\setfont\ssecit\itbshape{10}{1315}
-\setfont\ssecsl\slbshape{10}{1315}
-\setfont\ssectt\ttbshape{12}{\magstephalf}
-\setfont\ssecttsl\ttslshape{10}{1315}
-\setfont\ssecsf\sfbshape{12}{\magstephalf}
-\let\ssecbf\ssecrm
-\setfont\ssecsc\scbshape{10}{1315}
-\font\sseci=cmmi12 scaled \magstephalf
-\font\ssecsy=cmsy10 scaled 1315
-
-% Reduced fonts for @acro in text (10pt).
-\setfont\reducedrm\rmshape{10}{1000}
-\setfont\reducedtt\ttshape{10}{1000}
-\setfont\reducedbf\bfshape{10}{1000}
-\setfont\reducedit\itshape{10}{1000}
-\setfont\reducedsl\slshape{10}{1000}
-\setfont\reducedsf\sfshape{10}{1000}
-\setfont\reducedsc\scshape{10}{1000}
-\setfont\reducedttsl\ttslshape{10}{1000}
-\font\reducedi=cmmi10
-\font\reducedsy=cmsy10
-
-% In order for the font changes to affect most math symbols and letters,
-% we have to define the \textfont of the standard families.  Since
-% texinfo doesn't allow for producing subscripts and superscripts except
-% in the main text, we don't bother to reset \scriptfont and
-% \scriptscriptfont (which would also require loading a lot more fonts).
-%
-\def\resetmathfonts{%
-  \textfont0=\tenrm \textfont1=\teni \textfont2=\tensy
-  \textfont\itfam=\tenit \textfont\slfam=\tensl \textfont\bffam=\tenbf
-  \textfont\ttfam=\tentt \textfont\sffam=\tensf
-}
-
-% The font-changing commands redefine the meanings of \tenSTYLE, instead
-% of just \STYLE.  We do this because \STYLE needs to also set the
-% current \fam for math mode.  Our \STYLE (e.g., \rm) commands hardwire
-% \tenSTYLE to set the current font.
-% 
-% Each font-changing command also sets the names \lsize (one size lower)
-% and \lllsize (three sizes lower).  These relative commands are used in
-% the LaTeX logo and acronyms.
-% 
-% This all needs generalizing, badly.
-% 
-\def\textfonts{%
-  \let\tenrm=\textrm \let\tenit=\textit \let\tensl=\textsl
-  \let\tenbf=\textbf \let\tentt=\texttt \let\smallcaps=\textsc
-  \let\tensf=\textsf \let\teni=\texti \let\tensy=\textsy
-  \let\tenttsl=\textttsl
-  \def\lsize{reduced}\def\lllsize{smaller}%
-  \resetmathfonts \setleading{\textleading}}
-\def\titlefonts{%
-  \let\tenrm=\titlerm \let\tenit=\titleit \let\tensl=\titlesl
-  \let\tenbf=\titlebf \let\tentt=\titlett \let\smallcaps=\titlesc
-  \let\tensf=\titlesf \let\teni=\titlei \let\tensy=\titlesy
-  \let\tenttsl=\titlettsl
-  \def\lsize{chap}\def\lllsize{subsec}%
-  \resetmathfonts \setleading{25pt}}
-\def\titlefont#1{{\titlefonts\rm #1}}
-\def\chapfonts{%
-  \let\tenrm=\chaprm \let\tenit=\chapit \let\tensl=\chapsl
-  \let\tenbf=\chapbf \let\tentt=\chaptt \let\smallcaps=\chapsc
-  \let\tensf=\chapsf \let\teni=\chapi \let\tensy=\chapsy \let\tenttsl=\chapttsl
-  \def\lsize{sec}\def\lllsize{text}%
-  \resetmathfonts \setleading{19pt}}
-\def\secfonts{%
-  \let\tenrm=\secrm \let\tenit=\secit \let\tensl=\secsl
-  \let\tenbf=\secbf \let\tentt=\sectt \let\smallcaps=\secsc
-  \let\tensf=\secsf \let\teni=\seci \let\tensy=\secsy
-  \let\tenttsl=\secttsl
-  \def\lsize{subsec}\def\lllsize{reduced}%
-  \resetmathfonts \setleading{16pt}}
-\def\subsecfonts{%
-  \let\tenrm=\ssecrm \let\tenit=\ssecit \let\tensl=\ssecsl
-  \let\tenbf=\ssecbf \let\tentt=\ssectt \let\smallcaps=\ssecsc
-  \let\tensf=\ssecsf \let\teni=\sseci \let\tensy=\ssecsy
-  \let\tenttsl=\ssecttsl
-  \def\lsize{text}\def\lllsize{small}%
-  \resetmathfonts \setleading{15pt}}
-\let\subsubsecfonts = \subsecfonts
-\def\reducedfonts{%
-  \let\tenrm=\reducedrm \let\tenit=\reducedit \let\tensl=\reducedsl
-  \let\tenbf=\reducedbf \let\tentt=\reducedtt \let\reducedcaps=\reducedsc
-  \let\tensf=\reducedsf \let\teni=\reducedi \let\tensy=\reducedsy
-  \let\tenttsl=\reducedttsl
-  \def\lsize{small}\def\lllsize{smaller}%
-  \resetmathfonts \setleading{10.5pt}}
-\def\smallfonts{%
-  \let\tenrm=\smallrm \let\tenit=\smallit \let\tensl=\smallsl
-  \let\tenbf=\smallbf \let\tentt=\smalltt \let\smallcaps=\smallsc
-  \let\tensf=\smallsf \let\teni=\smalli \let\tensy=\smallsy
-  \let\tenttsl=\smallttsl
-  \def\lsize{smaller}\def\lllsize{smaller}%
-  \resetmathfonts \setleading{10.5pt}}
-\def\smallerfonts{%
-  \let\tenrm=\smallerrm \let\tenit=\smallerit \let\tensl=\smallersl
-  \let\tenbf=\smallerbf \let\tentt=\smallertt \let\smallcaps=\smallersc
-  \let\tensf=\smallersf \let\teni=\smalleri \let\tensy=\smallersy
-  \let\tenttsl=\smallerttsl
-  \def\lsize{smaller}\def\lllsize{smaller}%
-  \resetmathfonts \setleading{9.5pt}}
-
-% Set the fonts to use with the @small... environments.
-\let\smallexamplefonts = \smallfonts
-
-% About \smallexamplefonts.  If we use \smallfonts (9pt), @smallexample
-% can fit this many characters:
-%   8.5x11=86   smallbook=72  a4=90  a5=69
-% If we use \scriptfonts (8pt), then we can fit this many characters:
-%   8.5x11=90+  smallbook=80  a4=90+  a5=77
-% For me, subjectively, the few extra characters that fit aren't worth
-% the additional smallness of 8pt.  So I'm making the default 9pt.
-%
-% By the way, for comparison, here's what fits with @example (10pt):
-%   8.5x11=71  smallbook=60  a4=75  a5=58
-%
-% I wish the USA used A4 paper.
-% --karl, 24jan03.
-
-
-% Set up the default fonts, so we can use them for creating boxes.
-%
-\textfonts \rm
-
-% Define these so they can be easily changed for other fonts.
-\def\angleleft{$\langle$}
-\def\angleright{$\rangle$}
-
-% Count depth in font-changes, for error checks
-\newcount\fontdepth \fontdepth=0
-
-% Fonts for short table of contents.
-\setfont\shortcontrm\rmshape{12}{1000}
-\setfont\shortcontbf\bfshape{10}{\magstep1}  % no cmb12
-\setfont\shortcontsl\slshape{12}{1000}
-\setfont\shortconttt\ttshape{12}{1000}
-
-%% Add scribe-like font environments, plus @l for inline lisp (usually sans
-%% serif) and @ii for TeX italic
-
-% \smartitalic{ARG} outputs arg in italics, followed by an italic correction
-% unless the following character is such as not to need one.
-\def\smartitalicx{\ifx\next,\else\ifx\next-\else\ifx\next.\else
-                    \ptexslash\fi\fi\fi}
-\def\smartslanted#1{{\ifusingtt\ttsl\sl #1}\futurelet\next\smartitalicx}
-\def\smartitalic#1{{\ifusingtt\ttsl\it #1}\futurelet\next\smartitalicx}
-
-% like \smartslanted except unconditionally uses \ttsl.
-% @var is set to this for defun arguments.
-\def\ttslanted#1{{\ttsl #1}\futurelet\next\smartitalicx}
-
-% like \smartslanted except unconditionally use \sl.  We never want
-% ttsl for book titles, do we?
-\def\cite#1{{\sl #1}\futurelet\next\smartitalicx}
-
-\let\i=\smartitalic
-\let\var=\smartslanted
-\let\dfn=\smartslanted
-\let\emph=\smartitalic
-
-\def\b#1{{\bf #1}}
-\let\strong=\b
-
-% We can't just use \exhyphenpenalty, because that only has effect at
-% the end of a paragraph.  Restore normal hyphenation at the end of the
-% group within which \nohyphenation is presumably called.
-%
-\def\nohyphenation{\hyphenchar\font = -1  \aftergroup\restorehyphenation}
-\def\restorehyphenation{\hyphenchar\font = `- }
-
-% Set sfcode to normal for the chars that usually have another value.
-% Can't use plain's \frenchspacing because it uses the `\x notation, and
-% sometimes \x has an active definition that messes things up.
-%
-\catcode`@=11
-  \def\frenchspacing{%
-    \sfcode\dotChar  =\@m \sfcode\questChar=\@m \sfcode\exclamChar=\@m
-    \sfcode\colonChar=\@m \sfcode\semiChar =\@m \sfcode\commaChar =\@m
-  }
-\catcode`@=\other
-
-\def\t#1{%
-  {\tt \rawbackslash \frenchspacing #1}%
-  \null
-}
-\def\samp#1{`\tclose{#1}'\null}
-\setfont\keyrm\rmshape{8}{1000}
-\font\keysy=cmsy9
-\def\key#1{{\keyrm\textfont2=\keysy \leavevmode\hbox{%
-  \raise0.4pt\hbox{\angleleft}\kern-.08em\vtop{%
-    \vbox{\hrule\kern-0.4pt
-     \hbox{\raise0.4pt\hbox{\vphantom{\angleleft}}#1}}%
-    \kern-0.4pt\hrule}%
-  \kern-.06em\raise0.4pt\hbox{\angleright}}}}
-% The old definition, with no lozenge:
-%\def\key #1{{\ttsl \nohyphenation \uppercase{#1}}\null}
-\def\ctrl #1{{\tt \rawbackslash \hat}#1}
-
-% @file, @option are the same as @samp.
-\let\file=\samp
-\let\option=\samp
-
-% @code is a modification of @t,
-% which makes spaces the same size as normal in the surrounding text.
-\def\tclose#1{%
-  {%
-    % Change normal interword space to be same as for the current font.
-    \spaceskip = \fontdimen2\font
-    %
-    % Switch to typewriter.
-    \tt
-    %
-    % But `\ ' produces the large typewriter interword space.
-    \def\ {{\spaceskip = 0pt{} }}%
-    %
-    % Turn off hyphenation.
-    \nohyphenation
-    %
-    \rawbackslash
-    \frenchspacing
-    #1%
-  }%
-  \null
-}
-
-% We *must* turn on hyphenation at `-' and `_' in @code.
-% Otherwise, it is too hard to avoid overfull hboxes
-% in the Emacs manual, the Library manual, etc.
-
-% Unfortunately, TeX uses one parameter (\hyphenchar) to control
-% both hyphenation at - and hyphenation within words.
-% We must therefore turn them both off (\tclose does that)
-% and arrange explicitly to hyphenate at a dash.
-%  -- rms.
-{
-  \catcode`\-=\active
-  \catcode`\_=\active
-  %
-  \global\def\code{\begingroup
-    \catcode`\-=\active \let-\codedash
-    \catcode`\_=\active \let_\codeunder
-    \codex
-  }
-}
-
-\def\realdash{-}
-\def\codedash{-\discretionary{}{}{}}
-\def\codeunder{%
-  % this is all so @math{@code{var_name}+1} can work.  In math mode, _
-  % is "active" (mathcode"8000) and \normalunderscore (or \char95, etc.)
-  % will therefore expand the active definition of _, which is us
-  % (inside @code that is), therefore an endless loop.
-  \ifusingtt{\ifmmode
-               \mathchar"075F % class 0=ordinary, family 7=ttfam, pos 0x5F=_.
-             \else\normalunderscore \fi
-             \discretionary{}{}{}}%
-            {\_}%
-}
-\def\codex #1{\tclose{#1}\endgroup}
-
-% @kbd is like @code, except that if the argument is just one @key command,
-% then @kbd has no effect.
-
-% @kbdinputstyle -- arg is `distinct' (@kbd uses slanted tty font always),
-%   `example' (@kbd uses ttsl only inside of @example and friends),
-%   or `code' (@kbd uses normal tty font always).
-\parseargdef\kbdinputstyle{%
-  \def\arg{#1}%
-  \ifx\arg\worddistinct
-    \gdef\kbdexamplefont{\ttsl}\gdef\kbdfont{\ttsl}%
-  \else\ifx\arg\wordexample
-    \gdef\kbdexamplefont{\ttsl}\gdef\kbdfont{\tt}%
-  \else\ifx\arg\wordcode
-    \gdef\kbdexamplefont{\tt}\gdef\kbdfont{\tt}%
-  \else
-    \errhelp = \EMsimple
-    \errmessage{Unknown @kbdinputstyle option `\arg'}%
-  \fi\fi\fi
-}
-\def\worddistinct{distinct}
-\def\wordexample{example}
-\def\wordcode{code}
-
-% Default is `distinct.'
-\kbdinputstyle distinct
-
-\def\xkey{\key}
-\def\kbdfoo#1#2#3\par{\def\one{#1}\def\three{#3}\def\threex{??}%
-\ifx\one\xkey\ifx\threex\three \key{#2}%
-\else{\tclose{\kbdfont\look}}\fi
-\else{\tclose{\kbdfont\look}}\fi}
-
-% For @url, @env, @command quotes seem unnecessary, so use \code.
-\let\url=\code
-\let\env=\code
-\let\command=\code
-
-% @uref (abbreviation for `urlref') takes an optional (comma-separated)
-% second argument specifying the text to display and an optional third
-% arg as text to display instead of (rather than in addition to) the url
-% itself.  First (mandatory) arg is the url.  Perhaps eventually put in
-% a hypertex \special here.
-%
-\def\uref#1{\douref #1,,,\finish}
-\def\douref#1,#2,#3,#4\finish{\begingroup
-  \unsepspaces
-  \pdfurl{#1}%
-  \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}%
-  \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt
-    \unhbox0 % third arg given, show only that
-  \else
-    \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}%
-    \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt
-      \ifpdf
-        \unhbox0             % PDF: 2nd arg given, show only it
-      \else
-        \unhbox0\ (\code{#1})% DVI: 2nd arg given, show both it and url
-      \fi
-    \else
-      \code{#1}% only url given, so show it
-    \fi
-  \fi
-  \endlink
-\endgroup}
-
-% rms does not like angle brackets --karl, 17may97.
-% So now @email is just like @uref, unless we are pdf.
-%
-%\def\email#1{\angleleft{\tt #1}\angleright}
-\ifpdf
-  \def\email#1{\doemail#1,,\finish}
-  \def\doemail#1,#2,#3\finish{\begingroup
-    \unsepspaces
-    \pdfurl{mailto:#1}%
-    \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}%
-    \ifdim\wd0>0pt\unhbox0\else\code{#1}\fi
-    \endlink
-  \endgroup}
-\else
-  \let\email=\uref
-\fi
-
-% Check if we are currently using a typewriter font.  Since all the
-% Computer Modern typewriter fonts have zero interword stretch (and
-% shrink), and it is reasonable to expect all typewriter fonts to have
-% this property, we can check that font parameter.
-%
-\def\ifmonospace{\ifdim\fontdimen3\font=0pt }
-
-% Typeset a dimension, e.g., `in' or `pt'.  The only reason for the
-% argument is to make the input look right: @dmn{pt} instead of @dmn{}pt.
-%
-\def\dmn#1{\thinspace #1}
-
-\def\kbd#1{\def\look{#1}\expandafter\kbdfoo\look??\par}
-
-% @l was never documented to mean ``switch to the Lisp font'',
-% and it is not used as such in any manual I can find.  We need it for
-% Polish suppressed-l.  --karl, 22sep96.
-%\def\l#1{{\li #1}\null}
-
-% Explicit font changes: @r, @sc, undocumented @ii.
-\def\r#1{{\rm #1}}              % roman font
-\def\sc#1{{\smallcaps#1}}       % smallcaps font
-\def\ii#1{{\it #1}}             % italic font
-
-\def\acronym#1{\doacronym #1,,\finish}
-\def\doacronym#1,#2,#3\finish{%
-  {\selectfonts\lsize #1}%
-  \def\temp{#2}%
-  \ifx\temp\empty \else
-    \space ({\unsepspaces \ignorespaces \temp \unskip})%
-  \fi
-}
-
-% @pounds{} is a sterling sign, which is in the CM italic font.
-% 
-\def\pounds{{\it\$}}
-
-% @registeredsymbol - R in a circle.  The font for the R should really
-% be smaller yet, but lllsize is the best we can do for now.
-% Adapted from the plain.tex definition of \copyright.
-%
-\def\registeredsymbol{%
-  $^{{\ooalign{\hfil\raise.07ex\hbox{\selectfonts\lllsize R}%
-               \hfil\crcr\Orb}}%
-    }$%
-}
-
-
-\message{page headings,}
-
-\newskip\titlepagetopglue \titlepagetopglue = 1.5in
-\newskip\titlepagebottomglue \titlepagebottomglue = 2pc
-
-% First the title page.  Must do @settitle before @titlepage.
-\newif\ifseenauthor
-\newif\iffinishedtitlepage
-
-% Do an implicit @contents or @shortcontents after @end titlepage if the
-% user says @setcontentsaftertitlepage or @setshortcontentsaftertitlepage.
-%
-\newif\ifsetcontentsaftertitlepage
- \let\setcontentsaftertitlepage = \setcontentsaftertitlepagetrue
-\newif\ifsetshortcontentsaftertitlepage
- \let\setshortcontentsaftertitlepage = \setshortcontentsaftertitlepagetrue
-
-\parseargdef\shorttitlepage{\begingroup\hbox{}\vskip 1.5in \chaprm \centerline{#1}%
-        \endgroup\page\hbox{}\page}
-
-\envdef\titlepage{%
-  % Open one extra group, as we want to close it in the middle of \Etitlepage.
-  \begingroup
-    \parindent=0pt \textfonts
-    % Leave some space at the very top of the page.
-    \vglue\titlepagetopglue
-    % No rule at page bottom unless we print one at the top with @title.
-    \finishedtitlepagetrue
-    %
-    % Most title ``pages'' are actually two pages long, with space
-    % at the top of the second.  We don't want the ragged left on the second.
-    \let\oldpage = \page
-    \def\page{%
-      \iffinishedtitlepage\else
-	 \finishtitlepage
-      \fi
-      \let\page = \oldpage
-      \page
-      \null
-    }%
-}
-
-\def\Etitlepage{%
-    \iffinishedtitlepage\else
-	\finishtitlepage
-    \fi
-    % It is important to do the page break before ending the group,
-    % because the headline and footline are only empty inside the group.
-    % If we use the new definition of \page, we always get a blank page
-    % after the title page, which we certainly don't want.
-    \oldpage
-  \endgroup
-  %
-  % Need this before the \...aftertitlepage checks so that if they are
-  % in effect the toc pages will come out with page numbers.
-  \HEADINGSon
-  %
-  % If they want short, they certainly want long too.
-  \ifsetshortcontentsaftertitlepage
-    \shortcontents
-    \contents
-    \global\let\shortcontents = \relax
-    \global\let\contents = \relax
-  \fi
-  %
-  \ifsetcontentsaftertitlepage
-    \contents
-    \global\let\contents = \relax
-    \global\let\shortcontents = \relax
-  \fi
-}
-
-\def\finishtitlepage{%
-  \vskip4pt \hrule height 2pt width \hsize
-  \vskip\titlepagebottomglue
-  \finishedtitlepagetrue
-}
-
-%%% Macros to be used within @titlepage:
-
-\let\subtitlerm=\tenrm
-\def\subtitlefont{\subtitlerm \normalbaselineskip = 13pt \normalbaselines}
-
-\def\authorfont{\authorrm \normalbaselineskip = 16pt \normalbaselines
-		\let\tt=\authortt}
-
-\parseargdef\title{%
-  \checkenv\titlepage
-  \leftline{\titlefonts\rm #1}
-  % print a rule at the page bottom also.
-  \finishedtitlepagefalse
-  \vskip4pt \hrule height 4pt width \hsize \vskip4pt
-}
-
-\parseargdef\subtitle{%
-  \checkenv\titlepage
-  {\subtitlefont \rightline{#1}}%
-}
-
-% @author should come last, but may come many times.
-% It can also be used inside @quotation.
-% 
-\parseargdef\author{%
-  \def\temp{\quotation}%
-  \ifx\thisenv\temp
-    \def\quotationauthor{#1}% printed in \Equotation.
-  \else
-    \checkenv\titlepage
-    \ifseenauthor\else \vskip 0pt plus 1filll \seenauthortrue \fi
-    {\authorfont \leftline{#1}}%
-  \fi
-}
-
-
-%%% Set up page headings and footings.
-
-\let\thispage=\folio
-
-\newtoks\evenheadline    % headline on even pages
-\newtoks\oddheadline     % headline on odd pages
-\newtoks\evenfootline    % footline on even pages
-\newtoks\oddfootline     % footline on odd pages
-
-% Now make TeX use those variables
-\headline={{\textfonts\rm \ifodd\pageno \the\oddheadline
-                            \else \the\evenheadline \fi}}
-\footline={{\textfonts\rm \ifodd\pageno \the\oddfootline
-                            \else \the\evenfootline \fi}\HEADINGShook}
-\let\HEADINGShook=\relax
-
-% Commands to set those variables.
-% For example, this is what  @headings on  does
-% @evenheading @thistitle|@thispage|@thischapter
-% @oddheading @thischapter|@thispage|@thistitle
-% @evenfooting @thisfile||
-% @oddfooting ||@thisfile
-
-
-\def\evenheading{\parsearg\evenheadingxxx}
-\def\evenheadingxxx #1{\evenheadingyyy #1\|\|\|\|\finish}
-\def\evenheadingyyy #1\|#2\|#3\|#4\finish{%
-\global\evenheadline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}}
-
-\def\oddheading{\parsearg\oddheadingxxx}
-\def\oddheadingxxx #1{\oddheadingyyy #1\|\|\|\|\finish}
-\def\oddheadingyyy #1\|#2\|#3\|#4\finish{%
-\global\oddheadline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}}
-
-\parseargdef\everyheading{\oddheadingxxx{#1}\evenheadingxxx{#1}}%
-
-\def\evenfooting{\parsearg\evenfootingxxx}
-\def\evenfootingxxx #1{\evenfootingyyy #1\|\|\|\|\finish}
-\def\evenfootingyyy #1\|#2\|#3\|#4\finish{%
-\global\evenfootline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}}
-
-\def\oddfooting{\parsearg\oddfootingxxx}
-\def\oddfootingxxx #1{\oddfootingyyy #1\|\|\|\|\finish}
-\def\oddfootingyyy #1\|#2\|#3\|#4\finish{%
-  \global\oddfootline = {\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}%
-  %
-  % Leave some space for the footline.  Hopefully ok to assume
-  % @evenfooting will not be used by itself.
-  \global\advance\pageheight by -\baselineskip
-  \global\advance\vsize by -\baselineskip
-}
-
-\parseargdef\everyfooting{\oddfootingxxx{#1}\evenfootingxxx{#1}}
-
-
-% @headings double      turns headings on for double-sided printing.
-% @headings single      turns headings on for single-sided printing.
-% @headings off         turns them off.
-% @headings on          same as @headings double, retained for compatibility.
-% @headings after       turns on double-sided headings after this page.
-% @headings doubleafter turns on double-sided headings after this page.
-% @headings singleafter turns on single-sided headings after this page.
-% By default, they are off at the start of a document,
-% and turned `on' after @end titlepage.
-
-\def\headings #1 {\csname HEADINGS#1\endcsname}
-
-\def\HEADINGSoff{%
-\global\evenheadline={\hfil} \global\evenfootline={\hfil}
-\global\oddheadline={\hfil} \global\oddfootline={\hfil}}
-\HEADINGSoff
-% When we turn headings on, set the page number to 1.
-% For double-sided printing, put current file name in lower left corner,
-% chapter name on inside top of right hand pages, document
-% title on inside top of left hand pages, and page numbers on outside top
-% edge of all pages.
-\def\HEADINGSdouble{%
-\global\pageno=1
-\global\evenfootline={\hfil}
-\global\oddfootline={\hfil}
-\global\evenheadline={\line{\folio\hfil\thistitle}}
-\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
-\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chapoddpage
-}
-\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager
-
-% For single-sided printing, chapter title goes across top left of page,
-% page number on top right.
-\def\HEADINGSsingle{%
-\global\pageno=1
-\global\evenfootline={\hfil}
-\global\oddfootline={\hfil}
-\global\evenheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
-\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
-\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager
-}
-\def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSdouble}
-
-\def\HEADINGSafter{\let\HEADINGShook=\HEADINGSdoublex}
-\let\HEADINGSdoubleafter=\HEADINGSafter
-\def\HEADINGSdoublex{%
-\global\evenfootline={\hfil}
-\global\oddfootline={\hfil}
-\global\evenheadline={\line{\folio\hfil\thistitle}}
-\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
-\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chapoddpage
-}
-
-\def\HEADINGSsingleafter{\let\HEADINGShook=\HEADINGSsinglex}
-\def\HEADINGSsinglex{%
-\global\evenfootline={\hfil}
-\global\oddfootline={\hfil}
-\global\evenheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
-\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
-\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager
-}
-
-% Subroutines used in generating headings
-% This produces Day Month Year style of output.
-% Only define if not already defined, in case a txi-??.tex file has set
-% up a different format (e.g., txi-cs.tex does this).
-\ifx\today\undefined
-\def\today{%
-  \number\day\space
-  \ifcase\month
-  \or\putwordMJan\or\putwordMFeb\or\putwordMMar\or\putwordMApr
-  \or\putwordMMay\or\putwordMJun\or\putwordMJul\or\putwordMAug
-  \or\putwordMSep\or\putwordMOct\or\putwordMNov\or\putwordMDec
-  \fi
-  \space\number\year}
-\fi
-
-% @settitle line...  specifies the title of the document, for headings.
-% It generates no output of its own.
-\def\thistitle{\putwordNoTitle}
-\def\settitle{\parsearg{\gdef\thistitle}}
-
-
-\message{tables,}
-% Tables -- @table, @ftable, @vtable, @item(x).
-
-% default indentation of table text
-\newdimen\tableindent \tableindent=.8in
-% default indentation of @itemize and @enumerate text
-\newdimen\itemindent  \itemindent=.3in
-% margin between end of table item and start of table text.
-\newdimen\itemmargin  \itemmargin=.1in
-
-% used internally for \itemindent minus \itemmargin
-\newdimen\itemmax
-
-% Note @table, @ftable, and @vtable define @item, @itemx, etc., with
-% these defs.
-% They also define \itemindex
-% to index the item name in whatever manner is desired (perhaps none).
-
-\newif\ifitemxneedsnegativevskip
-
-\def\itemxpar{\par\ifitemxneedsnegativevskip\nobreak\vskip-\parskip\nobreak\fi}
-
-\def\internalBitem{\smallbreak \parsearg\itemzzz}
-\def\internalBitemx{\itemxpar \parsearg\itemzzz}
-
-\def\itemzzz #1{\begingroup %
-  \advance\hsize by -\rightskip
-  \advance\hsize by -\tableindent
-  \setbox0=\hbox{\itemindicate{#1}}%
-  \itemindex{#1}%
-  \nobreak % This prevents a break before @itemx.
-  %
-  % If the item text does not fit in the space we have, put it on a line
-  % by itself, and do not allow a page break either before or after that
-  % line.  We do not start a paragraph here because then if the next
-  % command is, e.g., @kindex, the whatsit would get put into the
-  % horizontal list on a line by itself, resulting in extra blank space.
-  \ifdim \wd0>\itemmax
-    %
-    % Make this a paragraph so we get the \parskip glue and wrapping,
-    % but leave it ragged-right.
-    \begingroup
-      \advance\leftskip by-\tableindent
-      \advance\hsize by\tableindent
-      \advance\rightskip by0pt plus1fil
-      \leavevmode\unhbox0\par
-    \endgroup
-    %
-    % We're going to be starting a paragraph, but we don't want the
-    % \parskip glue -- logically it's part of the @item we just started.
-    \nobreak \vskip-\parskip
-    %
-    % Stop a page break at the \parskip glue coming up.  (Unfortunately
-    % we can't prevent a possible page break at the following
-    % \baselineskip glue.)  However, if what follows is an environment
-    % such as @example, there will be no \parskip glue; then
-    % the negative vskip we just would cause the example and the item to
-    % crash together.  So we use this bizarre value of 10001 as a signal
-    % to \aboveenvbreak to insert \parskip glue after all.
-    % (Possibly there are other commands that could be followed by
-    % @example which need the same treatment, but not section titles; or
-    % maybe section titles are the only special case and they should be
-    % penalty 10001...)
-    \penalty 10001
-    \endgroup
-    \itemxneedsnegativevskipfalse
-  \else
-    % The item text fits into the space.  Start a paragraph, so that the
-    % following text (if any) will end up on the same line.
-    \noindent
-    % Do this with kerns and \unhbox so that if there is a footnote in
-    % the item text, it can migrate to the main vertical list and
-    % eventually be printed.
-    \nobreak\kern-\tableindent
-    \dimen0 = \itemmax  \advance\dimen0 by \itemmargin \advance\dimen0 by -\wd0
-    \unhbox0
-    \nobreak\kern\dimen0
-    \endgroup
-    \itemxneedsnegativevskiptrue
-  \fi
-}
-
-\def\item{\errmessage{@item while not in a list environment}}
-\def\itemx{\errmessage{@itemx while not in a list environment}}
-
-% @table, @ftable, @vtable.
-\envdef\table{%
-  \let\itemindex\gobble
-  \tablex
-}
-\envdef\ftable{%
-  \def\itemindex ##1{\doind {fn}{\code{##1}}}%
-  \tablex
-}
-\envdef\vtable{%
-  \def\itemindex ##1{\doind {vr}{\code{##1}}}%
-  \tablex
-}
-\def\tablex#1{%
-  \def\itemindicate{#1}%
-  \parsearg\tabley
-}
-\def\tabley#1{%
-  {%
-    \makevalueexpandable
-    \edef\temp{\noexpand\tablez #1\space\space\space}%
-    \expandafter
-  }\temp \endtablez
-}
-\def\tablez #1 #2 #3 #4\endtablez{%
-  \aboveenvbreak
-  \ifnum 0#1>0 \advance \leftskip by #1\mil \fi
-  \ifnum 0#2>0 \tableindent=#2\mil \fi
-  \ifnum 0#3>0 \advance \rightskip by #3\mil \fi
-  \itemmax=\tableindent
-  \advance \itemmax by -\itemmargin
-  \advance \leftskip by \tableindent
-  \exdentamount=\tableindent
-  \parindent = 0pt
-  \parskip = \smallskipamount
-  \ifdim \parskip=0pt \parskip=2pt \fi
-  \let\item = \internalBitem
-  \let\itemx = \internalBitemx
-}
-\def\Etable{\endgraf\afterenvbreak}
-\let\Eftable\Etable
-\let\Evtable\Etable
-\let\Eitemize\Etable
-\let\Eenumerate\Etable
-
-% This is the counter used by @enumerate, which is really @itemize
-
-\newcount \itemno
-
-\envdef\itemize{\parsearg\doitemize}
-
-\def\doitemize#1{%
-  \aboveenvbreak
-  \itemmax=\itemindent
-  \advance\itemmax by -\itemmargin
-  \advance\leftskip by \itemindent
-  \exdentamount=\itemindent
-  \parindent=0pt
-  \parskip=\smallskipamount
-  \ifdim\parskip=0pt \parskip=2pt \fi
-  \def\itemcontents{#1}%
-  % @itemize with no arg is equivalent to @itemize @bullet.
-  \ifx\itemcontents\empty\def\itemcontents{\bullet}\fi
-  \let\item=\itemizeitem
-}
-
-% Definition of @item while inside @itemize and @enumerate.
-%
-\def\itemizeitem{%
-  \advance\itemno by 1  % for enumerations
-  {\let\par=\endgraf \smallbreak}% reasonable place to break
-  {%
-   % If the document has an @itemize directly after a section title, a
-   % \nobreak will be last on the list, and \sectionheading will have
-   % done a \vskip-\parskip.  In that case, we don't want to zero
-   % parskip, or the item text will crash with the heading.  On the
-   % other hand, when there is normal text preceding the item (as there
-   % usually is), we do want to zero parskip, or there would be too much
-   % space.  In that case, we won't have a \nobreak before.  At least
-   % that's the theory.
-   \ifnum\lastpenalty<10000 \parskip=0in \fi
-   \noindent
-   \hbox to 0pt{\hss \itemcontents \kern\itemmargin}%
-   \vadjust{\penalty 1200}}% not good to break after first line of item.
-  \flushcr
-}
-
-% \splitoff TOKENS\endmark defines \first to be the first token in
-% TOKENS, and \rest to be the remainder.
-%
-\def\splitoff#1#2\endmark{\def\first{#1}\def\rest{#2}}%
-
-% Allow an optional argument of an uppercase letter, lowercase letter,
-% or number, to specify the first label in the enumerated list.  No
-% argument is the same as `1'.
-%
-\envparseargdef\enumerate{\enumeratey #1  \endenumeratey}
-\def\enumeratey #1 #2\endenumeratey{%
-  % If we were given no argument, pretend we were given `1'.
-  \def\thearg{#1}%
-  \ifx\thearg\empty \def\thearg{1}\fi
-  %
-  % Detect if the argument is a single token.  If so, it might be a
-  % letter.  Otherwise, the only valid thing it can be is a number.
-  % (We will always have one token, because of the test we just made.
-  % This is a good thing, since \splitoff doesn't work given nothing at
-  % all -- the first parameter is undelimited.)
-  \expandafter\splitoff\thearg\endmark
-  \ifx\rest\empty
-    % Only one token in the argument.  It could still be anything.
-    % A ``lowercase letter'' is one whose \lccode is nonzero.
-    % An ``uppercase letter'' is one whose \lccode is both nonzero, and
-    %   not equal to itself.
-    % Otherwise, we assume it's a number.
-    %
-    % We need the \relax at the end of the \ifnum lines to stop TeX from
-    % continuing to look for a <number>.
-    %
-    \ifnum\lccode\expandafter`\thearg=0\relax
-      \numericenumerate % a number (we hope)
-    \else
-      % It's a letter.
-      \ifnum\lccode\expandafter`\thearg=\expandafter`\thearg\relax
-        \lowercaseenumerate % lowercase letter
-      \else
-        \uppercaseenumerate % uppercase letter
-      \fi
-    \fi
-  \else
-    % Multiple tokens in the argument.  We hope it's a number.
-    \numericenumerate
-  \fi
-}
-
-% An @enumerate whose labels are integers.  The starting integer is
-% given in \thearg.
-%
-\def\numericenumerate{%
-  \itemno = \thearg
-  \startenumeration{\the\itemno}%
-}
-
-% The starting (lowercase) letter is in \thearg.
-\def\lowercaseenumerate{%
-  \itemno = \expandafter`\thearg
-  \startenumeration{%
-    % Be sure we're not beyond the end of the alphabet.
-    \ifnum\itemno=0
-      \errmessage{No more lowercase letters in @enumerate; get a bigger
-                  alphabet}%
-    \fi
-    \char\lccode\itemno
-  }%
-}
-
-% The starting (uppercase) letter is in \thearg.
-\def\uppercaseenumerate{%
-  \itemno = \expandafter`\thearg
-  \startenumeration{%
-    % Be sure we're not beyond the end of the alphabet.
-    \ifnum\itemno=0
-      \errmessage{No more uppercase letters in @enumerate; get a bigger
-                  alphabet}
-    \fi
-    \char\uccode\itemno
-  }%
-}
-
-% Call \doitemize, adding a period to the first argument and supplying the
-% common last two arguments.  Also subtract one from the initial value in
-% \itemno, since @item increments \itemno.
-%
-\def\startenumeration#1{%
-  \advance\itemno by -1
-  \doitemize{#1.}\flushcr
-}
-
-% @alphaenumerate and @capsenumerate are abbreviations for giving an arg
-% to @enumerate.
-%
-\def\alphaenumerate{\enumerate{a}}
-\def\capsenumerate{\enumerate{A}}
-\def\Ealphaenumerate{\Eenumerate}
-\def\Ecapsenumerate{\Eenumerate}
-
-
-% @multitable macros
-% Amy Hendrickson, 8/18/94, 3/6/96
-%
-% @multitable ... @end multitable will make as many columns as desired.
-% Contents of each column will wrap at width given in preamble.  Width
-% can be specified either with sample text given in a template line,
-% or in percent of \hsize, the current width of text on page.
-
-% Table can continue over pages but will only break between lines.
-
-% To make preamble:
-%
-% Either define widths of columns in terms of percent of \hsize:
-%   @multitable @columnfractions .25 .3 .45
-%   @item ...
-%
-%   Numbers following @columnfractions are the percent of the total
-%   current hsize to be used for each column. You may use as many
-%   columns as desired.
-
-
-% Or use a template:
-%   @multitable {Column 1 template} {Column 2 template} {Column 3 template}
-%   @item ...
-%   using the widest term desired in each column.
-
-% Each new table line starts with @item, each subsequent new column
-% starts with @tab. Empty columns may be produced by supplying @tab's
-% with nothing between them for as many times as empty columns are needed,
-% ie, @tab@tab@tab will produce two empty columns.
-
-% @item, @tab do not need to be on their own lines, but it will not hurt
-% if they are.
-
-% Sample multitable:
-
-%   @multitable {Column 1 template} {Column 2 template} {Column 3 template}
-%   @item first col stuff @tab second col stuff @tab third col
-%   @item
-%   first col stuff
-%   @tab
-%   second col stuff
-%   @tab
-%   third col
-%   @item first col stuff @tab second col stuff
-%   @tab Many paragraphs of text may be used in any column.
-%
-%         They will wrap at the width determined by the template.
-%   @item@tab@tab This will be in third column.
-%   @end multitable
-
-% Default dimensions may be reset by user.
-% @multitableparskip is vertical space between paragraphs in table.
-% @multitableparindent is paragraph indent in table.
-% @multitablecolmargin is horizontal space to be left between columns.
-% @multitablelinespace is space to leave between table items, baseline
-%                                                            to baseline.
-%   0pt means it depends on current normal line spacing.
-%
-\newskip\multitableparskip
-\newskip\multitableparindent
-\newdimen\multitablecolspace
-\newskip\multitablelinespace
-\multitableparskip=0pt
-\multitableparindent=6pt
-\multitablecolspace=12pt
-\multitablelinespace=0pt
-
-% Macros used to set up halign preamble:
-%
-\let\endsetuptable\relax
-\def\xendsetuptable{\endsetuptable}
-\let\columnfractions\relax
-\def\xcolumnfractions{\columnfractions}
-\newif\ifsetpercent
-
-% #1 is the @columnfraction, usually a decimal number like .5, but might
-% be just 1.  We just use it, whatever it is.
-% 
-\def\pickupwholefraction#1 {%
-  \global\advance\colcount by 1
-  \expandafter\xdef\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname{#1\hsize}%
-  \setuptable
-}
-
-\newcount\colcount
-\def\setuptable#1{%
-  \def\firstarg{#1}%
-  \ifx\firstarg\xendsetuptable
-    \let\go = \relax
-  \else
-    \ifx\firstarg\xcolumnfractions
-      \global\setpercenttrue
-    \else
-      \ifsetpercent
-         \let\go\pickupwholefraction
-      \else
-         \global\advance\colcount by 1
-         \setbox0=\hbox{#1\unskip\space}% Add a normal word space as a
-                   % separator; typically that is always in the input, anyway.
-         \expandafter\xdef\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname{\the\wd0}%
-      \fi
-    \fi
-    \ifx\go\pickupwholefraction
-      % Put the argument back for the \pickupwholefraction call, so
-      % we'll always have a period there to be parsed.
-      \def\go{\pickupwholefraction#1}%
-    \else
-      \let\go = \setuptable
-    \fi%
-  \fi
-  \go
-}
-
-% multitable-only commands.
-%
-% @headitem starts a heading row, which we typeset in bold.
-% Assignments have to be global since we are inside the implicit group
-% of an alignment entry.  Note that \everycr resets \everytab.
-\def\headitem{\checkenv\multitable \crcr \global\everytab={\bf}\the\everytab}%
-%
-% A \tab used to include \hskip1sp.  But then the space in a template
-% line is not enough.  That is bad.  So let's go back to just `&' until
-% we encounter the problem it was intended to solve again.
-%					--karl, nathan@acm.org, 20apr99.
-\def\tab{\checkenv\multitable &\the\everytab}%
-
-% @multitable ... @end multitable definitions:
-%
-\newtoks\everytab  % insert after every tab.
-%
-\envdef\multitable{%
-  \vskip\parskip
-  \startsavinginserts
-  %
-  % @item within a multitable starts a normal row.
-  \let\item\crcr
-  %
-  \tolerance=9500
-  \hbadness=9500
-  \setmultitablespacing
-  \parskip=\multitableparskip
-  \parindent=\multitableparindent
-  \overfullrule=0pt
-  \global\colcount=0
-  %
-  \everycr = {%
-    \noalign{%
-      \global\everytab={}%
-      \global\colcount=0 % Reset the column counter.
-      % Check for saved footnotes, etc.
-      \checkinserts
-      % Keeps underfull box messages off when table breaks over pages.
-      %\filbreak
-	% Maybe so, but it also creates really weird page breaks when the
-	% table breaks over pages. Wouldn't \vfil be better?  Wait until the
-	% problem manifests itself, so it can be fixed for real --karl.
-    }%
-  }%
-  %
-  \parsearg\domultitable
-}
-\def\domultitable#1{%
-  % To parse everything between @multitable and @item:
-  \setuptable#1 \endsetuptable
-  %
-  % This preamble sets up a generic column definition, which will
-  % be used as many times as user calls for columns.
-  % \vtop will set a single line and will also let text wrap and
-  % continue for many paragraphs if desired.
-  \halign\bgroup &%
-    \global\advance\colcount by 1
-    \multistrut
-    \vtop{%
-      % Use the current \colcount to find the correct column width:
-      \hsize=\expandafter\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname
-      %
-      % In order to keep entries from bumping into each other
-      % we will add a \leftskip of \multitablecolspace to all columns after
-      % the first one.
-      %
-      % If a template has been used, we will add \multitablecolspace
-      % to the width of each template entry.
-      %
-      % If the user has set preamble in terms of percent of \hsize we will
-      % use that dimension as the width of the column, and the \leftskip
-      % will keep entries from bumping into each other.  Table will start at
-      % left margin and final column will justify at right margin.
-      %
-      % Make sure we don't inherit \rightskip from the outer environment.
-      \rightskip=0pt
-      \ifnum\colcount=1
-	% The first column will be indented with the surrounding text.
-	\advance\hsize by\leftskip
-      \else
-	\ifsetpercent \else
-	  % If user has not set preamble in terms of percent of \hsize
-	  % we will advance \hsize by \multitablecolspace.
-	  \advance\hsize by \multitablecolspace
-	\fi
-       % In either case we will make \leftskip=\multitablecolspace:
-      \leftskip=\multitablecolspace
-      \fi
-      % Ignoring space at the beginning and end avoids an occasional spurious
-      % blank line, when TeX decides to break the line at the space before the
-      % box from the multistrut, so the strut ends up on a line by itself.
-      % For example:
-      % @multitable @columnfractions .11 .89
-      % @item @code{#}
-      % @tab Legal holiday which is valid in major parts of the whole country.
-      % Is automatically provided with highlighting sequences respectively
-      % marking characters.
-      \noindent\ignorespaces##\unskip\multistrut
-    }\cr
-}
-\def\Emultitable{%
-  \crcr
-  \egroup % end the \halign
-  \global\setpercentfalse
-}
-
-\def\setmultitablespacing{% test to see if user has set \multitablelinespace.
-% If so, do nothing. If not, give it an appropriate dimension based on
-% current baselineskip.
-\ifdim\multitablelinespace=0pt
-\setbox0=\vbox{X}\global\multitablelinespace=\the\baselineskip
-\global\advance\multitablelinespace by-\ht0
-%% strut to put in table in case some entry doesn't have descenders,
-%% to keep lines equally spaced
-\let\multistrut = \strut
-\else
-%% FIXME: what is \box0 supposed to be?
-\gdef\multistrut{\vrule height\multitablelinespace depth\dp0
-width0pt\relax} \fi
-%% Test to see if parskip is larger than space between lines of
-%% table. If not, do nothing.
-%%        If so, set to same dimension as multitablelinespace.
-\ifdim\multitableparskip>\multitablelinespace
-\global\multitableparskip=\multitablelinespace
-\global\advance\multitableparskip-7pt %% to keep parskip somewhat smaller
-                                      %% than skip between lines in the table.
-\fi%
-\ifdim\multitableparskip=0pt
-\global\multitableparskip=\multitablelinespace
-\global\advance\multitableparskip-7pt %% to keep parskip somewhat smaller
-                                      %% than skip between lines in the table.
-\fi}
-
-
-\message{conditionals,}
-
-% @iftex, @ifnotdocbook, @ifnothtml, @ifnotinfo, @ifnotplaintext,
-% @ifnotxml always succeed.  They currently do nothing; we don't
-% attempt to check whether the conditionals are properly nested.  But we
-% have to remember that they are conditionals, so that @end doesn't
-% attempt to close an environment group.
-%
-\def\makecond#1{%
-  \expandafter\let\csname #1\endcsname = \relax
-  \expandafter\let\csname iscond.#1\endcsname = 1
-}
-\makecond{iftex}
-\makecond{ifnotdocbook}
-\makecond{ifnothtml}
-\makecond{ifnotinfo}
-\makecond{ifnotplaintext}
-\makecond{ifnotxml}
-
-% Ignore @ignore, @ifhtml, @ifinfo, and the like.
-%
-\def\direntry{\doignore{direntry}}
-\def\documentdescription{\doignore{documentdescription}}
-\def\docbook{\doignore{docbook}}
-\def\html{\doignore{html}}
-\def\ifdocbook{\doignore{ifdocbook}}
-\def\ifhtml{\doignore{ifhtml}}
-\def\ifinfo{\doignore{ifinfo}}
-\def\ifnottex{\doignore{ifnottex}}
-\def\ifplaintext{\doignore{ifplaintext}}
-\def\ifxml{\doignore{ifxml}}
-\def\ignore{\doignore{ignore}}
-\def\menu{\doignore{menu}}
-\def\xml{\doignore{xml}}
-
-% Ignore text until a line `@end #1', keeping track of nested conditionals.
-%
-% A count to remember the depth of nesting.
-\newcount\doignorecount
-
-\def\doignore#1{\begingroup
-  % Scan in ``verbatim'' mode:
-  \catcode`\@ = \other
-  \catcode`\{ = \other
-  \catcode`\} = \other
-  %
-  % Make sure that spaces turn into tokens that match what \doignoretext wants.
-  \spaceisspace
-  %
-  % Count number of #1's that we've seen.
-  \doignorecount = 0
-  %
-  % Swallow text until we reach the matching `@end #1'.
-  \dodoignore {#1}%
-}
-
-{ \catcode`_=11 % We want to use \_STOP_ which cannot appear in texinfo source.
-  \obeylines %
-  %
-  \gdef\dodoignore#1{%
-    % #1 contains the string `ifinfo'.
-    %
-    % Define a command to find the next `@end #1', which must be on a line
-    % by itself.
-    \long\def\doignoretext##1^^M@end #1{\doignoretextyyy##1^^M@#1\_STOP_}%
-    % And this command to find another #1 command, at the beginning of a
-    % line.  (Otherwise, we would consider a line `@c @ifset', for
-    % example, to count as an @ifset for nesting.)
-    \long\def\doignoretextyyy##1^^M@#1##2\_STOP_{\doignoreyyy{##2}\_STOP_}%
-    %
-    % And now expand that command.
-    \obeylines %
-    \doignoretext ^^M%
-  }%
-}
-
-\def\doignoreyyy#1{%
-  \def\temp{#1}%
-  \ifx\temp\empty			% Nothing found.
-    \let\next\doignoretextzzz
-  \else					% Found a nested condition, ...
-    \advance\doignorecount by 1
-    \let\next\doignoretextyyy		% ..., look for another.
-    % If we're here, #1 ends with ^^M\ifinfo (for example).
-  \fi
-  \next #1% the token \_STOP_ is present just after this macro.
-}
-
-% We have to swallow the remaining "\_STOP_".
-% 
-\def\doignoretextzzz#1{%
-  \ifnum\doignorecount = 0	% We have just found the outermost @end.
-    \let\next\enddoignore
-  \else				% Still inside a nested condition.
-    \advance\doignorecount by -1
-    \let\next\doignoretext      % Look for the next @end.
-  \fi
-  \next
-}
-
-% Finish off ignored text.
-\def\enddoignore{\endgroup\ignorespaces}
-
-
-% @set VAR sets the variable VAR to an empty value.
-% @set VAR REST-OF-LINE sets VAR to the value REST-OF-LINE.
-%
-% Since we want to separate VAR from REST-OF-LINE (which might be
-% empty), we can't just use \parsearg; we have to insert a space of our
-% own to delimit the rest of the line, and then take it out again if we
-% didn't need it.
-% We rely on the fact that \parsearg sets \catcode`\ =10.
-%
-\parseargdef\set{\setyyy#1 \endsetyyy}
-\def\setyyy#1 #2\endsetyyy{%
-  {%
-    \makevalueexpandable
-    \def\temp{#2}%
-    \edef\next{\gdef\makecsname{SET#1}}%
-    \ifx\temp\empty
-      \next{}%
-    \else
-      \setzzz#2\endsetzzz
-    \fi
-  }%
-}
-% Remove the trailing space \setxxx inserted.
-\def\setzzz#1 \endsetzzz{\next{#1}}
-
-% @clear VAR clears (i.e., unsets) the variable VAR.
-%
-\parseargdef\clear{%
-  {%
-    \makevalueexpandable
-    \global\expandafter\let\csname SET#1\endcsname=\relax
-  }%
-}
-
-% @value{foo} gets the text saved in variable foo.
-\def\value{\begingroup\makevalueexpandable\valuexxx}
-\def\valuexxx#1{\expandablevalue{#1}\endgroup}
-{
-  \catcode`\- = \active \catcode`\_ = \active
-  %
-  \gdef\makevalueexpandable{%
-    \let\value = \expandablevalue
-    % We don't want these characters active, ...
-    \catcode`\-=\other \catcode`\_=\other
-    % ..., but we might end up with active ones in the argument if
-    % we're called from @code, as @code{@value{foo-bar_}}, though.
-    % So \let them to their normal equivalents.
-    \let-\realdash \let_\normalunderscore
-  }
-}
-
-% We have this subroutine so that we can handle at least some @value's
-% properly in indexes (we call \makevalueexpandable in \indexdummies).
-% The command has to be fully expandable (if the variable is set), since
-% the result winds up in the index file.  This means that if the
-% variable's value contains other Texinfo commands, it's almost certain
-% it will fail (although perhaps we could fix that with sufficient work
-% to do a one-level expansion on the result, instead of complete).
-%
-\def\expandablevalue#1{%
-  \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#1\endcsname\relax
-    {[No value for ``#1'']}%
-    \message{Variable `#1', used in @value, is not set.}%
-  \else
-    \csname SET#1\endcsname
-  \fi
-}
-
-% @ifset VAR ... @end ifset reads the `...' iff VAR has been defined
-% with @set.
-%
-% To get special treatment of `@end ifset,' call \makeond and the redefine.
-%
-\makecond{ifset}
-\def\ifset{\parsearg{\doifset{\let\next=\ifsetfail}}}
-\def\doifset#1#2{%
-  {%
-    \makevalueexpandable
-    \let\next=\empty
-    \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#2\endcsname\relax
-      #1% If not set, redefine \next.
-    \fi
-    \expandafter
-  }\next
-}
-\def\ifsetfail{\doignore{ifset}}
-
-% @ifclear VAR ... @end ifclear reads the `...' iff VAR has never been
-% defined with @set, or has been undefined with @clear.
-%
-% The `\else' inside the `\doifset' parameter is a trick to reuse the
-% above code: if the variable is not set, do nothing, if it is set,
-% then redefine \next to \ifclearfail.
-%
-\makecond{ifclear}
-\def\ifclear{\parsearg{\doifset{\else \let\next=\ifclearfail}}}
-\def\ifclearfail{\doignore{ifclear}}
-
-% @dircategory CATEGORY  -- specify a category of the dir file
-% which this file should belong to.  Ignore this in TeX.
-\let\dircategory=\comment
-
-% @defininfoenclose.
-\let\definfoenclose=\comment
-
-
-\message{indexing,}
-% Index generation facilities
-
-% Define \newwrite to be identical to plain tex's \newwrite
-% except not \outer, so it can be used within \newindex.
-{\catcode`\@=11
-\gdef\newwrite{\alloc@7\write\chardef\sixt@@n}}
-
-% \newindex {foo} defines an index named foo.
-% It automatically defines \fooindex such that
-% \fooindex ...rest of line... puts an entry in the index foo.
-% It also defines \fooindfile to be the number of the output channel for
-% the file that accumulates this index.  The file's extension is foo.
-% The name of an index should be no more than 2 characters long
-% for the sake of vms.
-%
-\def\newindex#1{%
-  \iflinks
-    \expandafter\newwrite \csname#1indfile\endcsname
-    \openout \csname#1indfile\endcsname \jobname.#1 % Open the file
-  \fi
-  \expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{%     % Define @#1index
-    \noexpand\doindex{#1}}
-}
-
-% @defindex foo  ==  \newindex{foo}
-%
-\def\defindex{\parsearg\newindex}
-
-% Define @defcodeindex, like @defindex except put all entries in @code.
-%
-\def\defcodeindex{\parsearg\newcodeindex}
-%
-\def\newcodeindex#1{%
-  \iflinks
-    \expandafter\newwrite \csname#1indfile\endcsname
-    \openout \csname#1indfile\endcsname \jobname.#1
-  \fi
-  \expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{%
-    \noexpand\docodeindex{#1}}%
-}
-
-
-% @synindex foo bar    makes index foo feed into index bar.
-% Do this instead of @defindex foo if you don't want it as a separate index.
-%
-% @syncodeindex foo bar   similar, but put all entries made for index foo
-% inside @code.
-%
-\def\synindex#1 #2 {\dosynindex\doindex{#1}{#2}}
-\def\syncodeindex#1 #2 {\dosynindex\docodeindex{#1}{#2}}
-
-% #1 is \doindex or \docodeindex, #2 the index getting redefined (foo),
-% #3 the target index (bar).
-\def\dosynindex#1#2#3{%
-  % Only do \closeout if we haven't already done it, else we'll end up
-  % closing the target index.
-  \expandafter \ifx\csname donesynindex#2\endcsname \undefined
-    % The \closeout helps reduce unnecessary open files; the limit on the
-    % Acorn RISC OS is a mere 16 files.
-    \expandafter\closeout\csname#2indfile\endcsname
-    \expandafter\let\csname\donesynindex#2\endcsname = 1
-  \fi
-  % redefine \fooindfile:
-  \expandafter\let\expandafter\temp\expandafter=\csname#3indfile\endcsname
-  \expandafter\let\csname#2indfile\endcsname=\temp
-  % redefine \fooindex:
-  \expandafter\xdef\csname#2index\endcsname{\noexpand#1{#3}}%
-}
-
-% Define \doindex, the driver for all \fooindex macros.
-% Argument #1 is generated by the calling \fooindex macro,
-%  and it is "foo", the name of the index.
-
-% \doindex just uses \parsearg; it calls \doind for the actual work.
-% This is because \doind is more useful to call from other macros.
-
-% There is also \dosubind {index}{topic}{subtopic}
-% which makes an entry in a two-level index such as the operation index.
-
-\def\doindex#1{\edef\indexname{#1}\parsearg\singleindexer}
-\def\singleindexer #1{\doind{\indexname}{#1}}
-
-% like the previous two, but they put @code around the argument.
-\def\docodeindex#1{\edef\indexname{#1}\parsearg\singlecodeindexer}
-\def\singlecodeindexer #1{\doind{\indexname}{\code{#1}}}
-
-% Take care of Texinfo commands that can appear in an index entry.
-% Since there are some commands we want to expand, and others we don't,
-% we have to laboriously prevent expansion for those that we don't.
-%
-\def\indexdummies{%
-  \def\@{@}% change to @@ when we switch to @ as escape char in index files.
-  \def\ {\realbackslash\space }%
-  % Need these in case \tex is in effect and \{ is a \delimiter again.
-  % But can't use \lbracecmd and \rbracecmd because texindex assumes
-  % braces and backslashes are used only as delimiters.
-  \let\{ = \mylbrace
-  \let\} = \myrbrace
-  %
-  % \definedummyword defines \#1 as \realbackslash #1\space, thus
-  % effectively preventing its expansion.  This is used only for control
-  % words, not control letters, because the \space would be incorrect
-  % for control characters, but is needed to separate the control word
-  % from whatever follows.
-  %
-  % For control letters, we have \definedummyletter, which omits the
-  % space.
-  %
-  % These can be used both for control words that take an argument and
-  % those that do not.  If it is followed by {arg} in the input, then
-  % that will dutifully get written to the index (or wherever).
-  %
-  \def\definedummyword##1{%
-    \expandafter\def\csname ##1\endcsname{\realbackslash ##1\space}%
-  }%
-  \def\definedummyletter##1{%
-    \expandafter\def\csname ##1\endcsname{\realbackslash ##1}%
-  }%
-  %
-  % Do the redefinitions.
-  \commondummies
-}
-
-% For the aux file, @ is the escape character.  So we want to redefine
-% everything using @ instead of \realbackslash.  When everything uses
-% @, this will be simpler.
-%
-\def\atdummies{%
-  \def\@{@@}%
-  \def\ {@ }%
-  \let\{ = \lbraceatcmd
-  \let\} = \rbraceatcmd
-  %
-  % (See comments in \indexdummies.)
-  \def\definedummyword##1{%
-    \expandafter\def\csname ##1\endcsname{@##1\space}%
-  }%
-  \def\definedummyletter##1{%
-    \expandafter\def\csname ##1\endcsname{@##1}%
-  }%
-  %
-  % Do the redefinitions.
-  \commondummies
-}
-
-% Called from \indexdummies and \atdummies.  \definedummyword and
-% \definedummyletter must be defined first.
-%
-\def\commondummies{%
-  %
-  \normalturnoffactive
-  %
-  \commondummiesnofonts
-  %
-  \definedummyletter{_}%
-  %
-  % Non-English letters.
-  \definedummyword{AA}%
-  \definedummyword{AE}%
-  \definedummyword{L}%
-  \definedummyword{OE}%
-  \definedummyword{O}%
-  \definedummyword{aa}%
-  \definedummyword{ae}%
-  \definedummyword{l}%
-  \definedummyword{oe}%
-  \definedummyword{o}%
-  \definedummyword{ss}%
-  \definedummyword{exclamdown}%
-  \definedummyword{questiondown}%
-  \definedummyword{ordf}%
-  \definedummyword{ordm}%
-  %
-  % Although these internal commands shouldn't show up, sometimes they do.
-  \definedummyword{bf}%
-  \definedummyword{gtr}%
-  \definedummyword{hat}%
-  \definedummyword{less}%
-  \definedummyword{sf}%
-  \definedummyword{sl}%
-  \definedummyword{tclose}%
-  \definedummyword{tt}%
-  %
-  \definedummyword{LaTeX}%
-  \definedummyword{TeX}%
-  %
-  % Assorted special characters.
-  \definedummyword{bullet}%
-  \definedummyword{copyright}%
-  \definedummyword{registeredsymbol}%
-  \definedummyword{dots}%
-  \definedummyword{enddots}%
-  \definedummyword{equiv}%
-  \definedummyword{error}%
-  \definedummyword{expansion}%
-  \definedummyword{minus}%
-  \definedummyword{pounds}%
-  \definedummyword{point}%
-  \definedummyword{print}%
-  \definedummyword{result}%
-  %
-  % Handle some cases of @value -- where it does not contain any
-  % (non-fully-expandable) commands.
-  \makevalueexpandable
-  %
-  % Normal spaces, not active ones.
-  \unsepspaces
-  %
-  % No macro expansion.
-  \turnoffmacros
-}
-
-% \commondummiesnofonts: common to \commondummies and \indexnofonts.
-%
-% Better have this without active chars.
-{
-  \catcode`\~=\other
-  \gdef\commondummiesnofonts{%
-    % Control letters and accents.
-    \definedummyletter{!}%
-    \definedummyletter{"}%
-    \definedummyletter{'}%
-    \definedummyletter{*}%
-    \definedummyletter{,}%
-    \definedummyletter{.}%
-    \definedummyletter{/}%
-    \definedummyletter{:}%
-    \definedummyletter{=}%
-    \definedummyletter{?}%
-    \definedummyletter{^}%
-    \definedummyletter{`}%
-    \definedummyletter{~}%
-    \definedummyword{u}%
-    \definedummyword{v}%
-    \definedummyword{H}%
-    \definedummyword{dotaccent}%
-    \definedummyword{ringaccent}%
-    \definedummyword{tieaccent}%
-    \definedummyword{ubaraccent}%
-    \definedummyword{udotaccent}%
-    \definedummyword{dotless}%
-    %
-    % Texinfo font commands.
-    \definedummyword{b}%
-    \definedummyword{i}%
-    \definedummyword{r}%
-    \definedummyword{sc}%
-    \definedummyword{t}%
-    %
-    % Commands that take arguments.
-    \definedummyword{acronym}%
-    \definedummyword{cite}%
-    \definedummyword{code}%
-    \definedummyword{command}%
-    \definedummyword{dfn}%
-    \definedummyword{emph}%
-    \definedummyword{env}%
-    \definedummyword{file}%
-    \definedummyword{kbd}%
-    \definedummyword{key}%
-    \definedummyword{math}%
-    \definedummyword{option}%
-    \definedummyword{samp}%
-    \definedummyword{strong}%
-    \definedummyword{tie}%
-    \definedummyword{uref}%
-    \definedummyword{url}%
-    \definedummyword{var}%
-    \definedummyword{verb}%
-    \definedummyword{w}%
-  }
-}
-
-% \indexnofonts is used when outputting the strings to sort the index
-% by, and when constructing control sequence names.  It eliminates all
-% control sequences and just writes whatever the best ASCII sort string
-% would be for a given command (usually its argument).
-%
-\def\indexnofonts{%
-  \def\definedummyword##1{%
-    \expandafter\let\csname ##1\endcsname\asis
-  }%
-  \let\definedummyletter=\definedummyword
-  %
-  \commondummiesnofonts
-  %
-  % Don't no-op \tt, since it isn't a user-level command
-  % and is used in the definitions of the active chars like <, >, |, etc.
-  % Likewise with the other plain tex font commands.
-  %\let\tt=\asis
-  %
-  \def\ { }%
-  \def\@{@}%
-  % how to handle braces?
-  \def\_{\normalunderscore}%
-  %
-  % Non-English letters.
-  \def\AA{AA}%
-  \def\AE{AE}%
-  \def\L{L}%
-  \def\OE{OE}%
-  \def\O{O}%
-  \def\aa{aa}%
-  \def\ae{ae}%
-  \def\l{l}%
-  \def\oe{oe}%
-  \def\o{o}%
-  \def\ss{ss}%
-  \def\exclamdown{!}%
-  \def\questiondown{?}%
-  \def\ordf{a}%
-  \def\ordm{o}%
-  %
-  \def\LaTeX{LaTeX}%
-  \def\TeX{TeX}%
-  %
-  % Assorted special characters.
-  % (The following {} will end up in the sort string, but that's ok.)
-  \def\bullet{bullet}%
-  \def\copyright{copyright}%
-  \def\registeredsymbol{R}%
-  \def\dots{...}%
-  \def\enddots{...}%
-  \def\equiv{==}%
-  \def\error{error}%
-  \def\expansion{==>}%
-  \def\minus{-}%
-  \def\pounds{pounds}%
-  \def\point{.}%
-  \def\print{-|}%
-  \def\result{=>}%
-}
-
-\let\indexbackslash=0  %overridden during \printindex.
-\let\SETmarginindex=\relax % put index entries in margin (undocumented)?
-
-% Most index entries go through here, but \dosubind is the general case.
-% #1 is the index name, #2 is the entry text.
-\def\doind#1#2{\dosubind{#1}{#2}{}}
-
-% Workhorse for all \fooindexes.
-% #1 is name of index, #2 is stuff to put there, #3 is subentry --
-% empty if called from \doind, as we usually are (the main exception
-% is with most defuns, which call us directly).
-%
-\def\dosubind#1#2#3{%
-  \iflinks
-  {%
-    % Store the main index entry text (including the third arg).
-    \toks0 = {#2}%
-    % If third arg is present, precede it with a space.
-    \def\thirdarg{#3}%
-    \ifx\thirdarg\empty \else
-      \toks0 = \expandafter{\the\toks0 \space #3}%
-    \fi
-    %
-    \edef\writeto{\csname#1indfile\endcsname}%
-    %
-    \ifvmode
-      \dosubindsanitize
-    \else
-      \dosubindwrite
-    \fi
-  }%
-  \fi
-}
-
-% Write the entry in \toks0 to the index file:
-%
-\def\dosubindwrite{%
-  % Put the index entry in the margin if desired.
-  \ifx\SETmarginindex\relax\else
-    \insert\margin{\hbox{\vrule height8pt depth3pt width0pt \the\toks0}}%
-  \fi
-  %
-  % Remember, we are within a group.
-  \indexdummies % Must do this here, since \bf, etc expand at this stage
-  \escapechar=`\\
-  \def\backslashcurfont{\indexbackslash}% \indexbackslash isn't defined now
-      % so it will be output as is; and it will print as backslash.
-  %
-  % Process the index entry with all font commands turned off, to
-  % get the string to sort by.
-  {\indexnofonts
-   \edef\temp{\the\toks0}% need full expansion
-   \xdef\indexsorttmp{\temp}%
-  }%
-  %
-  % Set up the complete index entry, with both the sort key and
-  % the original text, including any font commands.  We write
-  % three arguments to \entry to the .?? file (four in the
-  % subentry case), texindex reduces to two when writing the .??s
-  % sorted result.
-  \edef\temp{%
-    \write\writeto{%
-      \string\entry{\indexsorttmp}{\noexpand\folio}{\the\toks0}}%
-  }%
-  \temp
-}
-
-% Take care of unwanted page breaks:
-%
-% If a skip is the last thing on the list now, preserve it
-% by backing up by \lastskip, doing the \write, then inserting
-% the skip again.  Otherwise, the whatsit generated by the
-% \write will make \lastskip zero.  The result is that sequences
-% like this:
-% @end defun
-% @tindex whatever
-% @defun ...
-% will have extra space inserted, because the \medbreak in the
-% start of the @defun won't see the skip inserted by the @end of
-% the previous defun.
-%
-% But don't do any of this if we're not in vertical mode.  We
-% don't want to do a \vskip and prematurely end a paragraph.
-%
-% Avoid page breaks due to these extra skips, too.
-%
-% But wait, there is a catch there:
-% We'll have to check whether \lastskip is zero skip.  \ifdim is not
-% sufficient for this purpose, as it ignores stretch and shrink parts
-% of the skip.  The only way seems to be to check the textual
-% representation of the skip.
-%
-% The following is almost like \def\zeroskipmacro{0.0pt} except that
-% the ``p'' and ``t'' characters have catcode \other, not 11 (letter).
-%
-\edef\zeroskipmacro{\expandafter\the\csname z@skip\endcsname}
-%
-% ..., ready, GO:
-%
-\def\dosubindsanitize{%
-  % \lastskip and \lastpenalty cannot both be nonzero simultaneously.
-  \skip0 = \lastskip
-  \edef\lastskipmacro{\the\lastskip}%
-  \count255 = \lastpenalty
-  %
-  % If \lastskip is nonzero, that means the last item was a
-  % skip.  And since a skip is discardable, that means this
-  % -\skip0 glue we're inserting is preceded by a
-  % non-discardable item, therefore it is not a potential
-  % breakpoint, therefore no \nobreak needed.
-  \ifx\lastskipmacro\zeroskipmacro
-  \else
-    \vskip-\skip0
-  \fi
-  %
-  \dosubindwrite
-  %
-  \ifx\lastskipmacro\zeroskipmacro
-    % if \lastskip was zero, perhaps the last item was a
-    % penalty, and perhaps it was >=10000, e.g., a \nobreak.
-    % In that case, we want to re-insert the penalty; since we
-    % just inserted a non-discardable item, any following glue
-    % (such as a \parskip) would be a breakpoint.  For example:
-    %   @deffn deffn-whatever
-    %   @vindex index-whatever
-    %   Description.
-    % would allow a break between the index-whatever whatsit
-    % and the "Description." paragraph.
-    \ifnum\count255>9999 \nobreak \fi
-  \else
-    % On the other hand, if we had a nonzero \lastskip,
-    % this make-up glue would be preceded by a non-discardable item
-    % (the whatsit from the \write), so we must insert a \nobreak.
-    \nobreak\vskip\skip0
-  \fi
-}
-
-% The index entry written in the file actually looks like
-%  \entry {sortstring}{page}{topic}
-% or
-%  \entry {sortstring}{page}{topic}{subtopic}
-% The texindex program reads in these files and writes files
-% containing these kinds of lines:
-%  \initial {c}
-%     before the first topic whose initial is c
-%  \entry {topic}{pagelist}
-%     for a topic that is used without subtopics
-%  \primary {topic}
-%     for the beginning of a topic that is used with subtopics
-%  \secondary {subtopic}{pagelist}
-%     for each subtopic.
-
-% Define the user-accessible indexing commands
-% @findex, @vindex, @kindex, @cindex.
-
-\def\findex {\fnindex}
-\def\kindex {\kyindex}
-\def\cindex {\cpindex}
-\def\vindex {\vrindex}
-\def\tindex {\tpindex}
-\def\pindex {\pgindex}
-
-\def\cindexsub {\begingroup\obeylines\cindexsub}
-{\obeylines %
-\gdef\cindexsub "#1" #2^^M{\endgroup %
-\dosubind{cp}{#2}{#1}}}
-
-% Define the macros used in formatting output of the sorted index material.
-
-% @printindex causes a particular index (the ??s file) to get printed.
-% It does not print any chapter heading (usually an @unnumbered).
-%
-\parseargdef\printindex{\begingroup
-  \dobreak \chapheadingskip{10000}%
-  %
-  \smallfonts \rm
-  \tolerance = 9500
-  \everypar = {}% don't want the \kern\-parindent from indentation suppression.
-  %
-  % See if the index file exists and is nonempty.
-  % Change catcode of @ here so that if the index file contains
-  % \initial {@}
-  % as its first line, TeX doesn't complain about mismatched braces
-  % (because it thinks @} is a control sequence).
-  \catcode`\@ = 11
-  \openin 1 \jobname.#1s
-  \ifeof 1
-    % \enddoublecolumns gets confused if there is no text in the index,
-    % and it loses the chapter title and the aux file entries for the
-    % index.  The easiest way to prevent this problem is to make sure
-    % there is some text.
-    \putwordIndexNonexistent
-  \else
-    %
-    % If the index file exists but is empty, then \openin leaves \ifeof
-    % false.  We have to make TeX try to read something from the file, so
-    % it can discover if there is anything in it.
-    \read 1 to \temp
-    \ifeof 1
-      \putwordIndexIsEmpty
-    \else
-      % Index files are almost Texinfo source, but we use \ as the escape
-      % character.  It would be better to use @, but that's too big a change
-      % to make right now.
-      \def\indexbackslash{\backslashcurfont}%
-      \catcode`\\ = 0
-      \escapechar = `\\
-      \begindoublecolumns
-      \input \jobname.#1s
-      \enddoublecolumns
-    \fi
-  \fi
-  \closein 1
-\endgroup}
-
-% These macros are used by the sorted index file itself.
-% Change them to control the appearance of the index.
-
-\def\initial#1{{%
-  % Some minor font changes for the special characters.
-  \let\tentt=\sectt \let\tt=\sectt \let\sf=\sectt
-  %
-  % Remove any glue we may have, we'll be inserting our own.
-  \removelastskip
-  %
-  % We like breaks before the index initials, so insert a bonus.
-  \penalty -300
-  %
-  % Typeset the initial.  Making this add up to a whole number of
-  % baselineskips increases the chance of the dots lining up from column
-  % to column.  It still won't often be perfect, because of the stretch
-  % we need before each entry, but it's better.
-  %
-  % No shrink because it confuses \balancecolumns.
-  \vskip 1.67\baselineskip plus .5\baselineskip
-  \leftline{\secbf #1}%
-  \vskip .33\baselineskip plus .1\baselineskip
-  %
-  % Do our best not to break after the initial.
-  \nobreak
-}}
-
-% \entry typesets a paragraph consisting of the text (#1), dot leaders, and
-% then page number (#2) flushed to the right margin.  It is used for index
-% and table of contents entries.  The paragraph is indented by \leftskip.
-%
-% A straightforward implementation would start like this:
-%	\def\entry#1#2{...
-% But this frozes the catcodes in the argument, and can cause problems to
-% @code, which sets - active.  This problem was fixed by a kludge---
-% ``-'' was active throughout whole index, but this isn't really right.
-% 
-% The right solution is to prevent \entry from swallowing the whole text.
-%                                 --kasal, 21nov03
-\def\entry{%
-  \begingroup
-    %
-    % Start a new paragraph if necessary, so our assignments below can't
-    % affect previous text.
-    \par
-    %
-    % Do not fill out the last line with white space.
-    \parfillskip = 0in
-    %
-    % No extra space above this paragraph.
-    \parskip = 0in
-    %
-    % Do not prefer a separate line ending with a hyphen to fewer lines.
-    \finalhyphendemerits = 0
-    %
-    % \hangindent is only relevant when the entry text and page number
-    % don't both fit on one line.  In that case, bob suggests starting the
-    % dots pretty far over on the line.  Unfortunately, a large
-    % indentation looks wrong when the entry text itself is broken across
-    % lines.  So we use a small indentation and put up with long leaders.
-    %
-    % \hangafter is reset to 1 (which is the value we want) at the start
-    % of each paragraph, so we need not do anything with that.
-    \hangindent = 2em
-    %
-    % When the entry text needs to be broken, just fill out the first line
-    % with blank space.
-    \rightskip = 0pt plus1fil
-    %
-    % A bit of stretch before each entry for the benefit of balancing
-    % columns.
-    \vskip 0pt plus1pt
-    %
-    % Swallow the left brace of the text (first parameter):
-    \afterassignment\doentry
-    \let\temp =
-}
-\def\doentry{%
-    \bgroup % Instead of the swallowed brace.
-      \noindent
-      \aftergroup\finishentry
-      % And now comes the text of the entry.
-}
-\def\finishentry#1{%
-    % #1 is the page number.
-    %
-    % The following is kludged to not output a line of dots in the index if
-    % there are no page numbers.  The next person who breaks this will be
-    % cursed by a Unix daemon.
-    \def\tempa{{\rm }}%
-    \def\tempb{#1}%
-    \edef\tempc{\tempa}%
-    \edef\tempd{\tempb}%
-    \ifx\tempc\tempd
-      \ %
-    \else
-      %
-      % If we must, put the page number on a line of its own, and fill out
-      % this line with blank space.  (The \hfil is overwhelmed with the
-      % fill leaders glue in \indexdotfill if the page number does fit.)
-      \hfil\penalty50
-      \null\nobreak\indexdotfill % Have leaders before the page number.
-      %
-      % The `\ ' here is removed by the implicit \unskip that TeX does as
-      % part of (the primitive) \par.  Without it, a spurious underfull
-      % \hbox ensues.
-      \ifpdf
-	\pdfgettoks#1.%
-	\ \the\toksA
-      \else
-	\ #1%
-      \fi
-    \fi
-    \par
-  \endgroup
-}
-
-% Like \dotfill except takes at least 1 em.
-\def\indexdotfill{\cleaders
-  \hbox{$\mathsurround=0pt \mkern1.5mu ${\it .}$ \mkern1.5mu$}\hskip 1em plus 1fill}
-
-\def\primary #1{\line{#1\hfil}}
-
-\newskip\secondaryindent \secondaryindent=0.5cm
-\def\secondary#1#2{{%
-  \parfillskip=0in
-  \parskip=0in
-  \hangindent=1in
-  \hangafter=1
-  \noindent\hskip\secondaryindent\hbox{#1}\indexdotfill
-  \ifpdf
-    \pdfgettoks#2.\ \the\toksA % The page number ends the paragraph.
-  \else
-    #2
-  \fi
-  \par
-}}
-
-% Define two-column mode, which we use to typeset indexes.
-% Adapted from the TeXbook, page 416, which is to say,
-% the manmac.tex format used to print the TeXbook itself.
-\catcode`\@=11
-
-\newbox\partialpage
-\newdimen\doublecolumnhsize
-
-\def\begindoublecolumns{\begingroup % ended by \enddoublecolumns
-  % Grab any single-column material above us.
-  \output = {%
-    %
-    % Here is a possibility not foreseen in manmac: if we accumulate a
-    % whole lot of material, we might end up calling this \output
-    % routine twice in a row (see the doublecol-lose test, which is
-    % essentially a couple of indexes with @setchapternewpage off).  In
-    % that case we just ship out what is in \partialpage with the normal
-    % output routine.  Generally, \partialpage will be empty when this
-    % runs and this will be a no-op.  See the indexspread.tex test case.
-    \ifvoid\partialpage \else
-      \onepageout{\pagecontents\partialpage}%
-    \fi
-    %
-    \global\setbox\partialpage = \vbox{%
-      % Unvbox the main output page.
-      \unvbox\PAGE
-      \kern-\topskip \kern\baselineskip
-    }%
-  }%
-  \eject % run that output routine to set \partialpage
-  %
-  % Use the double-column output routine for subsequent pages.
-  \output = {\doublecolumnout}%
-  %
-  % Change the page size parameters.  We could do this once outside this
-  % routine, in each of @smallbook, @afourpaper, and the default 8.5x11
-  % format, but then we repeat the same computation.  Repeating a couple
-  % of assignments once per index is clearly meaningless for the
-  % execution time, so we may as well do it in one place.
-  %
-  % First we halve the line length, less a little for the gutter between
-  % the columns.  We compute the gutter based on the line length, so it
-  % changes automatically with the paper format.  The magic constant
-  % below is chosen so that the gutter has the same value (well, +-<1pt)
-  % as it did when we hard-coded it.
-  %
-  % We put the result in a separate register, \doublecolumhsize, so we
-  % can restore it in \pagesofar, after \hsize itself has (potentially)
-  % been clobbered.
-  %
-  \doublecolumnhsize = \hsize
-    \advance\doublecolumnhsize by -.04154\hsize
-    \divide\doublecolumnhsize by 2
-  \hsize = \doublecolumnhsize
-  %
-  % Double the \vsize as well.  (We don't need a separate register here,
-  % since nobody clobbers \vsize.)
-  \vsize = 2\vsize
-}
-
-% The double-column output routine for all double-column pages except
-% the last.
-%
-\def\doublecolumnout{%
-  \splittopskip=\topskip \splitmaxdepth=\maxdepth
-  % Get the available space for the double columns -- the normal
-  % (undoubled) page height minus any material left over from the
-  % previous page.
-  \dimen@ = \vsize
-  \divide\dimen@ by 2
-  \advance\dimen@ by -\ht\partialpage
-  %
-  % box0 will be the left-hand column, box2 the right.
-  \setbox0=\vsplit255 to\dimen@ \setbox2=\vsplit255 to\dimen@
-  \onepageout\pagesofar
-  \unvbox255
-  \penalty\outputpenalty
-}
-%
-% Re-output the contents of the output page -- any previous material,
-% followed by the two boxes we just split, in box0 and box2.
-\def\pagesofar{%
-  \unvbox\partialpage
-  %
-  \hsize = \doublecolumnhsize
-  \wd0=\hsize \wd2=\hsize
-  \hbox to\pagewidth{\box0\hfil\box2}%
-}
-%
-% All done with double columns.
-\def\enddoublecolumns{%
-  \output = {%
-    % Split the last of the double-column material.  Leave it on the
-    % current page, no automatic page break.
-    \balancecolumns
-    %
-    % If we end up splitting too much material for the current page,
-    % though, there will be another page break right after this \output
-    % invocation ends.  Having called \balancecolumns once, we do not
-    % want to call it again.  Therefore, reset \output to its normal
-    % definition right away.  (We hope \balancecolumns will never be
-    % called on to balance too much material, but if it is, this makes
-    % the output somewhat more palatable.)
-    \global\output = {\onepageout{\pagecontents\PAGE}}%
-  }%
-  \eject
-  \endgroup % started in \begindoublecolumns
-  %
-  % \pagegoal was set to the doubled \vsize above, since we restarted
-  % the current page.  We're now back to normal single-column
-  % typesetting, so reset \pagegoal to the normal \vsize (after the
-  % \endgroup where \vsize got restored).
-  \pagegoal = \vsize
-}
-%
-% Called at the end of the double column material.
-\def\balancecolumns{%
-  \setbox0 = \vbox{\unvbox255}% like \box255 but more efficient, see p.120.
-  \dimen@ = \ht0
-  \advance\dimen@ by \topskip
-  \advance\dimen@ by-\baselineskip
-  \divide\dimen@ by 2 % target to split to
-  %debug\message{final 2-column material height=\the\ht0, target=\the\dimen@.}%
-  \splittopskip = \topskip
-  % Loop until we get a decent breakpoint.
-  {%
-    \vbadness = 10000
-    \loop
-      \global\setbox3 = \copy0
-      \global\setbox1 = \vsplit3 to \dimen@
-    \ifdim\ht3>\dimen@
-      \global\advance\dimen@ by 1pt
-    \repeat
-  }%
-  %debug\message{split to \the\dimen@, column heights: \the\ht1, \the\ht3.}%
-  \setbox0=\vbox to\dimen@{\unvbox1}%
-  \setbox2=\vbox to\dimen@{\unvbox3}%
-  %
-  \pagesofar
-}
-\catcode`\@ = \other
-
-
-\message{sectioning,}
-% Chapters, sections, etc.
-
-% \unnumberedno is an oxymoron, of course.  But we count the unnumbered
-% sections so that we can refer to them unambiguously in the pdf
-% outlines by their "section number".  We avoid collisions with chapter
-% numbers by starting them at 10000.  (If a document ever has 10000
-% chapters, we're in trouble anyway, I'm sure.)
-\newcount\unnumberedno \unnumberedno = 10000
-\newcount\chapno
-\newcount\secno        \secno=0
-\newcount\subsecno     \subsecno=0
-\newcount\subsubsecno  \subsubsecno=0
-
-% This counter is funny since it counts through charcodes of letters A, B, ...
-\newcount\appendixno  \appendixno = `\@
-%
-% \def\appendixletter{\char\the\appendixno}
-% We do the following ugly conditional instead of the above simple
-% construct for the sake of pdftex, which needs the actual
-% letter in the expansion, not just typeset.
-% 
-\def\appendixletter{%
-  \ifnum\appendixno=`A A%
-  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`B B%
-  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`C C%
-  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`D D%
-  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`E E%
-  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`F F%
-  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`G G%
-  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`H H%
-  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`I I%
-  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`J J%
-  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`K K%
-  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`L L%
-  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`M M%
-  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`N N%
-  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`O O%
-  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`P P%
-  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`Q Q%
-  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`R R%
-  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`S S%
-  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`T T%
-  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`U U%
-  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`V V%
-  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`W W%
-  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`X X%
-  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`Y Y%
-  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`Z Z%
-  % The \the is necessary, despite appearances, because \appendixletter is
-  % expanded while writing the .toc file.  \char\appendixno is not
-  % expandable, thus it is written literally, thus all appendixes come out
-  % with the same letter (or @) in the toc without it.
-  \else\char\the\appendixno
-  \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi
-  \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi}
-
-% Each @chapter defines this as the name of the chapter.
-% page headings and footings can use it.  @section does likewise.
-% However, they are not reliable, because we don't use marks.
-\def\thischapter{}
-\def\thissection{}
-
-\newcount\absseclevel % used to calculate proper heading level
-\newcount\secbase\secbase=0 % @raisesections/@lowersections modify this count
-
-% @raisesections: treat @section as chapter, @subsection as section, etc.
-\def\raisesections{\global\advance\secbase by -1}
-\let\up=\raisesections % original BFox name
-
-% @lowersections: treat @chapter as section, @section as subsection, etc.
-\def\lowersections{\global\advance\secbase by 1}
-\let\down=\lowersections % original BFox name
-
-% Choose a numbered-heading macro
-% #1 is heading level if unmodified by @raisesections or @lowersections
-% #2 is text for heading
-\def\numhead#1#2{\absseclevel=\secbase\advance\absseclevel by #1
-\ifcase\absseclevel
-      \chapterzzz{#2}%
-  \or \seczzz{#2}%
-  \or \numberedsubseczzz{#2}%
-  \or \numberedsubsubseczzz{#2}%
-  \else
-    \ifnum \absseclevel<0 \chapterzzz{#2}%
-    \else \numberedsubsubseczzz{#2}%
-    \fi
-  \fi
-  \suppressfirstparagraphindent
-}
-
-% like \numhead, but chooses appendix heading levels
-\def\apphead#1#2{\absseclevel=\secbase\advance\absseclevel by #1
-\ifcase\absseclevel
-      \appendixzzz{#2}%
-  \or \appendixsectionzzz{#2}%
-  \or \appendixsubseczzz{#2}%
-  \or \appendixsubsubseczzz{#2}%
-  \else
-    \ifnum \absseclevel<0 \appendixzzz{#2}%
-    \else \appendixsubsubseczzz{#2}%
-    \fi
-  \fi
-  \suppressfirstparagraphindent
-}
-
-% like \numhead, but chooses numberless heading levels
-\def\unnmhead#1#2{\absseclevel=\secbase\advance\absseclevel by #1
-  \ifcase\absseclevel
-      \unnumberedzzz{#2}%
-  \or \unnumberedseczzz{#2}%
-  \or \unnumberedsubseczzz{#2}%
-  \or \unnumberedsubsubseczzz{#2}%
-  \else
-    \ifnum \absseclevel<0 \unnumberedzzz{#2}%
-    \else \unnumberedsubsubseczzz{#2}%
-    \fi
-  \fi
-  \suppressfirstparagraphindent
-}
-
-% @chapter, @appendix, @unnumbered.  Increment top-level counter, reset
-% all lower-level sectioning counters to zero.
-% 
-% Also set \chaplevelprefix, which we prepend to @float sequence numbers
-% (e.g., figures), q.v.  By default (before any chapter), that is empty.
-\let\chaplevelprefix = \empty
-% 
-\outer\parseargdef\chapter{\numhead0{#1}} % normally numhead0 calls chapterzzz
-\def\chapterzzz#1{%
-  % section resetting is \global in case the chapter is in a group, such
-  % as an @include file.
-  \global\secno=0 \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0
-    \global\advance\chapno by 1
-  %
-  % Used for \float.
-  \gdef\chaplevelprefix{\the\chapno.}%
-  \resetallfloatnos
-  %
-  \message{\putwordChapter\space \the\chapno}%
-  %
-  % Write the actual heading.
-  \chapmacro{#1}{Ynumbered}{\the\chapno}%
-  %
-  % So @section and the like are numbered underneath this chapter.
-  \global\let\section = \numberedsec
-  \global\let\subsection = \numberedsubsec
-  \global\let\subsubsection = \numberedsubsubsec
-}
-
-\outer\parseargdef\appendix{\apphead0{#1}} % normally apphead0 calls appendixzzz
-\def\appendixzzz#1{%
-  \global\secno=0 \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0
-    \global\advance\appendixno by 1
-  \gdef\chaplevelprefix{\appendixletter.}%
-  \resetallfloatnos
-  %
-  \def\appendixnum{\putwordAppendix\space \appendixletter}%
-  \message{\appendixnum}%
-  %
-  \chapmacro{#1}{Yappendix}{\appendixletter}%
-  %
-  \global\let\section = \appendixsec
-  \global\let\subsection = \appendixsubsec
-  \global\let\subsubsection = \appendixsubsubsec
-}
-
-% @centerchap is like @unnumbered, but the heading is centered.
-\outer\parseargdef\centerchap{{\unnumberedyyy{#1}}}
-
-\outer\parseargdef\unnumbered{\unnmhead0{#1}} % normally unnmhead0 calls unnumberedzzz
-\def\unnumberedzzz#1{%
-  \global\secno=0 \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0
-    \global\advance\unnumberedno by 1
-  %
-  % Since an unnumbered has no number, no prefix for figures.
-  \global\let\chaplevelprefix = \empty
-  \resetallfloatnos
-  %
-  % This used to be simply \message{#1}, but TeX fully expands the
-  % argument to \message.  Therefore, if #1 contained @-commands, TeX
-  % expanded them.  For example, in `@unnumbered The @cite{Book}', TeX
-  % expanded @cite (which turns out to cause errors because \cite is meant
-  % to be executed, not expanded).
-  %
-  % Anyway, we don't want the fully-expanded definition of @cite to appear
-  % as a result of the \message, we just want `@cite' itself.  We use
-  % \the<toks register> to achieve this: TeX expands \the<toks> only once,
-  % simply yielding the contents of <toks register>.  (We also do this for
-  % the toc entries.)
-  \toks0 = {#1}%
-  \message{(\the\toks0)}%
-  %
-  \chapmacro{#1}{Ynothing}{\the\unnumberedno}%
-  %
-  \global\let\section = \unnumberedsec
-  \global\let\subsection = \unnumberedsubsec
-  \global\let\subsubsection = \unnumberedsubsubsec
-}
-
-% @top is like @unnumbered.
-\let\top\unnumbered
-
-% Sections.
-\outer\parseargdef\numberedsec{\numhead1{#1}} % normally calls seczzz
-\def\seczzz#1{%
-  \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0  \global\advance\secno by 1
-  \sectionheading{#1}{sec}{Ynumbered}{\the\chapno.\the\secno}%
-}
-
-\outer\parseargdef\appendixsection{\apphead1{#1}} % normally calls appendixsectionzzz
-\def\appendixsectionzzz#1{%
-  \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0  \global\advance\secno by 1
-  \sectionheading{#1}{sec}{Yappendix}{\appendixletter.\the\secno}%
-}
-\let\appendixsec\appendixsection
-
-\outer\parseargdef\unnumberedsec{\unnmhead1{#1}} % normally calls unnumberedseczzz
-\def\unnumberedseczzz#1{%
-  \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0  \global\advance\secno by 1
-  \sectionheading{#1}{sec}{Ynothing}{\the\unnumberedno.\the\secno}%
-}
-
-% Subsections.
-\outer\parseargdef\numberedsubsec{\numhead2{#1}} % normally calls numberedsubseczzz
-\def\numberedsubseczzz#1{%
-  \global\subsubsecno=0  \global\advance\subsecno by 1
-  \sectionheading{#1}{subsec}{Ynumbered}{\the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno}%
-}
-
-\outer\parseargdef\appendixsubsec{\apphead2{#1}} % normally calls appendixsubseczzz
-\def\appendixsubseczzz#1{%
-  \global\subsubsecno=0  \global\advance\subsecno by 1
-  \sectionheading{#1}{subsec}{Yappendix}%
-                 {\appendixletter.\the\secno.\the\subsecno}%
-}
-
-\outer\parseargdef\unnumberedsubsec{\unnmhead2{#1}} %normally calls unnumberedsubseczzz
-\def\unnumberedsubseczzz#1{%
-  \global\subsubsecno=0  \global\advance\subsecno by 1
-  \sectionheading{#1}{subsec}{Ynothing}%
-                 {\the\unnumberedno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno}%
-}
-
-% Subsubsections.
-\outer\parseargdef\numberedsubsubsec{\numhead3{#1}} % normally numberedsubsubseczzz
-\def\numberedsubsubseczzz#1{%
-  \global\advance\subsubsecno by 1
-  \sectionheading{#1}{subsubsec}{Ynumbered}%
-                 {\the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno}%
-}
-
-\outer\parseargdef\appendixsubsubsec{\apphead3{#1}} % normally appendixsubsubseczzz
-\def\appendixsubsubseczzz#1{%
-  \global\advance\subsubsecno by 1
-  \sectionheading{#1}{subsubsec}{Yappendix}%
-                 {\appendixletter.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno}%
-}
-
-\outer\parseargdef\unnumberedsubsubsec{\unnmhead3{#1}} %normally unnumberedsubsubseczzz
-\def\unnumberedsubsubseczzz#1{%
-  \global\advance\subsubsecno by 1
-  \sectionheading{#1}{subsubsec}{Ynothing}%
-                 {\the\unnumberedno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno}%
-}
-
-% These are variants which are not "outer", so they can appear in @ifinfo.
-% Actually, they are now be obsolete; ordinary section commands should work.
-\def\infotop{\parsearg\unnumberedzzz}
-\def\infounnumbered{\parsearg\unnumberedzzz}
-\def\infounnumberedsec{\parsearg\unnumberedseczzz}
-\def\infounnumberedsubsec{\parsearg\unnumberedsubseczzz}
-\def\infounnumberedsubsubsec{\parsearg\unnumberedsubsubseczzz}
-
-\def\infoappendix{\parsearg\appendixzzz}
-\def\infoappendixsec{\parsearg\appendixseczzz}
-\def\infoappendixsubsec{\parsearg\appendixsubseczzz}
-\def\infoappendixsubsubsec{\parsearg\appendixsubsubseczzz}
-
-\def\infochapter{\parsearg\chapterzzz}
-\def\infosection{\parsearg\sectionzzz}
-\def\infosubsection{\parsearg\subsectionzzz}
-\def\infosubsubsection{\parsearg\subsubsectionzzz}
-
-% These macros control what the section commands do, according
-% to what kind of chapter we are in (ordinary, appendix, or unnumbered).
-% Define them by default for a numbered chapter.
-\let\section = \numberedsec
-\let\subsection = \numberedsubsec
-\let\subsubsection = \numberedsubsubsec
-
-% Define @majorheading, @heading and @subheading
-
-% NOTE on use of \vbox for chapter headings, section headings, and such:
-%       1) We use \vbox rather than the earlier \line to permit
-%          overlong headings to fold.
-%       2) \hyphenpenalty is set to 10000 because hyphenation in a
-%          heading is obnoxious; this forbids it.
-%       3) Likewise, headings look best if no \parindent is used, and
-%          if justification is not attempted.  Hence \raggedright.
-
-
-\def\majorheading{%
-  {\advance\chapheadingskip by 10pt \chapbreak }%
-  \parsearg\chapheadingzzz
-}
-
-\def\chapheading{\chapbreak \parsearg\chapheadingzzz}
-\def\chapheadingzzz#1{%
-  {\chapfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000
-                    \parindent=0pt\raggedright
-                    \rm #1\hfill}}%
-  \bigskip \par\penalty 200\relax
-  \suppressfirstparagraphindent
-}
-
-% @heading, @subheading, @subsubheading.
-\parseargdef\heading{\sectionheading{#1}{sec}{Yomitfromtoc}{}
-  \suppressfirstparagraphindent}
-\parseargdef\subheading{\sectionheading{#1}{subsec}{Yomitfromtoc}{}
-  \suppressfirstparagraphindent}
-\parseargdef\subsubheading{\sectionheading{#1}{subsubsec}{Yomitfromtoc}{}
-  \suppressfirstparagraphindent}
-
-% These macros generate a chapter, section, etc. heading only
-% (including whitespace, linebreaking, etc. around it),
-% given all the information in convenient, parsed form.
-
-%%% Args are the skip and penalty (usually negative)
-\def\dobreak#1#2{\par\ifdim\lastskip<#1\removelastskip\penalty#2\vskip#1\fi}
-
-\def\setchapterstyle #1 {\csname CHAPF#1\endcsname}
-
-%%% Define plain chapter starts, and page on/off switching for it
-% Parameter controlling skip before chapter headings (if needed)
-
-\newskip\chapheadingskip
-
-\def\chapbreak{\dobreak \chapheadingskip {-4000}}
-\def\chappager{\par\vfill\supereject}
-\def\chapoddpage{\chappager \ifodd\pageno \else \hbox to 0pt{} \chappager\fi}
-
-\def\setchapternewpage #1 {\csname CHAPPAG#1\endcsname}
-
-\def\CHAPPAGoff{%
-\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager
-\global\let\pchapsepmacro=\chapbreak
-\global\let\pagealignmacro=\chappager}
-
-\def\CHAPPAGon{%
-\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager
-\global\let\pchapsepmacro=\chappager
-\global\let\pagealignmacro=\chappager
-\global\def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSsingle}}
-
-\def\CHAPPAGodd{%
-\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chapoddpage
-\global\let\pchapsepmacro=\chapoddpage
-\global\let\pagealignmacro=\chapoddpage
-\global\def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSdouble}}
-
-\CHAPPAGon
-
-\def\CHAPFplain{%
-\global\let\chapmacro=\chfplain
-\global\let\centerchapmacro=\centerchfplain}
-
-% Normal chapter opening.
-% 
-% #1 is the text, #2 is the section type (Ynumbered, Ynothing,
-% Yappendix, Yomitfromtoc), #3 the chapter number.
-% 
-% To test against our argument.
-\def\Ynothingkeyword{Ynothing}
-\def\Yomitfromtockeyword{Yomitfromtoc}
-\def\Yappendixkeyword{Yappendix}
-%
-\def\chfplain#1#2#3{%
-  \pchapsepmacro
-  {%
-    \chapfonts \rm
-    %
-    % Have to define \thissection before calling \donoderef, because the
-    % xref code eventually uses it.  On the other hand, it has to be called
-    % after \pchapsepmacro, or the headline will change too soon.
-    \gdef\thissection{#1}%
-    \gdef\thischaptername{#1}%
-    %
-    % Only insert the separating space if we have a chapter/appendix
-    % number, and don't print the unnumbered ``number''.
-    \def\temptype{#2}%
-    \ifx\temptype\Ynothingkeyword
-      \setbox0 = \hbox{}%
-      \def\toctype{unnchap}%
-      \def\thischapter{#1}%
-    \else\ifx\temptype\Yomitfromtockeyword
-      \setbox0 = \hbox{}% contents like unnumbered, but no toc entry
-      \def\toctype{omit}%
-      \xdef\thischapter{}%
-    \else\ifx\temptype\Yappendixkeyword
-      \setbox0 = \hbox{\putwordAppendix{} #3\enspace}%
-      \def\toctype{app}%
-      % We don't substitute the actual chapter name into \thischapter
-      % because we don't want its macros evaluated now.  And we don't
-      % use \thissection because that changes with each section.
-      %
-      \xdef\thischapter{\putwordAppendix{} \appendixletter:
-                        \noexpand\thischaptername}%
-    \else
-      \setbox0 = \hbox{#3\enspace}%
-      \def\toctype{numchap}%
-      \xdef\thischapter{\putwordChapter{} \the\chapno:
-                        \noexpand\thischaptername}%
-    \fi\fi\fi
-    %
-    % Write the toc entry for this chapter.  Must come before the
-    % \donoderef, because we include the current node name in the toc
-    % entry, and \donoderef resets it to empty.
-    \writetocentry{\toctype}{#1}{#3}%
-    %
-    % For pdftex, we have to write out the node definition (aka, make
-    % the pdfdest) after any page break, but before the actual text has
-    % been typeset.  If the destination for the pdf outline is after the
-    % text, then jumping from the outline may wind up with the text not
-    % being visible, for instance under high magnification.
-    \donoderef{#2}%
-    %
-    % Typeset the actual heading.
-    \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000 \tolerance=5000 \parindent=0pt \raggedright
-          \hangindent=\wd0 \centerparametersmaybe
-          \unhbox0 #1\par}%
-  }%
-  \nobreak\bigskip % no page break after a chapter title
-  \nobreak
-}
-
-% @centerchap -- centered and unnumbered.
-\let\centerparametersmaybe = \relax
-\def\centerchfplain#1{{%
-  \def\centerparametersmaybe{%
-    \advance\rightskip by 3\rightskip
-    \leftskip = \rightskip
-    \parfillskip = 0pt
-  }%
-  \chfplain{#1}{Ynothing}{}%
-}}
-
-\CHAPFplain % The default
-
-% I don't think this chapter style is supported any more, so I'm not
-% updating it with the new noderef stuff.  We'll see.  --karl, 11aug03.
-% 
-\def\unnchfopen #1{%
-\chapoddpage {\chapfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000
-                       \parindent=0pt\raggedright
-                       \rm #1\hfill}}\bigskip \par\nobreak
-}
-
-\def\chfopen #1#2{\chapoddpage {\chapfonts
-\vbox to 3in{\vfil \hbox to\hsize{\hfil #2} \hbox to\hsize{\hfil #1} \vfil}}%
-\par\penalty 5000 %
-}
-
-\def\centerchfopen #1{%
-\chapoddpage {\chapfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000
-                       \parindent=0pt
-                       \hfill {\rm #1}\hfill}}\bigskip \par\nobreak
-}
-
-\def\CHAPFopen{%
-\global\let\chapmacro=\chfopen
-\global\let\centerchapmacro=\centerchfopen}
-
-
-% Section titles.  These macros combine the section number parts and
-% call the generic \sectionheading to do the printing.
-% 
-\newskip\secheadingskip
-\def\secheadingbreak{\dobreak \secheadingskip{-1000}}
-
-% Subsection titles.
-\newskip\subsecheadingskip
-\def\subsecheadingbreak{\dobreak \subsecheadingskip{-500}}
-
-% Subsubsection titles.
-\def\subsubsecheadingskip{\subsecheadingskip}
-\def\subsubsecheadingbreak{\subsecheadingbreak}
-
-
-% Print any size, any type, section title.
-% 
-% #1 is the text, #2 is the section level (sec/subsec/subsubsec), #3 is
-% the section type for xrefs (Ynumbered, Ynothing, Yappendix), #4 is the
-% section number.
-% 
-\def\sectionheading#1#2#3#4{%
-  {%
-    % Switch to the right set of fonts.
-    \csname #2fonts\endcsname \rm
-    %
-    % Insert space above the heading.
-    \csname #2headingbreak\endcsname
-    %
-    % Only insert the space after the number if we have a section number.
-    \def\sectionlevel{#2}%
-    \def\temptype{#3}%
-    %
-    \ifx\temptype\Ynothingkeyword
-      \setbox0 = \hbox{}%
-      \def\toctype{unn}%
-      \gdef\thissection{#1}%
-    \else\ifx\temptype\Yomitfromtockeyword
-      % for @headings -- no section number, don't include in toc,
-      % and don't redefine \thissection.
-      \setbox0 = \hbox{}%
-      \def\toctype{omit}%
-      \let\sectionlevel=\empty
-    \else\ifx\temptype\Yappendixkeyword
-      \setbox0 = \hbox{#4\enspace}%
-      \def\toctype{app}%
-      \gdef\thissection{#1}%
-    \else
-      \setbox0 = \hbox{#4\enspace}%
-      \def\toctype{num}%
-      \gdef\thissection{#1}%
-    \fi\fi\fi
-    %
-    % Write the toc entry (before \donoderef).  See comments in \chfplain.
-    \writetocentry{\toctype\sectionlevel}{#1}{#4}%
-    %
-    % Write the node reference (= pdf destination for pdftex).
-    % Again, see comments in \chfplain.
-    \donoderef{#3}%
-    %
-    % Output the actual section heading.
-    \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000 \tolerance=5000 \parindent=0pt \raggedright
-          \hangindent=\wd0  % zero if no section number
-          \unhbox0 #1}%
-  }%
-  % Add extra space after the heading -- half of whatever came above it.
-  % Don't allow stretch, though.
-  \kern .5 \csname #2headingskip\endcsname
-  %
-  % Do not let the kern be a potential breakpoint, as it would be if it
-  % was followed by glue.
-  \nobreak
-  %
-  % We'll almost certainly start a paragraph next, so don't let that
-  % glue accumulate.  (Not a breakpoint because it's preceded by a
-  % discardable item.)
-  \vskip-\parskip
-  %
-  % This \nobreak is purely so the last item on the list is a \penalty
-  % of 10000.  This is so other code, for instance \parsebodycommon, can
-  % check for and avoid allowing breakpoints.  Otherwise, it would
-  % insert a valid breakpoint between:
-  %   @section sec-whatever
-  %   @deffn def-whatever
-  \nobreak
-}
-
-
-\message{toc,}
-% Table of contents.
-\newwrite\tocfile
-
-% Write an entry to the toc file, opening it if necessary.
-% Called from @chapter, etc.  
-% 
-% Example usage: \writetocentry{sec}{Section Name}{\the\chapno.\the\secno}
-% We append the current node name (if any) and page number as additional
-% arguments for the \{chap,sec,...}entry macros which will eventually
-% read this.  The node name is used in the pdf outlines as the
-% destination to jump to.
-% 
-% We open the .toc file for writing here instead of at @setfilename (or
-% any other fixed time) so that @contents can be anywhere in the document.
-% But if #1 is `omit', then we don't do anything.  This is used for the
-% table of contents chapter openings themselves.
-%
-\newif\iftocfileopened
-\def\omitkeyword{omit}%
-%
-\def\writetocentry#1#2#3{%
-  \edef\writetoctype{#1}%
-  \ifx\writetoctype\omitkeyword \else
-    \iftocfileopened\else
-      \immediate\openout\tocfile = \jobname.toc
-      \global\tocfileopenedtrue
-    \fi
-    %
-    \iflinks
-      \toks0 = {#2}%
-      \toks2 = \expandafter{\lastnode}%
-      \edef\temp{\write\tocfile{\realbackslash #1entry{\the\toks0}{#3}%
-                               {\the\toks2}{\noexpand\folio}}}%
-      \temp
-    \fi
-  \fi
-  %
-  % Tell \shipout to create a pdf destination on each page, if we're
-  % writing pdf.  These are used in the table of contents.  We can't
-  % just write one on every page because the title pages are numbered
-  % 1 and 2 (the page numbers aren't printed), and so are the first
-  % two pages of the document.  Thus, we'd have two destinations named
-  % `1', and two named `2'.
-  \ifpdf \global\pdfmakepagedesttrue \fi
-}
-
-\newskip\contentsrightmargin \contentsrightmargin=1in
-\newcount\savepageno
-\newcount\lastnegativepageno \lastnegativepageno = -1
-
-% Prepare to read what we've written to \tocfile.
-%
-\def\startcontents#1{%
-  % If @setchapternewpage on, and @headings double, the contents should
-  % start on an odd page, unlike chapters.  Thus, we maintain
-  % \contentsalignmacro in parallel with \pagealignmacro.
-  % From: Torbjorn Granlund <tege@matematik.su.se>
-  \contentsalignmacro
-  \immediate\closeout\tocfile
-  %
-  % Don't need to put `Contents' or `Short Contents' in the headline.
-  % It is abundantly clear what they are.
-  \def\thischapter{}%
-  \chapmacro{#1}{Yomitfromtoc}{}%
-  %
-  \savepageno = \pageno
-  \begingroup                  % Set up to handle contents files properly.
-    \catcode`\\=0  \catcode`\{=1  \catcode`\}=2  \catcode`\@=11
-    % We can't do this, because then an actual ^ in a section
-    % title fails, e.g., @chapter ^ -- exponentiation.  --karl, 9jul97.
-    %\catcode`\^=7 % to see ^^e4 as \"a etc. juha@piuha.ydi.vtt.fi
-    \raggedbottom             % Worry more about breakpoints than the bottom.
-    \advance\hsize by -\contentsrightmargin % Don't use the full line length.
-    %
-    % Roman numerals for page numbers.
-    \ifnum \pageno>0 \global\pageno = \lastnegativepageno \fi
-}
-
-
-% Normal (long) toc.
-\def\contents{%
-  \startcontents{\putwordTOC}%
-    \openin 1 \jobname.toc
-    \ifeof 1 \else
-      \input \jobname.toc
-    \fi
-    \vfill \eject
-    \contentsalignmacro % in case @setchapternewpage odd is in effect
-    \ifeof 1 \else
-      \pdfmakeoutlines
-    \fi
-    \closein 1
-  \endgroup
-  \lastnegativepageno = \pageno
-  \global\pageno = \savepageno
-}
-
-% And just the chapters.
-\def\summarycontents{%
-  \startcontents{\putwordShortTOC}%
-    %
-    \let\numchapentry = \shortchapentry
-    \let\appentry = \shortchapentry
-    \let\unnchapentry = \shortunnchapentry
-    % We want a true roman here for the page numbers.
-    \secfonts
-    \let\rm=\shortcontrm \let\bf=\shortcontbf
-    \let\sl=\shortcontsl \let\tt=\shortconttt
-    \rm
-    \hyphenpenalty = 10000
-    \advance\baselineskip by 1pt % Open it up a little.
-    \def\numsecentry##1##2##3##4{}
-    \let\appsecentry = \numsecentry
-    \let\unnsecentry = \numsecentry
-    \let\numsubsecentry = \numsecentry
-    \let\appsubsecentry = \numsecentry
-    \let\unnsubsecentry = \numsecentry
-    \let\numsubsubsecentry = \numsecentry
-    \let\appsubsubsecentry = \numsecentry
-    \let\unnsubsubsecentry = \numsecentry
-    \openin 1 \jobname.toc
-    \ifeof 1 \else
-      \input \jobname.toc
-    \fi
-    \closein 1
-    \vfill \eject
-    \contentsalignmacro % in case @setchapternewpage odd is in effect
-  \endgroup
-  \lastnegativepageno = \pageno
-  \global\pageno = \savepageno
-}
-\let\shortcontents = \summarycontents
-
-% Typeset the label for a chapter or appendix for the short contents.
-% The arg is, e.g., `A' for an appendix, or `3' for a chapter.
-%
-\def\shortchaplabel#1{%
-  % This space should be enough, since a single number is .5em, and the
-  % widest letter (M) is 1em, at least in the Computer Modern fonts.
-  % But use \hss just in case.
-  % (This space doesn't include the extra space that gets added after
-  % the label; that gets put in by \shortchapentry above.)
-  % 
-  % We'd like to right-justify chapter numbers, but that looks strange
-  % with appendix letters.  And right-justifying numbers and
-  % left-justifying letters looks strange when there is less than 10
-  % chapters.  Have to read the whole toc once to know how many chapters
-  % there are before deciding ...
-  \hbox to 1em{#1\hss}%
-}
-
-% These macros generate individual entries in the table of contents.
-% The first argument is the chapter or section name.
-% The last argument is the page number.
-% The arguments in between are the chapter number, section number, ...
-
-% Chapters, in the main contents.
-\def\numchapentry#1#2#3#4{\dochapentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#4}}
-%
-% Chapters, in the short toc.
-% See comments in \dochapentry re vbox and related settings.
-\def\shortchapentry#1#2#3#4{%
-  \tocentry{\shortchaplabel{#2}\labelspace #1}{\doshortpageno\bgroup#4\egroup}%
-}
-
-% Appendices, in the main contents.
-% Need the word Appendix, and a fixed-size box.
-% 
-\def\appendixbox#1{%
-  % We use M since it's probably the widest letter.
-  \setbox0 = \hbox{\putwordAppendix{} M}%
-  \hbox to \wd0{\putwordAppendix{} #1\hss}}
-%
-\def\appentry#1#2#3#4{\dochapentry{\appendixbox{#2}\labelspace#1}{#4}}
-
-% Unnumbered chapters.
-\def\unnchapentry#1#2#3#4{\dochapentry{#1}{#4}}
-\def\shortunnchapentry#1#2#3#4{\tocentry{#1}{\doshortpageno\bgroup#4\egroup}}
-
-% Sections.
-\def\numsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosecentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#4}}
-\let\appsecentry=\numsecentry
-\def\unnsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosecentry{#1}{#4}}
-
-% Subsections.
-\def\numsubsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosubsecentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#4}}
-\let\appsubsecentry=\numsubsecentry
-\def\unnsubsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosubsecentry{#1}{#4}}
-
-% And subsubsections.
-\def\numsubsubsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosubsubsecentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#4}}
-\let\appsubsubsecentry=\numsubsubsecentry
-\def\unnsubsubsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosubsubsecentry{#1}{#4}}
-
-% This parameter controls the indentation of the various levels.
-% Same as \defaultparindent.
-\newdimen\tocindent \tocindent = 15pt
-
-% Now for the actual typesetting. In all these, #1 is the text and #2 is the
-% page number.
-%
-% If the toc has to be broken over pages, we want it to be at chapters
-% if at all possible; hence the \penalty.
-\def\dochapentry#1#2{%
-   \penalty-300 \vskip1\baselineskip plus.33\baselineskip minus.25\baselineskip
-   \begingroup
-     \chapentryfonts
-     \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}%
-   \endgroup
-   \nobreak\vskip .25\baselineskip plus.1\baselineskip
-}
-
-\def\dosecentry#1#2{\begingroup
-  \secentryfonts \leftskip=\tocindent
-  \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}%
-\endgroup}
-
-\def\dosubsecentry#1#2{\begingroup
-  \subsecentryfonts \leftskip=2\tocindent
-  \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}%
-\endgroup}
-
-\def\dosubsubsecentry#1#2{\begingroup
-  \subsubsecentryfonts \leftskip=3\tocindent
-  \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}%
-\endgroup}
-
-% We use the same \entry macro as for the index entries.
-\let\tocentry = \entry
-
-% Space between chapter (or whatever) number and the title.
-\def\labelspace{\hskip1em \relax}
-
-\def\dopageno#1{{\rm #1}}
-\def\doshortpageno#1{{\rm #1}}
-
-\def\chapentryfonts{\secfonts \rm}
-\def\secentryfonts{\textfonts}
-\def\subsecentryfonts{\textfonts}
-\def\subsubsecentryfonts{\textfonts}
-
-
-\message{environments,}
-% @foo ... @end foo.
-
-% @point{}, @result{}, @expansion{}, @print{}, @equiv{}.
-%
-% Since these characters are used in examples, it should be an even number of
-% \tt widths. Each \tt character is 1en, so two makes it 1em.
-%
-\def\point{$\star$}
-\def\result{\leavevmode\raise.15ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\Rightarrow$\hfil}}
-\def\expansion{\leavevmode\raise.1ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\mapsto$\hfil}}
-\def\print{\leavevmode\lower.1ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\dashv$\hfil}}
-\def\equiv{\leavevmode\lower.1ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\ptexequiv$\hfil}}
-
-% The @error{} command.
-% Adapted from the TeXbook's \boxit.
-%
-\newbox\errorbox
-%
-{\tentt \global\dimen0 = 3em}% Width of the box.
-\dimen2 = .55pt % Thickness of rules
-% The text. (`r' is open on the right, `e' somewhat less so on the left.)
-\setbox0 = \hbox{\kern-.75pt \tensf error\kern-1.5pt}
-%
-\setbox\errorbox=\hbox to \dimen0{\hfil
-   \hsize = \dimen0 \advance\hsize by -5.8pt % Space to left+right.
-   \advance\hsize by -2\dimen2 % Rules.
-   \vbox{%
-      \hrule height\dimen2
-      \hbox{\vrule width\dimen2 \kern3pt          % Space to left of text.
-         \vtop{\kern2.4pt \box0 \kern2.4pt}% Space above/below.
-         \kern3pt\vrule width\dimen2}% Space to right.
-      \hrule height\dimen2}
-    \hfil}
-%
-\def\error{\leavevmode\lower.7ex\copy\errorbox}
-
-% @tex ... @end tex    escapes into raw Tex temporarily.
-% One exception: @ is still an escape character, so that @end tex works.
-% But \@ or @@ will get a plain tex @ character.
-
-\envdef\tex{%
-  \catcode `\\=0 \catcode `\{=1 \catcode `\}=2
-  \catcode `\$=3 \catcode `\&=4 \catcode `\#=6
-  \catcode `\^=7 \catcode `\_=8 \catcode `\~=\active \let~=\tie
-  \catcode `\%=14
-  \catcode `\+=\other
-  \catcode `\"=\other
-  \catcode `\|=\other
-  \catcode `\<=\other
-  \catcode `\>=\other
-  \escapechar=`\\
-  %
-  \let\b=\ptexb
-  \let\bullet=\ptexbullet
-  \let\c=\ptexc
-  \let\,=\ptexcomma
-  \let\.=\ptexdot
-  \let\dots=\ptexdots
-  \let\equiv=\ptexequiv
-  \let\!=\ptexexclam
-  \let\i=\ptexi
-  \let\indent=\ptexindent
-  \let\noindent=\ptexnoindent
-  \let\{=\ptexlbrace
-  \let\+=\tabalign
-  \let\}=\ptexrbrace
-  \let\/=\ptexslash
-  \let\*=\ptexstar
-  \let\t=\ptext
-  %
-  \def\endldots{\mathinner{\ldots\ldots\ldots\ldots}}%
-  \def\enddots{\relax\ifmmode\endldots\else$\mathsurround=0pt \endldots\,$\fi}%
-  \def\@{@}%
-}
-% There is no need to define \Etex.
-
-% Define @lisp ... @end lisp.
-% @lisp environment forms a group so it can rebind things,
-% including the definition of @end lisp (which normally is erroneous).
-
-% Amount to narrow the margins by for @lisp.
-\newskip\lispnarrowing \lispnarrowing=0.4in
-
-% This is the definition that ^^M gets inside @lisp, @example, and other
-% such environments.  \null is better than a space, since it doesn't
-% have any width.
-\def\lisppar{\null\endgraf}
-
-% This space is always present above and below environments.
-\newskip\envskipamount \envskipamount = 0pt
-
-% Make spacing and below environment symmetrical.  We use \parskip here
-% to help in doing that, since in @example-like environments \parskip
-% is reset to zero; thus the \afterenvbreak inserts no space -- but the
-% start of the next paragraph will insert \parskip.
-%
-\def\aboveenvbreak{{%
-  % =10000 instead of <10000 because of a special case in \itemzzz, q.v.
-  \ifnum \lastpenalty=10000 \else
-    \advance\envskipamount by \parskip
-    \endgraf
-    \ifdim\lastskip<\envskipamount
-      \removelastskip
-      % it's not a good place to break if the last penalty was \nobreak
-      % or better ...
-      \ifnum\lastpenalty<10000 \penalty-50 \fi
-      \vskip\envskipamount
-    \fi
-  \fi
-}}
-
-\let\afterenvbreak = \aboveenvbreak
-
-% \nonarrowing is a flag.  If "set", @lisp etc don't narrow margins.
-\let\nonarrowing=\relax
-
-% @cartouche ... @end cartouche: draw rectangle w/rounded corners around
-% environment contents.
-\font\circle=lcircle10
-\newdimen\circthick
-\newdimen\cartouter\newdimen\cartinner
-\newskip\normbskip\newskip\normpskip\newskip\normlskip
-\circthick=\fontdimen8\circle
-%
-\def\ctl{{\circle\char'013\hskip -6pt}}% 6pt from pl file: 1/2charwidth
-\def\ctr{{\hskip 6pt\circle\char'010}}
-\def\cbl{{\circle\char'012\hskip -6pt}}
-\def\cbr{{\hskip 6pt\circle\char'011}}
-\def\carttop{\hbox to \cartouter{\hskip\lskip
-        \ctl\leaders\hrule height\circthick\hfil\ctr
-        \hskip\rskip}}
-\def\cartbot{\hbox to \cartouter{\hskip\lskip
-        \cbl\leaders\hrule height\circthick\hfil\cbr
-        \hskip\rskip}}
-%
-\newskip\lskip\newskip\rskip
-
-\envdef\cartouche{%
-  \ifhmode\par\fi  % can't be in the midst of a paragraph.
-  \startsavinginserts
-  \lskip=\leftskip \rskip=\rightskip
-  \leftskip=0pt\rightskip=0pt % we want these *outside*.
-  \cartinner=\hsize \advance\cartinner by-\lskip
-  \advance\cartinner by-\rskip
-  \cartouter=\hsize
-  \advance\cartouter by 18.4pt	% allow for 3pt kerns on either
-				% side, and for 6pt waste from
-				% each corner char, and rule thickness
-  \normbskip=\baselineskip \normpskip=\parskip \normlskip=\lineskip
-  % Flag to tell @lisp, etc., not to narrow margin.
-  \let\nonarrowing=\comment
-  \vbox\bgroup
-      \baselineskip=0pt\parskip=0pt\lineskip=0pt
-      \carttop
-      \hbox\bgroup
-	  \hskip\lskip
-	  \vrule\kern3pt
-	  \vbox\bgroup
-	      \kern3pt
-	      \hsize=\cartinner
-	      \baselineskip=\normbskip
-	      \lineskip=\normlskip
-	      \parskip=\normpskip
-	      \vskip -\parskip
-	      \comment % For explanation, see the end of \def\group.
-}
-\def\Ecartouche{%
-              \ifhmode\par\fi
-	      \kern3pt
-	  \egroup
-	  \kern3pt\vrule
-	  \hskip\rskip
-      \egroup
-      \cartbot
-  \egroup
-  \checkinserts
-}
-
-
-% This macro is called at the beginning of all the @example variants,
-% inside a group.
-\def\nonfillstart{%
-  \aboveenvbreak
-  \hfuzz = 12pt % Don't be fussy
-  \sepspaces % Make spaces be word-separators rather than space tokens.
-  \let\par = \lisppar % don't ignore blank lines
-  \obeylines % each line of input is a line of output
-  \parskip = 0pt
-  \parindent = 0pt
-  \emergencystretch = 0pt % don't try to avoid overfull boxes
-  % @cartouche defines \nonarrowing to inhibit narrowing
-  % at next level down.
-  \ifx\nonarrowing\relax
-    \advance \leftskip by \lispnarrowing
-    \exdentamount=\lispnarrowing
-  \fi
-  \let\exdent=\nofillexdent
-}
-
-% If you want all examples etc. small: @set dispenvsize small.
-% If you want even small examples the full size: @set dispenvsize nosmall.
-% This affects the following displayed environments:
-%    @example, @display, @format, @lisp
-%
-\def\smallword{small}
-\def\nosmallword{nosmall}
-\let\SETdispenvsize\relax
-\def\setnormaldispenv{%
-  \ifx\SETdispenvsize\smallword
-    \smallexamplefonts \rm
-  \fi
-}
-\def\setsmalldispenv{%
-  \ifx\SETdispenvsize\nosmallword
-  \else
-    \smallexamplefonts \rm
-  \fi
-}
-
-% We often define two environments, @foo and @smallfoo.
-% Let's do it by one command:
-\def\makedispenv #1#2{
-  \expandafter\envdef\csname#1\endcsname {\setnormaldispenv #2}
-  \expandafter\envdef\csname small#1\endcsname {\setsmalldispenv #2}
-  \expandafter\let\csname E#1\endcsname \afterenvbreak
-  \expandafter\let\csname Esmall#1\endcsname \afterenvbreak
-}
-
-% Define two synonyms:
-\def\maketwodispenvs #1#2#3{
-  \makedispenv{#1}{#3}
-  \makedispenv{#2}{#3}
-}
-
-% @lisp: indented, narrowed, typewriter font; @example: same as @lisp.
-%
-% @smallexample and @smalllisp: use smaller fonts.
-% Originally contributed by Pavel@xerox.
-%
-\maketwodispenvs {lisp}{example}{%
-  \nonfillstart
-  \tt
-  \let\kbdfont = \kbdexamplefont % Allow @kbd to do something special.
-  \gobble       % eat return
-}
-
-% @display/@smalldisplay: same as @lisp except keep current font.
-%
-\makedispenv {display}{%
-  \nonfillstart
-  \gobble
-}
-
-% @format/@smallformat: same as @display except don't narrow margins.
-%
-\makedispenv{format}{%
-  \let\nonarrowing = t%
-  \nonfillstart
-  \gobble
-}
-
-% @flushleft: same as @format, but doesn't obey \SETdispenvsize.
-\envdef\flushleft{%
-  \let\nonarrowing = t%
-  \nonfillstart
-  \gobble
-}
-\let\Eflushleft = \afterenvbreak
-
-% @flushright.
-%
-\envdef\flushright{%
-  \let\nonarrowing = t%
-  \nonfillstart
-  \advance\leftskip by 0pt plus 1fill
-  \gobble
-}
-\let\Eflushright = \afterenvbreak
-
-
-% @quotation does normal linebreaking (hence we can't use \nonfillstart)
-% and narrows the margins.  We keep \parskip nonzero in general, since
-% we're doing normal filling.  So, when using \aboveenvbreak and
-% \afterenvbreak, temporarily make \parskip 0.
-%
-\envdef\quotation{%
-  {\parskip=0pt \aboveenvbreak}% because \aboveenvbreak inserts \parskip
-  \parindent=0pt
-  %
-  % @cartouche defines \nonarrowing to inhibit narrowing at next level down.
-  \ifx\nonarrowing\relax
-    \advance\leftskip by \lispnarrowing
-    \advance\rightskip by \lispnarrowing
-    \exdentamount = \lispnarrowing
-    \let\nonarrowing = \relax
-  \fi
-  \parsearg\quotationlabel
-}
-
-% We have retained a nonzero parskip for the environment, since we're
-% doing normal filling.
-% 
-\def\Equotation{%
-  \par
-  \ifx\quotationauthor\undefined\else
-    % indent a bit.
-    \leftline{\kern 2\leftskip \sl ---\quotationauthor}%
-  \fi
-  {\parskip=0pt \afterenvbreak}%
-}
-
-% If we're given an argument, typeset it in bold with a colon after.
-\def\quotationlabel#1{%
-  \def\temp{#1}%
-  \ifx\temp\empty \else
-    {\bf #1: }%
-  \fi
-}
-
-
-% LaTeX-like @verbatim...@end verbatim and @verb{<char>...<char>}
-% If we want to allow any <char> as delimiter,
-% we need the curly braces so that makeinfo sees the @verb command, eg:
-% `@verbx...x' would look like the '@verbx' command.  --janneke@gnu.org
-%
-% [Knuth]: Donald Ervin Knuth, 1996.  The TeXbook.
-%
-% [Knuth] p.344; only we need to do the other characters Texinfo sets
-% active too.  Otherwise, they get lost as the first character on a
-% verbatim line.
-\def\dospecials{%
-  \do\ \do\\\do\{\do\}\do\$\do\&%
-  \do\#\do\^\do\^^K\do\_\do\^^A\do\%\do\~%
-  \do\<\do\>\do\|\do\@\do+\do\"%
-}
-%
-% [Knuth] p. 380
-\def\uncatcodespecials{%
-  \def\do##1{\catcode`##1=\other}\dospecials}
-%
-% [Knuth] pp. 380,381,391
-% Disable Spanish ligatures ?` and !` of \tt font
-\begingroup
-  \catcode`\`=\active\gdef`{\relax\lq}
-\endgroup
-%
-% Setup for the @verb command.
-%
-% Eight spaces for a tab
-\begingroup
-  \catcode`\^^I=\active
-  \gdef\tabeightspaces{\catcode`\^^I=\active\def^^I{\ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ }}
-\endgroup
-%
-\def\setupverb{%
-  \tt  % easiest (and conventionally used) font for verbatim
-  \def\par{\leavevmode\endgraf}%
-  \catcode`\`=\active
-  \tabeightspaces
-  % Respect line breaks,
-  % print special symbols as themselves, and
-  % make each space count
-  % must do in this order:
-  \obeylines \uncatcodespecials \sepspaces
-}
-
-% Setup for the @verbatim environment
-%
-% Real tab expansion
-\newdimen\tabw \setbox0=\hbox{\tt\space} \tabw=8\wd0 % tab amount
-%
-\def\starttabbox{\setbox0=\hbox\bgroup}
-\begingroup
-  \catcode`\^^I=\active
-  \gdef\tabexpand{%
-    \catcode`\^^I=\active
-    \def^^I{\leavevmode\egroup
-      \dimen0=\wd0 % the width so far, or since the previous tab
-      \divide\dimen0 by\tabw
-      \multiply\dimen0 by\tabw % compute previous multiple of \tabw
-      \advance\dimen0 by\tabw  % advance to next multiple of \tabw
-      \wd0=\dimen0 \box0 \starttabbox
-    }%
-  }
-\endgroup
-\def\setupverbatim{%
-  \nonfillstart
-  \advance\leftskip by -\defbodyindent
-  % Easiest (and conventionally used) font for verbatim
-  \tt
-  \def\par{\leavevmode\egroup\box0\endgraf}%
-  \catcode`\`=\active
-  \tabexpand
-  % Respect line breaks,
-  % print special symbols as themselves, and
-  % make each space count
-  % must do in this order:
-  \obeylines \uncatcodespecials \sepspaces
-  \everypar{\starttabbox}%
-}
-
-% Do the @verb magic: verbatim text is quoted by unique
-% delimiter characters.  Before first delimiter expect a
-% right brace, after last delimiter expect closing brace:
-%
-%    \def\doverb'{'<char>#1<char>'}'{#1}
-%
-% [Knuth] p. 382; only eat outer {}
-\begingroup
-  \catcode`[=1\catcode`]=2\catcode`\{=\other\catcode`\}=\other
-  \gdef\doverb{#1[\def\next##1#1}[##1\endgroup]\next]
-\endgroup
-%
-\def\verb{\begingroup\setupverb\doverb}
-%
-%
-% Do the @verbatim magic: define the macro \doverbatim so that
-% the (first) argument ends when '@end verbatim' is reached, ie:
-%
-%     \def\doverbatim#1@end verbatim{#1}
-%
-% For Texinfo it's a lot easier than for LaTeX,
-% because texinfo's \verbatim doesn't stop at '\end{verbatim}':
-% we need not redefine '\', '{' and '}'.
-%
-% Inspired by LaTeX's verbatim command set [latex.ltx]
-%
-\begingroup
-  \catcode`\ =\active
-  \obeylines %
-  % ignore everything up to the first ^^M, that's the newline at the end
-  % of the @verbatim input line itself.  Otherwise we get an extra blank
-  % line in the output.
-  \xdef\doverbatim#1^^M#2@end verbatim{#2\noexpand\end\gobble verbatim}%
-  % We really want {...\end verbatim} in the body of the macro, but
-  % without the active space; thus we have to use \xdef and \gobble.
-\endgroup
-%
-\envdef\verbatim{%
-    \setupverbatim\doverbatim
-}
-\let\Everbatim = \afterenvbreak
-
-
-% @verbatiminclude FILE - insert text of file in verbatim environment.
-%
-\def\verbatiminclude{\parseargusing\filenamecatcodes\doverbatiminclude}
-%
-\def\doverbatiminclude#1{%
-  {%
-    \makevalueexpandable
-    \setupverbatim
-    \input #1
-    \afterenvbreak
-  }%
-}
-
-% @copying ... @end copying.
-% Save the text away for @insertcopying later.  Many commands won't be
-% allowed in this context, but that's ok.
-%
-% We save the uninterpreted tokens, rather than creating a box.
-% Saving the text in a box would be much easier, but then all the
-% typesetting commands (@smallbook, font changes, etc.) have to be done
-% beforehand -- and a) we want @copying to be done first in the source
-% file; b) letting users define the frontmatter in as flexible order as
-% possible is very desirable.
-%
-\def\copying{\begingroup
-  % Define a command to swallow text until we reach `@end copying'.
-  % \ is the escape char in this texinfo.tex file, so it is the
-  % delimiter for the command; @ will be the escape char when we read
-  % it, but that doesn't matter.
-  \long\def\docopying##1\end copying{\gdef\copyingtext{##1}\enddocopying}%
-  %
-  % We must preserve ^^M's in the input file; see \insertcopying below.
-  \catcode`\^^M = \active
-  \docopying
-}
-
-% What we do to finish off the copying text.
-%
-\def\enddocopying{\endgroup\ignorespaces}
-
-% @insertcopying.  Here we must play games with ^^M's.  On the one hand,
-% we need them to delimit commands such as `@end quotation', so they
-% must be active.  On the other hand, we certainly don't want every
-% end-of-line to be a \par, as would happen with the normal active
-% definition of ^^M.  On the third hand, two ^^M's in a row should still
-% generate a \par.
-%
-% Our approach is to make ^^M insert a space and a penalty1 normally;
-% then it can also check if \lastpenalty=1.  If it does, then manually
-% do \par.
-%
-% This messes up the normal definitions of @c[omment], so we redefine
-% it.  Similarly for @ignore.  (These commands are used in the gcc
-% manual for man page generation.)
-%
-% Seems pretty fragile, most line-oriented commands will presumably
-% fail, but for the limited use of getting the copying text (which
-% should be quite simple) inserted, we can hope it's ok.
-%
-{\catcode`\^^M=\active %
-\gdef\insertcopying{\begingroup %
-  \parindent = 0pt  % looks wrong on title page
-  \def^^M{%
-    \ifnum \lastpenalty=1 %
-      \par %
-    \else %
-      \space \penalty 1 %
-    \fi %
-  }%
-  %
-  % Fix @c[omment] for catcode 13 ^^M's.
-  \def\c##1^^M{\ignorespaces}%
-  \let\comment = \c %
-  %
-  % Don't bother jumping through all the hoops that \doignore does, it
-  % would be very hard since the catcodes are already set.
-  \long\def\ignore##1\end ignore{\ignorespaces}%
-  %
-  \copyingtext %
-\endgroup}%
-}
-
-\message{defuns,}
-% @defun etc.
-
-\newskip\defbodyindent \defbodyindent=.4in
-\newskip\defargsindent \defargsindent=50pt
-\newskip\deflastargmargin \deflastargmargin=18pt
-
-% Start the processing of @deffn:
-\def\startdefun{%
-  \ifnum\lastpenalty<10000
-    \medbreak
-  \else
-    % If there are two @def commands in a row, we'll have a \nobreak,
-    % which is there to keep the function description together with its
-    % header.  But if there's nothing but headers, we need to allow a
-    % break somewhere.  Check for penalty 10002 (inserted by
-    % \defargscommonending) instead of 10000, since the sectioning
-    % commands insert a \penalty10000, and we don't want to allow a break
-    % between a section heading and a defun.
-    \ifnum\lastpenalty=10002 \penalty2000 \fi
-    %
-    % Similarly, after a section heading, do not allow a break.
-    % But do insert the glue.
-    \medskip  % preceded by discardable penalty, so not a breakpoint
-  \fi
-  %
-  \parindent=0in
-  \advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent
-  \exdentamount=\defbodyindent
-}
-
-\def\dodefunx#1{%
-  % First, check whether we are in the right environment:
-  \checkenv#1%
-  %
-  % As above, allow line break if we have multiple x headers in a row.
-  % It's not a great place, though.
-  \ifnum\lastpenalty=10002 \penalty3000 \fi
-  %
-  % And now, it's time to reuse the body of the original defun:
-  \expandafter\gobbledefun#1%
-}
-\def\gobbledefun#1\startdefun{}
-
-% \printdefunline \deffnheader{text}
-%
-\def\printdefunline#1#2{%
-  \begingroup
-    % call \deffnheader:
-    #1#2 \endheader
-    % common ending:
-    \interlinepenalty = 10000
-    \advance\rightskip by 0pt plus 1fil
-    \endgraf
-    \nobreak\vskip -\parskip
-    \penalty 10002  % signal to \startdefun and \dodefunx
-    % Some of the @defun-type tags do not enable magic parentheses,
-    % rendering the following check redundant.  But we don't optimize.
-    \checkparencounts
-  \endgroup
-}
-
-\def\Edefun{\endgraf\medbreak}
-
-% \makedefun{deffn} creates \deffn, \deffnx and \Edeffn;
-% the only thing remainnig is to define \deffnheader.
-%
-\def\makedefun#1{%
-  \expandafter\let\csname E#1\endcsname = \Edefun
-  \edef\temp{\noexpand\domakedefun
-    \makecsname{#1}\makecsname{#1x}\makecsname{#1header}}%
-  \temp
-}
-
-% \domakedefun \deffn \deffnx \deffnheader
-%
-% Define \deffn and \deffnx, without parameters.
-% \deffnheader has to be defined explicitly.
-%
-\def\domakedefun#1#2#3{%
-  \envdef#1{%
-    \startdefun
-    \parseargusing\activeparens{\printdefunline#3}%
-  }%
-  \def#2{\dodefunx#1}%
-  \def#3%
-}
-
-%%% Untyped functions:
-
-% @deffn category name args
-\makedefun{deffn}{\deffngeneral{}}
-
-% @deffn category class name args
-\makedefun{defop}#1 {\defopon{#1\ \putwordon}}
-
-% \defopon {category on}class name args
-\def\defopon#1#2 {\deffngeneral{\putwordon\ \code{#2}}{#1\ \code{#2}} }
-
-% \deffngeneral {subind}category name args
-%
-\def\deffngeneral#1#2 #3 #4\endheader{%
-  % Remember that \dosubind{fn}{foo}{} is equivalent to \doind{fn}{foo}.
-  \dosubind{fn}{\code{#3}}{#1}%
-  \defname{#2}{}{#3}\magicamp\defunargs{#4\unskip}%
-}
-
-%%% Typed functions:
-
-% @deftypefn category type name args
-\makedefun{deftypefn}{\deftypefngeneral{}}
-
-% @deftypeop category class type name args
-\makedefun{deftypeop}#1 {\deftypeopon{#1\ \putwordon}}
-
-% \deftypeopon {category on}class type name args
-\def\deftypeopon#1#2 {\deftypefngeneral{\putwordon\ \code{#2}}{#1\ \code{#2}} }
-
-% \deftypefngeneral {subind}category type name args
-%
-\def\deftypefngeneral#1#2 #3 #4 #5\endheader{%
-  \dosubind{fn}{\code{#4}}{#1}%
-  \defname{#2}{#3}{#4}\defunargs{#5\unskip}%
-}
-
-%%% Typed variables:
-
-% @deftypevr category type var args
-\makedefun{deftypevr}{\deftypecvgeneral{}}
-
-% @deftypecv category class type var args
-\makedefun{deftypecv}#1 {\deftypecvof{#1\ \putwordof}}
-
-% \deftypecvof {category of}class type var args
-\def\deftypecvof#1#2 {\deftypecvgeneral{\putwordof\ \code{#2}}{#1\ \code{#2}} }
-
-% \deftypecvgeneral {subind}category type var args
-%
-\def\deftypecvgeneral#1#2 #3 #4 #5\endheader{%
-  \dosubind{vr}{\code{#4}}{#1}%
-  \defname{#2}{#3}{#4}\defunargs{#5\unskip}%
-}
-
-%%% Untyped variables:
-
-% @defvr category var args
-\makedefun{defvr}#1 {\deftypevrheader{#1} {} }
-
-% @defcv category class var args
-\makedefun{defcv}#1 {\defcvof{#1\ \putwordof}}
-
-% \defcvof {category of}class var args
-\def\defcvof#1#2 {\deftypecvof{#1}#2 {} }
-
-%%% Type:
-% @deftp category name args
-\makedefun{deftp}#1 #2 #3\endheader{%
-  \doind{tp}{\code{#2}}%
-  \defname{#1}{}{#2}\defunargs{#3\unskip}%
-}
-
-% Remaining @defun-like shortcuts:
-\makedefun{defun}{\deffnheader{\putwordDeffunc} }
-\makedefun{defmac}{\deffnheader{\putwordDefmac} }
-\makedefun{defspec}{\deffnheader{\putwordDefspec} }
-\makedefun{deftypefun}{\deftypefnheader{\putwordDeffunc} }
-\makedefun{defvar}{\defvrheader{\putwordDefvar} }
-\makedefun{defopt}{\defvrheader{\putwordDefopt} }
-\makedefun{deftypevar}{\deftypevrheader{\putwordDefvar} }
-\makedefun{defmethod}{\defopon\putwordMethodon}
-\makedefun{deftypemethod}{\deftypeopon\putwordMethodon}
-\makedefun{defivar}{\defcvof\putwordInstanceVariableof}
-\makedefun{deftypeivar}{\deftypecvof\putwordInstanceVariableof}
-
-% \defname, which formats the name of the @def (not the args).
-% #1 is the category, such as "Function".
-% #2 is the return type, if any.
-% #3 is the function name.
-% 
-% We are followed by (but not passed) the arguments, if any.
-%
-\def\defname#1#2#3{%
-  % Get the values of \leftskip and \rightskip as they were outside the @def...
-  \advance\leftskip by -\defbodyindent
-  %
-  % How we'll format the type name.  Putting it in brackets helps
-  % distinguish it from the body text that may end up on the next line
-  % just below it.
-  \def\temp{#1}%
-  \setbox0=\hbox{\kern\deflastargmargin \ifx\temp\empty\else [\rm\temp]\fi}
-  %
-  % Figure out line sizes for the paragraph shape.
-  % The first line needs space for \box0; but if \rightskip is nonzero,
-  % we need only space for the part of \box0 which exceeds it:
-  \dimen0=\hsize  \advance\dimen0 by -\wd0  \advance\dimen0 by \rightskip
-  % The continuations:
-  \dimen2=\hsize  \advance\dimen2 by -\defargsindent
-  % (plain.tex says that \dimen1 should be used only as global.)
-  \parshape 2 0in \dimen0 \defargsindent \dimen2
-  %
-  % Put the type name to the right margin.
-  \noindent
-  \hbox to 0pt{%
-    \hfil\box0 \kern-\hsize
-    % \hsize has to be shortened this way:
-    \kern\leftskip
-    % Intentionally do not respect \rightskip, since we need the space.
-  }%
-  %
-  % Allow all lines to be underfull without complaint:
-  \tolerance=10000 \hbadness=10000
-  \exdentamount=\defbodyindent
-  {%
-    % defun fonts. We use typewriter by default (used to be bold) because:
-    % . we're printing identifiers, they should be in tt in principle.
-    % . in languages with many accents, such as Czech or French, it's
-    %   common to leave accents off identifiers.  The result looks ok in
-    %   tt, but exceedingly strange in rm.
-    % . we don't want -- and --- to be treated as ligatures.
-    % . this still does not fix the ?` and !` ligatures, but so far no
-    %   one has made identifiers using them :).
-    \df \tt
-    \def\temp{#2}% return value type
-    \ifx\temp\empty\else \tclose{\temp} \fi
-    #3% output function name
-  }%
-  {\rm\enskip}% hskip 0.5 em of \tenrm
-  %
-  \boldbrax
-  % arguments will be output next, if any.
-}
-
-% Print arguments in slanted roman (not ttsl), inconsistently with using
-% tt for the name.  This is because literal text is sometimes needed in
-% the argument list (groff manual), and ttsl and tt are not very
-% distinguishable.  Prevent hyphenation at `-' chars.
-% 
-\def\defunargs#1{%
-  % use sl by default (not ttsl), 
-  % tt for the names.
-  \df \sl \hyphenchar\font=0
-  %
-  % On the other hand, if an argument has two dashes (for instance), we
-  % want a way to get ttsl.  Let's try @var for that.
-  \let\var=\ttslanted
-  #1%
-  \sl\hyphenchar\font=45
-}
-
-% We want ()&[] to print specially on the defun line.
-%
-\def\activeparens{%
-  \catcode`\(=\active \catcode`\)=\active
-  \catcode`\[=\active \catcode`\]=\active
-  \catcode`\&=\active
-}
-
-% Make control sequences which act like normal parenthesis chars.
-\let\lparen = ( \let\rparen = )
-
-% Be sure that we always have a definition for `(', etc.  For example,
-% if the fn name has parens in it, \boldbrax will not be in effect yet,
-% so TeX would otherwise complain about undefined control sequence.
-{
-  \activeparens
-  \global\let(=\lparen \global\let)=\rparen
-  \global\let[=\lbrack \global\let]=\rbrack
-  \global\let& = \&
-
-  \gdef\boldbrax{\let(=\opnr\let)=\clnr\let[=\lbrb\let]=\rbrb}
-  \gdef\magicamp{\let&=\amprm}
-}
-
-\newcount\parencount
-
-% If we encounter &foo, then turn on ()-hacking afterwards
-\newif\ifampseen
-\def\amprm#1 {\ampseentrue{\bf\&#1 }}
-
-\def\parenfont{%
-  \ifampseen
-    % At the first level, print parens in roman,
-    % otherwise use the default font.
-    \ifnum \parencount=1 \rm \fi
-  \else
-    % The \sf parens (in \boldbrax) actually are a little bolder than
-    % the contained text.  This is especially needed for [ and ] .
-    \sf
-  \fi
-}
-\def\infirstlevel#1{%
-  \ifampseen
-    \ifnum\parencount=1
-      #1%
-    \fi
-  \fi
-}
-\def\bfafterword#1 {#1 \bf}
-
-\def\opnr{%
-  \global\advance\parencount by 1
-  {\parenfont(}%
-  \infirstlevel \bfafterword
-}
-\def\clnr{%
-  {\parenfont)}%
-  \infirstlevel \sl
-  \global\advance\parencount by -1
-}
-
-\newcount\brackcount
-\def\lbrb{%
-  \global\advance\brackcount by 1
-  {\bf[}%
-}
-\def\rbrb{%
-  {\bf]}%
-  \global\advance\brackcount by -1
-}
-
-\def\checkparencounts{%
-  \ifnum\parencount=0 \else \badparencount \fi
-  \ifnum\brackcount=0 \else \badbrackcount \fi
-}
-\def\badparencount{%
-  \errmessage{Unbalanced parentheses in @def}%
-  \global\parencount=0
-}
-\def\badbrackcount{%
-  \errmessage{Unbalanced square braces in @def}%
-  \global\brackcount=0
-}
-
-
-\message{macros,}
-% @macro.
-
-% To do this right we need a feature of e-TeX, \scantokens,
-% which we arrange to emulate with a temporary file in ordinary TeX.
-\ifx\eTeXversion\undefined
-  \newwrite\macscribble
-  \def\scantokens#1{%
-    \toks0={#1\endinput}%
-    \immediate\openout\macscribble=\jobname.tmp
-    \immediate\write\macscribble{\the\toks0}%
-    \immediate\closeout\macscribble
-    \input \jobname.tmp
-  }
-\fi
-
-\def\scanmacro#1{%
-  \begingroup
-    \newlinechar`\^^M
-    \let\xeatspaces\eatspaces
-    % Undo catcode changes of \startcontents and \doprintindex
-    \catcode`\@=0 \catcode`\\=\other \escapechar=`\@
-    % ... and \example
-    \spaceisspace
-    %
-    % Append \endinput to make sure that TeX does not see the ending newline.
-    %
-    % I've verified that it is necessary both for e-TeX and for ordinary TeX
-    %							--kasal, 29nov03
-    \scantokens{#1\endinput}%
-  \endgroup
-}
-
-\newcount\paramno   % Count of parameters
-\newtoks\macname    % Macro name
-\newif\ifrecursive  % Is it recursive?
-\def\macrolist{}    % List of all defined macros in the form
-                    % \do\macro1\do\macro2...
-
-% Utility routines.
-% This does \let #1 = #2, except with \csnames.
-\def\cslet#1#2{%
-\expandafter\expandafter
-\expandafter\let
-\expandafter\expandafter
-\csname#1\endcsname
-\csname#2\endcsname}
-
-% Trim leading and trailing spaces off a string.
-% Concepts from aro-bend problem 15 (see CTAN).
-{\catcode`\@=11
-\gdef\eatspaces #1{\expandafter\trim@\expandafter{#1 }}
-\gdef\trim@ #1{\trim@@ @#1 @ #1 @ @@}
-\gdef\trim@@ #1@ #2@ #3@@{\trim@@@\empty #2 @}
-\def\unbrace#1{#1}
-\unbrace{\gdef\trim@@@ #1 } #2@{#1}
-}
-
-% Trim a single trailing ^^M off a string.
-{\catcode`\^^M=\other \catcode`\Q=3%
-\gdef\eatcr #1{\eatcra #1Q^^MQ}%
-\gdef\eatcra#1^^MQ{\eatcrb#1Q}%
-\gdef\eatcrb#1Q#2Q{#1}%
-}
-
-% Macro bodies are absorbed as an argument in a context where
-% all characters are catcode 10, 11 or 12, except \ which is active
-% (as in normal texinfo). It is necessary to change the definition of \.
-
-% It's necessary to have hard CRs when the macro is executed. This is
-% done by  making ^^M (\endlinechar) catcode 12 when reading the macro
-% body, and then making it the \newlinechar in \scanmacro.
-
-\def\macrobodyctxt{%
-  \catcode`\~=\other
-  \catcode`\^=\other
-  \catcode`\_=\other
-  \catcode`\|=\other
-  \catcode`\<=\other
-  \catcode`\>=\other
-  \catcode`\+=\other
-  \catcode`\{=\other
-  \catcode`\}=\other
-  \catcode`\@=\other
-  \catcode`\^^M=\other
-  \usembodybackslash}
-
-\def\macroargctxt{%
-  \catcode`\~=\other
-  \catcode`\^=\other
-  \catcode`\_=\other
-  \catcode`\|=\other
-  \catcode`\<=\other
-  \catcode`\>=\other
-  \catcode`\+=\other
-  \catcode`\@=\other
-  \catcode`\\=\other}
-
-% \mbodybackslash is the definition of \ in @macro bodies.
-% It maps \foo\ => \csname macarg.foo\endcsname => #N
-% where N is the macro parameter number.
-% We define \csname macarg.\endcsname to be \realbackslash, so
-% \\ in macro replacement text gets you a backslash.
-
-{\catcode`@=0 @catcode`@\=@active
- @gdef@usembodybackslash{@let\=@mbodybackslash}
- @gdef@mbodybackslash#1\{@csname macarg.#1@endcsname}
-}
-\expandafter\def\csname macarg.\endcsname{\realbackslash}
-
-\def\macro{\recursivefalse\parsearg\macroxxx}
-\def\rmacro{\recursivetrue\parsearg\macroxxx}
-
-\def\macroxxx#1{%
-  \getargs{#1}%           now \macname is the macname and \argl the arglist
-  \ifx\argl\empty       % no arguments
-     \paramno=0%
-  \else
-     \expandafter\parsemargdef \argl;%
-  \fi
-  \if1\csname ismacro.\the\macname\endcsname
-     \message{Warning: redefining \the\macname}%
-  \else
-     \expandafter\ifx\csname \the\macname\endcsname \relax
-     \else \errmessage{Macro name \the\macname\space already defined}\fi
-     \global\cslet{macsave.\the\macname}{\the\macname}%
-     \global\expandafter\let\csname ismacro.\the\macname\endcsname=1%
-     % Add the macroname to \macrolist
-     \toks0 = \expandafter{\macrolist\do}%
-     \xdef\macrolist{\the\toks0
-       \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname\endcsname}%
-  \fi
-  \begingroup \macrobodyctxt
-  \ifrecursive \expandafter\parsermacbody
-  \else \expandafter\parsemacbody
-  \fi}
-
-\parseargdef\unmacro{%
-  \if1\csname ismacro.#1\endcsname
-    \global\cslet{#1}{macsave.#1}%
-    \global\expandafter\let \csname ismacro.#1\endcsname=0%
-    % Remove the macro name from \macrolist:
-    \begingroup
-      \expandafter\let\csname#1\endcsname \relax
-      \let\do\unmacrodo
-      \xdef\macrolist{\macrolist}%
-    \endgroup
-  \else
-    \errmessage{Macro #1 not defined}%
-  \fi
-}
-
-% Called by \do from \dounmacro on each macro.  The idea is to omit any
-% macro definitions that have been changed to \relax.
-%
-\def\unmacrodo#1{%
-  \ifx#1\relax
-    % remove this
-  \else
-    \noexpand\do \noexpand #1%
-  \fi
-}
-
-% This makes use of the obscure feature that if the last token of a
-% <parameter list> is #, then the preceding argument is delimited by
-% an opening brace, and that opening brace is not consumed.
-\def\getargs#1{\getargsxxx#1{}}
-\def\getargsxxx#1#{\getmacname #1 \relax\getmacargs}
-\def\getmacname #1 #2\relax{\macname={#1}}
-\def\getmacargs#1{\def\argl{#1}}
-
-% Parse the optional {params} list.  Set up \paramno and \paramlist
-% so \defmacro knows what to do.  Define \macarg.blah for each blah
-% in the params list, to be ##N where N is the position in that list.
-% That gets used by \mbodybackslash (above).
-
-% We need to get `macro parameter char #' into several definitions.
-% The technique used is stolen from LaTeX:  let \hash be something
-% unexpandable, insert that wherever you need a #, and then redefine
-% it to # just before using the token list produced.
-%
-% The same technique is used to protect \eatspaces till just before
-% the macro is used.
-
-\def\parsemargdef#1;{\paramno=0\def\paramlist{}%
-        \let\hash\relax\let\xeatspaces\relax\parsemargdefxxx#1,;,}
-\def\parsemargdefxxx#1,{%
-  \if#1;\let\next=\relax
-  \else \let\next=\parsemargdefxxx
-    \advance\paramno by 1%
-    \expandafter\edef\csname macarg.\eatspaces{#1}\endcsname
-        {\xeatspaces{\hash\the\paramno}}%
-    \edef\paramlist{\paramlist\hash\the\paramno,}%
-  \fi\next}
-
-% These two commands read recursive and nonrecursive macro bodies.
-% (They're different since rec and nonrec macros end differently.)
-
-\long\def\parsemacbody#1@end macro%
-{\xdef\temp{\eatcr{#1}}\endgroup\defmacro}%
-\long\def\parsermacbody#1@end rmacro%
-{\xdef\temp{\eatcr{#1}}\endgroup\defmacro}%
-
-% This defines the macro itself. There are six cases: recursive and
-% nonrecursive macros of zero, one, and many arguments.
-% Much magic with \expandafter here.
-% \xdef is used so that macro definitions will survive the file
-% they're defined in; @include reads the file inside a group.
-\def\defmacro{%
-  \let\hash=##% convert placeholders to macro parameter chars
-  \ifrecursive
-    \ifcase\paramno
-    % 0
-      \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
-        \noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}}%
-    \or % 1
-      \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
-         \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt
-         \noexpand\braceorline
-         \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname}%
-      \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname##1{%
-         \egroup\noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}}%
-    \else % many
-      \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
-         \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt
-         \noexpand\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname}%
-      \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname##1{%
-          \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname ##1,}%
-      \expandafter\expandafter
-      \expandafter\xdef
-      \expandafter\expandafter
-        \csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname
-          \paramlist{\egroup\noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}}%
-    \fi
-  \else
-    \ifcase\paramno
-    % 0
-      \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
-        \noexpand\norecurse{\the\macname}%
-        \noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}\egroup}%
-    \or % 1
-      \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
-         \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt
-         \noexpand\braceorline
-         \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname}%
-      \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname##1{%
-        \egroup
-        \noexpand\norecurse{\the\macname}%
-        \noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}\egroup}%
-    \else % many
-      \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
-         \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt
-         \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname}%
-      \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname##1{%
-          \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname ##1,}%
-      \expandafter\expandafter
-      \expandafter\xdef
-      \expandafter\expandafter
-      \csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname
-      \paramlist{%
-          \egroup
-          \noexpand\norecurse{\the\macname}%
-          \noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}\egroup}%
-    \fi
-  \fi}
-
-\def\norecurse#1{\bgroup\cslet{#1}{macsave.#1}}
-
-% \braceorline decides whether the next nonwhitespace character is a
-% {.  If so it reads up to the closing }, if not, it reads the whole
-% line.  Whatever was read is then fed to the next control sequence
-% as an argument (by \parsebrace or \parsearg)
-\def\braceorline#1{\let\next=#1\futurelet\nchar\braceorlinexxx}
-\def\braceorlinexxx{%
-  \ifx\nchar\bgroup\else
-    \expandafter\parsearg
-  \fi \next}
-
-% We mant to disable all macros during \shipout so that they are not
-% expanded by \write.
-\def\turnoffmacros{\begingroup \def\do##1{\let\noexpand##1=\relax}%
-  \edef\next{\macrolist}\expandafter\endgroup\next}
-
-
-% @alias.
-% We need some trickery to remove the optional spaces around the equal
-% sign.  Just make them active and then expand them all to nothing.
-\def\alias{\parseargusing\obeyspaces\aliasxxx}
-\def\aliasxxx #1{\aliasyyy#1\relax}
-\def\aliasyyy #1=#2\relax{%
-  {%
-    \expandafter\let\obeyedspace=\empty
-    \xdef\next{\global\let\makecsname{#1}=\makecsname{#2}}%
-  }%
-  \next
-}
-
-
-\message{cross references,}
-
-\newwrite\auxfile
-
-\newif\ifhavexrefs    % True if xref values are known.
-\newif\ifwarnedxrefs  % True if we warned once that they aren't known.
-
-% @inforef is relatively simple.
-\def\inforef #1{\inforefzzz #1,,,,**}
-\def\inforefzzz #1,#2,#3,#4**{\putwordSee{} \putwordInfo{} \putwordfile{} \file{\ignorespaces #3{}},
-  node \samp{\ignorespaces#1{}}}
-
-% @node's only job in TeX is to define \lastnode, which is used in
-% cross-references.
-\parseargdef\node{\checkenv{}\nodexxx #1,\finishnodeparse}
-\def\nodexxx#1,#2\finishnodeparse{\gdef\lastnode{#1}}
-\let\nwnode=\node
-\let\lastnode=\empty
-
-% Write a cross-reference definition for the current node.  #1 is the
-% type (Ynumbered, Yappendix, Ynothing).
-% 
-\def\donoderef#1{%
-  \ifx\lastnode\empty\else
-    \setref{\lastnode}{#1}%
-    \global\let\lastnode=\empty
-  \fi
-}
-
-% @anchor{NAME} -- define xref target at arbitrary point.
-%
-\newcount\savesfregister
-%
-\def\savesf{\relax \ifhmode \savesfregister=\spacefactor \fi}
-\def\restoresf{\relax \ifhmode \spacefactor=\savesfregister \fi}
-\def\anchor#1{\savesf \setref{#1}{Ynothing}\restoresf \ignorespaces}
-
-% \setref{NAME}{SNT} defines a cross-reference point NAME (a node or an
-% anchor), which consists of three parts:
-% 1) NAME-title - the current sectioning name taken from \thissection,
-%                 or the anchor name.
-% 2) NAME-snt   - section number and type, passed as the SNT arg, or
-%                 empty for anchors.
-% 3) NAME-pg    - the page number.
-% 
-% This is called from \donoderef, \anchor, and \dofloat.  In the case of
-% floats, there is an additional part, which is not written here:
-% 4) NAME-lof   - the text as it should appear in a @listoffloats.
-% 
-\def\setref#1#2{%
-  \pdfmkdest{#1}%
-  \iflinks
-    {%
-      \atdummies  % preserve commands, but don't expand them
-      \turnoffactive
-      \otherbackslash
-      \edef\writexrdef##1##2{%
-	\write\auxfile{@xrdef{#1-% #1 of \setref, expanded by the \edef
-	  ##1}{##2}}% these are parameters of \writexrdef
-      }%
-      \toks0 = \expandafter{\thissection}%
-      \immediate \writexrdef{title}{\the\toks0 }%
-      \immediate \writexrdef{snt}{\csname #2\endcsname}% \Ynumbered etc.
-      \writexrdef{pg}{\folio}% will be written later, during \shipout
-    }%
-  \fi
-}
-
-% @xref, @pxref, and @ref generate cross-references.  For \xrefX, #1 is
-% the node name, #2 the name of the Info cross-reference, #3 the printed
-% node name, #4 the name of the Info file, #5 the name of the printed
-% manual.  All but the node name can be omitted.
-%
-\def\pxref#1{\putwordsee{} \xrefX[#1,,,,,,,]}
-\def\xref#1{\putwordSee{} \xrefX[#1,,,,,,,]}
-\def\ref#1{\xrefX[#1,,,,,,,]}
-\def\xrefX[#1,#2,#3,#4,#5,#6]{\begingroup
-  \unsepspaces
-  \def\printedmanual{\ignorespaces #5}%
-  \def\printedrefname{\ignorespaces #3}%
-  \setbox1=\hbox{\printedmanual\unskip}%
-  \setbox0=\hbox{\printedrefname\unskip}%
-  \ifdim \wd0 = 0pt
-    % No printed node name was explicitly given.
-    \expandafter\ifx\csname SETxref-automatic-section-title\endcsname\relax
-      % Use the node name inside the square brackets.
-      \def\printedrefname{\ignorespaces #1}%
-    \else
-      % Use the actual chapter/section title appear inside
-      % the square brackets.  Use the real section title if we have it.
-      \ifdim \wd1 > 0pt
-        % It is in another manual, so we don't have it.
-        \def\printedrefname{\ignorespaces #1}%
-      \else
-        \ifhavexrefs
-          % We know the real title if we have the xref values.
-          \def\printedrefname{\refx{#1-title}{}}%
-        \else
-          % Otherwise just copy the Info node name.
-          \def\printedrefname{\ignorespaces #1}%
-        \fi%
-      \fi
-    \fi
-  \fi
-  %
-  % Make link in pdf output.
-  \ifpdf
-    \leavevmode
-    \getfilename{#4}%
-    {\turnoffactive \otherbackslash
-     \ifnum\filenamelength>0
-       \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}%
-         goto file{\the\filename.pdf} name{#1}%
-     \else
-       \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}%
-         goto name{\pdfmkpgn{#1}}%
-     \fi
-    }%
-    \linkcolor
-  \fi
-  %
-  % Float references are printed completely differently: "Figure 1.2"
-  % instead of "[somenode], p.3".  We distinguish them by the
-  % LABEL-title being set to a magic string.
-  {%
-    % Have to otherify everything special to allow the \csname to
-    % include an _ in the xref name, etc.
-    \indexnofonts
-    \turnoffactive
-    \otherbackslash
-    \expandafter\global\expandafter\let\expandafter\Xthisreftitle
-      \csname XR#1-title\endcsname
-  }%
-  \iffloat\Xthisreftitle
-    % If the user specified the print name (third arg) to the ref,
-    % print it instead of our usual "Figure 1.2".
-    \ifdim\wd0 = 0pt
-      \refx{#1-snt}%
-    \else
-      \printedrefname
-    \fi
-    %
-    % if the user also gave the printed manual name (fifth arg), append
-    % "in MANUALNAME". 
-    \ifdim \wd1 > 0pt
-      \space \putwordin{} \cite{\printedmanual}%
-    \fi
-  \else
-    % node/anchor (non-float) references.
-    % 
-    % If we use \unhbox0 and \unhbox1 to print the node names, TeX does not
-    % insert empty discretionaries after hyphens, which means that it will
-    % not find a line break at a hyphen in a node names.  Since some manuals
-    % are best written with fairly long node names, containing hyphens, this
-    % is a loss.  Therefore, we give the text of the node name again, so it
-    % is as if TeX is seeing it for the first time.
-    \ifdim \wd1 > 0pt
-      \putwordsection{} ``\printedrefname'' \putwordin{} \cite{\printedmanual}%
-    \else
-      % _ (for example) has to be the character _ for the purposes of the
-      % control sequence corresponding to the node, but it has to expand
-      % into the usual \leavevmode...\vrule stuff for purposes of
-      % printing. So we \turnoffactive for the \refx-snt, back on for the
-      % printing, back off for the \refx-pg.
-      {\turnoffactive \otherbackslash
-       % Only output a following space if the -snt ref is nonempty; for
-       % @unnumbered and @anchor, it won't be.
-       \setbox2 = \hbox{\ignorespaces \refx{#1-snt}{}}%
-       \ifdim \wd2 > 0pt \refx{#1-snt}\space\fi
-      }%
-      % output the `[mynode]' via a macro so it can be overridden.
-      \xrefprintnodename\printedrefname
-      %
-      % But we always want a comma and a space:
-      ,\space
-      %
-      % output the `page 3'.
-      \turnoffactive \otherbackslash \putwordpage\tie\refx{#1-pg}{}%
-    \fi
-  \fi
-  \endlink
-\endgroup}
-
-% This macro is called from \xrefX for the `[nodename]' part of xref
-% output.  It's a separate macro only so it can be changed more easily,
-% since square brackets don't work well in some documents.  Particularly
-% one that Bob is working on :).
-%
-\def\xrefprintnodename#1{[#1]}
-
-% Things referred to by \setref.
-%
-\def\Ynothing{}
-\def\Yomitfromtoc{}
-\def\Ynumbered{%
-  \ifnum\secno=0
-    \putwordChapter@tie \the\chapno
-  \else \ifnum\subsecno=0
-    \putwordSection@tie \the\chapno.\the\secno
-  \else \ifnum\subsubsecno=0
-    \putwordSection@tie \the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno
-  \else
-    \putwordSection@tie \the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno
-  \fi\fi\fi
-}
-\def\Yappendix{%
-  \ifnum\secno=0
-     \putwordAppendix@tie @char\the\appendixno{}%
-  \else \ifnum\subsecno=0
-     \putwordSection@tie @char\the\appendixno.\the\secno
-  \else \ifnum\subsubsecno=0
-    \putwordSection@tie @char\the\appendixno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno
-  \else
-    \putwordSection@tie
-      @char\the\appendixno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno
-  \fi\fi\fi
-}
-
-% Define \refx{NAME}{SUFFIX} to reference a cross-reference string named NAME.
-% If its value is nonempty, SUFFIX is output afterward.
-%
-\def\refx#1#2{%
-  {%
-    \indexnofonts
-    \otherbackslash
-    \expandafter\global\expandafter\let\expandafter\thisrefX
-      \csname XR#1\endcsname
-  }%
-  \ifx\thisrefX\relax
-    % If not defined, say something at least.
-    \angleleft un\-de\-fined\angleright
-    \iflinks
-      \ifhavexrefs
-        \message{\linenumber Undefined cross reference `#1'.}%
-      \else
-        \ifwarnedxrefs\else
-          \global\warnedxrefstrue
-          \message{Cross reference values unknown; you must run TeX again.}%
-        \fi
-      \fi
-    \fi
-  \else
-    % It's defined, so just use it.
-    \thisrefX
-  \fi
-  #2% Output the suffix in any case.
-}
-
-% This is the macro invoked by entries in the aux file.  Usually it's
-% just a \def (we prepend XR to the control sequence name to avoid
-% collisions).  But if this is a float type, we have more work to do.
-%
-\def\xrdef#1#2{%
-  \expandafter\gdef\csname XR#1\endcsname{#2}% remember this xref value.
-  %
-  % Was that xref control sequence that we just defined for a float?
-  \expandafter\iffloat\csname XR#1\endcsname
-    % it was a float, and we have the (safe) float type in \iffloattype.
-    \expandafter\let\expandafter\floatlist
-      \csname floatlist\iffloattype\endcsname
-    % 
-    % Is this the first time we've seen this float type?
-    \expandafter\ifx\floatlist\relax
-      \toks0 = {\do}% yes, so just \do
-    \else
-      % had it before, so preserve previous elements in list.
-      \toks0 = \expandafter{\floatlist\do}%
-    \fi
-    %
-    % Remember this xref in the control sequence \floatlistFLOATTYPE,
-    % for later use in \listoffloats.
-    \expandafter\xdef\csname floatlist\iffloattype\endcsname{\the\toks0{#1}}%
-  \fi
-}
-
-% Read the last existing aux file, if any.  No error if none exists.
-% 
-\def\tryauxfile{%
-  \openin 1 \jobname.aux
-  \ifeof 1 \else
-    \readauxfile
-    \global\havexrefstrue
-  \fi
-  \closein 1
-}
-
-\def\readauxfile{\begingroup
-  \catcode`\^^@=\other
-  \catcode`\^^A=\other
-  \catcode`\^^B=\other
-  \catcode`\^^C=\other
-  \catcode`\^^D=\other
-  \catcode`\^^E=\other
-  \catcode`\^^F=\other
-  \catcode`\^^G=\other
-  \catcode`\^^H=\other
-  \catcode`\^^K=\other
-  \catcode`\^^L=\other
-  \catcode`\^^N=\other
-  \catcode`\^^P=\other
-  \catcode`\^^Q=\other
-  \catcode`\^^R=\other
-  \catcode`\^^S=\other
-  \catcode`\^^T=\other
-  \catcode`\^^U=\other
-  \catcode`\^^V=\other
-  \catcode`\^^W=\other
-  \catcode`\^^X=\other
-  \catcode`\^^Z=\other
-  \catcode`\^^[=\other
-  \catcode`\^^\=\other
-  \catcode`\^^]=\other
-  \catcode`\^^^=\other
-  \catcode`\^^_=\other
-  % It was suggested to set the catcode of ^ to 7, which would allow ^^e4 etc.
-  % in xref tags, i.e., node names.  But since ^^e4 notation isn't
-  % supported in the main text, it doesn't seem desirable.  Furthermore,
-  % that is not enough: for node names that actually contain a ^
-  % character, we would end up writing a line like this: 'xrdef {'hat
-  % b-title}{'hat b} and \xrdef does a \csname...\endcsname on the first
-  % argument, and \hat is not an expandable control sequence.  It could
-  % all be worked out, but why?  Either we support ^^ or we don't.
-  %
-  % The other change necessary for this was to define \auxhat:
-  % \def\auxhat{\def^{'hat }}% extra space so ok if followed by letter
-  % and then to call \auxhat in \setq.
-  %
-  \catcode`\^=\other
-  %
-  % Special characters.  Should be turned off anyway, but...
-  \catcode`\~=\other
-  \catcode`\[=\other
-  \catcode`\]=\other
-  \catcode`\"=\other
-  \catcode`\_=\other
-  \catcode`\|=\other
-  \catcode`\<=\other
-  \catcode`\>=\other
-  \catcode`\$=\other
-  \catcode`\#=\other
-  \catcode`\&=\other
-  \catcode`\%=\other
-  \catcode`+=\other % avoid \+ for paranoia even though we've turned it off
-  %
-  % This is to support \ in node names and titles, since the \
-  % characters end up in a \csname.  It's easier than
-  % leaving it active and making its active definition an actual \
-  % character.  What I don't understand is why it works in the *value*
-  % of the xrdef.  Seems like it should be a catcode12 \, and that
-  % should not typeset properly.  But it works, so I'm moving on for
-  % now.  --karl, 15jan04.
-  \catcode`\\=\other
-  %
-  % Make the characters 128-255 be printing characters.
-  {%
-    \count 1=128
-    \def\loop{%
-      \catcode\count 1=\other
-      \advance\count 1 by 1
-      \ifnum \count 1<256 \loop \fi
-    }%
-  }%
-  %
-  % @ is our escape character in .aux files, and we need braces.
-  \catcode`\{=1
-  \catcode`\}=2
-  \catcode`\@=0
-  %
-  \input \jobname.aux
-\endgroup}
-
-
-\message{insertions,}
-% including footnotes.
-
-\newcount \footnoteno
-
-% The trailing space in the following definition for supereject is
-% vital for proper filling; pages come out unaligned when you do a
-% pagealignmacro call if that space before the closing brace is
-% removed. (Generally, numeric constants should always be followed by a
-% space to prevent strange expansion errors.)
-\def\supereject{\par\penalty -20000\footnoteno =0 }
-
-% @footnotestyle is meaningful for info output only.
-\let\footnotestyle=\comment
-
-{\catcode `\@=11
-%
-% Auto-number footnotes.  Otherwise like plain.
-\gdef\footnote{%
-  \let\indent=\ptexindent
-  \let\noindent=\ptexnoindent
-  \global\advance\footnoteno by \@ne
-  \edef\thisfootno{$^{\the\footnoteno}$}%
-  %
-  % In case the footnote comes at the end of a sentence, preserve the
-  % extra spacing after we do the footnote number.
-  \let\@sf\empty
-  \ifhmode\edef\@sf{\spacefactor\the\spacefactor}\ptexslash\fi
-  %
-  % Remove inadvertent blank space before typesetting the footnote number.
-  \unskip
-  \thisfootno\@sf
-  \dofootnote
-}%
-
-% Don't bother with the trickery in plain.tex to not require the
-% footnote text as a parameter.  Our footnotes don't need to be so general.
-%
-% Oh yes, they do; otherwise, @ifset (and anything else that uses
-% \parseargline) fails inside footnotes because the tokens are fixed when
-% the footnote is read.  --karl, 16nov96.
-%
-\gdef\dofootnote{%
-  \insert\footins\bgroup
-  % We want to typeset this text as a normal paragraph, even if the
-  % footnote reference occurs in (for example) a display environment.
-  % So reset some parameters.
-  \hsize=\pagewidth
-  \interlinepenalty\interfootnotelinepenalty
-  \splittopskip\ht\strutbox % top baseline for broken footnotes
-  \splitmaxdepth\dp\strutbox
-  \floatingpenalty\@MM
-  \leftskip\z@skip
-  \rightskip\z@skip
-  \spaceskip\z@skip
-  \xspaceskip\z@skip
-  \parindent\defaultparindent
-  %
-  \smallfonts \rm
-  %
-  % Because we use hanging indentation in footnotes, a @noindent appears
-  % to exdent this text, so make it be a no-op.  makeinfo does not use
-  % hanging indentation so @noindent can still be needed within footnote
-  % text after an @example or the like (not that this is good style).
-  \let\noindent = \relax
-  %
-  % Hang the footnote text off the number.  Use \everypar in case the
-  % footnote extends for more than one paragraph.
-  \everypar = {\hang}%
-  \textindent{\thisfootno}%
-  %
-  % Don't crash into the line above the footnote text.  Since this
-  % expands into a box, it must come within the paragraph, lest it
-  % provide a place where TeX can split the footnote.
-  \footstrut
-  \futurelet\next\fo@t
-}
-}%end \catcode `\@=11
-
-% In case a @footnote appears in a vbox, save the footnote text and create
-% the real \insert just after the vbox finished.  Otherwise, the insertion
-% would be lost.
-% Similarily, if a @footnote appears inside an alignment, save the footnote
-% text to a box and make the \insert when a row of the table is finished.
-% And the same can be done for other insert classes.  --kasal, 16nov03.
-
-% Replace the \insert primitive by a cheating macro.
-% Deeper inside, just make sure that the saved insertions are not spilled
-% out prematurely.
-%
-\def\startsavinginserts{%
-  \ifx \insert\ptexinsert
-    \let\insert\saveinsert
-  \else
-    \let\checkinserts\relax
-  \fi
-}
-
-% This \insert replacement works for both \insert\footins{foo} and
-% \insert\footins\bgroup foo\egroup, but it doesn't work for \insert27{foo}.
-%
-\def\saveinsert#1{%
-  \edef\next{\noexpand\savetobox \makeSAVEname#1}%
-  \afterassignment\next
-  % swallow the left brace
-  \let\temp =
-}
-\def\makeSAVEname#1{\makecsname{SAVE\expandafter\gobble\string#1}}
-\def\savetobox#1{\global\setbox#1 = \vbox\bgroup \unvbox#1}
-
-\def\checksaveins#1{\ifvoid#1\else \placesaveins#1\fi}
-
-\def\placesaveins#1{%
-  \ptexinsert \csname\expandafter\gobblesave\string#1\endcsname
-    {\box#1}%
-}
-
-% eat @SAVE -- beware, all of them have catcode \other:
-{
-  \def\dospecials{\do S\do A\do V\do E} \uncatcodespecials  %  ;-)
-  \gdef\gobblesave @SAVE{}
-}
-
-% initialization:
-\def\newsaveins #1{%
-  \edef\next{\noexpand\newsaveinsX \makeSAVEname#1}%
-  \next
-}
-\def\newsaveinsX #1{%
-  \csname newbox\endcsname #1%
-  \expandafter\def\expandafter\checkinserts\expandafter{\checkinserts
-    \checksaveins #1}%
-}
-
-% initialize:
-\let\checkinserts\empty
-\newsaveins\footins
-\newsaveins\margin
-
-
-% @image.  We use the macros from epsf.tex to support this.
-% If epsf.tex is not installed and @image is used, we complain.
-%
-% Check for and read epsf.tex up front.  If we read it only at @image
-% time, we might be inside a group, and then its definitions would get
-% undone and the next image would fail.
-\openin 1 = epsf.tex
-\ifeof 1 \else
-  % Do not bother showing banner with epsf.tex v2.7k (available in
-  % doc/epsf.tex and on ctan).
-  \def\epsfannounce{\toks0 = }%
-  \input epsf.tex
-\fi
-\closein 1
-%
-% We will only complain once about lack of epsf.tex.
-\newif\ifwarnednoepsf
-\newhelp\noepsfhelp{epsf.tex must be installed for images to
-  work.  It is also included in the Texinfo distribution, or you can get
-  it from ftp://tug.org/tex/epsf.tex.}
-%
-\def\image#1{%
-  \ifx\epsfbox\undefined
-    \ifwarnednoepsf \else
-      \errhelp = \noepsfhelp
-      \errmessage{epsf.tex not found, images will be ignored}%
-      \global\warnednoepsftrue
-    \fi
-  \else
-    \imagexxx #1,,,,,\finish
-  \fi
-}
-%
-% Arguments to @image:
-% #1 is (mandatory) image filename; we tack on .eps extension.
-% #2 is (optional) width, #3 is (optional) height.
-% #4 is (ignored optional) html alt text.
-% #5 is (ignored optional) extension.
-% #6 is just the usual extra ignored arg for parsing this stuff.
-\newif\ifimagevmode
-\def\imagexxx#1,#2,#3,#4,#5,#6\finish{\begingroup
-  \catcode`\^^M = 5     % in case we're inside an example
-  \normalturnoffactive  % allow _ et al. in names
-  % If the image is by itself, center it.
-  \ifvmode
-    \imagevmodetrue
-    \nobreak\bigskip
-    % Usually we'll have text after the image which will insert
-    % \parskip glue, so insert it here too to equalize the space
-    % above and below.
-    \nobreak\vskip\parskip
-    \nobreak
-    \line\bgroup\hss
-  \fi
-  %
-  % Output the image.
-  \ifpdf
-    \dopdfimage{#1}{#2}{#3}%
-  \else
-    % \epsfbox itself resets \epsf?size at each figure.
-    \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \epsfxsize=#2\relax \fi
-    \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \epsfysize=#3\relax \fi
-    \epsfbox{#1.eps}%
-  \fi
-  %
-  \ifimagevmode \hss \egroup \bigbreak \fi  % space after the image
-\endgroup}
-
-
-% @float FLOATTYPE,LOC ... @end float for displayed figures, tables, etc.
-% We don't actually implement floating yet, we just plop the float "here".
-% But it seemed the best name for the future.
-% 
-\envparseargdef\float{\dofloat #1,,,\finish}
-
-% #1 is the optional FLOATTYPE, the text label for this float, typically
-% "Figure", "Table", "Example", etc.  Can't contain commas.  If omitted,
-% this float will not be numbered and cannot be referred to.
-% 
-% #2 is the optional xref label.  Also must be present for the float to
-% be referable.
-% 
-% #3 is the optional positioning argument; for now, it is ignored.  It
-% will somehow specify the positions allowed to float to (here, top, bottom).
-% 
-% We keep a separate counter for each FLOATTYPE, which we reset at each
-% chapter-level command.
-\let\resetallfloatnos=\empty
-%
-\def\dofloat#1,#2,#3,#4\finish{%
-  \let\thiscaption=\empty
-  \let\thisshortcaption=\empty
-  %
-  % don't lose footnotes inside @float.
-  \startsavinginserts
-  %
-  \vtop\bgroup
-    \def\floattype{#1}%
-    \def\floatlabel{#2}%
-    \def\floatloc{#3}% we do nothing with this yet.
-    %
-    \ifx\floattype\empty
-      \let\safefloattype=\empty
-    \else
-      {%
-        % the floattype might have accents or other special characters,
-        % but we need to use it in a control sequence name.
-        \indexnofonts
-        \turnoffactive
-        \xdef\safefloattype{\floattype}%
-      }%
-    \fi
-    %
-    % If label is given but no type, we handle that as the empty type.
-    \ifx\floatlabel\empty \else
-      % We want each FLOATTYPE to be numbered separately (Figure 1,
-      % Table 1, Figure 2, ...).  (And if no label, no number.)
-      % 
-      \expandafter\getfloatno\csname\safefloattype floatno\endcsname
-      \global\advance\floatno by 1
-      %
-      {%
-        % This magic value for \thissection is output by \setref as the
-        % XREFLABEL-title value.  \xrefX uses it to distinguish float
-        % labels (which have a completely different output format) from
-        % node and anchor labels.  And \xrdef uses it to construct the
-        % lists of floats.
-        % 
-        \edef\thissection{\floatmagic=\safefloattype}%
-        \setref{\floatlabel}{Yfloat}%
-      }%
-    \fi
-    %
-    % start with \parskip glue, I guess.
-    \vskip\parskip
-    %
-    % Don't suppress indentation if a float happens to start a section.
-    \restorefirstparagraphindent
-}
-
-% we have these possibilities:
-% @float Foo,lbl & @caption{Cap}: Foo 1.1: Cap
-% @float Foo,lbl & no caption:    Foo 1.1
-% @float Foo & @caption{Cap}:     Foo: Cap
-% @float Foo & no caption:        Foo
-% @float ,lbl & Caption{Cap}:     1.1: Cap
-% @float ,lbl & no caption:       1.1
-% @float & @caption{Cap}:         Cap
-% @float & no caption:
-%
-\def\Efloat{%
-    \let\floatident = \empty
-    %
-    % In all cases, if we have a float type, it comes first.
-    \ifx\floattype\empty \else \def\floatident{\floattype}\fi
-    %
-    % If we have an xref label, the number comes next.
-    \ifx\floatlabel\empty \else
-      \ifx\floattype\empty \else % if also had float type, need tie first.
-        \appendtomacro\floatident{\tie}%
-      \fi
-      % the number.
-      \appendtomacro\floatident{\chaplevelprefix\the\floatno}%
-    \fi
-    %
-    % Start the printed caption with what we've constructed in
-    % \floatident, but keep it separate; we need \floatident again.
-    \let\captionline = \floatident
-    %
-    \ifx\thiscaption\empty \else
-      \ifx\floatident\empty \else
-	\appendtomacro\captionline{: }% had ident, so need a colon between
-      \fi
-      %
-      % caption text.
-      \appendtomacro\captionline\thiscaption
-    \fi
-    %
-    % If we have anything to print, print it, with space before.
-    % Eventually this needs to become an \insert.
-    \ifx\captionline\empty \else
-      \vskip.5\parskip
-      \captionline
-    \fi
-    %
-    % If have an xref label, write the list of floats info.  Do this
-    % after the caption, to avoid chance of it being a breakpoint.
-    \ifx\floatlabel\empty \else
-      % Write the text that goes in the lof to the aux file as
-      % \floatlabel-lof.  Besides \floatident, we include the short
-      % caption if specified, else the full caption if specified, else nothing.
-      {%
-        \atdummies \turnoffactive \otherbackslash
-        \immediate\write\auxfile{@xrdef{\floatlabel-lof}{%
-          \floatident
-          \ifx\thisshortcaption\empty
-            \ifx\thiscaption\empty \else : \thiscaption \fi
-          \else
-            : \thisshortcaption
-          \fi
-        }}%
-      }%
-    \fi
-    %
-    % Space below caption, if we printed anything.
-    \ifx\printedsomething\empty \else \vskip\parskip \fi
-  \egroup  % end of \vtop
-  \checkinserts
-}
-
-% Append the tokens #2 to the definition of macro #1, not expanding either.
-% 
-\newtoks\appendtomacroAtoks
-\newtoks\appendtomacroBtoks
-\def\appendtomacro#1#2{%
-  \appendtomacroAtoks = \expandafter{#1}%
-  \appendtomacroBtoks = {#2}%
-  \edef#1{\the\appendtomacroAtoks \the\appendtomacroBtoks}%
-}
-
-% @caption, @shortcaption are easy.
-% 
-\long\def\caption#1{\checkenv\float \def\thiscaption{#1}}
-\def\shortcaption#1{\checkenv\float \def\thisshortcaption{#1}}
-
-% The parameter is the control sequence identifying the counter we are
-% going to use.  Create it if it doesn't exist and assign it to \floatno.
-\def\getfloatno#1{%
-  \ifx#1\relax
-      % Haven't seen this figure type before.
-      \csname newcount\endcsname #1%
-      %
-      % Remember to reset this floatno at the next chap.
-      \expandafter\gdef\expandafter\resetallfloatnos
-        \expandafter{\resetallfloatnos #1=0 }%
-  \fi
-  \let\floatno#1%
-}
-
-% \setref calls this to get the XREFLABEL-snt value.  We want an @xref
-% to the FLOATLABEL to expand to "Figure 3.1".  We call \setref when we
-% first read the @float command.
-% 
-\def\Yfloat{\floattype@tie \chaplevelprefix\the\floatno}%
-
-% Magic string used for the XREFLABEL-title value, so \xrefX can
-% distinguish floats from other xref types.
-\def\floatmagic{!!float!!}
-
-% #1 is the control sequence we are passed; we expand into a conditional
-% which is true if #1 represents a float ref.  That is, the magic
-% \thissection value which we \setref above.
-% 
-\def\iffloat#1{\expandafter\doiffloat#1==\finish}
-%
-% #1 is (maybe) the \floatmagic string.  If so, #2 will be the
-% (safe) float type for this float.  We set \iffloattype to #2.
-% 
-\def\doiffloat#1=#2=#3\finish{%
-  \def\temp{#1}%
-  \def\iffloattype{#2}%
-  \ifx\temp\floatmagic
-}
-
-% @listoffloats FLOATTYPE - print a list of floats like a table of contents.
-% 
-\parseargdef\listoffloats{%
-  \def\floattype{#1}% floattype
-  {%
-    % the floattype might have accents or other special characters,
-    % but we need to use it in a control sequence name.
-    \indexnofonts
-    \turnoffactive
-    \xdef\safefloattype{\floattype}%
-  }%
-  %
-  % \xrdef saves the floats as a \do-list in \floatlistSAFEFLOATTYPE.
-  \expandafter\ifx\csname floatlist\safefloattype\endcsname \relax
-    \ifhavexrefs
-      % if the user said @listoffloats foo but never @float foo.
-      \message{\linenumber No `\safefloattype' floats to list.}%
-    \fi
-  \else
-    \begingroup
-      \leftskip=\tocindent  % indent these entries like a toc
-      \let\do=\listoffloatsdo
-      \csname floatlist\safefloattype\endcsname
-    \endgroup
-  \fi
-}
-
-% This is called on each entry in a list of floats.  We're passed the
-% xref label, in the form LABEL-title, which is how we save it in the
-% aux file.  We strip off the -title and look up \XRLABEL-lof, which
-% has the text we're supposed to typeset here.
-% 
-% Figures without xref labels will not be included in the list (since
-% they won't appear in the aux file).
-% 
-\def\listoffloatsdo#1{\listoffloatsdoentry#1\finish}
-\def\listoffloatsdoentry#1-title\finish{{%
-  % Can't fully expand XR#1-lof because it can contain anything.  Just
-  % pass the control sequence.  On the other hand, XR#1-pg is just the
-  % page number, and we want to fully expand that so we can get a link
-  % in pdf output.
-  \toksA = \expandafter{\csname XR#1-lof\endcsname}%
-  %
-  % use the same \entry macro we use to generate the TOC and index.
-  \edef\writeentry{\noexpand\entry{\the\toksA}{\csname XR#1-pg\endcsname}}%
-  \writeentry
-}}
-
-\message{localization,}
-% and i18n.
-
-% @documentlanguage is usually given very early, just after
-% @setfilename.  If done too late, it may not override everything
-% properly.  Single argument is the language abbreviation.
-% It would be nice if we could set up a hyphenation file here.
-%
-\parseargdef\documentlanguage{%
-  \tex % read txi-??.tex file in plain TeX.
-    % Read the file if it exists.
-    \openin 1 txi-#1.tex
-    \ifeof 1
-      \errhelp = \nolanghelp
-      \errmessage{Cannot read language file txi-#1.tex}%
-    \else
-      \input txi-#1.tex
-    \fi
-    \closein 1
-  \endgroup
-}
-\newhelp\nolanghelp{The given language definition file cannot be found or
-is empty.  Maybe you need to install it?  In the current directory
-should work if nowhere else does.}
-
-
-% @documentencoding should change something in TeX eventually, most
-% likely, but for now just recognize it.
-\let\documentencoding = \comment
-
-
-% Page size parameters.
-%
-\newdimen\defaultparindent \defaultparindent = 15pt
-
-\chapheadingskip = 15pt plus 4pt minus 2pt
-\secheadingskip = 12pt plus 3pt minus 2pt
-\subsecheadingskip = 9pt plus 2pt minus 2pt
-
-% Prevent underfull vbox error messages.
-\vbadness = 10000
-
-% Don't be so finicky about underfull hboxes, either.
-\hbadness = 2000
-
-% Following George Bush, just get rid of widows and orphans.
-\widowpenalty=10000
-\clubpenalty=10000
-
-% Use TeX 3.0's \emergencystretch to help line breaking, but if we're
-% using an old version of TeX, don't do anything.  We want the amount of
-% stretch added to depend on the line length, hence the dependence on
-% \hsize.  We call this whenever the paper size is set.
-%
-\def\setemergencystretch{%
-  \ifx\emergencystretch\thisisundefined
-    % Allow us to assign to \emergencystretch anyway.
-    \def\emergencystretch{\dimen0}%
-  \else
-    \emergencystretch = .15\hsize
-  \fi
-}
-
-% Parameters in order: 1) textheight; 2) textwidth; 3) voffset;
-% 4) hoffset; 5) binding offset; 6) topskip; 7) physical page height; 8)
-% physical page width.
-%
-% We also call \setleading{\textleading}, so the caller should define
-% \textleading.  The caller should also set \parskip.
-%
-\def\internalpagesizes#1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8{%
-  \voffset = #3\relax
-  \topskip = #6\relax
-  \splittopskip = \topskip
-  %
-  \vsize = #1\relax
-  \advance\vsize by \topskip
-  \outervsize = \vsize
-  \advance\outervsize by 2\topandbottommargin
-  \pageheight = \vsize
-  %
-  \hsize = #2\relax
-  \outerhsize = \hsize
-  \advance\outerhsize by 0.5in
-  \pagewidth = \hsize
-  %
-  \normaloffset = #4\relax
-  \bindingoffset = #5\relax
-  %
-  \ifpdf
-    \pdfpageheight #7\relax
-    \pdfpagewidth #8\relax
-  \fi
-  %
-  \setleading{\textleading}
-  %
-  \parindent = \defaultparindent
-  \setemergencystretch
-}
-
-% @letterpaper (the default).
-\def\letterpaper{{\globaldefs = 1
-  \parskip = 3pt plus 2pt minus 1pt
-  \textleading = 13.2pt
-  %
-  % If page is nothing but text, make it come out even.
-  \internalpagesizes{46\baselineskip}{6in}%
-                    {\voffset}{.25in}%
-                    {\bindingoffset}{36pt}%
-                    {11in}{8.5in}%
-}}
-
-% Use @smallbook to reset parameters for 7x9.5 (or so) format.
-\def\smallbook{{\globaldefs = 1
-  \parskip = 2pt plus 1pt
-  \textleading = 12pt
-  %
-  \internalpagesizes{7.5in}{5in}%
-                    {\voffset}{.25in}%
-                    {\bindingoffset}{16pt}%
-                    {9.25in}{7in}%
-  %
-  \lispnarrowing = 0.3in
-  \tolerance = 700
-  \hfuzz = 1pt
-  \contentsrightmargin = 0pt
-  \defbodyindent = .5cm
-}}
-
-% Use @afourpaper to print on European A4 paper.
-\def\afourpaper{{\globaldefs = 1
-  \parskip = 3pt plus 2pt minus 1pt
-  \textleading = 13.2pt
-  %
-  % Double-side printing via postscript on Laserjet 4050
-  % prints double-sided nicely when \bindingoffset=10mm and \hoffset=-6mm.
-  % To change the settings for a different printer or situation, adjust
-  % \normaloffset until the front-side and back-side texts align.  Then
-  % do the same for \bindingoffset.  You can set these for testing in
-  % your texinfo source file like this:
-  % @tex
-  % \global\normaloffset = -6mm
-  % \global\bindingoffset = 10mm
-  % @end tex
-  \internalpagesizes{51\baselineskip}{160mm}
-                    {\voffset}{\hoffset}%
-                    {\bindingoffset}{44pt}%
-                    {297mm}{210mm}%
-  %
-  \tolerance = 700
-  \hfuzz = 1pt
-  \contentsrightmargin = 0pt
-  \defbodyindent = 5mm
-}}
-
-% Use @afivepaper to print on European A5 paper.
-% From romildo@urano.iceb.ufop.br, 2 July 2000.
-% He also recommends making @example and @lisp be small.
-\def\afivepaper{{\globaldefs = 1
-  \parskip = 2pt plus 1pt minus 0.1pt
-  \textleading = 12.5pt
-  %
-  \internalpagesizes{160mm}{120mm}%
-                    {\voffset}{\hoffset}%
-                    {\bindingoffset}{8pt}%
-                    {210mm}{148mm}%
-  %
-  \lispnarrowing = 0.2in
-  \tolerance = 800
-  \hfuzz = 1.2pt
-  \contentsrightmargin = 0pt
-  \defbodyindent = 2mm
-  \tableindent = 12mm
-}}
-
-% A specific text layout, 24x15cm overall, intended for A4 paper.
-\def\afourlatex{{\globaldefs = 1
-  \afourpaper
-  \internalpagesizes{237mm}{150mm}%
-                    {\voffset}{4.6mm}%
-                    {\bindingoffset}{7mm}%
-                    {297mm}{210mm}%
-  %
-  % Must explicitly reset to 0 because we call \afourpaper.
-  \globaldefs = 0
-}}
-
-% Use @afourwide to print on A4 paper in landscape format.
-\def\afourwide{{\globaldefs = 1
-  \afourpaper
-  \internalpagesizes{241mm}{165mm}%
-                    {\voffset}{-2.95mm}%
-                    {\bindingoffset}{7mm}%
-                    {297mm}{210mm}%
-  \globaldefs = 0
-}}
-
-% @pagesizes TEXTHEIGHT[,TEXTWIDTH]
-% Perhaps we should allow setting the margins, \topskip, \parskip,
-% and/or leading, also. Or perhaps we should compute them somehow.
-%
-\parseargdef\pagesizes{\pagesizesyyy #1,,\finish}
-\def\pagesizesyyy#1,#2,#3\finish{{%
-  \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \hsize=#2\relax \fi
-  \globaldefs = 1
-  %
-  \parskip = 3pt plus 2pt minus 1pt
-  \setleading{\textleading}%
-  %
-  \dimen0 = #1
-  \advance\dimen0 by \voffset
-  %
-  \dimen2 = \hsize
-  \advance\dimen2 by \normaloffset
-  %
-  \internalpagesizes{#1}{\hsize}%
-                    {\voffset}{\normaloffset}%
-                    {\bindingoffset}{44pt}%
-                    {\dimen0}{\dimen2}%
-}}
-
-% Set default to letter.
-%
-\letterpaper
-
-
-\message{and turning on texinfo input format.}
-
-% Define macros to output various characters with catcode for normal text.
-\catcode`\"=\other
-\catcode`\~=\other
-\catcode`\^=\other
-\catcode`\_=\other
-\catcode`\|=\other
-\catcode`\<=\other
-\catcode`\>=\other
-\catcode`\+=\other
-\catcode`\$=\other
-\def\normaldoublequote{"}
-\def\normaltilde{~}
-\def\normalcaret{^}
-\def\normalunderscore{_}
-\def\normalverticalbar{|}
-\def\normalless{<}
-\def\normalgreater{>}
-\def\normalplus{+}
-\def\normaldollar{$}%$ font-lock fix
-
-% This macro is used to make a character print one way in \tt
-% (where it can probably be output as-is), and another way in other fonts,
-% where something hairier probably needs to be done.
-%
-% #1 is what to print if we are indeed using \tt; #2 is what to print
-% otherwise.  Since all the Computer Modern typewriter fonts have zero
-% interword stretch (and shrink), and it is reasonable to expect all
-% typewriter fonts to have this, we can check that font parameter.
-%
-\def\ifusingtt#1#2{\ifdim \fontdimen3\font=0pt #1\else #2\fi}
-
-% Same as above, but check for italic font.  Actually this also catches
-% non-italic slanted fonts since it is impossible to distinguish them from
-% italic fonts.  But since this is only used by $ and it uses \sl anyway
-% this is not a problem.
-\def\ifusingit#1#2{\ifdim \fontdimen1\font>0pt #1\else #2\fi}
-
-% Turn off all special characters except @
-% (and those which the user can use as if they were ordinary).
-% Most of these we simply print from the \tt font, but for some, we can
-% use math or other variants that look better in normal text.
-
-\catcode`\"=\active
-\def\activedoublequote{{\tt\char34}}
-\let"=\activedoublequote
-\catcode`\~=\active
-\def~{{\tt\char126}}
-\chardef\hat=`\^
-\catcode`\^=\active
-\def^{{\tt \hat}}
-
-\catcode`\_=\active
-\def_{\ifusingtt\normalunderscore\_}
-% Subroutine for the previous macro.
-\def\_{\leavevmode \kern.07em \vbox{\hrule width.3em height.1ex}\kern .07em }
-
-\catcode`\|=\active
-\def|{{\tt\char124}}
-\chardef \less=`\<
-\catcode`\<=\active
-\def<{{\tt \less}}
-\chardef \gtr=`\>
-\catcode`\>=\active
-\def>{{\tt \gtr}}
-\catcode`\+=\active
-\def+{{\tt \char 43}}
-\catcode`\$=\active
-\def${\ifusingit{{\sl\$}}\normaldollar}%$ font-lock fix
-
-% If a .fmt file is being used, characters that might appear in a file
-% name cannot be active until we have parsed the command line.
-% So turn them off again, and have \everyjob (or @setfilename) turn them on.
-% \otherifyactive is called near the end of this file.
-\def\otherifyactive{\catcode`+=\other \catcode`\_=\other}
-
-\catcode`\@=0
-
-% \backslashcurfont outputs one backslash character in current font,
-% as in \char`\\.
-\global\chardef\backslashcurfont=`\\
-\global\let\rawbackslashxx=\backslashcurfont  % let existing .??s files work
-
-% \rawbackslash defines an active \ to do \backslashcurfont.
-% \otherbackslash defines an active \ to be a literal `\' character with
-% catcode other.
-{\catcode`\\=\active
- @gdef@rawbackslash{@let\=@backslashcurfont}
- @gdef@otherbackslash{@let\=@realbackslash}
-}
-
-% \realbackslash is an actual character `\' with catcode other.
-{\catcode`\\=\other @gdef@realbackslash{\}}
-
-% \normalbackslash outputs one backslash in fixed width font.
-\def\normalbackslash{{\tt\backslashcurfont}}
-
-\catcode`\\=\active
-
-% Used sometimes to turn off (effectively) the active characters
-% even after parsing them.
-@def@turnoffactive{%
-  @let"=@normaldoublequote
-  @let\=@realbackslash
-  @let~=@normaltilde
-  @let^=@normalcaret
-  @let_=@normalunderscore
-  @let|=@normalverticalbar
-  @let<=@normalless
-  @let>=@normalgreater
-  @let+=@normalplus
-  @let$=@normaldollar %$ font-lock fix
-  @unsepspaces
-}
-
-% Same as @turnoffactive except outputs \ as {\tt\char`\\} instead of
-% the literal character `\'.  (Thus, \ is not expandable when this is in
-% effect.)
-%
-@def@normalturnoffactive{@turnoffactive @let\=@normalbackslash}
-
-% Make _ and + \other characters, temporarily.
-% This is canceled by @fixbackslash.
-@otherifyactive
-
-% If a .fmt file is being used, we don't want the `\input texinfo' to show up.
-% That is what \eatinput is for; after that, the `\' should revert to printing
-% a backslash.
-%
-@gdef@eatinput input texinfo{@fixbackslash}
-@global@let\ = @eatinput
-
-% On the other hand, perhaps the file did not have a `\input texinfo'. Then
-% the first `\{ in the file would cause an error. This macro tries to fix
-% that, assuming it is called before the first `\' could plausibly occur.
-% Also back turn on active characters that might appear in the input
-% file name, in case not using a pre-dumped format.
-%
-@gdef@fixbackslash{%
-  @ifx\@eatinput @let\ = @normalbackslash @fi
-  @catcode`+=@active
-  @catcode`@_=@active
-}
-
-% Say @foo, not \foo, in error messages.
-@escapechar = `@@
-
-% These look ok in all fonts, so just make them not special.
-@catcode`@& = @other
-@catcode`@# = @other
-@catcode`@% = @other
-
-
-@c Local variables:
-@c eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
-@c page-delimiter: "^\\\\message"
-@c time-stamp-start: "def\\\\texinfoversion{"
-@c time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
-@c time-stamp-end: "}"
-@c End:
-
-@c vim:sw=2:
-
-@ignore
-   arch-tag: e1b36e32-c96e-4135-a41a-0b2efa2ea115
-@end ignore
author	nobody <>	2005-11-21 23:00:06 +0000
committer	nobody <>	2005-11-21 23:00:06 +0000
commit	b74d4d1a88b5306341a2a324433d94e102decc1c (patch)
tree	8aff4adc16036c1f08474d577964aae24745eed4
parent	7153440fc9e8b787288e4b69695436d29ec7090e (diff)
download	gdb-b74d4d1a88b5306341a2a324433d94e102decc1c.zip gdb-b74d4d1a88b5306341a2a324433d94e102decc1c.tar.gz gdb-b74d4d1a88b5306341a2a324433d94e102decc1c.tar.bz2